TIFFANY & CO
10-Q, 1995-09-14
JEWELRY STORES
Previous: TERADYNE INC, 8-K, 1995-09-14
Next: TOROTEL INC, 10QSB, 1995-09-14



                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                           -------------------------
                                   FORM 10-Q
                           -------------------------

(Mark One)

  X   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the quarter ended July 31, 1995.  OR

      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 for the transition from ________ to _____________.


                        Commission file number:  1-9494


                                 TIFFANY & CO.

            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                        13-3228013
(State of incorporation)                        (I.R.S. Employer Ident. No.)


727 Fifth Ave. New York, NY                     10022
(Address of principal executive offices)        (Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (212) 755-8000


Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last
report _________.

Indicate by  check  mark whether  the  registrant (1)  has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities Exchange Act of
1934  during the  preceding 12  months (or  for such  shorter period  that the
registrant was  required to file  such reports), and  (2) has been  subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ___X___.     No_____.

APPLICABLE  ONLY  TO   CORPORATE  ISSUERS:  Indicate  the   number  of  shares
outstanding of each of the issuer's  classes of common stock as of the  latest
practicable date:  Common Stock, $.01 par value, 15,746,297 shares outstanding
at the close of business on July 31, 1995.<PAGE>





                        TIFFANY & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                              INDEX TO FORM 10-Q

                      FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JULY 31, 1995

PART I      FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                  PAGE

Item 1.     Financial Statements

            Consolidated Balance Sheets - July 31, 1995
                  (Unaudited) and January 31, 1995                  3

            Consolidated Statements of Income - for the 
                  three and six months ended July 31, 1995 
                  and 1994 (Unaudited)                              4

            Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity -
                  for the three and six months ended
                  July 31, 1995 (Unaudited)                         5

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for
                  the six months ended July 31, 1995                6
                  and 1994 (Unaudited)                                  

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements            7-8
                  (Unaudited)


Item 2.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of
            Financial Condition and Results of Operations        9-11



PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders    12

Item 6.     Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                       12

            (a)   Exhibits

            (b)   Reports on Form 8-K







                                     - 2 -<PAGE>


<TABLE>
CAPTION
<PAGE>


PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM I.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        TIFFANY & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   (in thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                  July 31,       January 31,
                                                      1995             1995*
                                                (Unaudited) 
ASSETS
<S>                                               <C>             <C>
Current assets:
Cash and short-term investments                   $ 30,655          $ 44,318
Accounts receivable, less allowances of
  $5,246 and $5,721                                 53,416            61,622
Income tax receivable                                    0             7,925
Inventories                                        299,698           270,075
Prepaid expenses                                    23,492            17,868 
                                                  --------          --------
Total current assets                               407,261           401,808

Property and equipment, net                        111,894           103,478
Deferred income taxes                               14,763            14,094
Other assets, net                                   30,036            31,992
                                                  --------          --------
                                                  $563,954          $551,372
                                                  ========          ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings                             $ 55,995          $ 60,696
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities            87,404            81,640
Income taxes payable                                 7,519            13,607
Merchandise and other customer credits               9,032             8,529
                                                  --------          --------
Total current liabilities                          159,950           164,472

Long-term trade payable                             31,103            27,591
Reserve for product return                          13,053            13,103
Long-term debt                                     101,500           101,500
Deferred income taxes                                2,482             3,298
Postretirement/employment benefit obligation        17,457            16,581
Other long-term liabilities                          3,369             3,130

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized                                
  30,000 shares, issued 15,746 and 15,703              157               157
Additional paid-in capital                          72,955            71,821
Retained earnings                                  156,297           151,032
Foreign currency translation adjustments             5,631            (1,313)
                                                  --------          --------
Total stockholders' equity                         235,040           221,697
                                                  --------          --------
                                                  $563,954          $551,372
                                                  ========          ========
* Reclassified for comparative purposes
</TABLE>
                See notes to consolidated financial statements
                                     - 3 -<PAGE>



      <TABLE>
      CAPTION
<PAGE>




                                    TIFFANY & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                              (Unaudited)

                               (in thousands, except per share amounts)


                                                             For The                 For The
                                                  Three Months Ended        Six Months Ended
                                                            July 31,                July 31,
                                                    1995        1994        1995        1994
      <S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
      Net sales                                 $184,682    $152,257    $334,826    $283,464

      Cost of goods sold                          88,264      73,336     161,045     137,344
                                                --------    --------    --------    --------

      Gross profit                                96,418      78,921     173,781     146,120

      Selling, general and administrative 
        expenses                                  83,489      69,520     153,761     130,303
      Provision for uncollectible accounts           362         383         696         686
                                                --------    --------    --------    --------

      Income from operations                      12,567       9,018      19,324      15,131

      Other expenses, net                          3,222       2,955       6,183       5,771
                                                --------    --------    --------    --------

      Income before income taxes                   9,345       6,063      13,141       9,360

      Provision for income taxes                   4,037       2,613       5,673       4,034
                                                --------    --------    --------    --------

      Net income                                $  5,308    $  3,450    $  7,468    $  5,326
                                                ========    ========    ========   =========


      Net income per share:

      Primary                                   $   0.33    $   0.22    $   0.47    $   0.34
                                                ========    ========    ========   =========
      Fully diluted                             $   0.33    $   0.22    $   0.47    $   0.34
                                                ========    ========    ========   =========


      Weighted average number of common shares:

      Primary                                     15,962      15,895      15,912      15,845

      Fully diluted                               16,939      16,817      16,927      16,811


                            See notes to consolidated financial statements.
      </TABLE>


                                                 - 4 -<PAGE>


         <TABLE>
         <CAPTION>


                                                   TIFFANY & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                             (Unaudited)
                                                           (in thousands)


                                                                                                   Foreign
                                           Total                      Additional                  Currency
                                   Stockholders'       Common Stock      Paid-In     Retained  Translation
                                          Equity      Shares Amount      Capital     Earnings  Adjustments
                                   -------------      ------ ------      -------     --------  -----------
         <S>                           <C>            <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>
         BALANCES, January 31, 1995     $221,697      15,703   $157      $71,821     $151,032      $(1,313)
         Issuance of Common Stock            598          19      -          598            -            -
         Exercise of stock options           231          15      -          231            -            -
         Tax benefit from exercise of
          stock options                      107           -      -          107            -            -
         Cash dividends on Common Stock   (1,101)          -      -            -       (1,101)           -
         Foreign currency translation
          adjustments                      7,893           -      -            -            -        7,893
         Net income                        2,160           -      -            -        2,160            -
                                         -------      ------   ----       ------     --------      -------

         BALANCES, April 30, 1995        231,585      15,737    157       72,757      152,091        6,580
                                         =======      ======   ====       ======      =======      =======

         Exercise of stock options           113           9      -          113            -            -
         Tax benefit from exercise of
          stock options                       85           -      -           85            -            -
         Cash dividends on Common Stock   (1,102)          -      -            -       (1,102)           -
         Foreign currency translation
          adjustments                     (  949)          -      -            -            -        ( 949)
         Net income                        5,308           -      -            -        5,308            -
                                         -------      ------   ----       ------     --------      -------

         BALANCES, July 31, 1995        $235,040      15,746   $157      $72,955     $156,297      $ 5,631 
                                         =======      ======   ====       ======      =======      =======
         
                                           See notes to consolidated financial statements
         </TABLE>
          
                                                                - 5 -<PAGE>


          <TABLE>
          CAPTION
<PAGE>


                                    TIFFANY & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                              (Unaudited)
                                            (in thousands)                       For the
                                                                        Six Months Ended
                                                                     July 31,
                                                                        1995       1994*
                                                                   ---------   ---------
          <S>                                                       <C>        <C>
          Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
            Net income                                               $ 7,468    $ 5,326
            Adjustments to reconcile net income to net 
             cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:
              Depreciation and amortization                            9,037      7,467
              Provision for uncollectible accounts                       696        686
              Reduction in reserve for product return                    (50)      (343)
              Provision for inventories                                1,310      1,412
              Deferred income taxes                                   (1,613)      (489)
              Income tax receivable                                    7,925     (1,340) 
              Loss on sale of fixed assets                               609          - 
              Provision for postretirement/employment benefits           876      1,502 
              (Increase)/decrease in assets and increase/
                (decrease) in liabilities
              Accounts receivable                                     10,198     10,065
              Inventories                                            (16,610)   (19,492)
              Prepaid expenses                                        (4,999)    (2,442) 
              Other assets, net                                        1,354     (3,595)
              Accounts payable                                         5,213     (8,998)
              Accrued liabilities                                       (563)     1,177
              Income taxes payable                                    (6,620)    (2,918)
              Merchandise and other customer credits                     503        154
              Other long-term liabilities                                229         23 
                                                                    --------   --------
            Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities       14,963    (11,805)
                                                                    --------   --------
          Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
            Capital expenditures                                     (15,903)    (6,626)
            Proceeds from sale of fixed assets                            82          -
            Other                                                          -       (133)
                                                                    --------   --------
            Net cash used in investing activities                    (15,821)    (6,759)
                                                                    --------   --------

          Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
            (Decrease)/increase in short-term borrowings             (11,736)    22,877
            Issuance of Common Stock                                     598          -
            Proceeds from exercise of stock options                      344        390 
            Tax benefit from exercise of stock options                   192        116
            Cash dividends on Common Stock                            (2,203)    (2,194)
                                                                    --------   --------
            Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities      (12,805)    21,189

          Net (decrease)/increase in cash and 
            short-term investments                                   (13,663)     2,625 
            Cash and short-term investments at beginning 
              of year                                                 44,318      4,994
                                                                    --------   --------
            Cash and short-term investments at end of six
              months                                                $ 30,655   $  7,619
                                                                    ========   ========

          Supplemental Disclosure Of Cash Flow Information:
            Cash paid during the six months for:<PAGE>


              Interest expense                                      $  6,365   $  7,006
                                                                    ========   ========
              Income taxes (Net of $7,925 Federal income 
                tax refund)                                         $  5,678   $  8,551
                                                                    ========   ========
          *Reclassified for comparative purposes

          </TABLE>

                            See notes to consolidated financial statements

                                                 - 6 -<PAGE>



                        TIFFANY & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (Unaudited)

1.    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the  accounts
      of  Tiffany   &  Co.  and   all  majority-owned  domestic   and  foreign
      subsidiaries (the "Company").   All material  intercompany balances  and
      transactions have been  eliminated.   The statements  are without  audit
      and, in  the  opinion  of  management, include  all  adjustments  (which
      include only  normal recurring  adjustments  except for  the  adjustment
      necessary as  a result of the LIFO  method of inventory valuation, which
      is based on assumptions as to inflation rates and projected fiscal year-
      end  inventory  levels)  necessary  to  present  fairly  the   Company's
      financial position as of July 31, 1995 and the results of operations and
      cash flows for  the interim  periods presented.   The audited  financial
      statements  for  January 31,  1995  are  presented without  accompanying
      footnotes which are included in the Company's Form 10-K filing. 

      Since  the Company's business is  seasonal, with a  higher proportion of
      sales  and income generated in the last  quarter of the fiscal year, the
      results of operations  for the three and six months  ended July 31, 1995
      and 1994 are  not necessarily indicative  of the results  of the  entire
      fiscal year. 

2.    INVENTORIES

      Inventories at July 31,  1995 and January 31, 1995  are summarized
      as follows:
                                 July 31,      January 31,
                                     1995             1995
                                      (in thousands)
                                 --------       ----------
      Finished goods             $247,910         $227,412
      Raw materials                48,509           38,262
      Work in process               6,482            6,869   
                                 --------         --------
                                  302,901          272,543
      Reserves                     (3,203)          (2,468)
                                 --------         --------
                                 $299,698         $270,075
                                 ========         ========

      At  July  31,  and  January 31,  1995,  $205,829,000  and  $189,943,000,
      respectively, of inventories  were valued  using the LIFO  method.   The
      excess of such  inventories valued  at replacement cost  over the  value
      based  upon the LIFO method was approximately $11,070,000 and $9,770,000
      at  July 31,  1995 and  January  31,  1995,  respectively.     The  LIFO
      valuation method had  the effect of decreasing  net income by $0.01  per
      share,  for the  three  month periods  ended  July  31, 1995  and  1994,
      respectively.   The LIFO valuation  method had the  effect of decreasing
      net income by $0.05 per share  for the six month periods ended July  31,
      1995 and 1994, respectively.



                                     - 7 -<PAGE>



3.    REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

      In June  1995, the Company entered into an agreement for a new five-year
      $130,000,000 multicurrency  revolving credit  facility which replaced  a
      $100,000,000   revolving   credit   facility   and   yen   2,500,000,000
      ($28,275,000) non-collateralized  line of credit, both  of which expired
      in  July 1995.    The new  syndicated facility  entitles the  Company to
      borrow up  to $25,000,000 on  a pro-rata, non-collateralized  basis from
      each of four banks and up to $30,000,000 from the agent bank at interest
      rates based upon a prime rate or reserve adjusted LIBOR.


4.    EARNINGS PER SHARE

      Primary earnings per common share data has been computed by dividing net
      income by the weighted  average number of shares outstanding  during the
      period, including  dilutive stock options.   Fully diluted  earnings per
      common  share has  been computed  by dividing  net income,  after giving
      effect  to  the elimination  of interest  expense and  bond amortization
      fees,   net  of  income  tax  effect,   applicable  to  the  convertible
      subordinated debentures,  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares
      outstanding including dilutive stock options and the assumed  conversion
      of the subordinated debentures using the "if converted" method.  

5.    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

      On  August 21, 1995, Tiffany's  Board of Directors  declared a quarterly
      dividend  of $0.07  per common  share.   This dividend  will be  paid on
      October 10, 1995 to stockholders of record on September 20, 1995.
























                                     - 8 -<PAGE>




PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
        FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  Company operates  three channels  of  distribution: U.S.  Retail includes
retail sales  in Company-operated stores  in the U.S.  and wholesale sales  to
independent retailers  in North  America; Direct Marketing  includes corporate
(business-to-business) and  catalog sales; and  International Retail  includes
retail sales  through Company-operated stores and  boutiques, corporate sales,
and wholesale sales to independent retailers and distributors in Asia-Pacific,
Europe, Canada and the Middle East.

Net sales  increased 21% in the  three months (second quarter)  ended July 31,
1995 and rose 18% in the six months (first half) ended July 31, 1995. Sales by
channel of distribution were as follows:

                       Three months ended     Six months ended
                             July 31,              July 31,    
(in thousands)             1995      1994        1995      1994
--------------------    -------  --------    --------  --------
U.S. Retail            $ 82,140  $ 67,794    $143,909  $125,018
Direct Marketing         20,357    20,681      39,120    39,488 
International Retail     82,185    63,782     151,797   118,958
                        -------   -------    --------  --------
                       $184,682  $152,257    $334,826  $283,464
                        =======  ========    ========  ========

U.S. Retail sales  increased 21% in  the second quarter  and 15% in  the first
half.  Comparable  store sales rose 15% in  the second quarter and 12%  in the
first half.  New York retail sales increased 13% and 10% in the second quarter
and first half,  while comparable branch store  sales rose 17% and 14%  in the
second quarter  and first half.   The sales increases resulted  largely from a
greater number  of retail transactions, primarily  by local-resident customers
and, to a lesser extent, purchases by foreign tourists. Strong performances by
the  Company's  newer  U.S.  stores  in  Oak  Brook,  Maui  and  White  Plains
contributed to the overall U.S. Retail sales increase.

Direct Marketing  sales declined 2% in the second quarter  and 1% in the first
half.  Increased catalog circulation and a higher number of orders contributed
to catalog  sales increases of 16% in the second  quarter and 14% in the first
half. However, corporate division sales declined 11% in the second quarter and
8% in the first half, reflecting continued  cautious spending by the corporate
division's customers.

International  Retail sales  increased 29% and  28% in the  second quarter and
first  half.  The increases resulted from  comparable store sales increases in
Japan (the Company's largest international  market) of 11% in yen in  both the
second quarter and first half, sales growth in  other Asia-Pacific markets and
Europe, and  the translation effect  of a  weak U.S. dollar  on sales  made in
foreign  currencies,  especially  in  Japanese yen.  Management  believes  the
Company's results in  Japan have benefitted  from merchandising and  marketing
initiatives, as well as  from favorable consumer response to  price reductions
made in Japan in October 1993 and June 1994.


                                     - 9 -<PAGE>




The Company's reported sales and earnings results benefit from a strengthening
Japanese yen and are  adversely affected by  a strengthening U.S. dollar.  The
Company maintains  a foreign currency hedging program for merchandise purchase
transactions  initiated from Japan in  order to reduce  the potential negative
impact  on the Company's financial  results of a  significant strengthening of
the U.S. dollar against the yen.  The Company's pretax expense  related to its
hedging  program was  $238,000 in 1995's  second quarter  and $490,000  in the
first  half,  compared  with $182,000  and  $366,000  in  the respective  1994
periods.

Gross margin  (gross profit as  a percentage  of net  sales) of  52.2% in  the
second quarter  and 51.9% in the  first half compared with 51.8%  and 51.5% in
the comparable 1994  periods.   The increases were  primarily attributable  to
favorable  shifts  in  sales  mix  toward  the  Company's  retail  businesses,
particularly Japan, that achieve gross margins above the Company's average.

Operating  expenses  (selling, general  and  administrative  expenses and  the
provision  for uncollectible accounts) increased 20% in the second quarter and
18% in the first half over the corresponding 1994 periods.  The increases were
largely due to: incremental occupancy, staffing and marketing expenses related
to the Company's worldwide expansion program; the weakened U.S. dollar and its
effect  on the translation of  overseas operating expenses  into U.S. dollars;
and sales-related variable expenses (including selling fees paid to department
stores in Japan).  As a percentage  of net sales, the operating expense  ratio
in the  second quarter improved  to 45.4%  in 1995 versus  45.9% in  1994, and
improved   in  1995's  first  half  to  46.1%   compared  with  46.2%  in  the
corresponding 1994 period.

The above factors led to net income increasing 54% to $5,308,000, or $0.33 per
share, in  the second quarter and  increasing 40% to $7,468,000,  or $0.47 per
share, in the first half.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Management  believes that the Company's  financial condition at  July 31, 1995
provides  sufficient  liquidity  and  resources to  support  current  business
activity and planned expansion.

Working capital and the current ratio  were $247,311,000 and 2.5:1 at July 31,
1995 compared with  $237,336,000 and 2.4:1  at January 31, 1995.   Inventories
(which  represent the largest component  of working capital)  at July 31, 1995
were 11%  higher  than at  January 31,  1995.   A significant  portion of  the
increase was due to the weakened U.S. dollar and its effect on the translation
of  overseas  inventories  into U.S.  dollars  and,  to  a  lesser extent,  to
merchandise purchases to support sales growth, new stores and expanded product
offerings. Inventory turnover  was 1.0 times at July 31, 1995 and 0.9 times at
January 31,  1995. The Company's objective is to continue to improve inventory
performance  through:  refinement   of  replenishment  systems;  merchandising
management's  focus on  the  specialized disciplines  of product  development,
assortment planning  and inventory management; improving  the presentation and
management of display  inventories in  each store; and  assortment editing  by
product category.


                                    - 10 -<PAGE>




Capital expenditures  were  $15,903,000 in  1995's first  half, compared  with
$6,626,000  in 1994's  first half.  The  increase was  related to  the opening
and/or  renovation of retail stores, as well as relocations and/or renovations
of  certain administrative  and manufacturing  facilities.   Based on  current
expansion  plans, the Company expects capital expenditures in fiscal 1995 will
be approximately $30,000,000, compared with $18,977,000 in fiscal 1994.

The   Company  incurred  a  net  cash  inflow  from  operating  activities  of
$14,963,000 in the first half of 1995, compared with an outflow of $11,805,000
in 1994's first  half.   Net-debt (short-term borrowings  and long-term  debt,
less  cash  and short-term  investments) and  the ratio  of net-debt  to total
capital (net-debt and stockholders'  equity) was $126,840,000 and 35%  at July
31, 1995 compared with $117,878,000 and 35% at January 31, 1995.  In addition,
the Company had a  long-term trade payable of yen  2,750,000,000 ($31,103,000)
at July 31, 1995 and yen 2,750,000,000 ($27,591,000) at January 31, 1995 which
relates to  certain merchandise repurchased in  1993 as part of  the Company's
realignment of  its  Japan business  and  is  payable to  Mitsukoshi  Ltd.  on
February 28,  1998. It is  management's goal, on  an annual basis,  to improve
inventory turnover and generate excess  cash flow to reduce the ratio  of net-
debt to total capital.

The  Company's sources of working  capital are internally  generated cash flow
and funds  available under  a five-year, $130,000,000  multicurrency revolving
credit facility established in  June 1995 to replace a  $100,000,000 revolving
credit facility and a  yen 2,500,000,000 ($28,275,000) non-collateralized line
of credit. Management  anticipates that internally  generated funds and  funds
available under the  new facility will be sufficient to  support the Company's
planned worldwide  business  expansion, as  well as  seasonal working  capital
increases  typically required  during the  third and  fourth quarters  of each
year.

In  August 1995,  the Company  entered into  a lease  agreement for  a 270,000
square  foot  distribution,  office  and  manufacturing  facility  which  will
consolidate  its existing  New  Jersey facilities.    Under the  terms of  the
agreement,  the   Company's  operating   lease  commitment  will   approximate
$3,700,000 annually over a 12-year period expected to begin in late 1996.

The  Company's business  is  seasonal  in  nature,  with  the  fourth  quarter
typically representing  a proportionally  greater percentage of  annual sales,
income  from operations,  net income  and cash  flow. Management  expects such
seasonality to continue in the future.
















                                     - 11 -<PAGE>




PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders

At Registrant's  Annual Meeting of Stockholders  held on May 18,  1995 each of
the nominees listed below was elected  a director of Registrant to hold office
until the  next  annual meeting  of  the stockholders  and  until his  or  her
respective  successor has been elected and qualified.  Tabulated with the name
of each of  the nominees elected is the number of  Common shares cast for each
nominee and the number of Common shares withholding authority to vote for each
nominee.   There were no broker  non-votes or abstentions with  respect to the
election of directors.

      Nominee                 Voted For   Withholding Authority

      William R. Chaney       14,684,332        37,659
      Jane Dudley             14,674,076        47,915
      Samuel L. Hayes III     14,675,028        46,963
      Michael J. Kowalski     14,685,669        36,322
      Charles K. Marquis      14,685,361        36,630
      James E. Quinn          14,685,649        36,642
      Yoshiaki Sakakura       14,508,887       213,104
      William A. Shutzer      14,685,126        36,856
      Geraldine Stutz         14,674,849        47,142

At  such meeting,  the  stockholders approved  the  appointment of  Coopers  &
Lybrand  L.L.P. as independent auditors of the Company's fiscal 1995 financial
statements.  With respect to such appointment, 14,700,862 shares were voted to
approve, 16,066 shares  were voted  against, and 5,063  shares abstained  from
voting.   There were no  broker non-votes with respect to  the approval of the
appointment of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.


Item 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

     (a)  Exhibits

          10.116    Credit  Agreement dated as of  June 26, 1995  by and among
                    Tiffany  &  Co.,  Tiffany   and  Company,  Tiffany  &  Co.
                    International, The Bank  of New York, as  Issuing Bank and
                    as Swing Line Lender,  The Bank of New York,  as Arranging
                    Agent and The Bank of New York as Administrative Agent.

          10.117    Lease  Agreement dated as of  August 1, 1995  by and among
                    Fidelity Bank, National Association, not in its individual
                    capacity,  but solely  as the  trustee under  that certain
                    Trust Agreement 1995-1 dated as of July 1, 1995, as Owner-
                    Lessor and Tiffany and Company, a New York corporation, as
                    Lessee.








                                    - 12 -<PAGE>




          10.118    Construction Agency  Agreement dated as of  August 1, 1995
                    by and between Tiffany and Company, a New York corporation
                    and First Fidelity Bank, National Association, a  national
                    banking association,  not in  its individual  capacity but
                    solely  as trustee  pursuant to  a Trust  Agreement 1995-1
                    dated as of July  1, 1995, for design and  construction of
                    improvements on certain land in Parsippany, New Jersey.

          11        Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings.

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

          NONE

                                  SIGNATURES

Pursuant to  the  requirements of  the Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934,  the
Registrant has  duly caused  this report  to be  signed on  its behalf  by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                              TIFFANY & CO.
                              (Registrant)


Date: September 13, 1995      By:  /s/ James N. Fernandez
                                   James N. Fernandez
                                   Senior Vice President - Finance
                                   and Chief Financial Officer
                                   (principal financial  officer)


























                                    - 13 -<PAGE>




                                 EXHIBIT INDEX



Exhibit 
Number     


10.116    Credit Agreement  dated as of June  26, 1995 by and  among Tiffany &
          Co., Tiffany and Company,  Tiffany & Co. International, The  Bank of
          New York, as Issuing Bank and as Swing Line Lender,  The Bank of New
          York, as Arranging Agent and The Bank of New  York as Administrative
          Agent.

10.117    Lease Agreement dated  as of  August 1, 1995  by and among  Fidelity
          Bank,  National Association,  not  in its  individual capacity,  but
          solely  as the  trustee under  that certain  Trust  Agreement 1995-1
          dated as of July 1, 1995, as Owner-Lessor and Tiffany and Company, a
          New York corporation, as Lessee.

10.118    Construction  Agency Agreement  dated as  of August  1, 1995  by and
          between  Tiffany  and Company,  a  New  York corporation  and  First
          Fidelity Bank, National Association, a national banking association,
          not in its  individual capacity but solely as  trustee pursuant to a
          Trust Agreement  1995-1 dated  as of  July 1, 1995,  for design  and
          construction  of improvements  on  certain land  in Parsippany,  New
          Jersey.

11        Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings.<PAGE>


      <TABLE>
      CAPTION
<PAGE>


      Item 6.                        TIFFANY & CO. AND SUBSIDIARIES
      EXHIBIT 11             STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS 
                                              (Unaudited)
                                  (in thousands, except per share data)

                                                                 For The                 For The
                                                      Three Months Ended        Six Months Ended
                                                                July 31,                July 31,
                                                        1995        1994        1995        1994
                                                     -------     -------     -------     -------
      <S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
      PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE:

      Net income on which primary 
         earnings per share are based                $ 5,308     $ 3,450     $ 7,468     $ 5,326
                                                     =======     =======     =======     =======

      Weighted average number of 
       common shares                                  15,752      15,674      15,740      15,669

        Add:  
          Weighted average effect of the 
          exercise of stock options                      210         221         172         176
                                                     -------     -------     -------     -------
      Weighted average number of shares on
       which primary earnings are based               15,962      15,895      15,912      15,845
                                                     =======     =======     =======     =======
      Primary net income per common share            $  0.33     $  0.22     $  0.47     $  0.34
                                                     =======     =======     =======     =======

      FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
      Net income on which primary earnings 
        per share are based                          $ 5,308     $ 3,450     $ 7,468     $ 5,326

        Add:  
         Interest and fees on convertible 
         subordinated debt, net of 
         applicable income taxes                         428         494         870         988
                                                     -------     -------     -------     -------

      Net income on which fully diluted
        earnings per share are based                 $ 5,736     $ 3,944     $ 8,338     $ 6,314
                                                     =======     =======     =======     =======

      Weighted average number of common  
        shares used in calculating  
        fully diluted earnings per share              16,046      15,924      16,034      15,918

        Add:
         Shares assumed upon conversion 
         of convertible debt, using the  
         "if converted" method                           893         893         893         893
                                                     -------     -------     -------     -------

      Weighted average number of shares  
        used in calculating fully diluted
        earnings per share                            16,939      16,817      16,927      16,811
                                                     =======     =======     =======     =======

      Fully diluted net income per common share      $  0.33     $  0.22     $  0.47     $  0.34
                                                     =======     =======     =======     =======<PAGE>


      NOTE: In  anticipation of the 6 3/8%  Convertible Subordinated Debenture's dilutive effect
            in  the fourth  quarter,  fully diluted  earnings per  share  reflects the  weighted
            average number of common  shares outstanding under  the "if converted" method  which
            assumes  conversion  as  of the  bond  issuance  date  of  the Debentures.  The  "if
            converted"  method resulted  in fully diluted  earnings per  share equal  to primary
            earnings per share for the three and six months ended July 31, 1995 and 1994. <PAGE>

</TABLE>







                         CREDIT AGREEMENT


                           by and among


                          TIFFANY & CO.,

                       TIFFANY AND COMPANY,
                   TIFFANY & CO. INTERNATIONAL,
              THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS PARTY HERETO,

                    THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
            as Issuing Bank and as Swing Line Lender,


                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                       as Arranging Agent,


                               and


                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                     as Administrative Agent






                           $130,000,000




                    Dated as of June 26, 1995














                                                                1<PAGE>





     Credit  Agreement, dated as of  June 26, 1995,  by and among
Tiffany & Co., a Delaware corporation (the "Parent"), Tiffany and
Company,  a  New  York  corporation ("Tiffany"),  Tiffany  &  Co.
International, a Delaware corporation  ("Tiffany International"),
each Subsidiary Borrower which is a signatory hereto or becomes a
party  hereto pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  2.23, the
Lenders  party hereto, The Bank  of New York  ("BNY"), as Issuing
Bank and as Swing Line Lender,  BNY, as Arranging Agent (in  such
capacity, the "Arranging Agent") and BNY, as Administrative Agent
(in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent").


I.   DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

     A.   Definitions

          When  used herein,  each of  the following  terms shall
have  the  meaning ascribed  thereto  unless  the context  hereof
otherwise specifically requires:

          "ABR Advances": the Loans  (or any portions thereof) at
such  time as  they  (or such  portions)  are made  and/or  being
maintained  at a rate of  interest based upon  the Alternate Base
Rate; each an "ABR Advance".

          "Accountants": Coopers & Lybrand, or such other firm of
independent  certified public accountants  of recognized national
standing as shall be  selected by the Parent and  reasonably sat-
isfactory to the Administrative Agent.

          "Accumulated Funding Deficiency": as defined in Section
302 of ERISA.

          "Acquisition": with respect to any Person, the purchase
or  other acquisition  by such  Person, by  any means  whatsoever
(including  by  devise,  bequest,  gift, through  a  dividend  or
otherwise), of (a) Stock  of, or other equity securities  of, any
other Person if, immediately  thereafter, such other Person would
be either a  consolidated subsidiary of such  Person or otherwise
under the control of such Person, (b) any business, going concern
or division or  segment thereof, or (c) the Property of any other
Person other than  in the ordinary course of  business, provided,
however, that no  acquisition of substantially all of the assets,
or any division or segment, of such other Person  shall be deemed
to be in the ordinary course of business.

          "Advance": an ABR Advance, a Eurodollar Advance, a Core
Currency Euro Advance or a Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance, as
the case may be.

          "Adverse Tax Position": as defined in Section 2.13(g).


                                                                2<PAGE>





          "Affiliate": with respect to any Person at any time and
from  time to time, any  other Person (other  than a consolidated
subsidiary  of such Person) which, at such time (a) controls such
Person, or  (b) is under  common control  with such Person.   The
term  "control", as used in  this definition with  respect to any
Person,  means the power, whether direct, or indirect through one
or more intermediaries, to  direct or cause the direction  of the
management  and  policies of  such  Person,  whether through  the
ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or
otherwise.

          "Aggregate Commitments":  on any  date, the sum  of all
Commitments on such date.

          "Aggregate  Credit Exposure":  as  of any  date of  de-
termination,  the sum  of  (i) the  outstanding principal  amount
(determined  on  the basis  of  the  Dollar Equivalent  for  each
outstanding Alternate Currency Loan) of the Loans  of all Lenders
plus (ii) an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Exposure.

          "Agreement": this Credit Agreement,  as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Alternate  Base Rate": on any date, a rate of interest
per annum  equal to the higher  of (i) the Federal  Funds Rate in
effect on such date plus 1/2 of 1% or (ii) the BNY Rate in effect
on such date.

          "Alternate  Currency": any  Core  Currency (other  than
Dollars) or Non-Core Currency.

          "Alternate  Currency Bid  Loan": each Bid  Loan denomi-
nated in an Alternate Currency.

          "Alternate  Currency Equivalent":  with respect  to any
Alternate  Currency, on   any date of  determination thereof, the
amount of  such Alternate Currency which could  be purchased with
the  amount of Dollars involved  in such computation  at the spot
rate  at which  such  Alternate Currency  may  be exchanged  into
Dollars  as set  forth on  such date on  (i) Reuters  pages MGTY,
MGTX, SCNY  or BNMX  or (ii) Dow  Jones Telerate pages  262, 264,
265, 266 or 9993 (or  any successor pages) or, if such  rate does
not appear on such  pages, at the spot exchange rate  therefor as
determined by the  Administrative Agent as of  11:00 A.M. (London
time) on such date  of determination thereof for delivery  (x) in
the case of  an exchange  of Canadian Dollars  into Dollars,  one
Business Day later and (y) in all other  cases, two Business Days
later.  In the event  that, on any date of determination,  a spot
rate  for an individual Alternate Currency appears on both a page
of Reuters set  forth above and a page of  Dow Jones Telerate set
forth above, the Alternate  Currency Equivalent of such Alternate
Currency shall be the arithmetic mean of such spot rates.

                                                                3<PAGE>





          "Alternate  Currency  Loan":  any   Alternate  Currency
Revolving Loan,  Alternate Currency Bid  Loan, Alternate Currency
Negotiated  Rate  Loan, Alternate  Currency  Swing  Line Loan  or
Individual Currency Loan.

          "Alternate   Currency   Negotiated  Rate   Loan":  each
Negotiated Rate Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency.

          "Alternate  Currency  Revolving  Loan": each  Revolving
Loan denominated in a Core Currency (other than Dollars).

          "Alternate Currency Swing  Line Loan": each Swing  Line
Loan denominated in a Core Currency (other than Dollars).

          "Applicable":  with  respect  to  Regulation   D  being
applicable to any determination  of a Core Currency Euro  Rate or
an Individual Currency Rate, that  Regulation D reserves would be
applicable  to the Core  Currency Euro Advance  or the Individual
Currency Loan, as the case may be, as to which such interest rate
would apply  (including by giving  effect to the  assumption that
the applicable Lender had funded  such Core Currency Euro Advance
or such Individual Currency Loan, as the case may be, through the
purchase of a  Core Currency or a Non-Core  Currency, as the case
may be,  deposit by a subsidiary  or affiliate of  such Lender in
the  London interbank  market and  the transfer  thereof  to such
Lender from such subsidiary or affiliate).

          "Applicable Currency":

          (a)  With respect  to any Revolving Loan  or Swing Line
Loan  for any  applicable  Borrower, Dollars  and each  Available
Alternate Currency which is a Core Currency as follows:

               (i)  in the case of Dollars: a Domestic Borrower,

               (ii) in  the case  of  French  Francs: the  French
               Borrower,

               (iii)     in  the case of German Marks: the German
               Borrower,

               (iv) in the  case  of Japanese  Yen: the  Japanese
               Borrower, and

               (v)  in the case of  Sterling Pounds: the Sterling
               Borrower.

          (b)  With  respect   to  any  Bid  Loan,  the  Currency
specified  by the applicable Borrower in its Bid Request for such
Bid Loan.

          (c)  With  respect to  any  Negotiated  Rate Loan,  the

                                                                4<PAGE>





Currency specified  in the Negotiated Rate  Confirmation for such
Negotiated Rate Loan.

          (d)  With respect to  any Individual Currency  Loan for
any applicable Borrower, each Available  Alternate Currency which
is a Non-Core Currency as follows:

               (i)  in  the  case   of  Australian  Dollars:  the
               Australian Borrower,

               (ii) in the case of Canadian Dollars: the Canadian
               Borrower,

               (iii)     in  the case of  Hong Kong  Dollars, the
               Hong Kong Borrower,

               (iv) in  the case  of  Italian  Lira: the  Italian
               Borrower,

               (v)  in  the   case  of  Korean  Won:  the  Korean
               Borrower,

               (vi) in  the   case  of  Malaysian   Ringgit:  the
               Malaysian Borrower,

               (vii)     in  the  case   of  Mexican  Pesos:  the
               Mexican Borrower,

               (viii)    in  the case  of  Philippine Pesos:  the
               Philippine Borrower,

               (ix) in  the  case  of  Singaporean  Dollars:  the
               Singaporean Borrower,

               (x)  in  the  case  of  Swiss  Francs:  the  Swiss
               Borrower,

               (xi) in  the  case  of  New  Taiwan  Dollars:  the
               Taiwanese Borrower, and

               (xii)     in  the case  of  Thai  Baht:  the  Thai
               Borrower.

          "Applicable Lending Office": (i) as to any Lender, with
respect to Revolving Loans in  any Core Currency, initially,  the
office,  branch or  affiliate of such  Lender designated  as such
Lender's lending office for Revolving Loans in such Core Currency
on  Exhibit R,  and  thereafter,  such other  office,  branch  or
affiliate  of such  Lender through  which it  shall be  making or
maintaining Revolving Loans in such Core Currency, as reported by
such Lender to the  Administrative Agent and the Parent,  (ii) as
to the Swing Line Lender, with respect to Swing Line Loans in any

                                                                5<PAGE>





Core Currency, initially, the office, branch or affiliate of such
Lender designated as the  Swing Line Lender's lending office  for
such Swing Line  Loans in  such Core Currency  on Exhibit R,  and
thereafter, such other office,  branch or affiliate of  the Swing
Line Lender through which it shall be making or maintaining Swing
Line Loans  in such Core Currency, as  reported by the Swing Line
Lender  to the Administrative Agent  and the Parent,  (iii) as to
any Lender, with  respect to  any Bid Loan,  the lending  office,
branch  or affiliate of  such Lender designated  as such Lender's
lending office  for such Bid Loan  in its Bid for  such Bid Loan,
(iv)  as to any Lender, with respect to Individual Currency Loans
in  any  Non-Core  Currency,  initially, the  office,  branch  or
affiliate of such Lender designated as  such Lender's lending of-
fice for such Individual Currency Loans in such Non-Core Currency
on  Exhibit R,  and  thereafter,  such other  office,  branch  or
affiliate  of such  Lender through  which it  shall be  making or
maintaining Individual Currency Loans  in such Non-Core Currency,
as  reported by such Lender  to the Administrative  Agent and the
Parent, and (v)  as to any Lender, with respect to any Negotiated
Rate Loan, the lending office, branch or affiliate of such Lender
designated as  such Lender's  lending office for  such Negotiated
Loan in the Negotiated Rate Confirmation for such Negotiated Rate
Loan.

          "Applicable Margin":  (i) with  respect  to the  unpaid
principal amount  of ABR Advances, the  applicable percentage set
forth below in the column entitled "Applicable Margin for ABR Ad-
vances" and (ii) with  respect to the unpaid principal  amount of
Eurodollar Advances,  Core Currency Euro Advances  and Individual
Currency Loans, the applicable percentage  set forth below in the
column entitled "Applicable  Margin for Eurodollar/Core  Currency
Euro Advances/Individual Currency Loans":

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                        Applicable               
                                        Margin for           
                                        Eurodollar           
                                        Advances/Core        
                         Applicable     Currency Euro        
                         Margin for     Advances/            
                         ABR            Individual Currency  
     Pricing Level       Advances       Loans
     -----------------   -------------- --------------------
     <S>                      <C>            <C>
     Pricing Level I          0%             0.2000%         
     Pricing Level II         0%             0.2700%         
     Pricing Level III        0%             0.2750%         
     Pricing Level IV         0%             0.4000%         
     Pricing Level V          0%             0.4000%

</TABLE>

                                                                6<PAGE>





          "Applicable Payment Office": in the case of:

          (i)  the Administrative  Agent, (x)  in respect  of all
               Loans  (other  than  Alternate   Currency  Loans),
               Letters of Credit designated in  Dollars, fees and
               other  amounts  owing  under  this  Agreement, the
               office  of  the  Administrative  Agent  listed  in
               Exhibit Q  as its  "Domestic Payment  Office", and
               (y)  in respect  of  Alternate Currency  Loans and
               Letters   of   Credit   designated  in   Alternate
               Currencies, the office of the Administrative Agent
               listed in Exhibit Q as  its payment office for the
               applicable  Alternate  Currency,  or   such  other
               office or offices as the Administrative  Agent may
               from time  to time hereafter designate  in writing
               as  such to the Parent,  each Lender and each Bor-
               rower;

         (ii)  the Swing  Line Lender,  in respect of  each Swing
               Line  Loan, the  office of  the Swing  Line Lender
               listed in Exhibit R as  the payment office for the
               applicable Core Currency in  which such Swing Line
               Loan is  made or such  other office or  offices as
               the  Swing  Line  Lender  may from  time  to  time
               hereafter  designate  in writing  as  such to  the
               Administrative  Agent, the  Parent and  each Swing
               Line Borrower;

         (iii) any other Lender, (w) in respect of each Revolving
               Loan,  the   office  of  such   Lender  listed  in
               Exhibit R as its payment office for the applicable
               Core Currency  or such other office  or offices as
               such Lender may from time to time hereafter desig-
               nate  in writing  as such  to the   Administrative
               Agent,  the  Parent  and  each  Borrower,  (x)  in
               respect of each Individual  Currency Loan, the of-
               fice  of such  Lender listed  in Exhibit R  as its
               payment   office   for  the   applicable  Non-Core
               Currency or  such other office or  offices as such
               Lender may from  time to time hereafter  designate
               in writing  as such  to the Administrative  Agent,
               the Parent  and each  Borrower, (y) in  respect of
               each Bid Loan, the office of such Lender listed in
               such Lender's  Bid for such  Bid Loan, and  (z) in
               respect of  each Negotiated Rate Loan,  the office
               of such  Lender  listed  in  the  Negotiated  Rate
               Confirmation for such Negotiated Rate Loan; and

         (iv)  the  Issuing Bank,  in respect  of each  Letter of
               Credit, the  office of the Issuing  Bank listed in
               Exhibit R as the payment office for the applicable
               Currency in which such  Letter of Credit is issued

                                                                7<PAGE>





               or  such other  office or  offices as  the Issuing
               Bank may from time  to time hereafter designate in
               writing as  such to  the Administrative  Agent and
               the Parent.

          "Assignment  and  Acceptance Agreement":  an assignment
and acceptance agreement  executed by an assignor and an assignee
pursuant to which the assignor assigns to the assignee all or any
portion of such assignor's Loans, Commitment, Individual Currency
Commitments  and  other rights  and  obligations  under the  Loan
Documents, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

          "Assignment Fee": as defined in Section 11.7(b).

          "Australian Borrower":  one or  more of  the following:
Tiffany, Tiffany  International or a  wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
the  Parent which  is organized under  the laws  of, and  has its
principal office in, Australia and which shall  become a Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Australian Dollars": freely transferable  lawful money
of Australia.

          "Availability  Percentage": with respect  to any Lender
at  any time, a percentage equal to  a fraction (x) the numerator
of which is

          (A) the Commitment of such Lender, minus

          (B) the  sum of (I)  the aggregate principal  amount of
     all Revolving  Loans then outstanding from  such Lender (de-
     termined on the  basis of  the Dollar Equivalent  for   each
     outstanding  Alternate Currency  Revolving Loan),  plus (II)
     the aggregate  principal amount  of all Individual  Currency
     Loans then  outstanding from such Lender  (determined on the
     basis  of  the Dollar  Equivalent  of  each such  Individual
     Currency Loan), plus (III) the SL/LC Credit Exposure of such
     Lender, and

(y) the denominator of which is

          (A) the Aggregate Commitments, minus

          (B) the sum of (I) the outstanding principal balance of
     all Revolving Loans (determined on  the basis of the  Dollar
     Equivalent for each outstanding Alternate Currency Revolving
     Loan), plus  (II) the  outstanding principal balance  of all
     Individual Currency  Loans (determined  on the basis  of the
     Dollar  Equivalent of each  such Individual  Currency Loan),
     plus (III)  the outstanding  principal balance of  all Swing
     Line Loans, plus (IV) the Letter of Credit Exposure.


                                                                8<PAGE>





          "Available Alternate Currency": each Alternate Currency
except to  the extent  that the  Administrative  Agent has  given
notice to  the Parent pursuant  to Section 2.14(a)  (which notice
has not been rescinded  by the Administrative Agent) that  one or
more Alternate  Currencies are no longer  available as determined
by it in its sole discretion.

          "Benefited Lender": as defined in Section 11.9.

          "Bid": an offer by a Lender to  a Borrower, in the form
of Exhibit H, to make a Bid Loan.

          "Bid Accept/Reject  Letter": a notification made by the
applicable  Borrower pursuant  to  Section 2.11  in  the form  of
Exhibit I.

          "Bid Interest Period":  as to any Bid  Loan, the period
commencing on the date of  such Bid Loan, and ending on  the date
requested in the Bid Request with respect to such Bid Loan, which
shall not be earlier than 7 days after  the date of such Bid Loan
or later than 180 days after the date of such Bid Loan; provided,
however,  that (i) if any Bid Interest  Period would end on a day
other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended
to  the next succeeding Business Day, unless such next succeeding
Business Day would  be a date  on or after  the Maturity Date  in
which case such Interest  Period shall end on the  next preceding
Business Day and  (ii) no  Borrower shall select  a Bid  Interest
Period which shall end after the Maturity Date.

          "Bid  Loan": each  loan  from a  Lender  to a  Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.11.

          "Bid  Loan  Confirmation": a  confirmation  by  the Ad-
ministrative  Agent  to a  Lender of  the  acceptance by  the ap-
plicable  Borrower of any Bid  (or Portion thereof)  made by such
Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

          "Bid Rate": as defined in Section 2.11(b).

          "Bid  Request": a request by a Borrower, in the form of
Exhibit F, for Bids.

          "Bid   Submission  Deadline":  as  defined  in  Section
2.11(b).

          "BNY Rate": a rate  of interest per annum equal  to the
rate of interest publicly  announced in New York City by BNY from
time to time  as its prime commercial lending rate,  such rate to
be adjusted automatically (without  notice) on the effective date
of any change in such publicly announced rate.

          "Borrower Addendum":  an Addendum to this  Agreement in

                                                                9<PAGE>





the  form  of Exhibit B  pursuant to  which  a Subsidiary  of the
Parent may  become a Subsidiary  Borrower pursuant to  the provi-
sions of Section 2.23.

          "Borrowers":    collectively,  Tiffany, Tiffany  Inter-
national and the Subsidiary Borrowers; each a "Borrower".

          "Borrowing Date":  (i) in  respect of  Revolving Loans,
any  Business Day on which the Lenders shall make Revolving Loans
to a Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or  pursuant to a
Mandatory Borrowing, (ii) in  respect of Bid Loans, any  Business
Day on  which  a Lender  shall  make a  Bid  Loan to  a  Borrower
pursuant to  a Bid Request, (iii) in respect of Swing Line Loans,
any Business  Day on  which the  Swing Line  Lender shall make  a
Swing Line  Loan to a Swing Line Borrower pursuant to a Notice of
Borrowing, (iv) in respect of Negotiated Rate Loans, any Business
Day on  which a  Lender shall  make a Negotiated  Rate Loan  to a
Borrower  pursuant  to a  Negotiated  Rate  Confirmation, (v)  in
respect of Individual Currency Loans, any Business Day on which a
Lender  shall make  an  Individual Currency  Loan  to a  Borrower
pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing, and (vi) in respect of Letters
of Credit,  any Business Day  on which the Issuing  Bank issues a
Letter of Credit to  a Letter of  Credit Applicant pursuant to  a
Letter of Credit Request.

          "Borrowing/Issuance  Period":  as  defined  in  Section
2.7(b)(ii).

          "Business Day":

           (i) for all purposes (other than as covered by clauses
(ii) and (iii) below),  any day except Saturday, Sunday or  a day
which in New  York City  is a  legal holiday  or a  day on  which
banking  institutions are authorized or  required by law or other
government action to close,

          (ii) with respect to  all notices and determinations in
connection  with, and  payments of  principal and interest  on, a
Eurodollar Advance, a Core Currency  Euro Advance or an Alternate
Currency  Swing  Line  Loan, any  day  which  is  a Business  Day
described  in clause  (i) above,  is  a day  for  trading by  and
between banks in  the London interbank market and which  is not a
legal  holiday or  a day  on which  banking institutions  are au-
thorized or required by  law or other government action  to close
in  the country in which  the principal office  of the applicable
Borrower is located, and

          (iii) with respect to all notices and determinations in
connection with, and  payments of principal  and interest on,  an
Alternate  Currency Bid  Loan, an  Alternate Currency  Negotiated
Rate  Loan, an  Individual Currency  Loan or  a Letter  of Credit
designated  in an Alternate Currency, any day which is a Business

                                                               10<PAGE>





Day described  in clause (i) above,  is a day for  trading by and
between banks in the London  interbank market and which is  not a
legal  holiday  or  a  day  on  which  banking  institutions  are
authorized or required by law or other government action to close
in  the  country  in  which  (x)  the  principal  office  of  the
applicable  Borrower is  located and  (y) the  Applicable Lending
Office and Applicable  Payment Office of the applicable Lender is
located.

          "Canadian  Borrower": one  or  more  of the  following:
Tiffany,  Tiffany International  or a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of
the Parent  which is  organized under the  laws of,  and has  its
principal office in,  Canada and  which shall  become a  Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Canadian Dollars": freely transferable lawful money of
Canada.

          "Change of  Control": (i)  any "Person" or  "group" (as
such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of 1934,  as  amended from  time to  time,  or any
successor  thereto,   and  the   rules  and   regulations  issued
thereunder, as from time  to time in  effect) is or shall  become
the "beneficial owner"  (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3  and 13(d)-5
thereunder), directly or indirectly, of more than 50%, on a fully
diluted  basis,  of the  voting  and  economic interests  of  the
Parent, or (ii) the Board of Directors of  the Parent shall cease
to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors.

          "Code": the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as the same
may be amended  from time to time, or any  successor thereto, and
the rules and regulations issued thereunder, as from time to time
in effect.

          "Commitment":  with respect to  each Lender, the amount
set  forth opposite  such Lender's  name in  Exhibit A-1 directly
below  the column entitled "Commitment",  as the same  may be (x)
reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.9 or (y) adjusted
from time  to time as  a result  of assignments to  or from  such
Lender pursuant to Section 11.7 or  increases pursuant to Section
11.1.

          "Commitment  Percentage": as  to any  Lender, the  per-
centage set forth opposite the name of such Lender in Exhibit A-1
under the heading "Commitment Percentage", as such percentage may
be  (x) reduced from time to time  pursuant to Section 2.9 or (y)
adjusted from time to time as  a result of assignments to or from
such  Lender  of  its  Commitment pursuant  to  Section  11.7  or
increases in the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 11.1.

          "Commitment Period": the period from the Effective Date
until the Expiration Date.

                                                               11<PAGE>





          "Compliance Certificate": a certificate  in the form of
Exhibit M.

          "Consolidated":  the Parent  and its Subsidiaries  on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

          "Consolidated  Capitalization": as  of any  date, total
stockholder's  equity of  the Parent  and its  Subsidiaries on  a
Consolidated basis on such date (without giving effect to foreign
currency  translation  adjustments,  except to  the  extent  such
adjustments  are in  excess of  $10,000,000 (whether  positive or
negative)) plus Total Debt on such date.

          "Contingent  Obligation": as to  any Person  (the "sec-
ondary obligor"),  any obligation  of such secondary  obligor (a)
guaranteeing or in  effect guaranteeing any return on any Invest-
ment made by  another Person,  or (b) guaranteeing  or in  effect
guaranteeing any  Indebtedness, lease,  dividend  or other  obli-
gation ("primary obligations") of  any other Person (the "primary
obligor") in any manner,  whether directly or indirectly, includ-
ing any obligation of such secondary obligor, whether contingent,
(i)  to  purchase any  such  primary obligation  or  any Property
constituting  direct  or  indirect  security  therefor,  (ii)  to
advance or  supply funds (A) for  the purchase or  payment of any
such primary  obligation or  (B) to  maintain working capital  or
equity capital  of the primary  obligor or otherwise  to maintain
the net  worth  or solvency  of the  primary   obligor, (iii)  to
purchase  Property,  securities  or  services  primarily for  the
purpose  of   assuring  the  beneficiary  of   any  such  primary
obligation  of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment
of  such  primary obligation,  (iv) otherwise  to assure  or hold
harmless the beneficiary of  such primary obligation against loss
in respect thereof, and (v) in respect of the Indebtedness of any
partnership in which such secondary obligor is a general partner,
except to the  extent that such Indebtedness  of such partnership
is  nonrecourse  to  such  secondary  obligor  and  its  separate
Property; provided,  however, that the  term "Contingent  Obliga-
tion" shall  not include (i)  the indorsement of  instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business and (ii)
guaranties by the Parent  or any Subsidiary of the  Parent of the
primary  obligations  of  any  other  Subsidiary  of  the  Parent
incurred in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  of  such  other
Subsidiary; and provided,  further, that the  amount of any  such
Contingent  Obligation shall be deemed to  be the lower of (a) an
amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of such primary
obligation and (b)  the maximum amount  for which such  secondary
obligor  may be  liable pursuant  to the  terms of  the agreement
embodying   such  Contingent   Obligation  unless   such  primary
obligation  and  the  maximum  amount for  which  such  secondary
obligor  may be liable are  not stated or  determinable, in which
case the  amount  of such  Contingent  Obligation shall  be  such
secondary obligor's maximum  reasonably anticipated liability  in

                                                               12<PAGE>





respect thereof  as determined by such secondary  obligor in good
faith.

          "Continuing Directors":  the directors of the Parent on
the Effective  Date and each  other director, if  such director's
nomination for election to  the Board of Directors of  the Parent
is recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors.

          "Conversion Date":  the date on which  (i) a Eurodollar
Advance is converted to an ABR Advance, (ii) the date on which an
ABR  Advance is converted to a Eurodollar Advance, (iii) the date
on  which a Eurodollar Advance  is converted to  a new Eurodollar
Advance and (iv) the date  on which a Core Currency  Euro Advance
is converted to a new Core Currency Euro Advance.

          "Core  Currencies":  Dollars,  French   Francs,  German
Marks,  Japanese Yen  and  Sterling Pounds  (each,  a "Core  Cur-
rency"), and such other  currencies as shall be requested  by the
Parent to be a Core Currency hereunder subject to the approval of
all of the Lenders in their sole and absolute discretion.

          "Core  Currency Borrowers":  with respect  to Revolving
Loans,  the Domestic Borrowers, the German  Borrower,  the French
Borrower, the Japanese Borrower and the Sterling Borrower; each a
"Core Currency Borrower".

          "Core  Currency Euro  Advances": collectively,  the Re-
volving Loans (or any portions thereof) at such time as  they (or
such portions) are maintained  and/or being maintained in a  Core
Currency (other than  Dollars) at a rate of interest based upon a
Core Currency Euro Rate; each a "Core Currency Euro Advance".

          "Core  Currency Euro  Rate": with  respect to  each day
during each Interest  Period applicable to any Core Currency Euro
Advance, a rate of interest per annum determined by dividing (and
then  rounding  to the  nearest 1/16  of 1%  or,  if there  is no
nearest 1/16 of 1%, then to the next higher 1/16 of 1%):

               (a) (i)  the rate per  annum that appears  on page
3740 or 3750 of  the Dow Jones Telerate Screen  (or any successor
page) for deposits of  the applicable Core Currency with  a matu-
rity comparable to  such Interest Period, determined as  of 11:00
A.M. (London time)  (x) on the  date which  is two Business  Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, in the case of
a Core Currency (other than Sterling Pounds) and (y) on the  date
of the commencement of such Interest Period, in the case of Ster-
ling Pounds or, if such rate does not appear on page 3740 or 3750
of the Dow Jones Telerate Screen  (or any successor page) or (ii)
the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation notified to the
Administrative  Agent  by the  Reference  Lender  as the  offered
quotation  by first class banks in the London interbank market to
the  Reference Lender for such  Core Currency deposits of amounts

                                                               13<PAGE>





in immediately available funds comparable to the principal amount
of such Core Currency Euro Advance of the Reference Lender with a
maturity  comparable to  such  Interest Period  determined as  of
11:00 A.M.  (London time) (x) on  the date which is  two Business
Days  prior to the commencement  of such Interest  Period, in the
case of  a Core Currency (other than  Sterling Pounds) and (y) on
the date of the commencement of such Interest Period, in the case
of Sterling Pounds, by

               (b)  a number equal to 1.00 minus the aggregate of
the  stated   maximum  rates  in  effect  on  such  day  (without
duplication) of  all  reserve requirements  (including  marginal,
emergency,  supplemental  and   special  reserves)  and   similar
charges, expressed as a  decimal, established by any Governmental
Authority, including those established  by the Board of Governors
of  the Federal Reserve System and any other banking authority to
which  BNY and other major  United States money  center banks are
subject in  respect of eurocurrency funding   (currently referred
to  as "Eurocurrency liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board of
Governors of the Federal  Reserve System) maintained by a  member
of the Federal Reserve System  with deposits exceeding $1 billion
in  respect of  eurodollar currency  funding liabilities,  to the
extent Applicable; 

provided, in the event that the Administrative Agent has made any
determination pursuant  to Section 2.14(a)(i) in  respect of such
Core  Currency   Euro  Advance,  the  Core   Currency  Euro  Rate
determined  pursuant  to  clause  (a) of  this  definition  shall
instead be the rate  reported to the Administrative Agent  by the
Reference Lender as the rate based on the all-in cost of funds of
the Reference Lender to fund such Core Currency Euro Advance with
a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.

          "Credit Exposure":  with respect  to any Lender  at any
time, the sum  of (i)  the outstanding principal  balance of  all
Loans  (other than Swing  Line Loans) then  outstanding from such
Lender (determined on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent for each
outstanding Alternate Currency Loan),  plus (ii) the SL/LC Credit
Exposure of such Lender at such time.

          "Credit Party": with respect  to any Loan Document, any
Person (other  than the  Administrative Agent, the  Issuing Bank,
the  Swing Line Lender or  any Lender) which,  in accordance with
the terms of such Loan Document, is or is to be a party thereto.

          "Currency": any Core Currency or Non-Core Currency.

          "Default": any of the  events specified in Section 9.1,
whether  or not  any requirement  for the  giving of  notice, the
lapse of time, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

          "Disposition": with  respect to  any Person,  any sale,

                                                               14<PAGE>





assignment, transfer or other disposition by such Person, by  any
means, of

     (a)  the Stock of, or  other equity interests of,  any other
          Person,

     (b)  any  business,  operating entity,  division  or segment
          thereof, or

     (c)  any other Property of such Person, other than sales  of
          inventory   (other  than   in   connection  with   bulk
          transfers).

          "Dollar Bid Loan": a Bid Loan denominated in Dollars.

          "Dollar  Equivalent": on    any date  of  determination
thereof,  the amount of Dollars which could be purchased with the
amount  of  the  relevant  Alternate Currency  involved  in  such
computation  at the spot rate  at which Dollars  may be exchanged
into such  Alternate Currency as  set forth  on such date  on (i)
Reuters pages MGTY, MGTX, SCNY or BNMX or (ii) Dow Jones Telerate
pages 262, 264, 265, 266 or 9993 (or any successor  pages) or, if
such  rate does not  appear on such  pages, at the  spot exchange
rate therefor  as determined  by the Administrative  Agent as  of
11:00 A.M. (London  time) on such  date of determination  thereof
for delivery (x) in the case of an exchange of Dollars into Cana-
dian Dollars, one Business Day later and (y)  in all other cases,
two  Business Days  later.   In the  event that,  on any  date of
determination,   a spot rate for an individual Alternate Currency
appears on both a  page of Reuters set forth above  and a page of
Dow Jones Telerate set forth above, the Dollar Equivalent of such
Alternate  Currency shall  be  the arithmetic  mean of  such spot
rates.

          "Dollar  Loan": each Dollar  Revolving Loan, Dollar Bid
Loan, Dollar Negotiated Rate Loan and Dollar Swing Line Loan.

          "Dollar Negotiated Rate Loan":   a Negotiated Rate Loan
denominated in Dollars.

          "Dollar  Reimbursement Amount":  as defined  in Section
2.19(d).

          "Dollar Revolving  Loan" and "Dollar  Revolving Loans":
as defined in Section 2.1(b).

          "Dollar Swing Line Loan" and "Dollar Swing Line Loans":
as defined in Section 2.1(c).

          "Dollars": and "$": freely transferable lawful money of
the United States.


                                                               15<PAGE>





          "Domestic  Borrowers":  Tiffany, Tiffany  International
and each  other Borrower which  is a corporation  organized under
the laws  of the United States or any State thereof and which has
its  principal place  of business  in the  United States;  each a
"Domestic Borrower". 

          "EBIT":  for any  period, the net income of  the Parent
and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for such period plus
each  of the  following  with  respect  to  the  Parent  and  its
Subsidiaries on a  Consolidated basis to  the extent utilized  in
determining such  net income: (a) Interest Expense and (b) provi-
sion for taxes.

          "Effective Date": June 30, 1995.

          "Employee  Benefit  Plan":  an  employee  benefit  plan
within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained, sponsored
or contributed to by  the Parent, any of its  Subsidiaries or any
ERISA Affiliate.

          "ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and
the rules and regulations issued thereunder, as from time to time
in effect.

          "ERISA  Affiliate": when  used with  respect to  an Em-
ployee Benefit Plan, ERISA, the  PBGC or a provision of the  Code
pertaining to employee benefit plans, any Person that is a member
of any  group of  organizations within  the  meaning of  Sections
414(b) or (c) of the Code  or, solely with respect to  applicable
provisions of  the Code, Sections 414(m)  or (o) of the  Code, of
which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a member.

          "Euro Interest  Period": with respect to any Eurodollar
Advance or Core Currency Euro  Advance requested by any Borrower,
the period commencing on,  as the case may be, the Borrowing Date
or Conversion Date with  respect to such Advance and  ending one,
two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by such Borrower
in its irrevocable Notice of  Borrowing or its irrevocable Notice
of Conversion, provided, however,  that (i) if any  Euro Interest
Period would otherwise end on a  day which is not a Business Day,
such  Euro Interest  Period shall  be extended  to the  next suc-
ceeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be
to carry such  Euro Interest Period into  another calendar month,
in  which event such  Euro Interest Period  shall end on  the im-
mediately preceding  Business Day, (ii) any  Euro Interest Period
that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a
day  for which there is  no numerically corresponding  day in the
calendar month at the end of such Euro Interest Period) shall end
on the last  Business Day of a calendar month,  and (iii) no Bor-
rower shall select a  Euro Interest Period which shall  end after
the Maturity Date.

                                                               16<PAGE>





          "Eurodollar  Advances":   collectively,  the  Revolving
Loans  (or any  portions thereof) at  such time as  they (or such
portions)  are made and/or being maintained at a rate of interest
based upon a Eurodollar Rate; each a "Eurodollar Advance".

          "Eurodollar  Rate":   with respect  to each  day during
each Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar Advance, a rate
of interest per  annum determined by dividing  (and then rounding
to the nearest  1/16 of 1% or, if there is no nearest 1/16 of 1%,
then to the next higher 1/16 of 1%):

               (a)  the rate per annum equal to the rate notified
to the Administrative Agent  by the Reference Lender as  the rate
at which the Reference  Lender is offered Dollar deposits  in the
New York interbank market, for delivery  on the first day of such
Interest  Period, in an amount  equal approximately to such Euro-
dollar Advance for  a period  equal to such  Interest Period,  as
quoted at approximately 11:00 A.M. two Business Days prior to the
first day of such Interest Period, by

               (b)  a number equal to 1.00 minus the aggregate of
the  stated  maximum  rates  in  effect   on  such  day  (without
duplication)  of all  reserve  requirements (including  marginal,
emergency,  supplemental and  special reserves),  expressed as  a
decimal, established  by the  Board of  Governors of the  Federal
Reserve System and any  other banking authority to which  BNY and
other major  United  States money  center banks  are subject,  in
respect  of  eurocurrency  funding  (currently  referred   to  as
"Eurocurrency  liabilities"  in  Regulation  D of  the  Board  of
Governors of the  Federal Reserve System) maintained  by a member
of the Federal Reserve System with  deposits exceeding $1 billion
in respect of eurodollar currency funding liabilities. 

          "Event  of Default":  any  of the  events specified  in
Section  9.1, provided that any requirement for the giving of no-
tice,  the lapse of time, or any  other condition has been satis-
fied.

          "Excess Tax":  as defined in Section 2.13(g).

          "Expiration  Date": the  Business Day  immediately pre-
ceding the Maturity Date.

          "Facility Fee": as defined in Section 3.1.

          "Federal  Funds Rate":  for any day,  a rate  per annum
(expressed as  a decimal, rounded  upwards, if necessary,  to the
next higher  1/100 of 1%), equal  to the weighted average  of the
rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the
Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers  on such
day, as  published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the
Business Day next succeeding  such day, provided that (i)  if the

                                                               17<PAGE>





day for which  such rate is  to be determined  is not a  Business
Day, the  Federal Funds Rate for  such day shall be  such rate on
such  transactions  on the  next  preceding  Business Day  as  so
published on the next  succeeding Business Day, and (ii)  if such
rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the
Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of the three
rates quoted by federal funds brokers to BNY on such  day on such
transactions received by BNY as determined by BNY and reported to
the Administrative Agent.

          "Financial Officer":  the chief financial  officer, the
treasurer  or the assistant treasurer of the Parent or such other
officer  thereof  as  shall  be reasonably  satisfactory  to  the
Administrative Agent.

          "Financial Statements": as defined in Section 4.15.

          "Fixed Rate  Loan": a  Eurodollar Advance, a  Core Cur-
rency Euro Advance, a  Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance,  a Ne-
gotiated Rate Loan, an Individual Currency Loan or a Bid Loan.

          "Foreign Pension  Plan": any plan, fund  (including any
superannuation  fund) or  other  similar program  established  or
maintained outside  of the United States by the Parent or any one
or  more  of  its  Subsidiaries  primarily  for  the  benefit  of
employees of the Parent or  such Subsidiaries residing outside of
the United  States,  which plan,  fund or  other similar  program
provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of  income
in  contemplation  of  retirement or  payments  to  be  made upon
termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA
or the Code.

          "French  Borrower":  one  or  more  of  the  following:
Tiffany,  Tiffany International  or  Societe  Francaise  Pour  Le
Developpement  De La Porcelaine  D'Art (S.A.R.L.),  a corporation
organized  under the laws of France and whose principal office is
located in France.

          "French  Francs": freely  transferable lawful  money of
France.

          "Funded  Current Liability Percentage":   as defined in
Section 401(a)(29) of the Code.

          "GAAP":  generally  accepted accounting  principles set
forth  in  the  opinions  and pronouncements  of  the  Accounting
Principles Board  and the American Institute  of Certified Public
Accountants and in  the statements and pronouncements  of the Fi-
nancial Accounting Standards Board or in  such other statement by
such other entity as may be approved by a significant  segment of
the   accounting  profession,   which   are  applicable   to  the
circumstances as of  the date of determination.   If at  any time

                                                               18<PAGE>





after  the Effective  Date any  change in  GAAP would  affect the
computation of  any financial ratio  or requirement set  forth in
any Loan Document, and either the Required Lenders, the Parent or
the  appropriate Borrowers  shall so request,  the Administrative
Agent, the Lenders, the Parent and such Borrowers shall negotiate
in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to  reflect such
change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders),
provided that,  until so amended,  (i) such ratio  or requirement
shall continue to  be  computed in accordance with  GAAP prior to
such  change therein and (ii) the Parent and such Borrowers shall
provide  to the  Administrative Agent  and the  Lenders financial
statements and other documents  required under the Loan Documents
or   as   reasonably   requested  thereunder   setting   forth  a
reconciliation between calculations of such ratio  or requirement
made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

          "German  Borrower":  one  or  more  of  the  following:
Tiffany,  Tiffany International  or a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of
the  Parent which  is organized  under the  laws of, and  has its
principal office  in, Germany and  which shall become  a Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "German  Marks": freely  transferable  lawful money  of
Germany.

          "Governmental Authority": any foreign,  federal, state,
municipal  or other  government, or  any  department, commission,
board, bureau, agency, public authority, instrumentality or other
political subdivision  thereof, any central bank, or any court or
arbitrator.

          "Guaranty":  as defined in Section 5.2.

          "Hong  Kong Borrower":  one or  more of  the following:
Tiffany,  Tiffany International  or  Tiffany &  Co.  of New  York
Limited,  a corporation organized under the laws of Hong Kong and
whose principal office is located in Hong Kong.

          "Hong  Kong Dollars": freely  transferable lawful money
of Hong Kong.

          "Indebtedness":   as  to  any Person,  at a  particular
time, all items of such Person which constitute, without duplica-
tion, (a)  indebtedness for borrowed  money or the  deferred pur-
chase  price of Property  (other than trade  payables and accrued
expenses  incurred  in  the  ordinary course  of  business),  (b)
indebtedness  evidenced  by notes,  bonds, debentures  or similar
instruments, (c) obligations with respect to any conditional sale
or other  title  retention agreement,  (d)  indebtedness  arising
under acceptance facilities and the amount available to  be drawn
under all letters of credit issued for the account of such Person
and,  without duplication,  all  drafts drawn  thereunder to  the

                                                               19<PAGE>





extent  such Person  shall  not  have  reimbursed the  issuer  in
respect of the issuer's  payment of such drafts, (e)  liabilities
secured by any  Lien on  any Property owned  by such Person  even
though such Person  shall not  have assumed  or otherwise  become
liable   for   the  payment   thereof   (other   than  carriers',
warehousemen's,   mechanics',   repairmen's    or   other    like
non-consensual Liens  arising in  the   ordinary course of  busi-
ness),  (f) that  portion of  any obligation  of such  Person, as
lessee,  which  in  accordance  with  GAAP  is   required  to  be
capitalized on the  balance sheet  of such Person,  and (g)  Con-
tingent Obligations.

          "Indemnified Person": as defined in Section 11.10.

          "Indemnified Tax":  as to  any Person, any  Tax, except
(i)  a Tax  on the  Income imposed  on such  Person and  (ii) any
interest,  fees or  penalties for  late payment  imposed on  such
Person, in each case under clauses (i) and (ii) to the extent not
attributable  to  the  failure  of  the  Parent  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries to obtain any necessary approvals or consents of, or
file or cause  to be filed any  reports, applications, documents,
instruments or information required  to be filed pursuant  to any
applicable law, rule, regulation  or request of, any Governmental
Authority.

          "Indemnified Tax Person":     the Administrative Agent,
the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank, or any Lender.

          "Individual Currency Commitment":  with respect to each
Lender and any  Non-Core Currency, the amount  set forth opposite
such Lender's name in  Exhibit A-2 directly below the  column en-
titled "Individual  Currency Commitment" in respect  of such Non-
Core Currency (determined  on the basis of the  Dollar Equivalent
for such Non-Core Currency), as the same may be (x) reduced  from
time to time pursuant to Section 2.9 or (y) adjusted from time to
time  as a result of assignments to  or from such Lender pursuant
to Section 11.7, provided, however, that the aggregate amount  of
all  of  the  Individual  Currency  Commitments  of  each  Lender
(determined  on  the basis  of  the  Dollar Equivalent  for  each
applicable Non-Core Currency) shall not exceed the amount of such
Lender's Commitment.

          "Individual  Currency Interest Period": with respect to
any Individual  Currency Loan requested by  any Non-Core Currency
Borrower,  the period commencing  on the Borrowing  Date with re-
spect to such  Individual Currency  Loan and ending  one, two  or
three months  thereafter, as  selected by such  Non-Core Currency
Borrower in  its irrevocable Notice of  Borrowing, provided, how-
ever, that (i) if  any Individual Currency Interest  Period would
otherwise  end on  a  day  which  is not  a  Business  Day,  such
Individual Currency Interest Period shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would

                                                               20<PAGE>





be to carry such Individual Currency Interest Period into another
calendar month, in which  event such Individual Currency Interest
Period shall end on the  immediately preceding Business Day, (ii)
any Individual Currency Interest  Period that begins on  the last
Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for  which there is
no  numerically  corresponding day  in the calendar  month at the
end of such Individual Currency Interest Period) shall end on the
last  Business Day  of a  calendar month,  and (iii)  no Borrower
shall select  an Individual Currency Interest  Period which shall
end after the Maturity Date.

          "Individual  Currency  Loan"  and "Individual  Currency
Loans": as defined in Section 2.1(e).

          "Individual Currency  Rate": with  respect to  each day
during each Interest Period applicable to any Individual Currency
Loan,  a rate of interest  per annum determined  by dividing (and
then  rounding  to the  nearest 1/16  of 1%  or,  if there  is no
nearest 1/16 of 1%, then to the next higher 1/16 of 1%):

               (a)  (i)   if  such  Individual  Currency Loan  is
designated  in Australian  Dollars, Canadian  Dollars, Hong  Kong
Dollars, Italian Lira, Singaporean Dollars or Swiss Francs,

               (A)  with  respect  to  Australian   Dollars,  the
          average  bid  rate  for  bank bills  of  exchange  that
          appears on page BBSY on the Reuters Screen (Sydney) (or
          any  successor  page) for  a  term  equivalent to  such
          Interest Period,  determined as of  approximately 10:15
          A.M. (Sydney  time) on the  first day of  such Interest
          Period,

               (B)  with  respect to  Canadian Dollars,  the rate
          per  annum that  appears on  page CDOR  on  the Reuters
          Screen  (Toronto) (or any  successor page) for deposits
          of Canadian Dollars with  a maturity comparable to such
          Interest Period, determined  as of approximately  11:00
          A.M. (Toronto time) on  the date which is two  Business
          Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period,

               (C)  with respect  to Italian  Lira, the rate  per
          annum that appears on page RIBO (London) on the Reuters
          Screen (or any successor  page) for deposits of Italian
          Lira  with  a  maturity  comparable  to  such  Interest
          Period,  determined  as  of  approximately  11:00  A.M.
          (London time) on  the date which  is two Business  Days
          prior to the commencement of such Interest Period,

               (D)  with respect  to Swiss  Francs, the  rate per
          annum  that appears  on page  3740 or  3750 of  the Dow
          Jones  Telerate  Screen  (or  any  successor  page) for
          deposits of Swiss Francs  with a maturity comparable to

                                                               21<PAGE>





          such  Interest Period,  determined as  of approximately
          11:00  A.M. (London  time) on  the date   which  is two
          Business  Days  prior  to   the  commencement  of  such
          Interest Period,

               (E) with  respect to  Hong Kong Dollars,  the rate
          per  annum that  appears on  page FWEN  on  the Reuters
          Screen (Hong Kong) (or any successor page) for deposits
          of Hong Kong Dollars with a maturity comparable to such
          Interest Period, determined  as of approximately  11:00
          A.M. (Hong Kong time) on the date which is two Business
          Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period,

               (F)  with respect to Singaporean Dollars, the rate
          per  annum that  appears on  page  FWEO of  the Reuters
          Screen (Singapore) (or any successor page) for deposits
          of Singaporean  Dollars with  a maturity  comparable to
          such  Interest Period,  determined as  of approximately
          11:00 A.M.  (Singapore time), on the date  which is two
          Business  Days   prior  to  the  commencement  of  such
          Interest Period, or

               (G)    if  such  rate  does  not  appear  on  such
          applicable  page of  the Dow  Jones Telerate  Screen or
          Reuters Screen  (or any  successor page), the  rate per
          annum  equal to  the offered  quotation by  first class
          banks in the London, Australian, Canadian, Hong Kong or
          Singapore, as the case may be, interbank market to  the
          applicable Lender  for such Non-Core  Currency deposits
          of amounts in immediately available funds comparable to
          the principal  amount of such Individual  Currency Loan
          with a maturity comparable  to such Interest Period de-
          termined  as  of  approximately  11:00   A.M.  (London,
          Sydney, Toronto,  Hong Kong  or Singapore, as  the case
          may be,  time) on  the date which is two  Business Days
          prior to  the commencement of such  Interest Period or,
          in the case of  Individual Currency Loans designated in
          Australian Dollars,  on the first day  of such Interest
          Period,

(ii)  if such Individual Currency Loan is designated in any other
Non-Core Currency, a  rate per  annum equal to  the offered  quo-
tation by first class banks in the applicable interbank market to
the applicable Lender  for deposits of such  Non-Core Currency in
amounts in  immediately available  funds comparable to  the prin-
cipal  amount of  such Individual Currency  Loan with  a maturity
comparable to such Interest  Period as determined by such  Lender
on the date which is two  Business Days prior to the commencement
of such Interest Period, adjusted for  additional costs and local
market conditions as determined by such Lender, by

               (b) a number  equal to 1.00 minus the aggregate of

                                                               22<PAGE>





the  stated  maximum  rates  in  effect  on  such  day   (without
duplication)  of all  reserve  requirements (including  marginal,
emergency,   supplemental  and  special   reserves)  and  similar
charges, expressed as a  decimal, established by any Governmental
Authority, including those established  by the Board of Governors
of  the Federal Reserve System and any other banking authority to
which  BNY and other major  United States money  center banks are
subject in respect of eurocurrency funding (currently referred to
as  "Eurocurrency liabilities" in  Regulation D  of the  Board of
Governors of  the Federal Reserve System) maintained  by a member
of the  Federal Reserve System with deposits exceeding $1 billion
in  respect of  eurodollar currency  funding liabilities,  to the
extent Applicable; 

provided,  in the event that  the applicable Lender  has made any
determination pursuant to Section  2.14(a)(iv) in respect of such
Individual Currency Loan, the Individual Currency Rate determined
pursuant  to clause (a) of  this definition shall  instead be the
rate based on the all-in cost  of funds of the applicable  Lender
to fund  such Individual Currency Loan with a maturity comparable
to such Interest Period.

          "Intellectual Property":   all United States registered
trademarks, service marks, patents, and trade names.

          "Intercompany  Acquisition":    an Acquisition  by  the
Parent  from any  of its  Subsidiaries or  an Acquisition  by any
Subsidiary of the Parent from any other Subsidiary of the Parent.

          "Intercompany Debt":  (i) Indebtedness of the Parent to
one or  more of the  Subsidiaries of  the Parent and  (ii) demand
Indebtedness of one or more of the  Subsidiaries of the Parent to
the Parent  or any one or  more of the other  Subsidiaries of the
Parent.

          "Intercompany Disposition": a Disposition by the Parent
or  any of  its Subsidiaries to  the Parent  or any  of its other
Subsidiaries, provided that such  Disposition does not materially
and  adversely affect the interests of the Lenders under the Loan
Documents.

          "Intercompany Lien":   A Lien granted by the  Parent or
any  of  its Subsidiaries  to  the  Parent or  any  of  its other
Subsidiaries,  provided that  such Lien  does not  materially and
adversely affect  the  interests of  the Lenders  under the  Loan
Documents.

          "Interest Coverage Ratio":   as of any  date, the ratio
of  (a) EBIT in respect of the  period comprised of the four con-
secutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to such  date in
respect  of  which  financial  statements  have  been   delivered
pursuant to  Sections 7.7(a),  7.7(c) or  7.7(d) to (b)  Interest

                                                               23<PAGE>





Expense for such period.

          "Interest  Expense":    for any  period,  the  interest
expense  of  the Parent  and its  Subsidiaries on  a Consolidated
basis in respect of such period.

          "Interest Period": a Euro Interest Period, a Swing Line
Interest Period, a Negotiated Rate Interest Period, an Individual
Currency  Interest Period or a  Bid Interest Period,  as the case
may be.

          "Interest  Rate  Protection Arrangement":  any interest
rate  swap,  cap or  collar arrangement  or any  other derivative
product, in  each case designed  to reduce  exposure to  interest
rate fluctuations.

          "Investments": as defined in Section 8.7.

          "Invitation to Bid": an invitation to make Bids in  the
form of Exhibit G.

          "Issuing Bank":  BNY.

          "Italian  Borrower":  one  or more  of  the  following:
Tiffany,  Tiffany  International  or  Tiffany-Faraone  S.P.A.,  a
corporation organized under the laws of Italy and whose principal
office is located in Italy.

          "Italian  Lira": freely  transferable  lawful money  of
Italy.

          "Japanese  Borrower":  one or  more  of the  following:
Tiffany, Tiffany International,  Tiffany Japan or a  wholly-owned
Subsidiary  of the Parent which  is organized under  the laws of,
and has its principal office  in, Japan and which shall  become a
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Japanese  Yen": freely  transferable  lawful money  of
Japan.

          "Judgment Currency": as defined in Section 11.14.

          "Judgment  Currency Conversion  Date":  as  defined  in
Section 11.14.

          "Korean  Borrower":   one  or  more  of the  following:
Tiffany, Tiffany International  or a  wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
the Parent  which is  organized under  the laws  of, and  has its
principal  office  in, Korea  and which  shall become  a Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Korean  Won":  freely  transferable  lawful  money  of

                                                               24<PAGE>





Korea.

          "Lender":   each   financial   institution  listed   on
Exhibit A-1,  as  well as  any  Person which  becomes  a "Lender"
hereunder pursuant to Sections 11.7 or 11.1; it  being understood
and  agreed,  however,  that   for  purposes  of  making  certain
Alternate Currency Loans and  issuing or participating in certain
Letters of  Credit under this  Agreement, certain of  the Lenders
have  specifically  designated  on  Exhibit R  certain  of  their
branches, subsidiaries or affiliates that will be responsible for
making such Alternate Currency Loans and issuing or participating
in such Letters of Credit,  or may make such a designation  in an
Assignment  and Acceptance  Agreement  entered into  by any  such
Lender.

          "Letter of Credit" and  "Letters of Credit": as defined
in Section 2.19.

          "Letter  of  Credit Applicants":  collectively, Tiffany
and Tiffany International; each a "Letter of Credit Applicant".

          "Letter of  Credit Commissions": as defined  in Section
3.2.

          "Letter  of Credit  Commitment": (i) the  commitment of
the  Issuing Bank to issue  Letters of Credit,  provided that the
Letter of  Credit Exposure  shall not exceed  $25,000,000 (deter-
mined  on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent for each outstanding
Letter of Credit designated  in an Alternate Currency), and  (ii)
the commitment of  the Lenders in respect of the Letter of Credit
Exposure as set forth in Section 2.20.

          "Letter  of Credit  Exposure":  at any  date, the  sum,
without duplication, of   (i) the  aggregate undrawn face  amount
(determined  on  the basis  of  the  Dollar Equivalent  for  each
outstanding Letter of Credit designated in an Alternate Currency)
of  the outstanding Letters of Credit at  such date and  (ii) the
aggregate  unpaid reimbursement  obligations  in  respect of  the
Letters of Credit at such date (after giving effect to  any Loans
made on such date  to pay any such reimbursement  obligations and
determined  on the basis of  the Dollar Equivalent  for each such
reimbursement obligation  in respect of an  outstanding Letter of
Credit designated in an Alternate Currency).

          "Letter  of Credit Request":  a request in  the form of
Exhibit L.

          "Leverage  Ratio": as  of any  date, the  ratio of  (a)
Total Debt on such date, to (b) Consolidated Capitalization as of
such date.

          "Lien":     any  mortgage,  pledge,  assignment,  lien,

                                                               25<PAGE>





charge, encumbrance  or security  interest  of any  kind, or  the
interest  of a  vendor  or  lessor  under  any  conditional  sale
agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement.

          "Loan": each  Revolving Loan, each  Individual Currency
Loan, each Negotiated  Rate Loan,  each Bid Loan  and each  Swing
Line Loan.

          "Loan Documents": this Agreement and the Guaranty.

          "Malaysian Borrower":  one or  more  of the  following:
Tiffany, Tiffany International  or a  wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
the Parent  which is  organized under  the laws of,  and has  its
principal  office in, Malaysia and which  shall become a Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Malaysian Ringgit": freely  transferable lawful  money
of Malaysia.

          "Mandatory Borrowing": as defined in Section 2.1(d).

          "Margin Stock": any "margin stock", as said term is de-
fined in Regulation U  of the Board  of Governors of the  Federal
Reserve System, as the  same may be amended or  supplemented from
time to time.

          "Material  Adverse": with  respect  to  any  change  or
effect, a  material adverse change in, or  effect on, as the case
may be, (i) the  financial condition, operations, business, pros-
pects or Property of the Parent  and its Subsidiaries taken as  a
whole, (ii) the ability of the  Parent or any Borrower to perform
its  obligations under any Loan Document, or (iii) the ability of
the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender
or any Lender to enforce any Loan Document.

          "Maturity Date": June 30, 2000, or such earlier date on
which  the Loans  shall become  due and  payable, whether  by ac-
celeration or otherwise.

          "Maximum Offer": as defined in Section 2.11(b).

          "Maximum Request": as defined in Section 2.11(a).

          "Mexican  Borrower":  one  or  more  of  the following:
Tiffany, Tiffany  International or  a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of
the Parent  which is  organized under  the laws of,  and has  its
principal  office in,  Mexico and  which shall become  a Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Mexican  Pesos": freely  transferable lawful  money of
Mexico.


                                                               26<PAGE>





          "Moody's": Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

          "Multiemployer  Plan":  a  Pension   Plan  which  is  a
multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

          "Negotiated Rate": as defined in Section 2.12.

          "Negotiated Rate  Confirmation": as defined  in Section
2.12.

          "Negotiated  Rate Confirmation Request": a request by a
Borrower  and  the Parent,  in the  form  of Exhibit K,  for con-
firmation  by a  Lender  of such  Lender's  agreement to  make  a
Negotiated Rate Loan to such Borrower pursuant to Section 2.12.

          "Negotiated Rate Interest Period": as to any Negotiated
Rate Loan, the period  commencing on the date of  such Negotiated
Rate Loan, and  ending on  the applicable date  specified in  the
Negotiated Rate Confirmation for such Negotiated Rate Loan, which
shall  not  be  earlier  than  7 days  after  the  date  of  such
Negotiated Rate Loan  or later than  180 days  after the date  of
such Negotiated Rate  Loan; provided,  however, that  (i) if  any
Negotiated Rate Interest  Period would end on a  day other than a
Business Day, such  Negotiated Rate Interest Period shall  be ex-
tended  to the  next succeeding  Business Day,  unless  such next
succeeding Business Day would be a  date on or after the Maturity
Date in which case such Negotiated Rate Interest Period shall end
on the next  preceding Business  Day and (ii)  no Borrower  shall
select a  Negotiated Rate Interest  Period which shall  end after
the Maturity Date.

          "Negotiated Rate  Loan": each loan  from a Lender  to a
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.12.

          "New Taiwan Dollars":  freely transferable lawful money
of Taiwan.

          "Non-Core  Currencies":   Australian  Dollars, Canadian
Dollars, Hong  Kong Dollars, Italian Lira,  Korean Won, Malaysian
Ringgit,  Mexican  Pesos, New  Taiwan Dollars,  Philippine Pesos,
Singaporean Dollars, Swiss Francs and Thai Baht; each a "Non-Core
Currency".

          "Non-Core  Currency Borrowers":  with respect  to Indi-
vidual  Currency Loans,  the  Australian  Borrower, the  Canadian
Borrower,  the  Hong Kong  Borrower,  the  Italian Borrower,  the
Korean Borrower, the  Malaysian Borrower,  the Mexican  Borrower,
the  Philippine  Borrower,  the Singaporean  Borrower,  the Swiss
Borrower, the Taiwanese Borrower   and the Thai Borrower;  each a
"Non-Core Currency Borrower".

          "Non-Issuance Event":  as defined in Section 2.19(a).

                                                               27<PAGE>





          "Non-Swing Loan Event":  as defined in Section 2.1(c).

          "Notice of Borrowing": a request  for Loans in the form
of Exhibit C signed by the Parent and the applicable Borrower.

          "Notice of Conversion": a  notice substantially in  the
form of Exhibit E.

          "Obligation Currency": as defined in Section 11.14.

          "Other  Hedging  Arrangement":  any   foreign  exchange
contract, currency swap arrangement, commodity arrangement or any
other  similar  arrangement, in  each  case  designed to  protect
against fluctuations of currency values.

          "PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation estab-
lished  pursuant  to Subtitle  A  of Title  IV  of ERISA,  or any
Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.

          "Pension Plan": at any  time, any Employee Benefit Plan
(including a Multiemployer Plan) subject  to Section 302 of ERISA
or Section 412  of the  Code, the funding  requirements of  which
are,  or at any time  within the six  years immediately preceding
the  time in  question, were in  whole or in  part, the responsi-
bility of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or an ERISA Affili-
ate.

          "Person":  any  individual,  firm,  partnership,  joint
venture, corporation, association,  business enterprise,  limited
liability   company,   joint   stock    company,   unincorporated
association, trust,  Governmental Authority or any  other entity,
whether  acting in an individual capacity, and for the purpose of
the definition of "ERISA Affiliate", a trade or business.

          "Philippine  Borrower": one or  more of  the following:
Tiffany, Tiffany  International or  a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of
the Parent which  is organized under  the laws of,   and has  its
principal  office in,  the Philippines  and which shall  become a
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Philippine Pesos": freely transferable lawful money of
the Philippines.

          "Portion": as defined in Section 2.11(b).

          "Pricing Level": any of  Pricing Level I, Pricing Level
II, Pricing Level III, Pricing Level IV, or Pricing Level V.

          "Pricing Level  I": any time when  the senior unsecured
long term debt Rating of the Parent by (x) S&P is A- or higher or
(y) Moody's is A3 or higher.


                                                               28<PAGE>





          "Pricing  Level  II":  any  time when  (i)  the  senior
unsecured long term debt Rating of  the Parent by (x) S&P is BBB+
or higher or (y) Moody's is Baa1 or higher and (ii) Pricing Level
I does not apply.

          "Pricing  Level  III": any  time  when  (i) the  senior
unsecured  long term debt Rating of the  Parent by (x) S&P is BBB
or higher  or (y)  Moody's is  Baa2 or  higher  and (ii)  neither
Pricing Level I nor Pricing Level II applies.

          "Pricing  Level  IV":  any  time when  (i)  the  senior
unsecured long  term debt Rating of the Parent by (x) S&P is BBB-
or  higher or  (y) Moody's  is Baa3  or higher  and (ii)  none of
Pricing Level I, Pricing Level II or Pricing Level III applies.

          "Pricing Level  V": any  time when  (i) the senior  un-
secured long term debt Rating of the  Parent by (x) S&P is BB+ or
lower  or (y) Moody's  is Ba1 or  lower and (ii)  none of Pricing
Level I, Pricing  Level II, Pricing Level III or Pricing Level IV
applies.

          "Prohibited Transaction": with  respect to any  Pension
Plan, (a) any  event set forth in Sections  4043(b) (other than a
Reportable Event as  to which  the 30 day  notice requirement  is
waived  by the  PBGC  under applicable  regulations), 4062(e)  or
4063(a)  of ERISA  or the  regulations thereunder,  (b) an  event
requiring  the Parent, any of  its Subsidiaries or  any ERISA Af-
filiate  to  provide security  to  a Pension  Plan  under Section
401(a)(29)  of the  Code,  or (c)  failure  to make  any  payment
required by Section 412(m) of the Code.

          "Property":  in respect  of  any Person,  all types  of
real, personal,  tangible, intangible  or mixed property  and all
types  of tangible or intangible property owned or leased by such
Person.

          "Proportionate Share":   as to  any Subsidiary Borrower
(a)  if   such  cost,  expense   or  other  amount   is  directly
attributable to the Loans made to such Subsidiary Borrower or any
action  taken or omitted to be taken by such Subsidiary Borrower,
100% of such amount and (b) if such cost, expense or other amount
is not directly  attributable to one or more  specific Borrowers,
such  amount  multiplied by  (i)  if Loans  are  outstanding, the
percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the
principal amount of Loans outstanding to such Subsidiary Borrower
and the denominator  of which  is the aggregate  amount of  Loans
outstanding  to   all  Borrowers  and   (ii)  if  no   Loans  are
outstanding,  the  percentage  equivalent   of  a  fraction   the
numerator  of which is  one and the  denominator of  which is the
number of Borrowers.

          "Proposed Lender": as defined in Section 11.1(b).

                                                               29<PAGE>





          "Quarterly Payment  Date": each  January 31,  April 30,
July 31 and October 31 of each year.

          "Rating": the actual, or if no actual then the implied,
senior unsecured long term  debt rating of the Parent,  in either
case as assigned by S&P or Moody's,  as the case may be.

          "Reference Lender":  BNY.

          "Regulation D": Regulation D  of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System as  from time to time in effect and
any successor  to all or  a portion thereof  establishing reserve
requirements.

          "Reportable Event":  with respect to any  Pension Plan,
(a)  any event set  forth in Sections  4043(c) (other  than a Re-
portable  Event  as to  which the  30  day notice  requirement is
waived  by the  PBGC  under applicable  regulations), 4062(e)  or
4063(a) of  ERISA or  the  regulations thereunder,  (b) an  event
requiring  the Parent, any of  its Subsidiaries or  any ERISA Af-
filiate  to provide  security  to a  Pension  Plan under  Section
401(a)(29)  of the  Code,  or (c)  failure  to make  any  payment
required by Section 412(m) of the Code.

          "Required  Lenders": (i) at any  time when no Loans are
outstanding,  Lenders  having Commitments  or, if  no Commitments
then exist, Lenders having  Commitments on the last day  on which
Commitments did exist,  equal to  at least 60%  of the  Aggregate
Commitments,  and (ii) at any time when Loans are outstanding (x)
if the  Commitments then exist, Lenders  having Commitments equal
to at  least 60%  of the  Aggregate Commitments,  and (y)  if the
Commitments have  been terminated  or otherwise no  longer exist,
Lenders having   Credit Exposures  equal to at  least 60%  of the
Aggregate Credit Exposure.

          "Required Payment":  as defined in Section 2.13(a).

          "Responsible  Officer":     the  president,  the  chief
financial officer,  the treasurer  or the assistant  treasurer of
the Parent, Tiffany or Tiffany International.

          "Restricted Payment":  with  respect to any Person, any
of the following, whether direct or indirect: (a) the declaration
or payment by such Person of any dividend or  distribution on any
class  of Stock  of such  Person, other  than a  dividend payable
solely in  shares of that class  of Stock to the  holders of such
class,  (b)  the declaration  or payment  by  such Person  of any
distribution on any  other type  or class of  equity interest  or
equity investment in such Person, and (c) any redemption, retire-
ment, purchase  or  acquisition  of,  or sinking  fund  or  other
similar  payment in respect of,  any class of  Stock of, or other
type  or class of equity  interest or equity  investment in, such

                                                               30<PAGE>





Person.

          "Revolving Loan"  and "Revolving Loans": as  defined in
Section 2.1(a).

          "S&P": Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

          "SEC": the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  or any
Governmental Authority succeeding to the functions thereof.

          "Singaporean Borrower": one  or more of  the following:
Tiffany, Tiffany International or Tiffany & Co. Pte. Ltd., a cor-
poration organized under the laws of  Singapore and whose princi-
pal office is located in Singapore.

          "Singaporean Dollars": freely transferable lawful money
of Singapore.

          "SL/LC Credit Exposure": with  respect to any Lender at
any time, (i) the sum of (A) the outstanding principal balance of
all  Swing  Line Loans  (determined on  the  basis of  the Dollar
Equivalent for each Alternate Currency Swing Line Loan), plus (B)
the   Letter  of   Credit  Exposure,   multiplied  by   (ii)  the
Availability Percentage of such Lender.

          "Special Counsel": Emmet, Marvin & Martin, LLP, special
counsel to the Administrative Agent.

          "Sterling  Borrower": one  or  more  of the  following:
Tiffany, Tiffany  International or  Tiffany & Co.,  a corporation
organized  under  the  laws  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  whose
principal office is located in the United Kingdom.

          "Sterling  Pounds": freely transferable lawful money of
the United Kingdom.

          "Stock": any  and all shares,  rights, interests,  par-
ticipations,  warrants, options,  rights of  conversion or  other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.

          "Subsidiary": with  respect to  any Person at  any time
and from time to time, any corporation, association, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity
of  which  such Person  and/or  any  Subsidiary of  such  Person,
directly or indirectly  at such time, either (a)  in respect of a
corporation, owns or  controls more than  50% of the  outstanding
Stock having ordinary  voting power  to elect a  majority of  the
board  of directors  or  similar managing  body, irrespective  of
whether  a class or  classes shall or might  have voting power by
reason of the happening of any contingency, or (b) in  respect of
an association,  partnership,  limited liability  company,  joint
venture  or other business entity,  is entitled to  share in more

                                                               31<PAGE>





than 50% of the profits and losses, however determined.

          "Subsidiary  Borrowers":   collectively,  the  Domestic
Borrowers (other  than Tiffany  and  Tiffany International),  the
Australian Borrower, the Canadian Borrower,  the French Borrower,
the  German  Borrower,  the   Hong  Kong  Borrower,  the  Italian
Borrower,  the  Japanese  Borrower,  the  Korean   Borrower,  the
Malaysian  Borrower, the  Mexican Borrower,  the Philippine  Bor-
rower, the Singaporean Borrower, the Sterling Borrower, the Swiss
Borrower, the Taiwanese Borrower and the Thai Borrower which  are
signatories hereto  on the Effective Date, and each other wholly-
owned  Subsidiary of  the Parent  which becomes  a party  to this
Agreement by the  execution of  a Borrower  Addendum pursuant  to
Section 2.23; each a "Subsidiary Borrower".

          "Swing  Line Borrowers":  with  respect to  Swing  Line
Loans, the  Domestic Borrowers,  the French Borrower,  the German
Borrower, the Japanese Borrower and the Sterling Borrower; each a
"Swing Line Borrower".

          "Swing   Line   Commitment":   an   amount   equal   to
$15,000,000, as  the same may  be reduced from time  to time pur-
suant to Section 2.9.

          "Swing Line  Commitment Period":  the  period from  the
Effective  Date to,  but  excluding, the  Swing Line  Termination
Date.

          "Swing Line  Interest Period": (i) as to any Swing Line
Negotiated Rate  Advance, the  period commencing  on the  date of
such  Swing Line Negotiated Rate  Advance and ending  on the date
agreed to between the Parent, the applicable Swing  Line Borrower
and  the  Swing  Line Lender  with  respect  to  such Swing  Line
Negotiated Rate Advance, and (ii) as to any Swing Line Loan  made
as an ABR Advance, the period  commencing on the date of such ABR
Advance and  ending on the date  set forth by the  Parent and the
applicable Swing Line  Borrower in the  Notice of Borrowing  with
respect to such ABR Advance; provided, however, that the last day
of any  Swing Line Interest Period shall  not be earlier than one
day  after the date of such Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance or
ABR Advance, as the case may be, or later  than 30 days after the
date of such Swing  Line Negotiated Rate Advance or  ABR Advance,
as the case  may be, and in no event later  than 30 days prior to
the Expiration Date;  and provided further, however,  that if any
Swing Line  Interest  Period would  end  on a  day  other than  a
Business  Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day. 

          "Swing Line Lender": BNY.

          "Swing Line Loan" and "Swing Line Loans": as defined in
Section 2.1(c).

                                                               32<PAGE>





          "Swing Line Negotiated Rate": with respect to any Swing
Line Interest Period applicable to any Swing Line Negotiated Rate
Advance, the rate of  interest per annum agreed to by the Parent,
the applicable Swing  Line Borrower,  and the  Swing Line  Lender
with respect thereto in accordance with Section 2.3(b).

          "Swing  Line  Negotiated Rate  Advances": collectively,
the Swing Line  Loans (or any portions  thereof) at such  time as
they (or such  portions) are  made and/or being  maintained at  a
rate of interest  based on a Swing  Line Negotiated Rate; each  a
"Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance".

          "Swing  Line Termination  Date": the  date which  is 30
days prior to the Expiration Date.

          "Swiss  Borrower":  one  or  more  of  the   following:
Tiffany,  Tiffany International  or Tiffany  & Co.  Watch Factory
S.A., a corporation organized under  the laws of Switzerland  and
whose principal office is located in Switzerland.

          "Swiss Francs":  freely  transferable lawful  money  of
Switzerland.

          "Taiwanese  Borrower": one  or more  of the  following:
Tiffany,  Tiffany International  or a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of
the Parent  which is  organized under  the laws  of, and  has its
principal  office in, Taiwan  and which  shall become  a Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Tax": any  present or future tax,  levy, impost, duty,
charge, fee, deduction or withholding of  any nature and whatever
called, by  a Governmental Authority, on  whomsoever and wherever
imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed.

          "Tax on the Income": as to any Person, a Tax imposed by
one  of   the  following   jurisdictions  or  by   any  political
subdivision or  taxing authority thereof:  (i) the United States,
(ii) the  jurisdiction   in  which  such  Person   is  organized,
(iii) the jurisdiction in which such Person's principal office is
located,  or (iv) in the case of each Lender or Swingline Lender,
any  jurisdiction  in which  such Person  is  deemed to  be doing
business; which Tax is an income  tax or franchise tax imposed on
all or part  of the net income  or net profits of  such Person or
which  Tax  represents  interest,  fees, or  penalties  for  late
payment of such an income tax or franchise tax.

          "Termination Event": with respect to  any Pension Plan,
(a) a Reportable  Event, (b)  the termination of  a Pension  Plan
under  Section 4041(c) of  ERISA, or  the filing  of a  notice of
intent  to terminate  a  Pension Plan  under  Section 4041(c)  of
ERISA, or the treatment  of a Pension Plan amendment  as a termi-
nation under  Section 4041(e)  of ERISA,  (c) the institution  of

                                                               33<PAGE>





proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan under Section
4042 of  ERISA, or (d) the appointment of a trustee to administer
any Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA.

          "Thai  Borrower":  one   or  more  of  the   following:
Tiffany, Tiffany  International or  a wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
the  Parent which  is organized  under the laws  of, and  has its
principal office in,  Thailand and which shall  become a Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

          "Thai  Baht":  freely   transferable  lawful  money  of
Thailand.

          "Tiffany Japan":  Tiffany & Co. Japan Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation.

          "Total  Debt":  as of any date, all Indebtedness of the
Parent and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis on such date.

          "Unfunded Pension  Liabilities":   with respect to  any
Pension  Plan (other than a  Multiemployer Plan), as  of the last
day of the fiscal year of such Pension Plan preceding the time in
question, the amount determined by taking the accumulated benefit
obligation,  as   disclosed  in  accordance  with   Statement  of
Accounting   Standards   No.  87,   "Employers'   Accounting  for
Pensions", over the fair market value of Pension Plan assets.

          "United States":  the  United States  of  America  (in-
cluding the States thereof and the District of Columbia).

          "Upstream Dividends":  as defined in Section 8.9.

          "Unrecognized Retiree Welfare Liability":  with respect
to any  Employee Benefit  Plan that provides  postretirement ben-
efits other than  pension benefits, the amount  of the transition
obligation,  as  determined  in   accordance  with  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards  No. 106,  "Employers' Accounting
for Postretirement  Benefits Other Than Pensions," as of the most
recent valuation date, that has not been recognized as an expense
in  the  income  statement of  the  Parent  and its  Consolidated
Subsidiaries, provided that (i) prior to the date  such Statement
is applicable  to the Parent,  such amount  shall be based  on an
estimate made  in good  faith of  the transition obligation,  and
(ii)  for purposes  of determining  the aggregate  amount of  the
Unrecognized  Retiree Welfare  Liability, Plans  maintained by  a
Consolidated Subsidiary of  the Parent that  is not otherwise  an
ERISA Affiliate shall be included.

     B.   Principles of Construction

          (a)  All  capitalized terms  defined in  this Agreement
shall have the  meanings given such capitalized terms herein when

                                                               34<PAGE>





used in the other  Loan Documents or any certificate,  opinion or
other  document made  or  delivered pursuant  hereto or  thereto,
unless otherwise expressly provided therein.

          (b)  As  used in  the  Loan Documents  and in  any cer-
tificate, opinion  or other  document made or  delivered pursuant
thereto, accounting  terms not  defined in  Section 1.1, and  ac-
counting  terms partly defined in  Section 1.1 to  the extent not
defined, shall have the respective  meanings given to them  under
GAAP.    Unless otherwise  expressly  provided  herein, the  word
"fiscal" when  used herein  shall refer  to  the relevant  fiscal
period of the Parent.

          (c)  The words "hereof",  "herein", "hereto" and "here-
under"  and similar words when  used in each  Loan Document shall
refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not  to any particular
provision  of  such  Loan  Document, and  Section,  schedule  and
exhibit  references  contained therein  shall  refer to  Sections
thereof  or schedules  or exhibits  thereto unless  otherwise ex-
pressly provided therein.

          (d)  All references herein to a time  of day shall mean
the  then applicable time in New York, New York, unless otherwise
expressly provided herein.

          (e)  Section headings have been inserted  herein and in
the  other Loan Documents for  convenience only and  shall not be
construed to be  a part hereof  or thereof.   Unless the  context
otherwise  requires, words  in  the singular  number include  the
plural, and words in the plural include the singular.

          (f)  Whenever  in  any Loan  Document  or  in any  cer-
tificate or  other document  made or delivered  pursuant thereto,
the terms thereof require that a Person sign or execute the  same
or refer to  the same as having been so  signed or executed, such
terms shall mean that the  same shall be, or was, duly  signed or
executed by (i)  in respect of any Person that  is a corporation,
any duly authorized officer  thereof, and (ii) in respect  of any
other  Person   (other  than   an   individual),  any   analogous
counterpart thereof.

          (g)  The words "include" and "including", when  used in
each  Loan Document, shall mean  that the same  shall be included
"without limitation", unless otherwise specifically provided.


II. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     A.   Loans

          (a)  Subject to  the terms and  conditions hereof, each
Lender  severally agrees from time  to time during the Commitment

                                                               35<PAGE>





Period to make revolving credit loans to one or more  of the Core
Currency Borrowers in the respective Applicable Currencies  (each
a "Revolving Loan" and, as  the context may require, collectively
with  all other  Revolving  Loans of  such  Lender and  with  the
Revolving  Loans of  all other  Lenders, the  "Revolving Loans"),
provided, however,  that immediately after giving effect thereto,
(i) the Aggregate  Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate
Commitments, and (ii) with respect to  each Lender,  (I) the  ag-
gregate principal amount of  all Revolving Loans then outstanding
from  such  Lender  (determined  on  the  basis  of  the   Dollar
Equivalent  for  each  outstanding Alternate  Currency  Revolving
Loan), plus (II) the aggregate principal amount of all Individual
Currency Loans  then outstanding from such  Lender (determined on
the basis  of  the  Dollar  Equivalent of  each  such  Individual
Currency  Loan), plus  (III) the  SL/LC  Credit Exposure  of such
Lender, shall not exceed  such Lender's Commitment.    During the
Commitment Period, the Core Currency Borrowers may borrow, prepay
in  whole or in part  and reborrow Revolving  Loans under the Ag-
gregate Commitments, all  in accordance with  the terms and  con-
ditions of this Agreement. 

          (b)  Subject to  the terms  and conditions  hereof, Re-
volving Loans, (i) if to be made in Dollars (each  a "Dollar  Re-
volving Loan"  and, collectively, the "Dollar  Revolving Loans"),
shall be made to one or more Domestic Borrowers and shall, at the
option  of such  Domestic Borrowers,  be either  ABR Advances  or
Eurodollar Advances, (ii) if  to be made in French  Francs, shall
be made to  the French Borrower,  (iii) if to  be made in  German
Marks, shall be  made to the German Borrower, (iv)  if to be made
in Japanese Yen,  shall be made to the Japanese Borrower, and (v)
if  to be made in Sterling Pounds,  shall be made to the Sterling
Borrower.   The Revolving Loans,  together with  all accrued  and
unpaid interest thereon, shall  mature and be due and  payable in
the Applicable Currency on the Maturity Date.

          (c)  Subject to  and upon the terms  and conditions set
forth herein, the  Swing Line Lender  in its individual  capacity
agrees to make at any time and from time to time during the Swing
Line Commitment Period, a loan or loans (each a "Swing Line Loan"
and,  collectively, the "Swing Line Loans") to one or more of the
Swing  Line Borrowers, which Swing  Line Loans (i)  shall, at the
option of  the  applicable  Swing  Line  Borrower,  be  made  and
maintained as Dollar Swing Line Loans or Alternate Currency Swing
Line Loans in an Available Alternate Currency, (ii) may be repaid
and reborrowed  in accordance  with the provisions  hereof, (iii)
shall not, immediately after giving effect thereto, result in the
Aggregate  Credit Exposure  exceeding the  Aggregate Commitments,
and  (iv) shall  not,  immediately after  giving effect  thereto,
result in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing
Line  Loans (determined on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent for
each outstanding  Alternate Currency Swing  Line Loan)  exceeding
the Swing Line  Commitment.  The Swing  Line Lender shall  not be

                                                               36<PAGE>





obligated to make any Swing Line Loans at a time  when any Lender
(other  than the  Swing Line Lender)  shall be in  default of its
obligations under this Agreement unless the Swing Line Lender has
entered into arrangements  satisfactory to it  and the Parent  to
eliminate the Swing Line  Lender's risk with respect to  each de-
faulting  Lender's participation in  such Swing Line  Loans.  The
Swing  Line Lender  will not make  a Swing  Line Loan  (i) if the
Administrative  Agent or any Lender  by notice to  the Swing Line
Lender,  the Parent and the affected Swing Line Borrower prior to
the  time  such  Swing  Line  Loan  is to  be  made,  shall  have
determined  that any  of the  applicable conditions set  forth in
Sections  5 and  6 have  not been  satisfied and  such conditions
remain  unsatisfied as of the requested time of making such Swing
Line Loan or  (ii) to  the extent that  immediately after  giving
effect  thereto the  Aggregate Credit  Exposure would  exceed the
Aggregate  Commitments (each  a "Non-Swing  Loan Event").   Swing
Line Loans shall mature and be due and payable on the earlier of,
with respect to each Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance and Swing
Line  Loan maintained as an ABR Advance,  (x) the last day of the
Swing  Line  Interest  Period  applicable  thereto  and  (y)  the
Maturity  Date.   Subject   to the  terms and  conditions hereof,
Swing Line  Loans, (i) if to  be made in Dollars  (each a "Dollar
Swing  Line  Loan"  and,  collectively, the  "Dollar  Swing  Line
Loans"),  shall be  made to  one or  more Domestic  Borrowers and
shall be ABR Advances, (ii) if to be made in French Francs, shall
be made  to the French  Borrower, (iii) if  to be made  in German
Marks, shall be made to  the German Borrower, (iv) if to  be made
in Japanese Yen, shall be made to the Japanese Borrower,  and (v)
if to be  made in Sterling Pounds, shall be  made to the Sterling
Borrower.

          (d)  On any Business Day, the Swing Line Lender may, in
its  sole discretion, give notice  to the Lenders  and the Parent
(on  behalf of  all Swing  Line Borrowers)  that  its outstanding
Swing  Line Loans shall be  funded with a  borrowing of Revolving
Loans (provided that  such notice  shall be deemed  to have  been
automatically  given upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event
of  Default under Sections  9.1(g) or (h)), in  which case one or
more borrowings of Revolving  Loans constituting ABR Advances (or
constituting  one or  more Eurodollar  Advances specified  by the
Parent in  accordance with Section 2.3(a))  or Alternate Currency
Revolving  Loans with a one  month Euro Interest  Period (or such
other  Euro  Interest  Period(s)   specified  by  the  Parent  in
accordance with  Section 2.3(a))  in the Applicable  Currency, as
the  case may be  (each such borrowing  a "Mandatory Borrowing"),
shall be made  on the fifth  Business Day immediately  succeeding
such  notice by all Lenders pro rata  based on each such Lender's
Availability  Percentage  immediately  prior  thereto  but  after
giving effect  to any  prepayment of Revolving  Loans, Individual
Currency  Loans,  or    Swing  Line  Loans,  or  any  payment  of
reimbursement obligations in respect of the Letters of Credit, to
be made simultaneously therewith,  and the proceeds thereof shall

                                                               37<PAGE>





be applied directly  to the Swing Line Lender  to repay the Swing
Line Lender for such  outstanding Swing Line Loans.   Each Lender
hereby irrevocably agrees  to make Revolving Loans  in Dollars or
the Applicable Currency,  as the  case may be,  pursuant to  each
Mandatory  Borrowing in  respect of  any Swing  Line Loan  in the
amount  and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and
on  the  date  specified in  writing  by  the  Swing Line  Lender
notwithstanding (i) the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not
comply  with  the minimum  amount  for  Loans otherwise  required
hereunder, (ii)  whether any  conditions specified in  Sections 5
and 6 are then satisfied, (iii)  whether a Default or an Event of
Default then exists,  (iv) the date of  such Mandatory Borrowing,
(v) the aggregate principal amount of  all Loans then outstanding
(determined  on the basis of  the Dollar Equivalent  of each out-
standing  Alternate Currency  Loan),  (vi)  the Aggregate  Credit
Exposure  at  such time  and (vii)  the  amount of  the Aggregate
Commitments at such  time, provided that no  Non-Swing Loan Event
shall  have occurred and be continuing with respect to such Swing
Line Loan.   In the event that any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for
any reason  be made on   the  date otherwise required  above (in-
cluding as a  result of  the commencement of  any proceeding  re-
ferred  to in  Sections 9.1(g)  or (h))  then each  Lender hereby
agrees  that  it shall  forthwith purchase  (as  of the  date the
Mandatory Borrowing  would otherwise have occurred,  but adjusted
for any payments received from the Parent or the applicable Swing
Line Borrower on  or after such date and prior  to such purchase)
from the Swing Line Lender  such assignments in each  outstanding
Swing Line Loan  as shall be  necessary to cause  the Lenders  to
share in each such  Swing Line Loan ratably based  upon their re-
spective Availability Percentages at  such time, provided that no
Non-Swing Loan Event shall  have occurred and be  continuing with
respect  to such Swing Line  Loan, and provided  further that all
interest payable  on each such  Swing Line Loan shall  be for the
account  of the Swing Line Lender until  the date as of which the
respective  assignment therein  is purchased  and, to  the extent
attributable to the purchased assignment, shall be payable to the
relevant Lender from  and after  such date.   Each Lender  agrees
promptly  to indemnify  the Swing  Line Lender  for any  costs or
expenses the  Swing Line  Lender  may incur  as a  result of  the
failure  of  such Lender  to fulfill  its obligations  under this
Section 2.1(d).

          (e)  Subject to  the terms and conditions  hereof, each
Lender in its individual capacity agrees to make at  any time and
from time to time  during the Commitment  Period a loan or  loans
under one or more of its Individual Currency Commitments (each an
"Individual Currency  Loan" and, as the context may require, col-
lectively with all other Individual Currency Loans of such Lender
and, as the  context may  require, with  the Individual  Currency
Loans  of all other Lenders, the  "Individual Currency Loans") to
one  or more of the applicable Non-Core Currency Borrowers in the
respective   Applicable   Currencies,  provided,   however,  that

                                                               38<PAGE>





immediately after giving effect thereto:

          (i)  the Aggregate Credit Exposure shall not exceed the
     Aggregate Commitments,

          (ii)  the Aggregate Credit Exposure attributable to all
     Loans and  Letters of Credit designated  in Non-Core Curren-
     cies shall not exceed $60,000,000,

          (iii)  with  respect to any  Applicable Currency,   (x)
     the  aggregate principal  amount of the  Individual Currency
     Loans of such Lender  designated in such Applicable Currency
     shall   not   exceed  such   Lender's   Individual  Currency
     Commitment  for such Applicable Currency and  (y) the sum of
     the aggregate  principal amount  of the  Individual Currency
     Loans of  all Lenders  in such  Applicable Currency and  the
     Letter of  Credit  Exposure  attributable to all  Letters of
     Credit issued in such Applicable Currency (determined on the
     basis  of  the Dollar  Equivalent  of  each such  Individual
     Currency Loan  and each  such Letter  of  Credit) shall  not
     exceed $5,000,000, and

          (iv) with  respect to  each  Lender (x)  the  aggregate
     principal  amount  of  all Individual  Currency  Loans  then
     outstanding from such Lender (determined on the basis of the
     Dollar Equivalent of  each such  Individual Currency  Loan),
     plus  (y) the  aggregate principal  amount of  all Revolving
     Loans then  outstanding from such Lender  (determined on the
     basis of  the Dollar Equivalent for  each outstanding Alter-
     nate  Currency Revolving  Loan), plus  (z) the  SL/LC Credit
     Exposure  of such  Lender,  shall not  exceed such  Lender's
     Commitment.

During the Commitment Period, the Non-Core Currency Borrowers may
borrow,  prepay  in whole  or  in  part and  reborrow  Individual
Currency Loans  under the  Aggregate Individual  Currency Commit-
ments,  all in accordance with  the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement. 

          (f)  Subject   to  the  terms  and  conditions  hereof,
Individual Currency  Loans,  (i)  if  to be  made  in  Australian
Dollars, shall be made to the  Australian Borrower, (ii) if to be
made in Canadian Dollars, shall be made to the Canadian Borrower,
(iii) if  to be made in Hong  Kong Dollars, shall be  made to the
Hong Kong  Borrower, (iv) if to be made in Italian Lira, shall be
made to  the Italian Borrower, (v)  if to be made  in Korean Won,
shall  be made  to the  Korean Borrower,  (vi) if  to be  made in
Malaysian Ringgit, shall be made to the Malaysian Borrower, (vii)
if  to be  made in Mexican  Pesos, shall  be made  to the Mexican
Borrower, (viii) if to be made in Philippine Pesos, shall be made
to the Philippine  Borrower, (ix)  if to be  made in  Singaporean
Dollars, shall be  made to the Singaporean Borrower, (x) if to be

                                                               39<PAGE>





made in Swiss  Francs, shall be made to  the Swiss Borrower, (xi)
if  to be  made  in New  Taiwan  Dollars, shall  be  made to  the
Taiwanese  Borrower, and (xii) if to be  made in Thai Baht, shall
be  made to  the Thai  Borrower.   Each Individual  Currency Loan
shall be  due and payable on the  earlier of (x) the  last day of
the Individual  Currency Interest  Period applicable thereto  and
(y) the Maturity Date.

     B. Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing

          (a)  The aggregate  principal amount of  each borrowing
of Revolving Loans  shall not (x) in the  case of Revolving Loans
constituting ABR Advances, be  less than $500,000 or  such amount
and a whole multiple  of $100,000 in excess  thereof, and (y)  in
the case of Eurodollar Advances and Core  Currency Euro Advances,
be  less than $500,000  or such  amount and  a whole  multiple of
$100,000  in  excess thereof  (or  an  amount in  the  applicable
Alternate  Currency having  a Dollar Equivalent  of approximately
$500,000 or such  amount plus a  whole multiple of  approximately
$100,000  in excess  thereof  in  the  case  of  a  borrowing  of
Alternate Currency Revolving Loans),  provided, in each case that
Mandatory Borrowings shall  be made  in the  amounts required  by
Section 2.1(d).

          (b)  The aggregate principal  amount of each  borrowing
of  Swing Line  Loans shall  not be  less than  $100,000 or  such
amount plus a multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or an amount
in the  applicable Alternate Currency having  a Dollar Equivalent
of approximately $100,000 or such amount plus a whole multiple of
approximately  $50,000  in  excess  thereof  in  the  case  of  a
borrowing of Alternate Currency Swing Line Loans).

          (c)  The  aggregate principal amount  of each borrowing
of Individual Currency Loans shall not be less than an amount  in
the  applicable  Non-Core  Alternate  Currency  having  a  Dollar
Equivalent of approximately $100,000 or such amount  plus a whole
multiple of approximately $50,000 in excess thereof.

          (d)  At  no time shall the aggregate outstanding number
(whether  as a result of  borrowings or conversions),  of all (x)
Eurodollar Advances exceed 5, (y) all Core Currency Euro Advances
exceed 10 and (z) all Individual Currency Loans exceed 18.

          (e)  The aggregate number of all Bid Requests shall not
exceed 12 (or such  other number as  the Parent and the  Adminis-
trative  Agent shall  agree  from time  to  time) in  any  fiscal
quarter.

     C.   Notice of Borrowing

          (a)  Whenever  a  Borrower  desires  to   borrow  Loans
hereunder (excluding Swing Line Loans, Bid Loans, Negotiated Rate

                                                               40<PAGE>





Loans, Individual  Currency Loans and Mandatory  Borrowings), the
Parent and such Borrower  shall give the Administrative Agent  at
its office set forth in Section 11.2 (i) no later than 10:00 A.M.
on the date that an ABR Advance  is to be made written notice (or
telephonic  notice promptly  confirmed  in writing)  of each  ABR
Advance,  (ii) no  later than  10:00 A.M.  at least  two Business
Days' prior  written notice  (or telephonic notice  promptly con-
firmed  in writing) of each Eurodollar Advance and (iii) no later
than 11:00  A.M.  at least  three  Business Days'  prior  written
notice (or  telephonic notice  promptly confirmed in  writing) of
each Alternate  Currency Loan (other than  an Individual Currency
Loan) to be made hereunder,  provided that any such notice  shall
be deemed  to have been given on a certain  day only if given be-
fore  10:00 A.M. on such day in  the case of clauses (i) and (ii)
above and  11:00 A.M. on  such day  in the case  of clause  (iii)
above.    Each such  written  notice or  written  confirmation of
telephonic  notice  (each  a  "Notice of  Borrowing"),  shall  be
irrevocable and shall be  given by the Parent and  the applicable
Borrower  in the  form of  Exhibit C, appropriately  completed to
specify  (A) the  name of  such Borrower,  (B) the  date of  such
borrowing (which  shall be  a Business  Day), (C)  the Applicable
Currency for such  Loans, (D) the  aggregate principal amount  of
the Loans to be made (stated in the Applicable Currency), (E)  in
the case  of Dollar Loans, whether the Loans being made are to be
initially maintained  as ABR Advances or  Eurodollar Advances and
(F)  in the  case of  all Loans  (other than  ABR Advances),  the
initial  Interest   Period  to   be  applicable  thereto.     The
Administrative Agent  shall promptly  give each Lender  notice of
such  proposed borrowing,  of such  Lender's proportionate  share
thereof  and of  the other  matters required  by the  immediately
preceding sentence to be specified in the Notice of Borrowing.

          (b)  (i)  Whenever  a Swing  Line  Borrower  desires to
borrow Swing Line Loans hereunder, the Parent and such Swing Line
Borrower shall give the  Swing Line Lender a Notice  of Borrowing
(or telephonic notice promptly confirmed by delivery  of a Notice
of Borrowing)  at its office set  forth in Section 11.2  no later
than (x) 1:00 P.M. on the requested Borrowing  Date in respect of
a Dollar Swing  Line Loan, (y)  10:00 A.M. at least  one Business
Day  prior to  the  requested Borrowing  Date  in respect  of  an
Alternate Currency  Swing Line Loan  in Sterling  Pounds and  (z)
10:00  A.M. at  least two  Business Days  prior to  the requested
Borrowing  Date in respect of  any other Alternate Currency Swing
Line Loan, provided, that any such notice shall be deemed to have
been  given on a  certain day only  if given before  1:00 P.M. on
such day in the  case of clause (x)  above or 10:00 A.M.  on such
day in  the case of  clause (y) or  (z) above.   Each such notice
shall be  irrevocable and specify  in each  case (A) the  name of
such  Swing Line Borrower, (B) the date of such incurrence (which
shall be a  Business Day)  (C) the Applicable  Currency for  such
Swing  Line Loans,  (D) the  aggregate  principal amount  of such
Swing  Line Loans (stated in the Applicable Currency) and (E) the

                                                               41<PAGE>





requested amount and the requested Swing Line Interest Period and
maturity  date with  respect to  each Swing Line  Negotiated Rate
Advance and Swing Line Loan made as an ABR Advance.  Upon receipt
from  the  Parent and  the applicable  Swing  Line Borrower  of a
Notice  of  Borrowing  which  requests  one  or  more Swing  Line
Negotiated Rate Advances, the  Swing Line Lender shall, following
discussion  with the  Parent  regarding the  proposed Swing  Line
Negotiated  Rate for  such  Swing Line  Negotiated Rate  Advance,
confirm  in  writing  to  the Parent  the  applicable  Swing Line
Negotiated Rate (x)  12:00 Noon one  Business Day  prior to   the
requested Borrowing Date in  the case of a Swing  Line Negotiated
Rate Advance in Sterling  Pounds and (y) 12:00 Noon  two Business
Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date in the case of a Swing
Line  Negotiated Rate  Advance  in a  Core  Currency (other  than
Dollars and Sterling Pounds).

               (ii) Mandatory  Borrowings shall be made  upon the
notice specified in Section 2.1(d), with each Swing Line Borrower
irrevocably agreeing, by its borrowing of any Swing Line Loan, to
the  making of the Mandatory  Borrowings as set  forth in Section
2.1(d).

          (c)  Whenever any Non-Core Currency Borrower desires to
borrow Individual  Currency Loans hereunder, the  Parent and such
Non-Core Currency Borrower shall  give the applicable Lenders and
the Administrative Agent at their respective offices set forth in
11.2  a  Notice  of  Borrowing  (or  telephonic  notice  promptly
confirmed by delivery  of a  Notice of Borrowing)  no later  than
11:00 A.M. at least  three Business Days' prior to  the requested
Borrowing  Date in  respect  of such  Individual Currency  Loans,
provided that any such notice shall  be deemed to have been given
on a  certain day only  if given before  11:00 A.M. on  such day.
Upon   its  receipt  of   any  such  Notice   of  Borrowing,  the
Administrative  Agent  shall  promptly  confirm  in  writing  its
receipt of  such Notice of  Borrowing to each  applicable Lender;
only  upon receipt by  such Lender  of such  written confirmation
from  the  Administrative Agent  will  such  Notice of  Borrowing
become effective.  Each such notice of the  Borrower shall be ir-
revocable  and shall specify (A)  the name of  such Non-Core Bor-
rower,  (B) the date of such borrowing (which shall be a Business
Day), (C)  the Applicable  Currency for such  Individual Currency
Loans,  (D) the  aggregate  principal amount  of such  Individual
Currency  Loans (stated in the  Applicable Currency), and (E) the
Interest Period to be applicable thereto.

          (d)  Without in any way  limiting the obligation of any
Borrower  to confirm  in  writing any  telephonic  notice of  any
incurrence of Loans,  the Administrative Agent or  the Swing Line
Lender (in the case of any borrowing of Swing Line Loans), as the
case may be,  may act without  liability upon the basis  of tele-
phonic notice  of such borrowing, believed  by the Administrative
Agent or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in good faith

                                                               42<PAGE>





to   be  from   such  Borrower  prior   to  receipt   of  written
confirmation. 

     D.   Disbursement of Funds

          (a)  Revolving  Loans and  Swing Line  Loans.  No later
than 12:00 Noon (local time in the city in which the proceeds  of
Loans (other than Bid Loans, Negotiated Rate Loans and Individual
Currency Loans) are to  be made available in accordance  with the
terms hereof) on the  date specified in each Notice  of Borrowing
(or no  later than  5:00 P.M.  (New York City  time) on  the date
specified  for the borrowing of  each Dollar Swing  Line Loan and
each Dollar Revolving Loan), each Lender  will make available its
pro rata portion  of the Loans requested to be  made on such date
(or in  the case of Swing Line Loans, the Swing Line Lender shall
make  available the full amount  thereof), in the Applicable Cur-
rency.  All  such Loans  shall be made  available in  immediately
available  funds at the  Applicable Payment Office  of the Admin-
istrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent will make available
to the  applicable Borrower at such Applicable Payment Office, in
the Applicable Currency, and  in immediately available funds, the
aggregate of the amounts  so made available by the  Lenders prior
to 2:30  P.M. (local time  in the city  in which the  proceeds of
such Loans  are to be made available in accordance with the terms
hereof) on  such day (or 5:00  P.M. (New York City  time) on such
day for Dollar Swing  Line Loans and Dollar Revolving  Loans), in
each  case to the  extent of funds  actually received  by the Ad-
ministrative Agent.

          (b)  Bid Loans. No later than 12:00 Noon (local time in
the  city in which the proceeds of such  Bid Loans are to be made
available in  accordance with the  terms hereof) on  the relevant
Borrowing Date, each  Lender whose  Bid was accepted  by the  ap-
plicable  Borrower  shall make  available  the  proceeds of  such
Lender's Bid Loan(s) (x) in the  case of Dollar Bid Loans, to the
Administrative Agent at its Applicable Payment Office  and (y) in
the  case of  Alternate  Currency  Bid  Loans, directly  to  such
Borrower at such Lender's Applicable Payment Office, in each case
in  immediately  available  funds  in  the  Applicable  Currency.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event  of Default, if directed by  the Required
Lenders and  with the  consent of the  Administrative Agent,  the
proceeds  of  all  such Bid  Loans  shall  be  made available  in
immediately available  funds at the Applicable  Payment Office of
the Administrative  Agent.   All  amounts made  available to  the
Administrative Agent on the applicable Borrowing Date pursuant to
the preceding two sentences  will then be made available  on such
date to  the applicable Borrower  by the Administrative  Agent at
the Applicable Payment Office of the  Administrative Agent to the
extent of funds actually received by the Administrative Agent  no
later than  2:30  P.M.  (local time  in  the city  in  which  the
proceeds of such  loans are  to be made  available in  accordance

                                                               43<PAGE>





with the terms hereof).

          (c)  Negotiated Rate  Loans. No  later than  12:00 Noon
(local time in the city in  which the proceeds of such Negotiated
Rate Loans are to be made available in accordance with  the terms
hereof) on the  relevant Borrowing Date for each  Negotiated Rate
Loan, the applicable  Lender shall make available the proceeds of
such  Negotiated Rate Loan (x)  in the case  of Dollar Negotiated
Rate Loans, to the Administrative Agent at its Applicable Payment
Office  and (y) in the case of Alternate Currency Negotiated Rate
Loans,  directly  to the  applicable  Borrower  at such  Lender's
Applicable Payment Office, in  each case in immediately available
funds in the Applicable Currency.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
upon the occurrence  and during  the continuance of  an Event  of
Default, if directed by the Required Lenders and with the consent
of the Administrative Agent, the proceeds of all such  Negotiated
Rate Loans shall be made available in immediately available funds
at  the Applicable  Payment Office  of the  Administrative Agent.
All amounts made available to the Administrative Agent on the ap-
plicable Borrowing  Date pursuant to the  preceding two sentences
will then be made  available on such date to the  applicable Bor-
rower  by  the Administrative  Agent  at  the Applicable  Payment
Office  of  the  Administrative  Agent  to  the  extent of  funds
actually received by the Administrative Agent  no later than 2:30
P.M. (local time in the city in which the proceeds  of such loans
are to be made available in accordance with the terms hereof).

          (d)  Individual  Currency  Loans. No  later  than 12:00
Noon  (local time  in  the city  in  which the  proceeds  of such
Individual Currency Loans are to  be made available in accordance
with  the terms hereof) on  the relevant Borrowing  Date for each
Individual  Currency  Loan,  the  applicable  Lender  shall  make
available the proceeds of  such Individual Currency Loan directly
to the  applicable Borrower  at such Lender's  Applicable Payment
Office,  in  each case  in  immediately  available funds  in  the
Applicable  Currency.   Notwithstanding the  foregoing, upon  the
occurrence  and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if
directed  by the  Required Lenders  and with  the consent  of the
Administrative   Agent,  the  proceeds  of  all  such  Individual
Currency Loans  shall be made available  in immediately available
funds  at the  Applicable  Payment Office  of the  Administrative
Agent.  All amounts made available to the Administrative Agent on
the applicable Borrowing  Date pursuant to the preceding two sen-
tences will then be made available on such date to the applicable
Borrower by  the Administrative  Agent at the  Applicable Payment
Office  of  the  Administrative  Agent  to  the  extent  of funds
actually received  by the Administrative Agent no later than 2:30
P.M. (local  time in the city in which the proceeds of such loans
are to be made available in accordance with the terms hereof).

          (e)  Failure  to Fund. Unless  the Administrative Agent
shall have been notified by a Lender prior to the making   of any

                                                               44<PAGE>





Loans that such  Lender does not intend to  make available to the
Administrative  Agent either  (w)  such Lender's  portion of  the
Loans  (other  than  Bid  Loans, Individual  Currency  Loans  and
Negotiated Rate Loans) to be made on such date, (x) such Lender's
Bid  Loan which  is to  be made  available to  the Administrative
Agent, (y) such Lender's Negotiated Rate Loan which is to be made
available  to  the  Administrative  Agent or  (z)  such  Lender's
Individual Currency Loan  which is  to be made  available to  the
Administrative Agent,  the Administrative Agent  may assume  that
such Lender has made such amount available to the  Administrative
Agent on such Borrowing Date and the Administrative Agent may, in
reliance upon  such assumption, make available  to the applicable
Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such corresponding amount is
not  in fact made available  to the Administrative  Agent by such
Lender,  the Administrative  Agent shall  be entitled  to recover
such  corresponding amount  on demand  from such  Lender together
with all costs and expenses  incurred by the Administrative Agent
in connection therewith.   If such Lender does not  pay such cor-
responding  amount  forthwith  upon  the  Administrative  Agent's
demand therefor, the Administrative  Agent shall promptly  notify
the  applicable  Borrower.   The  Administrative  Agent shall  be
entitled to recover on  demand from such Lender interest  on such
corresponding  amount in respect of  each day from  the date such
corresponding  amount was  made available  by the  Administrative
Agent  to such Borrower until  the date such corresponding amount
is recovered by  the Administrative  Agent, at a  rate per  annum
equal to  the Federal Funds  Rate in  effect (or in  the case  of
Alternate Currency Loans, at a rate based upon the all-in cost of
funds  for   the  Applicable  Currency)  on  each  such  day  (as
determined by  the Administrative Agent).  If such  corresponding
amount is not made available by such Lender to the Administrative
Agent  within one Business Day after such Borrowing Date, the Ad-
ministrative Agent  shall also  be entitled to  receive from  the
applicable Borrower such amount, together with (w) in the case of
a Loan (other than a Bid  Loan, an Individual Currency Loan and a
Negotiated  Rate Loan), the  rate of interest  applicable to such
Loan as  determined pursuant to Section  2.8, (x) in the  case of
Bid Loan, the applicable interest  rate for such Bid Loan (or  in
the case of  Alternate Currency Bid  Loans, at a rate  based upon
the  all-in cost of funds for the Applicable Currency) (y) in the
case  of a Negotiated Rate Loan, the applicable interest rate for
such Negotiated Rate Loan  (or in the case of  Alternate Currency
Negotiated Rate Loans,  at a rate based  upon the all-in cost  of
funds for  the Applicable Currency),  or (z)  in the  case of  an
Individual Currency Loan, the applicable rate based upon the all-
in cost  of funds for the  Applicable Currency.   Nothing in this
Section shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation
to make Loans hereunder or to  prejudice any rights which the ap-
plicable Borrower may have against any Lender as  a result of any
failure by such Lender to make Loans hereunder.

          (f)  Borrower Accounts.   Each Loan made  to a Borrower

                                                               45<PAGE>





shall be  made to  its  applicable payment  account specified  on
Exhibit T or  such other account which  it may from  time to time
specify by  written notice  to the  Administrative Agent  and the
Lenders.

     E. Payments.

          (a)  Loans and  Fees. Except as  otherwise specifically
provided  herein, each  payment,  including each  prepayment,  of
principal  and interest  on the  Revolving Loans,  the Individual
Currency  Loans, the  Negotiated Rate  Loans, the Bid  Loans, the
Facility Fee and the  Letter of Credit Commissions shall  be made
by the Borrowers  to the Administrative  Agent at its  Applicable
Payment   Office   in   funds   immediately   available  to   the
Administrative  Agent at such office by 12:00 Noon (local time in
the city in which  such Applicable Payment Office is  located) on
the  due date for such payment, provided, however, that unless an
Event  of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Required
Lenders have directed the  Administrative Agent and the Borrowers
to  the  contrary,  and   the  Administrative  Agent  shall  have
consented  thereto, each payment,  including each  prepayment, of
principal and interest on  the Alternate Currency Bid  Loans, the
Alternate  Currency Negotiated  Rate  Loans, and  the  Individual
Currency  Loans shall be made directly by the applicable Borrower
to the applicable Lender at the Applicable Payment Office of such
Lender  by 12:00  Noon  (local time  in the  city  in which  such
Lender's Applicable  Payment Office  is located).   Promptly upon
receipt  by the  Administrative  Agent  of  payments made  to  it
pursuant to  this Section 2.5(a), the  Administrative Agent shall
remit such payment in like funds  as received to the Lenders  (x)
(i) in the case of the  Facility Fee, according to the Commitment
Percentage of each Lender, and (ii)  in the case of the Letter of
Credit Commissions, the average daily  Availability Percentage of
each Lender for  the period in respect of  which such payment was
made  and (y)  pro rata  according to  the aggregate  outstanding
principal balance  of the  Revolving Loans, the  applicable Indi-
vidual Currency  Loans, the  applicable Negotiated Rate  Loans or
the applicable Bid Loans, as the  case may be, of each Lender, in
the case of principal and interest thereon.  The Parent  and each
Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the date
and  amount of  each direct  payment made  by a Borrower  to such
Lender in  respect  of each  Alternate  Currency Bid  Loan,  each
Alternate  Currency  Negotiated  Rate Loan  and  each  Individual
Currency Loan pursuant to this Section 2.5(a).

          (b)  Swing  Line  Loans. Each  payment,  including each
prepayment,  of principal  and interest  on the Swing  Line Loans
shall be made by the applicable Swing Loan Borrower to the Admin-
istrative  Agent at its Applicable  Payment Office in  funds  im-
mediately available to the Administrative Agent at such office by
12:00  Noon  (local time  in the  city  in which  such Applicable
Payment Office is  located) on the due date for such payment and,

                                                               46<PAGE>





promptly upon receipt thereof  by the Administrative Agent, shall
be  remitted  by  the  Administrative  Agent  in  like  funds  as
received, to the Swing Line Lender.

          (c)  Late Payments. The failure of any of the Borrowers
to make  any such  payment  by the  time required  above in  this
Section 2.5  shall not  constitute a default  hereunder, provided
that such payment is made on  such due date, but any such payment
made  after 12:00  Noon (local  time in  the city  in which  such
Applicable Payment Office is  located) on such due date  shall be
deemed to have been made on the next Business Day for the purpose
of calculating interest on  amounts outstanding on the applicable
Loans.

          (d)  Alternate Currencies. The principal of  and inter-
est  on each Alternate  Currency Loan shall  be paid  only in the
Applicable Currency for such Alternate Currency Loan.

          (e)  Payments Due on Days  Which are Not Business Days.
If any payment hereunder shall be  due and payable on a day which
is not a Business Day, the due  date thereof (except as otherwise
provided herein) shall be  extended to the next Business  Day and
with respect  to payments in  respect of  principal and  interest
shall be payable  at the applicable rate specified  herein during
such extension. 

     F.   Conversions

          (a)  Each applicable Borrower shall  have the option to
convert on any Business Day all  or a portion of the  outstanding
principal  amount  of  ABR  Advances  (other  than  ABR  Advances
constituting Swing  Line  Loans),  Eurodollar  Advances  or  Core
Currency Euro  Advances into (i)  in the case of  an ABR Advance,
one or more Eurodollar Advances, (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar
Advance, one or more ABR  Advances or one or more  new Eurodollar
Advances  and (iii) in the case of  a Core Currency Euro Advance,
one or  more new  Core Currency  Euro Advances  of the  same Core
Currency,  provided  that (A)  except  as  otherwise provided  in
Section 2.14(b),  Eurodollar Advances  may be converted  into ABR
Advances or new Eurodollar  Advances only on the last  day of the
Interest  Period applicable  to  the  Eurodollar  Advances  being
converted, (B)  except as otherwise provided  in Section 2.14(b),
Core Currency  Euro  Advances  may be  converted  into  new  Core
Currency  Euro  Advances only  on the  last  day of  the Interest
Period  applicable  to  the  Core Currency  Euro  Advances  being
converted,  (C)  the  outstanding  principal amount  of  the  new
Eurodollar Advances  having the same  Interest Period or  the new
Core Currency Euro Advances having the same Interest Period shall
be  in an amount equal to   $500,000 or such  amount plus a whole
multiple  of  $100,000 in  excess thereof  (or  an amount  in the
applicable Alternate  Currency having a Dollar  Equivalent of ap-
proximately  $500,000 or  such amount  plus a  whole  multiple of

                                                               47<PAGE>





approximately $100,000 in excess thereof in the case of such Core
Currency Euro Advances), (D)  the outstanding principal amount of
the new ABR Advances shall  be in an amount equal to  $500,000 or
such  amount plus a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof,
(E) ABR Advances or Eurodollar Advances may not be converted into
Eurodollar  Advances if  any Default  or Event  of Default  is in
existence on the  date of the  conversion and the  Administrative
Agent  or  the  Required  Lenders have  determined  that  such  a
conversion is not appropriate, and (F) no  conversion pursuant to
this  Section  shall result  in  a greater  number  of Eurodollar
Advances or Core Currency  Euro Advances than is permitted  under
Section 2.2(d).

          (b)  Each such conversion shall  be effected by the ap-
plicable  Borrower by  giving  the Administrative  Agent, at  its
office set forth in Section 11.2 prior to 10:00 A.M.  in the case
of  Dollar Loans, at least two Business Days prior written notice
and, in the case  of Core Currency Euro Advances,  at least three
Business  Days prior  written notice (each  a "Notice  of Conver-
sion"), specifying  the ABR Advances, the  Eurodollar Advances or
the Core Currency Euro  Advances to be so converted, the  date of
such conversion  (which shall be  a Business Day)  and, if  to be
converted  into   Eurodollar  Advances  or   Core  Currency  Euro
Advances,  the Interest  Period to  be  applicable thereto.   The
Administrative Agent shall  give each Lender prompt notice of any
such proposed conversion affecting any of its Loans.

          (c)  If with  respect to the expiration  of an existing
Interest  Period for a Eurodollar Advance or a Core Currency Euro
Advance the applicable Borrower has failed to deliver a Notice of
Conversion with respect thereto, such Borrower shall be deemed to
have  elected  (i)  if  a  Eurodollar  Advance,  to convert  such
Eurodollar Advance to an ABR Advance and (ii) if  a Core Currency
Euro Advance, to convert such Core Currency Euro Advance to a new
Core Currency Euro Advance  with a one month Interest  Period, in
either  case effective as of the expiration date of such existing
Interest Period.

     G.   Pro Rata Borrowings; Special Procedures and Assumptions

          (a)  Pro  Rata  Borrowings.  In  connection  with  each
borrowing of Revolving Loans, each Lender shall make available an
amount equal  to the  aggregate amount  of such Revolving  Loans,
multiplied by such Lender's Availability Percentage calculated in
accordance  with Section 2.7(b).  It is understood that no Lender
shall be responsible for any default by  any other  Lender of its
obligation  to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender shall be
obligated to make the Loans provided  to be made by it hereunder,
regardless of the failure of  any other Lender to make its  Loans
hereunder.

          (b)  Special      Procedures      and      Assumptions.

                                                               48<PAGE>





Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

          (i)  all Notices of Borrowing  and all Letter of Credit
     Requests to be delivered to the  Administrative Agent on the
     same  day shall be delivered to  the Administrative Agent at
     the same time;

          (ii) with respect to  any Loans (other than  a Bid Loan
     or  a Negotiated Rate  Loan) or Letters  of Credit requested
     pursuant  to one or more  Notices of Borrowing  or Letter of
     Credit Requests  delivered to  the Agent  on  the same  day,
     during the period commencing on the date of such delivery to
     the Administrative Agent and ending on the Borrowing Date of
     the last such Loan or the  date of issuance of the last such
     Letter  of  Credit to  be made  or  issued pursuant  to such
     Notices  of  Borrowing or  Letter  of  Credit Requests  (the
     "Borrowing/Issuance Period"):

               (A) no additional Loan (other than a Bid Loan or a
          Negotiated Rate Loan) shall be requested to be made and
          no additional Letter of Credit shall be requested to be
          issued;

               (B) no Loan (other than a Bid Loan or a Negotiated
          Rate Loan) shall be voluntarily prepaid; and

               (C)  neither the Aggregate  Commitments, the Swing
          Line  Commitment, any Individual Currency Commitment of
          any Lender,  nor the Letter of  Credit Commitment shall
          be voluntarily reduced;

          (iii)   for purposes  of  calculating the  Availability
     Percentage  for any  Revolving  Loans requested  to be  made
     during any Borrowing/Issuance Period:

               (A)  any payment of any Revolving Loan, Individual
          Currency  Loan,  Swing   Line  Loan  or   reimbursement
          obligation in  respect of a  Letter of Credit  which is
          scheduled to  be  made during  such  Borrowing/Issuance
          Period shall  be deemed  to have been  made immediately
          prior  to the  commencement of  such Borrowing/Issuance
          Period;

               (B)  any Letter  of Credit  which is  scheduled to
          expire    or    otherwise    terminate   during    such
          Borrowing/Issuance  Period  shall  be  deemed  to  have
          expired  or otherwise  terminated immediately  prior to
          the commencement of such Borrowing/Issuance Period;

               (C) any Individual Currency  Loans which are to be
          made during  such  Borrowing/Issuance Period  shall  be
          deemed  to  have been  made  immediately  prior to  the

                                                               49<PAGE>





          making of  any Revolving Loans or Swing  Line Loans, or
          the  issuance of  any  Letters of  Credit, during  such
          Borrowing/Issuance Period; and

               (D)   any  Revolving Loans,  Swing Line  Loans and
          Letters of Credit which are to be made or issued during
          such Borrowing/Issuance Period shall be deemed  to have
          been made and issued simultaneously; and

          (iv) the    Availability    Percentage    during    any
Borrowing/Issuance   Period   shall    be   determined   by   the
Administrative Agent  in accordance  with this Section  2.7(b) on
the  first  day  of  such  Borrowing/Issuance  Period  and  shall
continue   in    effect   through   the   last    day   of   such
Borrowing/Issuance Period.

     H.   Interest

          (a)  Each Domestic Borrower  agrees to pay interest  in
respect of the unpaid  principal amount of each ABR  Advance made
to  such  Domestic  Borrower  from the  date  thereof  until  the
conversion or maturity (whether  by acceleration or otherwise) of
such ABR Advance, at a rate per annum which shall be equal to the
sum  of the  Applicable Margin  plus the  Alternate Base  Rate in
effect from time to time.

          (b)  Each Domestic Borrower agrees  to pay interest  in
respect of the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Advance
made  to such Domestic Borrower  from the date  thereof until the
conversion or maturity (whether  by acceleration or otherwise) of
such  Eurodollar Advance, at a rate per annum which shall, during
each Interest Period applicable  thereto, be equal to the  sum of
the  Applicable Margin plus the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest
Period.

          (c)  Each Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of
the unpaid principal  amount of each  Core Currency Euro  Advance
made  to such Borrower from the date thereof until the conversion
or maturity (whether  by acceleration or otherwise)  of such Core
Currency Euro Advance  at a  rate per annum  which shall,  during
each Interest Period applicable  thereto, be equal to the  sum of
the Applicable Margin plus  the Core Currency Euro Rate  for such
Interest Period.

          (d)  Each  Non-Core  Currency  Borrower  agrees  to pay
interest  in respect  of  the  unpaid  principal amount  of  each
Individual Currency Loan made  to such Non-Core Currency Borrower
from the date thereof until the maturity (whether by acceleration
or  otherwise) of  such Individual  Currency Loan  at a  rate per
annum which shall, during the Interest Period applicable thereto,
be  equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Individual
Currency Rate for such Interest Period.

                                                               50<PAGE>





          (e)  Each Swing Line Borrower agrees to pay interest in
respect  of the  unpaid  principal  amount  of  each  Swing  Line
Negotiated Rate Advance made to such Swing Line Borrower from the
date  thereof  until the  maturity  (whether  by acceleration  or
otherwise) of such Swing  Line Negotiated Rate Advance at  a rate
per  annum which  shall,  during the  Interest Period  applicable
thereto,  be equal  to the  Swing Line  Negotiated Rate  for such
Interest Period.

          (f)  Each Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of
the  unpaid  principal  amount of  each  Bid  Loan  made to  such
Borrower from  the date  thereof until  the maturity  (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) of such  Bid Loan at a rate  per annum
which shall,  during the  Interest Period applicable  thereto, be
equal to the Bid Rate for such Interest Period.

          (g)  Each Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of
the  unpaid principal amount of each Negotiated Rate Loan made to
such Borrower  from the date thereof until  the maturity (whether
by acceleration or otherwise)  of such Negotiated Rate Loan  at a
rate per annum which shall, during the Interest Period applicable
thereto,  be  equal  to the  Negotiated  Rate  for such  Interest
Period.

          (h)  Overdue  principal and, to the extent permitted by
law,  overdue interest  in respect  of each  Loan shall,  in each
case, bear interest at a  rate per annum equal to the  rate which
is 2% in excess of  the rate applicable to  such Loan (or in  the
case of a Dollar Bid Loan or a Dollar Negotiated Rate Loan, 2% in
excess of the Alternate Base Rate, or in the case of an Alternate
Currency  Bid  Loan, an  Alternate Currency  Swing Line  Loan, an
Alternate Currency Negotiated  Rate Loan, an  Individual Currency
Loan or a Letter  of Credit designated in an  Alternate Currency,
2%  in excess  of the  all-in rate  determined by  the applicable
Lender, Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, as
its cost of funds in  the Applicable Currency or, in the  case of
such  Letter of  Credit, the applicable  Currency) until  paid in
full (whether before of  after the entry of a  judgment thereon).
If  all or any portion of any reimbursement obligation in respect
of a  Letter of Credit  designated in Dollars  shall not be  paid
when due (whether at the stated maturity thereof, by acceleration
or  otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate
per annum   equal to the  Alternate Base Rate  plus 2%, from  the
date of such  nonpayment until  paid in full  (whether before  or
after the entry of a judgment thereon).  Any other overdue amount
payable  hereunder shall,  to the extent  permitted by  law, bear
interest at a  rate per  annum equal to  the Alternate Base  Rate
plus 2%  until paid in full (whether before or after the entry of
a judgment thereon).  All  such interest shall be payable on  de-
mand.

          (i)  Accrued (and theretofore unpaid) interest shall be

                                                               51<PAGE>





payable  (i)  in  respect  of  each  ABR  Advance  constituting a
Revolving Loan,  quarterly in  arrears on each  Quarterly Payment
Date,  (ii) in respect of  each Eurodollar Advance  and each Core
Currency  Euro Advance, on the  last day of  each Interest Period
applicable  thereto and,  in the  case of  an Interest  Period in
excess of three  months, on  each date occurring  at three  month
intervals after the first  day of such Interest Period,  (iii) in
respect  of  each  Bid  Loan, Negotiated  Rate  Loan,  Individual
Currency Loan, Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance and ABR Advance
made as a Swing Loan, on the last day of  the Interest Period ap-
plicable  thereto, and  (iv)  in respect  of  each Loan,  on  any
repayment or  prepayment (on  the amount  repaid or  prepaid), at
maturity (whether  by acceleration or otherwise)  and, after such
maturity, on demand.

          (j)  The  Administrative  Agent  shall   determine  the
respective interest rate for each Interest Period applicable to a
Eurodollar Advance or Core Currency  Euro Advance for which  such
determination  is  being  made  and  shall  promptly  notify  the
applicable Borrower and the Lenders thereof.

          (k)  Interest on  all Loans shall be  calculated on the
basis of  a 360 day  year for the  actual number of  days elapsed
except that interest on ABR  Advances to the extent based  on the
BNY Rate,  interest on  Core Currency  Euro Advances in  Sterling
Pounds and  interest on  Individual Currency Loans  designated in
Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Italian Lira and New Taiwan
Dollars shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 or 366-day year
(as the case  may be).   Any change in  the interest rate  on the
Loans resulting from a change in  the Alternate Base Rate or  the
Federal  Funds Rate shall become  effective as of  the opening of
business  on the day on which such change shall become effective.
The Administrative  Agent shall,  as soon as  practicable, notify
the Parent (on behalf  of all Borrowers)  and the Lenders of  the
effective date and the amount of each change in the BNY Rate, but
any failure so to notify shall not in any manner affect the obli-
gation  of the  Borrowers to  pay interest  on the  Loans in  the
amounts and on the dates required.  Each determination of (i) the
Alternate Base  Rate, a Eurodollar Rate   or a Core Currency Euro
Rate  by the  Administrative Agent,  (ii) an  Individual Currency
Rate by the  applicable Lender, and (iii) an all-in cost of funds
rate   or any rate based  thereon by the Administrative  Agent or
the  Reference Lender, or such applicable Lender, as the case may
be, in each case  pursuant to this Agreement shall  be conclusive
and binding on  all parties  hereto absent manifest  error.   The
Borrowers acknowledge that to the extent interest payable on  ABR
Advances is based  on the BNY Rate, such Rate is  only one of the
bases for computing interest on loans made by the Lenders, and by
basing  interest payable  on ABR  Advances on  the BNY  Rate, the
Lenders  have not committed to charge, and the Borrowers have not
in any way bargained for, interest based on a lower or the lowest
rate at which the Lenders may now or in the future make  loans to

                                                               52<PAGE>





other borrowers.

          (l)  Decreases in the Applicable Margin  resulting from
a  change in Pricing Levels I, II,  III, IV and/or V shall become
effective  upon the delivery by the  Parent to the Administrative
Agent of a  certificate of the Responsible Officer  certifying as
to  a  change in  the  Rating by  Moody's  or S&P  of  the senior
unsecured long term  debt rating of the Parent.  Increases in the
Applicable Margin shall become effective on the effective date of
any downgrade or  withdrawal in the Rating  by Moody's or S&P  of
the senior unsecured long term debt rating of the Parent.

          (m)  If the  Reference Lender  shall for any  reason no
longer be a Lender,  it shall thereupon cease to be the Reference
Lender.   The  Administrative  Agent  shall,  by  notice  to  the
Borrowers  and  the  Lenders,  designate another  Lender  as  the
Reference Lender so that there shall at all times be at least one
Reference  Lender.    The  Reference Lender  shall  use  its best
efforts  to furnish  quotations  of rates  to the  Administrative
Agent on a timely basis as contemplated hereby.

     I.   Termination  or  Reduction  of  Aggregate  Commitments,
Swing Line Commitment, Individual Currency Commitments and Letter
of Credit Commitment

          (a)  Voluntary  Reductions. The  Parent shall  have the
right, upon at least three Business Days' prior written notice to
the Administrative Agent, at any time to terminate the  Aggregate
Commitments  or the Letter of  Credit Commitment or  from time to
time  to  reduce permanently  the  Aggregate  Commitments or  the
Letter of Credit Commitment, provided, however, that any such re-
duction shall be in the amount of $10,000,000 or such amount plus
a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

          (b)  Swing  Line Commitment. The  Parent shall have the
right, upon at least three Business Days' prior written notice to
the  Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender, at any time,
to reduce permanently the  Swing Line Commitment in whole  at any
time,  or in part from time to time,  to an  amount not less than
the aggregate principal balance of the Swing Line Loans then out-
standing (after giving effect  to any contemporaneous  prepayment
thereof) without  premium or penalty, provided  that each partial
reduction  of the  Swing Line  Commitment shall  be in  an amount
equal  to $10,000,000  or such  amount plus  a whole  multiple of
$1,000,000 in excess thereof.

          (c)  Individual Currency Commitments. The  Parent shall
have  the right, upon at least three Business Days' prior written
notice to the Administrative Agent and  the applicable Lender, at
any  time, to  reduce  permanently any  Individual Currency  Com-
mitment of such Lender in whole at any time, or in part from time
to  time,  to an  amount not  less  than the  aggregate principal

                                                               53<PAGE>





balance of the Individual Currency Loans of such Lender then out-
standing under such Individual Currency Commitment (after  giving
effect to any contemporaneous prepayment thereof) without premium
or  penalty   provided  that  each  partial   reduction  of  such
Individual  Currency Commitment  shall  be in  an  amount in  the
applicable  Non-Core  Currency  having  a  Dollar  Equivalent  of
approximately $1,000,000 or  such amount plus a whole multiple of
approximately $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

          (d)  In General.  Each reduction of the  Aggregate Com-
mitments shall  be applied pro  rata according to  the Commitment
Percentage  of each Lender, and  each reduction in  the Letter of
Credit  Commitment  shall be  applied pro  rata according  to the
Availability Percentage  of  each  Lender  at the  time  of  such
reduction.   Simultaneously with each reduction  of the Aggregate
Commitments  under  this Section,  the  Borrowers  shall pay  the
Facility Fee accrued on the amount by which the Aggregate Commit-
ments have been reduced.   Simultaneously with each reduction  of
the  Aggregate Commitments,  the  Swing Line  Commitment and  the
Individual Currency Commitments, the  Borrowers shall prepay  the
Loans as  required by  Section 2.10.   The  Aggregate Commitments
shall  not  be reduced  below an  amount  equal to  the Aggregate
Credit Exposure  (after giving effect  to any  prepayment of  the
Loans made  simultaneously with  such reduction of  the Aggregate
Commitments). The  Aggregate Commitments shall not  be reduced to
the  extent,  immediately   after  giving  effect  thereto,   the
Commitment  of any Lender  would exceed  the sum  of (I)  the ag-
gregate principal amount of  all Revolving Loans then outstanding
from  such   Lender  (determined  on  the  basis  of  the  Dollar
Equivalent  for  each  outstanding  Alternate  Currency Revolving
Loan), plus (II) the aggregate principal amount of all Individual
Currency Loans  then outstanding from such  Lender (determined on
the basis of the  Dollar Equivalent of each such  Individual Cur-
rency Loan), plus (III) the SL/LC Credit Exposure of such Lender.
The Letter of  Credit Commitment  shall not be  reduced below  an
amount equal to the Letter of Credit Exposure.

     J. Prepayments of the Loans

          (a)  Voluntary Prepayments. Each  Borrower may, at  its
option, prepay the Loans made to such Borrower without premium or
penalty, (x) in  the case of Revolving Loans and  Swing Loans, in
full  at any time or  in part from  time to time, and  (y) in the
case of Negotiated Rate Loans,  Bid Loans and Individual Currency
Loans,  in  full  at any  time,  in each  case  by  notifying the
Administrative  Agent in  writing  at least  three Business  Days
prior to the proposed  prepayment date, identifying the Loans  to
be prepaid as Revolving Loans,  Swing Line Loans, Negotiated Rate
Loans,  Bid Loans  or  Individual Currency  Loans and  specifying
whether  the Loans to be  prepaid consist of  ABR Advances, Euro-
dollar  Advances,  Core  Currency  Euro Advances  or  Swing  Line
Negotiated Rate Advances, or a combination thereof, the amount to

                                                               54<PAGE>





be prepaid and the date of prepayment.  Such notice  shall be ir-
revocable  and the amount specified  in such notice  shall be due
and payable on the date specified, together with accrued interest
to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid.   Upon receipt
of such  notice, the  Administrative Agent shall  promptly notify
each Lender thereof  in the  case of Revolving  Loans, the  Swing
Line  Lender in the case of Swing Loans and the applicable Lender
or Lenders in  the case of Bid  Loans, Negotiated Rate  Loans and
Individual  Currency Loans.   Each partial prepayment  of ABR Ad-
vances  pursuant  to this  subsection  shall be  in  an aggregate
principal amount of $100,000 or such amount plus a whole multiple
of  $50,000  in excess  thereof,  or,  if less,  the  outstanding
principal  balance of the ABR  Advances.  After  giving effect to
any  partial prepayment  with respect  to Eurodollar  Advances or
Core Currency  Euro  Advances which  were  made (whether  as  the
result of a borrowing or a conversion) on the same date and which
had the same Interest Period, the outstanding principal amount of
such  Eurodollar Advances  or Core  Currency Euro  Advances shall
equal (subject to  Section 2.6)  $500,000 or such  amount plus  a
whole multiple  of $100,000 in  excess thereof (or  the Alternate
Currency Equivalent of approximately $500,000 or such amount plus
a whole multiple of  approximately $100,000 in excess  thereof in
the case of a prepayment of Core Currency Euro Advances). 

          (b)  Mandatory Prepayments of Loans.

               (i) Subject  to clause (ii) below  with respect to
Swing  Line  Loans and  clause (iii)  below  with respect  to the
Individual  Currency Loans  of each  Lender, simultaneously  with
each reduction  of the  Aggregate Commitments under  Section 2.9,
the Borrowers  shall prepay the Loans  by the amount, if  any, by
which the  Aggregate Credit Exposure  exceeds the  amount of  the
Aggregate Commitments as so reduced.

               (ii)  Simultaneously with  each  reduction of  the
Swing Line Commitment under Section 2.9, the Swing Line Borrowers
shall prepay the Swing Line Loans by the amount, if any, by which
the outstanding  principal balance of  the Swing Line  Loans (de-
termined  on the  basis of  the Dollar  Equivalent for  each out-
standing Alternate  Currency Swing Line Loan)  exceeds the amount
of the Swing Line Commitment as so reduced.

               (iii)  Simultaneously with  each reduction  of the
Individual Currency  Commitment of any Lender  under Section 2.9,
the  applicable  Non-Core  Currency  Borrower  shall  prepay  the
Individual Currency Loans  made by such  Lender to such  Non-Core
Currency Borrower under  such Individual  Currency Commitment  by
the amount, if any, by which the outstanding principal balance of
such  Individual  Currency  Loans  exceeds  the  amount  of  such
Individual Currency Commitment as so reduced.

               (iv) If on  any date that the Dollar Equivalent is

                                                               55<PAGE>





required to be calculated pursuant to Section 11.6 the  Aggregate
Credit  Exposure  shall  exceed  the  Aggregate  Commitments, the
Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate principal amount
such that immediately after  giving effect thereto, the Aggregate
Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments.  

               (v)  If on any date  that the Dollar Equivalent is
required to be calculated pursuant  to Section 11.6 the Aggregate
Credit Exposure attributable to all  Loans and Letters of  Credit
designated in  Non-Core Currencies shall exceed  $60,000,000, the
Borrowers  shall  prepay such  Loans  in  an aggregate  principal
amount  such that  immediately after  giving effect  thereto, the
Aggregate Credit  Exposure attributable to all  Loans and Letters
of  Credit designated  in  Non-Core Currencies  shall not  exceed
$60,000,000.

          (c)  In General.  If any prepayment is  made in respect
of any Eurodollar Advance, Core Currency Euro Advance, Swing Line
Negotiated  Rate  Advance, Individual  Currency  Loan, Negotiated
Rate Loan or Bid Loan, in whole or in part, prior to the last day
of the  Interest Period  applicable thereto, the  applicable Bor-
rower agrees to indemnify the Lenders  in accordance with Section
2.15.

     K. Bid Loans; Procedure

          (a)  Each Borrower may make  Bid Requests by 12:00 Noon
(i)  at least two Business  Days prior to  the proposed Borrowing
Date  for one or more Bid Loans.  Each Bid Request shall be given
to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly on the same day
give  notice thereof to each Lender by facsimile of an Invitation
to Bid if  the Bid Request is not rejected  pursuant to this Sec-
tion), shall be by  telephone (confirmed in  writing  promptly on
the  same day  by the  delivery of  a Bid  Request signed  by the
applicable   Borrower),  and  shall   specify  (i)  the  proposed
Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, (ii) the aggregate
amount of  the requested Bid Loans (the  "Maximum Request") which
shall not (A) exceed  an amount which, on the  proposed Borrowing
Date,  and after giving effect  to the proposed  Bid Loans, would
result in (x)  the Aggregate  Credit Exposure  exceeding the  Ag-
gregate  Commitments or  (y)  the Aggregate  Credit Exposure  at-
tributable  to all Loans and Letters of Credit designated in Non-
Core  Currencies exceeding  $60,000,000, or  (B) with  respect to
each Bid Loan  be less than $500,000 or such  amount plus a whole
multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or approximately the Dol-
lar Equivalent  thereof in  the  case of  Alternate Currency  Bid
Loans),  (iii) the Bid Interest Period(s) (up to three Bid Inter-
est  Periods  may be  requested  pursuant  to each  Bid  Request)
therefor and the last day  of each such Interest Period and  (iv)
the Applicable Currency  for each Bid  Loan.  A Bid  Request that
does  not conform substantially to the form of Exhibit F shall be
rejected, and the Administrative  Agent shall promptly notify the

                                                               56<PAGE>





applicable Borrower of such rejection.

          (b)  Each Lender in its sole discretion may (but is not
obligated to) submit one or more Bids to the Administrative Agent
and  the Parent not  later than  9:30 A.M.  (i) one  Business Day
prior  to  the proposed  Borrowing  Date  specified  in such  Bid
Request in the case  of a Bid Loan  (such 9:30 A.M. time  on such
Business Days  each being herein  called a "Bid  Submission Dead-
line"),  by fax or in  writing, and thereby  irrevocably offer to
make  all or any part (any such  part referred to as a "Portion")
of any Bid Loan described in  the relevant Bid Request, at a rate
of interest per annum  (each a "Bid Rate") specified  therein, in
an aggregate principal amount  of not less than $500,000  or such
amount plus a wholemultiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or ap-
proximately  the Dollar  Equivalent thereof  in  the case  of Al-
ternate Currency Bid  Loans), provided that Bids submitted by the
Administrative Agent may only  be submitted if the Administrative
Agent notifies  the  Parent and  the applicable  Borrower of  the
terms of its Bid not later than fifteen minutes prior  to the Bid
Submission  Deadline.  Multiple Bids  may be delivered  to and by
the Administrative  Agent.  The  aggregate Portions of  Bid Loans
for any or all Interest Periods offered by each Lender in its Bid
may  exceed the Maximum Request contained in the relevant Bid Re-
quest, provided that  each Bid  shall set forth  the maximum  ag-
gregate amount of  the Bid  Loans offered thereby  which the  ap-
plicable Borrower may accept (the "Maximum Offer"), which Maximum
Offer shall not exceed the Maximum Request. 

          (c)  The  Administrative  Agent  shall   promptly  give
notice by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing) to the Parent
and  the  applicable  Borrower  of  all   Bids  received  by  the
Administrative Agent  which comply in all  material respects with
this  Section  prior to  the Bid  Submission  Deadline.   The ap-
plicable Borrower shall,  in its sole  discretion but subject  to
Section 2.11(d),  irrevocably accept or  reject any such  Bid (or
any Portion thereof) not  later than 10:30 A.M. one  Business Day
prior  to  the   proposed  Borrowing  Date   by  notice  to   the
Administrative Agent  by telephone  (confirmed in writing  in the
form  of  a Bid  Accept/Reject  Letter  promptly the  same  day).
Promptly  on the day of  the Bid Submission  Deadline, the Admin-
istrative  Agent will  give notice  in  the form  of  a Bid  Loan
Confirmation  to each  Lender  that submitted  a  Bid as  to  the
extent,  if any, that such Lender's Bid shall have been accepted.
If  the Administrative  Agent fails  to receive  notice from  the
applicable Borrower of its acceptance or rejection of any Bids at
or prior to 10:30 A.M. on the applicable day, all such Bids shall
be deemed to have  been rejected by the applicable  Borrower, and
the Administrative Agent will give to each Lender which submitted
a Bid notice of such rejection by telephone on such day.

          (d)  If the applicable Borrower  accepts a Portion of a
proposed Bid Loan  for a single Interest  Period at the  Bid Rate

                                                               57<PAGE>





provided therefor in  a Lender's Bid, such Portion  shall be in a
principal amount of $500,000 or such amount plus a whole multiple
of  $100,000  in  excess  thereof (or  approximately  the  Dollar
Equivalent thereof in the case of  Alternate Currency Bid Loans),
subject to such lesser allocation as may be  made pursuant to the
provisions of this subsection.  The aggregate principal amount of
Bid  Loans accepted  by  the applicable  Borrower following  Bids
responding to a Bid Request shall not exceed the Maximum Request.
The aggregate principal amount  of Bid Loans accepted by  the ap-
plicable Borrower pursuant to a Lender's Bid shall not exceed the
Maximum  Offer therein  contained.   If  the applicable  Borrower
accepts  any Bid  Loans  or  Portion  offered  in  any  Bid,  the
applicable Borrower must accept Bids (and  Bid Loans and Portions
thereby  offered) based exclusively  upon the successively lowest
Bid Rates within each Interest Period  and no other criteria.  If
two or more Lenders submit Bids with identical  Bid Rates for the
same Bid Interest Period and  the applicable Borrower accepts any
thereof,  the applicable  Borrower  shall, subject  to the  first
three  sentences  of this  subsection,  accept all  such  Bids as
nearly  as possible in proportion to the amounts of such Lender's
respective Bids  with identical Bid  Rates for such  Bid Interest
Period,  provided, that  if  the amount  of  Bid Loans  to be  so
allocated  is not sufficient to  enable each such  Lender to make
such Bid  Loan (or  Portions thereof) in  an aggregate  principal
amount  of $500,000  or  such amount  plus  a whole  multiple  of
$100,000 in excess  thereof (or the Dollar  Equivalent thereof in
the  case  of  Alternate  Currency  Bid  Loans),  the  applicable
Borrower shall  round the  Bid  Loans (or  Portions thereof)  al-
located to such  Lender or  Lenders as the  applicable   Borrower
shall select as necessary to a minimum of $500,000 or such amount
plus  a  whole multiple  of $100,000  in  excess thereof  (or the
Dollar  Equivalent thereof in the case  of Alternate Currency Bid
Loans).

          (e)  Each Lender  which makes  a Bid Loan  shall notify
the Administrative  Agent promptly of the  making thereof (unless
the proceeds of such Bid Loan were advanced to the Administrative
Agent).

          (f)  All  notices  required by  this  Section  shall be
given in accordance with Section 11.2.

          (g)  Each  Bid Loan  shall be  due and  payable  on the
earlier of (x)  the last  day of the  Interest Period  applicable
thereto and (y) the Maturity Date.

     L. Negotiated Rate Loans; Procedure

          (a)  If at any  time any Borrower,  any Lender and  the
Parent shall have agreed that such Lender shall make a Negotiated
Rate  Loan to such Borrower,  such Borrower and  the Parent shall
promptly execute  and deliver  to such  Lender a Negotiated  Rate

                                                               58<PAGE>





Confirmation Request, specifying (i) the proposed Borrowing Date,
which shall be a Business  Day, (ii) the aggregate amount  of the
requested  Negotiated Rate  Loan which  shall not  (A) exceed  an
amount which, on  the proposed Borrowing  Date, and after  giving
effect  to the proposed Negotiated Rate Loan, would result in (x)
the Aggregate Credit Exposure exceeding the Aggregate Commitments
or (y) the  Aggregate Credit Exposure  attributable to all  Loans
and Letters of Credit designated in Non-Core Currencies exceeding
$60,000,000, or (B)  be less than $100,000 or such  amount plus a
whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or approximately the
Dollar  Equivalent  thereof in  the  case  of Alternate  Currency
Negotiated  Rate Loans),  (iii) the  applicable rate  of interest
therefor (the  "Negotiated Rate"),  (iv) the Negotiated  Rate In-
terest Period therefor and  the last day of such  Negotiated Rate
Interest  Period, and (v)  the Applicable Currency  therefor.  If
such Negotiated Rate Confirmation Request is in all respects sat-
isfactory to such Lender,  it shall promptly sign a  copy thereof
and deliver a copy  thereof to such Borrower, the  Parent and the
Administrative Agent (the "Negotiated Rate Confirmation"). 

          (b)  Each Lender  which  makes a  Negotiated Rate  Loan
shall  notify the  Administrative  Agent promptly  of the  making
thereof (unless  the proceeds of  such Negotiated Rate  Loan were
advanced to the Administrative Agent).

          (c)  All  notices  required by  this  Section  shall be
given in accordance with Section 11.2.

          (d)  Each Negotiated Rate Loan shall be due and payable
on  the earlier of  (x) the last  day of the  Interest Period ap-
plicable thereto and (y) the Maturity Date.

     M. Taxes

          (a)  Payments  to Be  Free and  Clear. All  payments by
each Borrower under  the Loan  Documents shall be  made free  and
clear  of,  and without  any  deduction or  withholding  for, any
Indemnified  Tax.  If  any Credit  Party or  any other  Person is
required by  any law, rule, regulation,  order, directive, treaty
or  guideline  to  make   any  deduction  or  withholding  (which
deduction  or withholding  would constitute  an  Indemnified Tax)
from  any amount required to be paid by any Credit Party to or on
behalf  of any  Indemnified Tax  Person under  any  Loan Document
(each a "Required Payment"):

               (i) such Credit Party shall notify the Administra-
tive  Agent  and  such   Indemnified  Tax  Person  of  any   such
requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as such
Credit Party becomes aware of it;

              (ii) such  Credit Party shall  pay such Indemnified
Tax  before  the date  on  which penalties  attach  thereto, such

                                                               59<PAGE>





payment to  be made (if the  liability to pay is  imposed on such
Credit Party) for its own account or (if the liability is imposed
on such Indemnified Tax Person)  on behalf of and in the  name of
such Indemnified Tax Person;

             (iii)  such Credit  Party shall  pay to  such Indem-
nified Tax Person an additional amount such that such Indemnified
Tax  Person shall  receive on  the due  date therefor   an amount
equal  to  the  Required  Payment   had  no  such  deduction   or
withholding been required; and

              (iv) such Credit Party  shall, within 30 days after
paying such Indemnified Tax,  deliver to the Administrative Agent
and  the applicable Indemnified  Tax Person satisfactory evidence
of such payment to the relevant Governmental Authority.

          (b)  Other  Indemnified Taxes.  If  an Indemnified  Tax
Person or any  affiliate thereof  is required by  any law,  rule,
regulation,  order, directive,  treaty  or guideline  to pay  any
Indemnified Tax (excluding an Indemnified Tax which is subject to
Section 2.13(a)) with respect  to any sum paid or payable  by any
Credit  Party  to  such Indemnified  Tax  Person  under the  Loan
Documents:

               (i)  such Indemnified Tax Person shall notify such
Credit Party of any such payment of Indemnified Tax; and

              (ii)  such Credit  Party shall  pay to  such Indem-
nified Tax Person  the amount  of such Indemnified  Tax within  5
days of such notice.

          (c)  Tax  on  Indemnified  Taxes. If  any  amounts  are
payable  by a Credit Party  in respect of  Indemnified Taxes pur-
suant to Section 2.13(a) or (b), such Credit Party agrees to  pay
to the applicable Indemnified Tax  Person, within 5 Business Days
of written request therefor, an amount equal to all Taxes imposed
with respect to such amounts as such Indemnified Tax Person shall
determine  in good  faith  are payable  by  such Indemnified  Tax
Person or any affiliate thereof in respect of such amounts and in
respect of any amounts  paid to or on behalf  of such Indemnified
Tax Person pursuant to this clause (c).

          (d)  Exception for  Existing Taxes. No amount  shall be
required to be paid  to any Indemnified Tax Person  under Section
2.13(a)(iii) or (b)  with respect  to an Indemnified  Tax to  the
extent that such Indemnified Tax would have been required to have
been  paid under  any  law, rule,  regulation, order,  directive,
treaty or guideline in effect on the Effective Date.

          (e)  U.S.  Tax Certificates.  Each Lender  that is  or-
ganized  under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United
States or any  political subdivision thereof shall deliver to the

                                                               60<PAGE>





Administrative Agent for transmission to the Parent, on or  prior
to the first Borrowing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on
the  signature  pages hereof)  or on  the  effective date  of the
Assignment  and  Acceptance Agreement  or  master assignment  and
acceptance  agreement  pursuant to  which it becomes  a Lender in
accordance with Section 11.1 or 11.7, (in the case of  each other
Lender), and  at such  other times  as  may be  necessary in  the
determination  of  the  Parent,  any  Credit  Party  or  the  Ad-
ministrative  Agent  (each  in  the reasonable  exercise  of  its
discretion),  such certificates,  documents  or  other  evidence,
properly completed  and duly executed by  such Lender (including,
without limitation,  Internal Revenue  Service Form 1001  or Form
4224) to establish that  such Lender is not subject  to deduction
or withholding of United States federal income tax  under Section
1441 or  1442 of the Code  or otherwise (or under  any comparable
provisions of any successor statute) with respect to any payments
to  such Lender  of principal,  interest, fees  or other  amounts
payable  under  the Loan  Documents.   No  Credit Party  shall be
required  to pay any additional  amount to any  such Lender under
Section 2.13(a)(iii)  if such Lender shall have failed to satisfy
the requirements of the immediately preceding  sentence; provided
that if such Lender shall have satisfied such requirements on the
first Borrowing Date (in  the case of  each Lender listed on  the
signature   pages  hereof)  or  on  the  effective  date  of  the
Assignment  and  Acceptance Agreement  or  master assignment  and
acceptance agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender (in the
case of  each  other Lender),  nothing in  this subsection  shall
relieve  any Credit Party of its obligation to pay any additional
amounts  pursuant to Section 2.13(a)(iii) in the event that, as a
result  of  any  change  in applicable  law  (including,  without
limitation,  any  change  in the  interpretation  thereof),  such
Lender is  no longer  properly entitled to  deliver certificates,
documents or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the
fact  that such Lender is not subject to withholding as described
in the immediately preceding sentence.

          (f)  Other  Tax  Certificates.  Each   Indemnified  Tax
Person  agrees to use reasonable efforts to deliver to any Credit
Party,  promptly upon any request  therefor from time  to time by
such Credit Party, such  forms, documents and information  as may
be  required by applicable law, regulation or treaty from time to
time and to file all appropriate forms to obtain a certificate or
other  appropriate  documents from  the  appropriate Governmental
Authorities to  establish that  payments made  in respect  of any
Alternate Currency  Loan  or Letter  of Credit  designated in  an
Alternate Currency by such  Credit Party can be made  without (or
at a  reduced rate of)  withholding of Taxes,  provided, however,
that  if  such Indemnified  Tax Person  is  or becomes  unable by
virtue of any applicable law, regulation  or treaty, to establish
such exemption or reduction,  such Credit Party shall nonetheless
remain  obligated under  Subsection  2.13(a) to  pay the  amounts
described therein, and provided  further, that no Indemnified Tax

                                                               61<PAGE>





Person shall be required  to take any action hereunder  which, in
the sole discretion of  such Indemnified Tax Person, would  cause
such  Indemnified Tax Person or any affiliate thereof to suffer a
material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage.

          (g)  Adverse Tax Position.

               (i) An "Excess Tax" shall be the excess of (x) the
Tax  imposed,  levied, collected,  withheld  or  assessed by  any
Governmental  Authority without  the United  States from  which a
payment is made by or  on behalf of a Credit Party subject  to an
Adverse  Tax Position  or  in  which  such  Credit  Party  or  an
affiliate has an office or  is deemed to be doing  business, over
(y) the Tax  which would be imposed,  levied, collected, withheld
or assessed by such Governmental Authority, but for the existence
of such Adverse Tax Position.

               (ii) An  "Adverse Tax Position" with  respect to a
Credit Party shall  mean a  position resulting from  the lack  of
adequate capitalization or other  similar condition with  respect
to such Credit Party  which, under applicable law or   applicable
treaty,  results  in  higher Taxes  on  payments  under the  Loan
Documents than would otherwise be imposed. 

               (iii) All payments by each Borrower under the Loan
Documents shall be made free and clear of, and without any deduc-
tion or  withholding for, any Excess Tax.  If any Credit Party or
any other Person is required by any law, rule, regulation, order,
directive,  treaty or  guideline to  make any deduction  or with-
holding  on account  of any  Tax from  any Required  Payment with
respect to any Indemnified Tax Person and if all or  a portion of
such Tax represents Excess Tax:

                    (A) such  Credit Party  shall notify the  Ad-
ministrative Agent  and such Indemnified  Tax Person of  any such
requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as such
Credit Party becomes aware of it;

                    (B) such Credit  Party shall pay  such Excess
Tax  before  the date  on  which penalties  attach  thereto, such
payment to  be made (if the  liability to pay is  imposed on such
Credit Party) for its own account or (if the liability is imposed
on  such Indemnified Tax Person) on behalf  of and in the name of
such Indemnified Tax Person;

                    (C) such  Credit Party shall pay  to such In-
demnified Tax  Person an  additional amount  such  that such  In-
demnified  Tax Person shall receive  on the due  date therefor an
amount equal to  the Required  Payment had no  such deduction  or
withholding been required with respect to such Excess Tax; and

                    (D) such  Credit Party shall, within  30 days

                                                               62<PAGE>





after paying such Excess Tax, deliver to the Administrative Agent
and the  applicable Indemnified Tax  Person satisfactory evidence
of such payment to the relevant Governmental Authority.

               (iv) If an Indemnified Tax Person or any affiliate
thereof  is  required  by   any  law,  rule,  regulation,  order,
directive,  treaty or guideline to  pay any Excess Tax (excluding
Excess Tax which is subject to Section 2.13(g)(iii)) with respect
to  any  sum  paid  or  payable  by  any  Credit  Party  to  such
Indemnified Tax Person under the Loan Documents:

                    (A) such Indemnified Tax Person  shall notify
such Credit Party of any such payment of Excess Tax; and

                    (B) such  Credit Party shall pay  to such In-
demnified  Tax  Person the  amount of  such  Excess Tax  within 5
Business Days of such notice.

               (v) If  any amounts are payable by  a Credit Party
in respect of  Excess Tax  pursuant to Section   2.13(g)(iii)  or
(iv)  such  Credit   Party  agrees  to  pay   to  the  applicable
Indemnified  Tax  Person,  within   5  days  of  written  request
therefor,  an amount equal to  all Taxes imposed  with respect to
such amounts as  such Indemnified Tax Person shall  determine are
payable  by such Indemnified Tax  Person or any affiliate thereof
in respect of such amounts and  in respect of any amounts paid to
or  on behalf  of such  Indemnified Tax  Person pursuant  to this
clause (v).

     N. Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.

          (a)  In  the  event that  any  Lender  with respect  to
clauses (ii)  and (iii)  below or the  Administrative Agent,  the
Reference Lender, or the  applicable Lender, as the case  may be,
with  respect to clauses (i) and (iv) below shall have determined
(which determination  shall, absent manifest error,  be final and
conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

               (i)  on  the  second   Business  Day   immediately
     preceding the making  of any  requested Eurodollar  Advance,
     Core Currency Euro Advance or Individual Currency Loan that,
     by  reason of any  changes arising after  the Effective Date
     affecting the applicable interbank market, adequate and fair
     means do not exist  for ascertaining the applicable interest
     rate  on the  basis provided  for in  the definition  of the
     Eurodollar  Rate,  the  Core   Currency  Euro  Rate  or  the
     Individual Currency Rate, as the case may be; or

               (ii) at any time that such Lender has incurred in-
     creased  costs  or reductions  in  the  amounts received  or
     receivable hereunder with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, in
     each case by  an amount  such Lender deems  to be  material,

                                                               63<PAGE>





     because  of any change since  the Effective Date  (or in the
     case of any Bid Loan, subsequent to acceptance by a Borrower
     of such Bid  Loan, and  in the case  of any Negotiated  Rate
     Loan, subsequent to the  date of such Lender's  execution of
     the Negotiated Rate  Confirmation for  such Negotiated  Rate
     Loan) in any  law, rule, regulation, order or  guideline ap-
     plicable to  such Lender  or the  compliance by such  Lender
     with  any request (whether or  not having the  force of law)
     from any  Governmental Authority made subsequent  to the Ef-
     fective Date (or in the case of  any Bid Loan, subsequent to
     acceptance by a Borrower of such Bid Loan, and,  in the case
     of  any Negotiated Rate Loan, subsequent to the date of such
     Lender's execution of the  Negotiated Rate Confirmation  for
     such  Negotiated  Rate Loan)  or  in  the interpretation  or
     administration thereof and including the introduction of any
     new law, rule, regulation, order, guideline or request, such
     as, for example, but not limited to: (A) a change in the ba-
     sis of taxation of  payment to any Lender of  the  principal
     of or interest  on such Fixed Rate Loan or any other amounts
     payable hereunder (except for changes in the rate of tax on,
     or determined by reference to, the Tax on the Income of such
     Lender), or (B) a change in  official reserve (including any
     marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve)
     or similar  requirements (except  to the extent  included in
     the computation of the  respective Eurodollar Rate, the Core
     Currency Euro Rate,  Swing Line Negotiated Rate,  Negotiated
     Rate,  Individual Currency Rate or Bid Rate, as the case may
     be),  or  any special  deposit,  assessment  or similar  re-
     quirement  against  assets  of,  deposits with  or  for  the
     account  of,  or credit  extended  by,  any Lender  (or  its
     Applicable Lending Office); or

               (iii) at  any time that the  making or continuance
     of  any Fixed Rate  Loan has been  made (x) unlawful  by any
     law, rule, regulation or order  or (y) impossible by compli-
     ance by  any  Lender in  good  faith with  any  governmental
     directive  or request  (whether or not  having the  force of
     law); or

               (iv)  at any  time that  any Core  Currency (other
     than  Dollars) or any Non-Core Currency, as the case may be,
     is  not available  in sufficient  amounts, as  determined in
     good faith by the Reference Lender in  the case of such Core
     Currency, and by the  applicable Lender in the case  of such
     Non-Core Currency,  to fund any borrowing  of Alternate Cur-
     rency Loans in such Core Currency or such Non-Core Currency,
     as the case may be;

then,  and in any such event, such  Lender, in the case of clause
(ii)  or (iii) above, or the  Administrative Agent, the Reference
Lender or  the applicable Lender, as the case may be, in the case
of  clause  (i) or  (iv) above,  shall  promptly give  notice (by

                                                               64<PAGE>





telephone confirmed in writing)  to the Parent (on behalf  of all
Borrowers)  and,  except for  the  Administrative  Agent, to  the
Administrative  Agent of  such  determination  (which notice  the
Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other
Lenders).  Thereafter (w) in the case of clause (i) above, (A) in
the event  that Eurodollar Advances, Core  Currency Euro Advances
or   Individual  Currency  Loans   are  so  affected,  Eurodollar
Advances,  Core Currency  Euro  Advances  or Individual  Currency
Loans from such  applicable Lender, as the case may  be, shall no
longer be available until such time as the Administrative  Agent,
the Reference Lender or  such applicable Lender, as the  case may
be, notifies  the Parent and  the Lenders that  the circumstances
giving  rise  to such  notice  by the  Administrative  Agent, the
Reference Lender or such  applicable Lender, as the case  may be,
no  longer  exist,  and any  Notice  of  Borrowing  or Notice  of
Conversion  given  by any  Borrower  with  respect to  Eurodollar
Advances,  Core Currency  Euro   Advances or  Individual Currency
Loans to be made by  such applicable Lender, as the case  may be,
which have not yet been incurred (including by way of conversion)
shall be deemed rescinded  by the applicable Borrower and  (B) in
the  event that  any  Core Currency  Euro  Advance or  Individual
Currency Loan is  so affected,  the interest rate  for such  Core
Currency Euro  Advance or such  Individual Currency Loan,  as the
case  may be,  shall be determined  on the basis  provided in the
proviso  to  the   definition  of  Core  Currency  Euro  Rate  or
Individual Currency Rate, as the case  may be, (x) in the case of
clause (ii)  above,  the applicable  Borrower shall  pay to  such
Lender, within 3 days of written demand therefor, such additional
amounts  (in the  form of  an increased rate  of, or  a different
method of  calculating, interest or  otherwise as such  Lender in
its reasonable  discretion shall determine) as  shall be required
to compensate such Lender for such increased costs  or reductions
in  amounts received or receivable hereunder (a written notice as
to  the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing the basis
for  the  calculation  thereof,  submitted  to   such  applicable
Borrower by  such  Lender in  good faith  shall, absent  manifest
error, be final  and conclusive  and binding on  all the  parties
hereto),  (y) in the case  of clause (iii)  above, the applicable
Borrower  shall take  one  of the  actions  specified in  Section
2.14(b) and (z) in  the case of clause (iv)  above, Core Currency
Euro  Advances  in  the  affected  Core  Currency  or  Individual
Currency  Loans from the  applicable Lender in  the affected Non-
Core Currency, as the  case may be, shall no longer  be available
until  such  time as  the  Reference  Lender or  such  applicable
Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Parent (on behalf of all
Borrowers),  the Administrative  Agent and  the Lenders  that the
circumstances  giving rise to the notice referred to above by the
Reference Lender or such  applicable Lender, as the case  may be,
to the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers) and the Administrative
Agent no longer exists, and any Notice of Borrowing given  by the
affected  Borrower  with  respect  to  such  Core  Currency  Euro
Advances or such Individual  Currency Loans, as the case  may be,

                                                               65<PAGE>





which have not  yet been  incurred shall be  deemed rescinded  by
such affected  Borrower.  Each  of the Administrative  Agent, the
Reference Lender and the Lenders agree that if it gives notice to
any Borrower of any of the  events described in clause (i), (iii)
or (iv) above, it shall promptly notify the  Parent (on behalf of
all  Borrowers)  and, in  the  case of  any  such Lender  and the
Reference Lender, the Administrative  Agent, if such event ceases
to exist.  If any such event described in clause (iii) above with
respect to  Eurodollar Advances,  Core Currency Euro  Advances or
Individual Currency Loans  ceases to  exist as to  a Lender,  the
obligations of  such Lender, as  the case may  be, to  make Euro-
dollar  Advances,  Core  Currency  Euro  Advances  or  Individual
Currency  Loans  and  to   convert  Eurodollar  Advances  to  new
Eurodollar Advances  or convert Core  Currency Euro Advances   to
new Core  Currency  Euro Advances  on  the terms  and  conditions
contained herein shall be reinstated.

          (b)  At any time that any  Fixed Rate Loan is  affected
by the  circumstances described in Section  2.14(a)(ii) or (iii),
the applicable Borrower may (and in the case of an affected Fixed
Rate Loan by the  circumstances described in Section 2.14(a)(iii)
shall)  either (x) if the affected  Fixed Rate Loan is then being
made initially or pursuant to a conversion, cancel the respective
borrowing  or  conversion  by  giving  the  Administrative  Agent
telephonic notice (confirmed  in writing) on  the same date  that
the  Parent   was  notified  by   the  affected  Lender   or  the
Administrative Agent pursuant to  Section 2.14(a)(ii) or (iii) or
(y) if the affected Fixed Rate Loan is then outstanding,  upon at
least three  Business Days' written notice  to the Administrative
Agent and the  affected Lender, (A) in  the case of  a Eurodollar
Advance, require  the affected Lender to  convert such Eurodollar
Advance into an ABR Advance as  of the end of the Interest Period
then applicable  to such  Eurodollar Advance or,  if earlier,  as
soon as practicable within  the time required  by law and (B)  in
the case of a  Core Currency Euro Advance, Swing  Line Negotiated
Rate Advance,  Negotiated Rate Loan, Individual  Currency Loan or
Bid  Loan, take such action as the affected Lender may reasonably
request  with a view to  minimizing the obligations  of such Bor-
rower under Section 2.15.

          (c)  If any  Lender determines that after the Effective
Date the introduction  of or  any change in  any applicable  law,
rule, regulation,  order, guideline,  directive or  compliance by
such Lender or  any corporation controlling such  Lender with any
request  (whether  or  not having  the  force  of  law) from  any
Governmental Authority concerning capital adequacy, or any change
in interpretation or  administration thereof by any  Governmental
Authority,  in each case made subsequent to the date hereof, will
have  the effect of  reducing the rate  of return  on the capital
required  to be  maintained  by such  Lender  or any  corporation
controlling such Lender  based on the existence of  such Lender's
Commitment or  Individual Currency  Commitments hereunder  or its

                                                               66<PAGE>





obligations  under the Loan Documents to a level below that which
such  Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such
application or  compliance (taking into account  such Lender's or
such corporation's policies with  respect to capital adequacy) by
an amount deemed by such Lender  to be material, then each of the
Borrowers to the extent of its Proportionate Share and the Parent
severally  agrees to pay such  to such Lender,  within 3 Business
Days of its  written demand therefor, such  additional amounts as
shall  be  required  to  compensate  such  Lender or  such  other
corporation for the increased  cost to such Lender or  such other
corporation or the reduction in the rate of return to such Lender
or such other corporation as a result of such reduction.  In  de-
termining such  additional amounts, each Lender  will act reason-
ably and in  good faith  and will use  averaging and  attribution
methods which  are reasonable,  provided that such  Lender's rea-
sonable good faith determination of compensation owing under this
Section  2.14(c)  shall,  absent  manifest error,  be  final  and
conclusive and binding on  all the parties hereto.   Each Lender,
upon  determining that  any  additional amounts  will be  payable
pursuant to this Section 2.14(c), will give prompt written notice
thereof  to the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers), which notice
shall show the basis for calculation of such additional amounts.

          (d)  Each Lender shall notify  the Parent (on behalf of
all Borrowers) of  any event occurring  after the Effective  Date
entitling such Lender to compensation  under this Section 2.14 as
promptly as practicable, but  in any event within 120  days after
the officer  having  primary responsibility  for  this  Agreement
obtains actual  knowledge thereof,  provided that no  such notice
shall  be  required if  such Lender  has  determined not  to seek
compensation under this Section  2.14 as a result of  such event.
Each  Lender will furnish to each  Borrower a certificate setting
forth the  basis and amount  of each request  by such  Lender for
compensation  under   this  Section  2.14.    Determinations  and
allocations  by any Lender for  purposes of this  Section 2.14 on
its  costs  or  rate  of  return  of  maintaining  Loans  or  its
obligation to  make Loans,  or on  amounts receivable   by  it in
respect  of Loans, and of the amounts required to compensate such
Lender under this Section  2.14 shall be prima facie  evidence of
such determinations and allocations.

          (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender  shall be
entitled to any compensation described in Section 2.14 unless, at
the  time  it requests  such compensation,  it  is the  policy or
general  practice  of such  Lender  to  request compensation  for
comparable   costs  in  similar  circumstances  under  comparable
provisions of other  credit agreements  for comparable  customers
unless specific facts or circumstances applicable to any Borrower
or  the transactions  contemplated  by the  Loan Documents  would
alter  such policy or general practice,  provided that nothing in
this Section  2.14(e) shall  preclude a Lender  from waiving  the
collection  of  similar  costs from  one  or  more  of its  other

                                                               67<PAGE>





customers.

          (f)  If any  Lender fails to give  the notice described
in  Section 2.14(d) within 90  days after it  obtains such actual
knowledge of the event  required to be described in  such notice,
such  Lender shall, with  respect to any  compensation that would
otherwise be owing to  such Lender under this Section  2.14, only
be  entitled to  payment for  increased costs  incurred from  and
after the date that such Lender does give such notice.

     O. Compensation

          Each Borrower  shall compensate  each Lender, within  3
days of its written demand therefor (which demand shall set forth
the basis  for requesting such compensation),  for all reasonable
losses, expenses and liabilities,  including any loss, expense or
liability (including those related to currency exchange) incurred
by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other
funds required by  such Lender to fund  its Fixed Rate  Loans but
excluding any  loss of anticipated  profit which such  Lender may
sustain: (i) if  for any  reason, a borrowing  of, or  conversion
from or into a Fixed Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified
therefor  in a  Notice of  Borrowing, a  Notice of  Conversion, a
Negotiated Rate  Confirmation or  a Bid accepted  by a  Borrower;
(ii)  if any repayment (including  any repayment made pursuant to
Section 2.10 or as a result  of an acceleration of the Loans pur-
suant to Section 9) or conversion of any of such Borrower's Fixed
Rate  Loans occurs on  a date  which is  not the  last day  of an
Interest Period  with respect thereto; (iii) if any prepayment of
any of such Borrower's Fixed  Rate Loans is not made on  any date
specified  in a notice of  prepayment given by  such Borrower; or
(iv) as a consequence  of (x) any other default by  such Borrower
to  repay its Loans when required  by the terms of this Agreement
or (y) any election made pursuant to Section 2.14(b) or 11.1(b).

     P.  Change  of  Applicable  Lending  Office  and  Applicable
Payment Office

          (a)  With  respect to  any Loan  of any  Lender or  any
Letter  of Credit, such Lender  agrees that on  the occurrence of
any event giving rise  to the operation of Section  2.13, Section
2.14(a)(ii) or (iii), Section 2.14(c), Section 2.14(d) or Section
2.22 with respect to such Loan or such Letter of Credit, it will,
if requested  by the applicable Borrower,  use reasonable efforts
(subject  to overall  policy  considerations of  such Lender)  to
designate another Applicable Lending Office or Applicable Payment
Office,  as the  case may  be, for  such Loan  or such  Letter of
Credit affected by such event,  provided that such designation is
made  on such terms that  such Lender and  its Applicable Lending
Office or Applicable Payment  Office, as the case may  be, suffer
no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of
avoiding  the consequence  of the  event giving  rise to  the op-

                                                               68<PAGE>





eration of such Section.  Nothing in this Section shall affect or
postpone any of the obligations  of any Borrower or the  right of
any Lender provided in Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 2.22.

          (b)  Each  Lender shall have the right  at any time and
from  time to time  to transfer any  of its Loans  to a different
office,  provided that  such Lender  shall promptly  notify   the
Administrative Agent and the Parent  (on behalf of all Borrowers)
of any such change of office.  Such office shall thereupon become
such Lender's  Applicable Lending Office for  such Loan provided,
however, that no  such Lender  shall be entitled  to receive  any
greater amount under Section  2.13, Section 2.14(a)(ii) or (iii),
Section 2.14(c) or Section 2.22 as a result of a  transfer of any
such Loans to a different office  of such Lender than it would be
entitled  to immediately  prior thereto  unless such  claim would
have arisen even if such transfer had not occurred.

     Q. Survival of Certain Obligations

          The obligations of the  Borrowers under Sections  2.13,
2.14, 2.15, 2.22, 11.5 and 11.10 shall survive the termination of
the  Aggregate  Commitments,  the   Swing  Line  Commitment,  the
Individual Currency Commitments, the Letter of Credit  Commitment
the  payment of the  Loans, the reimbursement  obligations in re-
spect  of the  Letters of  Credit and  all other  amounts payable
under the Loan Documents.

     R. Use of Proceeds

          The proceeds  of the Loans  shall be used  to refinance
the  Indebtedness  set  forth on  Schedule  5.8  and for  general
corporate  purposes of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.  The uses
to which the proceeds of the Loans are put shall conform with the
provisions of Section 4.11.

     S. Letter of Credit Sub-Facility

          (a)  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this
Agreement, the Issuing Bank agrees,  in reliance on the agreement
of  the other Lenders set forth in Section 2.20, to issue standby
letters of  credit in Core  Currencies (the "Letters  of Credit";
each a "Letter of  Credit") during the Commitment Period  for the
account  of one  or  more of  the  Letter of  Credit  Applicants,
provided, however, that, at  the request of any Letter  of Credit
Applicant,  the Issuing Bank  may, in its  sole discretion, issue
one  or more Letters of Credit for  the account of such Letter of
Credit  Applicant in one or more Non-Core Currencies.  The Letter
of Credit Exposure at  any one time outstanding shall  not exceed
the lesser of (i) the  amount of the Letter of Credit  Commitment
and (ii)  the excess, if  any, of the  sum of the  Aggregate Com-
mitments  over the  sum  of the  aggregate outstanding  principal
amount  of all  Loans  (determined on  the  basis of  the  Dollar

                                                               69<PAGE>





Equivalent for  each outstanding  Alternate Currency Loan).   The
Letter of Credit Exposure  at any one time outstanding  attribut-
able to all Letters of Credit issued in Non-Core Currencies shall
not exceed the  excess, if any, of $60,000,000 over the Aggregate
Credit Exposure at such time attributable to all Loans designated
in Non-Core  Currencies.   The  sum  of the  aggregate  principal
amount of the Individual Currency Loans of all Lenders at any one
time  outstanding in  any  Non-Core Currency  and  the Letter  of
Credit Exposure  at  such time  attributable  to all  Letters  of
Credit issued in such Non-Core Currency (determined on the  basis
of the  Dollar Equivalent of  each such Individual  Currency Loan
and  each such  Letter of  Credit) shall  not exceed  $5,000,000.
Each Letter of Credit  shall have an expiration date  which shall
not exceed  the earlier  of (x)  twelve months  from the date  of
issuance  thereof and (y) 30 days immediately preceding the Matu-
rity Date.  No Letter of Credit shall be issued, and no amendment
to any Letter of Credit shall be issued which would  increase the
stated amount or  extend the  expiration date of  such Letter  of
Credit, (i) if the  Administrative Agent or any Lender  by notice
to the Administrative Agent  and the applicable Letter of  Credit
Applicant and the Parent no later than 1:00 P.M. one Business Day
prior to the requested date of issuance of such  Letter of Credit
or amendment,  shall have determined  that any of  the applicable
conditions set  forth in Sections 5 and 6 have not been satisfied
and  such conditions remain unsatisfied  as of the requested time
of issuing  such Letter  of Credit  or amendment  or (ii)  to the
extent that immediately after giving effect thereto the Aggregate
Credit Exposure  would exceed  the Aggregate Commitments  (each a
"Non-Issuance Event").

          (b)  Each  Letter of  Credit  shall be  issued for  the
account of the applicable Letter of Credit Applicant  for general
corporate purposes  of such  Letter of Credit  Applicant and  its
Subsidiaries.   Such Letter  of Credit  Applicant and the  Parent
shall give  the Administrative Agent  a Letter of  Credit Request
for the issuance  of such  Letter of Credit  by 11:00 A.M.  three
Business  Days prior  to the  requested date  of issuance.   Such
Letter  of Credit  Request shall  be executed  by such  Letter of
Credit  Applicant  and the  Parent,  and  shall specify  (i)  the
beneficiary  of such Letter of Credit and the obligations of such
Letter of Credit  Applicant or  any of its  Subsidiaries, as  the
case may be, in  respect of which such Letter of Credit  is to be
issued, (ii) such Letter of Credit Applicant's proposal as to the
conditions under which a drawing may be made under such Letter of
Credit and the documentation to  be required in respect  thereof,
(iii) the maximum  amount to  be available under  such Letter  of
Credit,  (iv)   the  requested  date  of  issuance  and  (v)  the
applicable Currency.  Upon  receipt of such Letter of  Credit Re-
quest  from such Letter of  Credit Applicant and  the Parent, the
Administrative Agent  shall promptly notify the  Issuing Bank and
each other  Lender thereof.   Each Letter of  Credit shall be  in
form and  substance reasonably satisfactory to  the Issuing Bank,

                                                               70<PAGE>





and adequate and fair means in the sole discretion of the Issuing
Bank  shall  exist for the issuance thereof, with such provisions
with respect to the  conditions under which a drawing may be made
thereunder  and the  documentation  required in  respect of  such
drawing as the Issuing  Bank shall reasonably require and  as may
be  acceptable to such Letter of Credit Applicant and the Parent.
Such Letter of Credit  shall be used solely for  the purposes de-
scribed therein and  herein.  The Issuing Bank shall, on the pro-
posed date  of issuance and subject  to the other terms  and con-
ditions of this Agreement, issue such Letter of Credit.

          (c)  Each payment by the Issuing  Bank of a draft drawn
under a Letter of Credit designated in a Core Currency shall give
rise to an  obligation on  the part of  the applicable Letter  of
Credit Applicant  to reimburse  the Issuing Bank  immediately for
the  amount thereof at its Applicable Payment Office in such Core
Currency.

          (d)  Each payment by the Issuing Bank of a draft  drawn
under  a Letter of Credit designated in a Non-Core Currency shall
give rise to an  obligation on the part of the  applicable Letter
of Credit Applicant to reimburse the Issuing Bank immediately for
the amount thereof in Dollars, at such office as the Issuing Bank
shall  designate to the Administrative Agent, the Parent and such
Letter  of Credit Applicant, in  an amount based  upon the all-in
cost of funds  in Dollars of the Issuing Bank  to fund such draft
(each a "Dollar Reimbursement Amount").  In  connection with each
obligation of a Letter of Credit Applicant to pay a  Dollar Reim-
bursement  Amount under  this Section  2.19(d), the  Issuing Bank
shall  deliver to such Letter of Credit Applicant, the Parent and
the Administrative  Agent a written statement  setting forth such
Dollar Reimbursement Amount.  The Issuing Bank's determination of
such  Dollar  Reimbursement  Amount  shall be  conclusive  absent
manifest error.

     T. Letter of Credit Participation and Funding Commitments

          (a)  Each   Lender   hereby  unconditionally   and  ir-
revocably, severally for itself only and without any notice to or
the taking of any action by such Lender, takes from  time to time
an  undivided participating  interest in  the obligations  of the
Issuing Bank under and  in connection with each Letter  of Credit
in an amount  equal to such  Lender's Availability Percentage  at
such time  of the amount of  such Letter of Credit.   Each Lender
from  time to time  shall be liable  to the Issuing  Bank for its
Availability Percentage  at such time of the unreimbursed  amount
of any draft drawn and honored under each Letter of Credit.  Each
Lender from time to time shall also be liable for an amount equal
to  the product of its  Availability Percentage at  such time and
any  amounts paid by the  applicable  Letter  of Credit Applicant
pursuant  to  Section 2.21  that  are  subsequently rescinded  or
avoided, or must  otherwise be  restored or returned.   Such  li-

                                                               71<PAGE>





abilities  shall  be  unconditional  and without  regard  to  the
occurrence of any Default  or Event of Default or  the compliance
by  the Parent  and the  Borrowers with  any of  their respective
obligations under the Loan Documents or any other circumstances.

          (b)  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each
Lender  (which notice shall be  promptly confirmed in writing) of
the date and the amount of  any draft presented under any  Letter
of  Credit with respect to which full reimbursement of payment is
not made by the applicable Letter of Credit Applicant as provided
in Sections 2.19(c) or 2.19(d), as the case may be, and forthwith
upon receipt  of such notice,  and provided that  no Non-Issuance
Event  shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such
Letter of Credit, such Lender (other than the Issuing Bank in its
capacity  as a Lender) shall make available to the Administrative
Agent for the account  of the Issuing Bank its  Availability Per-
centage at such time of the amount of such unreimbursed draft or,
if  such Letter of Credit  is designated in  a Non-Core Currency,
the  applicable  Dollar Reimbursement  Amount, at  the Applicable
Payment Office of the Administrative Agent in the applicable Core
Currency or, if such Letter of Credit is designated in a Non-Core
Currency, at the applicable  office designated by the Administra-
tive Agent pursuant to  Section 2.19(d) in Dollars, and,  in each
case, in  immediately available funds.   The Administrative Agent
shall distribute the payments made by each Lender (other than the
Issuing  Bank  in  its capacity  as  a  Lender)  pursuant to  the
immediately preceding sentence to  the Issuing Bank promptly upon
receipt thereof in  like funds  as received.   Each Lender  shall
indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Administrative  Agent and  the
Issuing Bank  from and  against any  and all  losses, liabilities
(including liabilities for penalties), actions, suits, judgments,
demands, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees
and  expenses) resulting  from any  failure on  the part  of such
Lender   to  provide,  or  from   any  delay  in  providing,  the
Administrative Agent  with such Lender's  Availability Percentage
of  the amount of  any payment made  by the Issuing  Bank under a
Letter of Credit in accordance with this clause (b) above (except
in respect  of losses, liabilities or  other obligations suffered
by  the  Issuing Bank  resulting  from  the gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct of  the  Issuing Bank  or the  Administrative
Agent, as the case may be).  If a  Lender does not make available
to the  Administrative Agent when due  such Lender's Availability
Percentage at such time  of any unreimbursed payment made  by the
Issuing Bank under a  Letter of Credit (other than  payments made
by the Issuing Bank by reason of its gross negligence or  willful
misconduct), such Lender shall be required to pay interest to the
Administrative  Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank on such
Lender's Availability Percentage at such  time of such payment at
a rate of interest per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate (or,
in the case of any Letter of Credit designated in a Core Currency
(other than  Dollars), at a  rate based upon  the all-in cost  of
funds for the  applicable Non-Core Currency)  from the date  such

                                                               72<PAGE>





Lender's payment is due  until the date such payment  is received
by  the  Administrative  Agent.  The  Administrative  Agent shall
distribute  such  interest  payments  to the  Issuing  Bank  upon
receipt thereof in like funds as received.

          (c)  Whenever  the Administrative Agent  or the Issuing
Bank is reimbursed  by any  Letter of Credit  Applicant, for  the
account of the  Issuing Bank, for any  payment under a  Letter of
Credit and such payment relates to an amount previously paid by a
Lender in respect of its Availability Percentage of the amount of
such  payment under  such  Letter of  Credit, the  Administrative
Agent or  the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, will promptly pay
over such payment to such Lender.

     U.  Absolute Obligation  with  respect to  Letter of  Credit
Payments

          The obligation  of each  Letter of Credit  Applicant to
reimburse the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing
Bank in respect  of each Letter of Credit issued  for the account
of such Letter of  Credit Applicant for each payment under  or in
respect  of such  Letter  of Credit  shall  be absolute  and  un-
conditional under  any and all circumstances  and irrespective of
any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment which such Letter
of  Credit Applicant or any of its  Subsidiaries may have or have
had  against  the  beneficiary  of such  Letter  of  Credit,  the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, as issuer  of such Letter
of Credit, any Lender, the Swing Line Lender or any other Person,
including  any defense  based on  the failure  of any  drawing to
conform  to the  terms  of such  Letter  of Credit,  any  drawing
document  proving  to be  forged, fraudulent  or invalid,  or the
legality, validity, regularity  or enforceability of  such Letter
of Credit.

     V. Increased Costs Based on Letters of Credit

          Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.14, if any
law, rule,  regulation, order, guideline or request or any change
in the interpretation or  application thereof by any Governmental
Authority charged  with the administration thereof  or GAAP shall
either (a) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, special
deposit, assessment or similar  requirement against any Letter of
Credit issued or participated in by any  Lender, or (b) impose on
the  Administrative Agent, the Issuing   Bank or  such Lender, as
the case may  be, any  other condition regarding  such Letter  of
Credit (except  for imposition of, or changes in the rate of, the
Tax on the Income  of the Administrative Agent, the  Issuing Bank
or such  Lender, as the case may be)  and the result of any event
referred  to in clause (a) or (b)  above shall be to increase the
cost to  the Issuing Bank (or any  successor thereto as issuer of
such Letter of Credit)  of issuing or maintaining such  Letter of
Credit or the cost to any  Lender of its obligations pursuant  to

                                                               73<PAGE>





Section 2.20, or the cost to the Administrative Agent of perform-
ing  its  functions  hereunder with  respect  to  such  Letter of
Credit,  in any case by an amount which the Administrative Agent,
the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may  be, deems mate-
rial, then, upon demand by the Administrative Agent,  the Issuing
Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, the applicable Letter of
Credit Applicant  shall  immediately pay  to  the  Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Bank or such  Lender, as the case may be, from
time  to  time  as  specified by  the  Administrative  Agent, the
Issuing  Bank  or such  Lender, as  the  case may  be, additional
amounts   which   shall   be   sufficient   to   compensate   the
Administrative Agent,  the Issuing  Bank or  such Lender,  as the
case may  be, for such increased cost.  A statement in reasonable
detail  as to such increased cost  incurred by the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the  case may be, as a
result of any event mentioned  in clauses (a) or (b) above,  sub-
mitted  by the  Administrative Agent,  the Issuing  Bank or  such
Lender,  as the case may  be, to such  Letter of Credit Applicant
shall be  conclusive, absent  manifest  error, as  to the  amount
thereof.

     W. Borrower Addenda

          Provided  that  no  Default  or Event  of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing, the Parent may direct that any of its
wholly-owned Subsidiaries which  is not then a  Borrower become a
Borrower by submitting a  Borrower Addendum to the Administrative
Agent  with respect to such  Subsidiary duly executed  by each of
the Parent and such Subsidiary together with a certificate, dated
the  date of such Borrower Addendum of the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of such  Subsidiary (i) attaching  a true and  complete
copy of the  resolutions of  its Board  of Directors  and of  all
documents evidencing other  necessary corporate  action (in  form
and substance satisfactory to  the Administrative Agent) taken by
it to  authorize such Borrower  Addendum, the Loan  Documents and
the transactions contemplated thereby,  (ii) attaching a true and
complete  copy of  its certificate  of incorporation,  by-laws or
other organizational  documents, (iii)  setting forth  the incum-
bency of  its   officer  or officers  who may  sign the  Borrower
Addendum, including therein a  signature specimen of such officer
or officers, (iv)  an opinion  of foreign local  counsel to  such
Subsidiary in all respects  reasonably satisfactory to the Admin-
istrative Agent and  (v) attaching a certificate of good standing
(or equivalent) issued by  the jurisdiction of its incorporation.
If any such document  is not in  English, such document shall  be
accompanied  by a  certified English  translation thereof.   Upon
receipt of  a Borrower Addendum and  the supporting documentation
referred to  above, the  Administrative Agent shall  confirm such
Borrower Addendum by signing  a copy thereof and shall  deliver a
copy  thereof to  the  Parent and  each  Lender.   Thereupon  the
Subsidiary which  executed such Borrower Addendum  shall become a
"Borrower" hereunder.  In the event that such additional Borrower

                                                               74<PAGE>





is not a corporation  organized under the laws of  a jurisdiction
in  which any  other Borrower  is organized (and  whose principal
office  is not  located  in a  jurisdiction  in which  any  other
Borrower's principal  office is located), this  Agreement and the
other Loan Documents will be deemed amended by adding definitions
comparable to the definitions applicable to each other Subsidiary
Borrower, such definitions to  be as set forth in  the applicable
Borrower Addendum.

     X. Records

          (a)  Lender's  Records.  Each Lender  will note  on its
internal  records with  respect to each  Loan made by  it (i) the
date and  amount of such  Loan, (ii) whether  such Loan is  a Re-
volving Loan,  Swing Line  Loan, Individual Currency  Loan, Nego-
tiated Rate Loan or Bid Loan, (iii) the  identity of the Borrower
to whom such Loan was made, (iv) the interest rate (other than in
the case of an ABR Advance), Individual Currency Rate, Negotiated
Rate or  Bid Rate and Interest Period,  if applicable, applicable
to such Loan and (v) each payment and prepayment of the principal
thereof. 

          (b)  Administrative Agent's Records. The Administrative
Agent  shall keep  records regarding  the  Loans, the  Letters of
Credit  and  this  Agreement  in accordance  with  its  customary
procedures for agented credits.

          (c)  Prima Facie  Evidence.  The entries  made  in  the
records  maintained pursuant  to  subsections (a)  and (b)  above
shall, to the extent  not prohibited by applicable law,  be prima
facie  evidence of the existence and amount of the obligations of
the Parent and each Borrower recorded therein; provided, however,
that  the failure of the  Administrative Agent or  any Lender, as
the case  may be, to make  any notation on its  records shall not
affect the  Parent's or the respective  Borrower's obligations in
respect  of  the  Loans,  the  Letters  of  Credit  or  the  Loan
Documents.

     Y. Replacement of Lender

          If (i) any Borrower  is obligated to pay to  any Lender
any amount under Section 2.13(a), (b)  or (c) and such payment is
attributable solely to  any change since  the Effective Date  (in
the case of each Lender listed on the signature  pages hereof) or
since  the  effective  date  of  the  Assignment  and  Acceptance
Agreement pursuant  to which it became  a Lender (in  the case of
each  other  Lender) in  any  applicable  law, rule,  regulation,
order, directive, treaty or guideline  (whether or not having the
force of law) or in the  interpretation or administration thereof
(including  the introduction  of any  new law,  rule, regulation,
order,  directive, treaty  or guideline),  (ii) any  Lender shall
have failed to make available a Loan on the date on which  and in

                                                               75<PAGE>





the amount in which  it was obligated to do so and shall not have
cured such failure within three Business Days or (iii) any Lender
shall have  demanded any  payment under  Section 2.14  or excused
itself  from funding a Loan pursuant to Section 2.14, the Company
shall  have the  right,  in accordance  with the  requirements of
Section 11.7(b), if no Default or Event of Default shall exist to
replace  up to two such  Lenders (each a  "Replaced Lender") with
one  or  more other  assignees  (each,  a "Replacement  Lender"),
reasonably  acceptable to the  Swing Line Lender  and the Issuing
Bank, provided that (I)  at the time of any  replacement pursuant
to this Section, the  Replacement Lender shall enter into  one or
more  Assignment  and Acceptance  Agreements pursuant  to Section
11.7(b) (with the Assignment Fee payable pursuant to said Section
11.7(b) to be paid  by the Replacement Lender) pursuant  to which
the Replacement Lender  shall acquire all of the  Commitments and
outstanding Loans of,  and in each case participations in Letters
of Credit by,  the Replaced Lender and,  in connection therewith,
shall pay to (w) the Replaced Lender in respect thereof an amount
equal to the  sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and
all accrued  interest on, all  outstanding Loans of  the Replaced
Lender, (B) an  amount equal to  all drawings  on all Letters  of
Credit  that have  been funded  by (and  not reimbursed  to) such
Replaced  Lender, together  with  all then  unpaid interest  with
respect  thereto at  such time  and (C)  an  amount equal  to all
accrued,  but  theretofore unpaid,  fees  owing  to the  Replaced
Lender pursuant to Sections 3.1 and  3.2, (x) the Issuing Bank an
amount equal  to such Replaced Lender's  Commitment Percentage of
all  drawings (which at such  time remains an  unpaid drawing) to
the  extent such  amount  was  not  theretofore  funded  by  such
Replaced Lender, (y)  the Swing  Line Lender an  amount equal  to
such  Replaced Lender's  Commitment Percentage  of any  Mandatory
Borrowing to the extent such amount was not theretofore funded by
such Replaced Lender  and (z) the Administrative Agent  an amount
equal  to all  amounts  owed  by  such  Replaced  Lender  to  the
Administrative  Agent under  this  Agreement, including,  without
limitation, an amount equal to the principal  of, and all accrued
interest on,  all outstanding  Loans  of the  Replaced Lender,  a
corresponding  amount   of  which  was  made   available  by  the
Administrative  Agent to  the applicable Borrower(s)  pursuant to
Section   2.4(e)   and  which   has  not   been  repaid   to  the
Administrative Agent  by such  Replaced Lender or  the applicable
Borrower(s)  and (II) all  obligations of the  Borrowers owing to
the Replaced  Lender (other than those  specifically described in
clause  (I) above  in respect  of which  the assignment  purchase
price has been, or is concurrently being, paid) shall be paid  in
full to such Replaced  Lender concurrently with such replacement.
Upon the  execution of  the respective Assignment  and Acceptance
Agreements  and the payment of amounts referred to in clauses (i)
and  (ii)  of this  Section  2.25, the  Replacement  Lender shall
become  a Lender hereunder and the Replaced Lender shall cease to
constitute  a  Lender  hereunder,  except  with  respect  to  in-
demnification provisions under this Agreement (including, without

                                                               76<PAGE>





limitation,  Sections 2.13,  2.14, 2.15,  2.22, 11.5  and 11.10),
which shall survive as to such Replaced Lender.


III. FEES

     A.   Facility Fee

          The Parent  agrees to pay to  the Administrative Agent,
for the account of  the Lenders in accordance with  each Lender's
Commitment Percentage, a fee  (the "Facility Fee"), for each  day
from and after the  Effective Date, equal  to the product of  (x)
the Aggregate Commitments in effect as at the end of such day or,
if no  Commitments then exist,  the Aggregate Commitments  on the
last day on which  Commitments did exist, and (y)  the applicable
percentage set forth below based upon the Pricing Level in effect
as at the end of such day:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Pricing Level       Facility Fee Percentage
          ----------------    -----------------------
          <S>                      <C>
          Pricing Level I            0.1000%         
          Pricing Level II           0.1500          
          Pricing Level III          0.1750          
          Pricing Level IV           0.2000          
          Pricing Level V            0.3000.         

</TABLE>

     The  Facility Fee shall be (i)  calculated on the basis of a
360-day  year for the actual number of days elapsed, (ii) payable
quarterly in  arrears on each Quarterly  Payment Date, commencing
on the first such  day following the Effective  Date, and on  the
date that the  Aggregate Commitments shall  expire or   otherwise
terminate (or  in the event  that the Aggregate  Commitments have
expired or otherwise  terminated, on the date  that the Aggregate
Credit Exposure has been reduced to $0).

     B. Letter of Credit Commissions

          The Parent  agrees to pay to  the Administrative Agent,
for the  account  of the  Lenders,  commissions (the  "Letter  of
Credit Commissions")  with respect to the  issued and outstanding
Letters  of Credit,  for each  day from  and after  the Effective
Date, equal to,  with respect to each Lender, the  product of (x)
the Letter of Credit Exposure as at  the end of such day and  (y)
the Availability Percentage of such Lender as at the end  of such
day multiplied by  (z) the applicable percentage set  forth below
based upon the Pricing Level in effect as at the end of such day:

                                                               77<PAGE>





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Letter of Credit          
          Pricing Level       Commission Percentage
          ------------------  -----------------------
          <S>                   <C>                
          Pricing Level I       0.2000%            
          Pricing Level II      0.2700%            
          Pricing Level III     0.2750%            
          Pricing Level IV      0.4000%            
          Pricing Level V       0.4000%
</TABLE>

     The Letter of Credit Commissions shall be (i)  calculated on
the  basis of  a  360-day  year for  the  actual  number of  days
elapsed,  (ii) payable  quarterly  in arrears  on each  Quarterly
Payment Date and  on the date  that the Letter of  Credit Commit-
ments shall expire and  the Letter of Credit Exposure  is $0, and
(iii) nonrefundable.

     C.   Administrative Agent's and Issuing Bank's Fees

          (a)  The  Parent agrees  to  pay to  the Administrative
Agent, for its own account,  such other fees as have  been agreed
to  in  writing  from   time  to  time  by  the  Parent  and  the
Administrative Agent.

          (b)  The Parent agrees to pay to the Issuing Bank,  for
its  own account,  such  other fees  as  have been  agreed  to in
writing from time to time by the Parent and the Issuing Bank.


IV.              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                 In order to induce the Administrative  Agent and
the  Lenders to enter into this Agreement  and to make the Loans,
the  Swing Line  Lender  to make  the Swing  Line  Loans and  the
Lenders   to participate therein,  and the Issuing  Bank to issue
the Letters of Credit and the Lenders to participate therein, the
Parent and  the Borrowers make the  following representations and
warranties  to the  Administrative Agent,  the Issuing  Bank, the
Swing Line Lender and the Lenders:

                 A.    Subsidiaries; Capital Stock

                       As  of  the date  of  this Agreement,  the
Parent has only  the Subsidiaries  set forth on,  and the  autho-
rized, issued  and outstanding  capital stock  of the  Parent and
each such Subsidiary (or  partnership or other interests,  as the
case may be) is as set forth on, Schedule 4.1.  The shares of, or
partnership  or other interests in, each Subsidiary of the Parent
are owned beneficially  and of  record by the  Parent or  another

                                                               78<PAGE>





Subsidiary of the Parent, are free and clear of all Liens  except
as otherwise permitted by  Section 8.3, and are duly  authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and  nonassessable except, in the case
of any  Subsidiary organized under the  laws of the State  of New
York,  for any liability that  may arise under  the provisions of
Section 630  of the Business Corporation Law  of the State of New
York.  As of the  date of this Agreement, except as  set forth on
Schedule  4.1, (a) neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries
has  issued any securities  convertible into, or  options or war-
rants for, any common or preferred equity securities thereof, (b)
there are no agreements,  voting trusts or understandings binding
upon the Parent or  any of its  Subsidiaries with respect to  the
voting securities of  the Parent  or any of  its Subsidiaries  or
affecting in  any manner the  sale, pledge,  assignment or  other
disposition thereof,  including any  right of first  refusal, op-
tion,  redemption,  call or  other  right  with respect  thereto,
whether  similar or dissimilar to  any of the  foregoing, and (c)
the Parent owns, directly or  indirectly, all of the  outstanding
capital stock of each of its Subsidiaries.

                 B.    Existence and Power

                       Each  of  the  Parent  and  each  of   its
Subsidiaries  is duly  organized,  validly existing  and in  good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, has
all  requisite power  and authority  to own  its Property  and to
carry on its business as  now conducted, and is in good  standing
and authorized to do  business in each jurisdiction in  which the
failure  so to  qualify could  reasonably be  expected to  have a
Material Adverse effect. 

                 C.    Authority

                       Each  of   the  Parent  and  each  of  its
Subsidiaries has full power and authority to enter into, execute,
deliver  and perform the terms of the  Loan Documents to which it
is a  party, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper
and necessary  corporate or partnership  action, as the  case may
be, and are in full compliance with its certificate of incorpora-
tion  and by-laws or partnership  agreement, as the  case may be.
No  consent or approval of,  or other action  by, shareholders of
the Parent, any Borrower, any Governmental Authority or any other
Person,  which  has not  already  been obtained,  is  required to
authorize in respect of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or
is required in connection with  the execution, delivery and  per-
formance by  the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries of, the Loan
Documents to which  it is a party, or is  required as a condition
to the  enforceability against the  Parent or such  Subsidiary of
the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

                 D.    Binding Agreement


                                                               79<PAGE>





                       The  Loan  Documents constitute  the valid
and legally binding  obligations of  the Parent and  each of  its
Subsidiaries  to the extent the Parent or such Subsidiary, as the
case may be, is  a party thereto, enforceable in  accordance with
their  respective terms,  except  as such  enforceability may  be
limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium   or  similar  laws   affecting  the   enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally and  by equitable principles relating
to the  availability  of specific  performance  as a  remedy  and
except  to the  extent  that indemnification  obligations may  be
limited by  federal or  state securities  laws  or public  policy
relating thereto.

                 E.    Litigation

                       Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5, there
are no actions, suits, arbitration proceedings or claims (whether
purportedly on behalf of  the Parent, any of its  Subsidiaries or
otherwise) pending or,  to the  knowledge of the  Parent and  the
Borrowers,  threatened against  the  Parent or  any  of its  Sub-
sidiaries,  or maintained  by the  Parent or  any of  its Subsid-
iaries, or which may affect the Property of the Parent  or any of
its Subsidiaries,  at law or  in equity, before  any Governmental
Authority which could  reasonably be expected to have  a Material
Adverse  effect.   There are  no proceedings  pending or,  to the
knowledge of the Parent and the Borrowers, threatened against the
Parent  or any of its  Subsidiaries (a) which  call into question
the  validity   or  enforceability  of,  or   otherwise  seek  to
invalidate any Loan Document, or (b) which might, individually or
in  the aggregate,  materially and  adversely affect  any of  the
transactions contemplated by any Loan Document.

                 F.    No Conflicting Agreements

                       (a) Neither  the  Parent  nor any  of  its
Subsidiaries  is in default under any agreement  to which it is a
party or by which it  or any of its Property is bound  the effect
of  which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
effect.  No notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority
is required for  the due execution,  delivery and performance  by
the Parent or  any of its Subsidiaries  of the Loan  Documents to
which it is  a party (except those notices or  filings which have
already been made).

                       (b) No  provision  of  any statute,  rule,
regulation, judgment,  decree or order, or  any existing material
mortgage, indenture, contract or  agreement, in each case binding
on  the  Parent  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries  or affecting  the
Property of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries conflicts with,
or  requires any  consent  which has  not  already been  obtained
under,  or would in any  way prohibit the  execution, delivery or
performance by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of the terms

                                                               80<PAGE>





of, any Loan Document.  The execution, delivery or performance by
the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries of the terms of each Loan
Document to which  it is  a party will  not constitute a  default
under,  or result in the creation or imposition of, or obligation
to create, any Lien upon the Property of the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries  pursuant to  the terms  of  any such  mortgage, in-
denture,   contract  or  agreement   which  defaults   or  Liens,
individually  or  in the  aggregate, would  have  or result  in a
Material Adverse effect.

                 G.    Taxes

                       The  Parent and  each of  its Subsidiaries
has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns, and has paid, or
has made adequate provision  for the payment of, all  taxes shown
to be due and payable on said returns or in  any assessments made
against  them, the  failure of which  to file  or pay  could rea-
sonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect, and no tax
Liens   have  been  filed  against  the  Parent  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  and no  claims are  being asserted with  respect to
such taxes which are required by GAAP (as in effect on the Effec-
tive  Date) to be reflected  in the Financial  Statements and are
not  so reflected therein.  The charges, accruals and reserves on
the books of the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries with respect
to  all Federal, state, local,  foreign and other  taxes are con-
sidered by the  management of the Parent and the  Borrowers to be
adequate,  and neither the Parent  nor any Borrower  knows of any
unpaid assessment which is or might be due and payable against it
or any of  its Subsidiaries or any Property of  the Parent or any
of  its Subsidiaries, except such  thereof as are being contested
in  good   faith  and   by  appropriate   proceedings  diligently
conducted, and for which adequate reserves have been set aside in
accordance with GAAP.

                 H.    Compliance with Applicable Laws; Filings

                       Neither   the  Parent   nor  any   of  its
Subsidiaries is in default  with respect to any judgment,  order,
writ,  injunction,  decree   or  decision  of   any  Governmental
Authority which default  could reasonably be  expected to have  a
Material Adverse effect.  The Parent and each of its Subsidiaries
is complying with all  applicable statutes, rules and regulations
of all Governmental  Authorities, a violation of which could rea-
sonably  be  expected to  have a  Material  Adverse effect.   The
Parent  and each of  its Subsidiaries has  filed or caused  to be
filed with  all Governmental  Authorities  all reports,  applica-
tions,  documents,  instruments and  information  required  to be
filed pursuant to all applicable laws, rules, regulations and re-
quests  which, if not so  filed, could reasonably  be expected to
have a Material  Adverse effect.   Each Borrower,  prior to  each
borrowing by it  hereunder in any jurisdiction, has  obtained all
necessary approvals and consents  of, and has filed or  caused to

                                                               81<PAGE>





be filed  all reports,  applications, documents,  instruments and
information required to be filed pursuant to all applicable laws,
rules, regulations and requests  of, all Governmental Authorities
in connection with such borrowing in such jurisdiction.

                 I.    Governmental Regulations

                       Neither   the  Parent   nor  any   of  its
Subsidiaries nor any corporation controlling the Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries or under  common control with the Parent  or any
of  its Subsidiaries  is subject  to regulation under  the Public
Utility Holding Company Act  of 1935, the Federal Power  Act, the
Investment Company  Act of 1940, in  each case as  amended, or is
subject  to any  statute  or regulation  which regulates  the in-
currence of Indebtedness, including statutes or regulations rela-
tive to  common  or contract  carriers or  to the  sale of  elec-
tricity, gas, steam, water,  telephone, telegraph or other public
utility services.

                 J.    Property

                       Each  of  the  Parent   and  each  of  its
Subsidiaries  has good and marketable title to, or a valid lease-
hold interest  in, all of its real Property, and is the owner of,
or has  a valid  lease of,  all personal  property, in each  case
which is material  to the Parent and its Subsidiaries  taken as a
whole,  subject  to  no  Liens, except  such  Liens  permitted by
Section 8.3.   All leases of  Property to each of  the Parent and
each of its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect, the Parent
or  such Subsidiary enjoys quiet and undisturbed possession under
all leases of real property and neither the Parent nor any of its
Subsidiaries is in default beyond any applicable grace  period of
any  provision thereof, the  effect of which  could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse effect. 

                 K.    Federal Reserve Regulations;  Use of  Loan
Proceeds

                       Neither   the  Parent   nor  any   of  its
Subsidiaries is engaged principally,  or as one of  its important
activities,  in the business of extending  credit for the purpose
of  purchasing or  carrying any  Margin Stock.   No  part of  the
proceeds  of  the Loans  or any  Letter of  Credit will  be used,
directly  or  indirectly,  for   a  purpose  which  violates  the
provisions of  Regulations G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors
of  the Federal  Reserve System,  as amended.   Anything  in this
Agreement  to the  contrary notwithstanding,  no Lender  shall be
obligated   to  extend  credit  to  the  Parent  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  in  violation  of  any  limitation  or  prohibition
provided by any applicable  law, regulation or statute, including
Regulation U of  the Board  of Governors of  the Federal  Reserve
System.

                                                               82<PAGE>





                 L.    No Misrepresentation

                       No representation or warranty contained in
any Loan Document and  no certificate, Financial Statement, other
financial  statement  or  written   notice  furnished  or  to  be
furnished by the Parents or any of its Subsidiaries in connection
with the transactions contemplated  hereby, contains or will con-
tain, as of its date, a  misstatement of material fact, or  omits
or will omit to state,  as of its date, a material  fact required
to  be stated in order  to make the  statements therein contained
not misleading  in the  light of  the  circumstances under  which
made.

                 M.    Plans

                       (a) Each  Employee  Benefit  Plan  of  the
Parent, each of its  Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate  is in
compliance with  ERISA  and the  Code, where  applicable, in  all
material  respects.   The  amount  of  (a) all  Unfunded  Pension
Liabilities under  the Pension Plans, excluding  any Pension Plan
which is  a Multiemployer Plan,  does not exceed  $2,000,000, and
(b) the  aggregate Unrecognized  Retiree Welfare  Liability under
all applicable Employee Benefit Plans does not exceed $2,000,000.
The Parent,  each of  its Subsidiaries and  each ERISA  Affiliate
have  complied with the requirements of Section 515 of ERISA with
respect to each Pension Plan which  is a Multiemployer Plan.  The
aggregate  potential  annual  withdrawal  liability  payments, as
determined  in accordance with Title  IV of ERISA,  for which the
Parent, each of its  Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate  would
become obligated  in the  event of a  complete or   partial with-
drawal from all Pension Plans which  are Multiemployer Plans does
not  exceed $2,000,000.  The Parent, each of its Subsidiaries and
each ERISA Affiliate has made all contributions or payments to or
under each such Pension Plan required by law or the terms of such
Pension  Plan or any contract  or agreement where  the failure to
make such contributions or  payments could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse effect.  No liability to  the PBGC has
been,  or is expected  by the Parent, any  of its Subsidiaries or
any ERISA Affiliate  to be, incurred  by the Parent,  any of  its
Subsidiaries or  any ERISA  Affiliate where such  liability could
reasonably  be expected to have  a Material Adverse  effect.  Li-
ability,  as referred to in this Section 4.13, includes any joint
and several liability.   Each  Employee Benefit Plan  which is  a
group health plan within the meaning of Section 5000(b)(1) of the
Code  is in material  compliance with the  continuation of health
care coverage requirements of Section 4980B of the Code.

                       (b) All contributions required to  be made
with  respect to each Foreign Pension Plan have been timely made.
Each Foreign Pension Plan has been maintained in  compliance with
its terms and  with the  requirements of any  and all  applicable
laws,  statutes,  rules,  regulations  and orders  and  has  been

                                                               83<PAGE>





maintained,  where required,  in  good  standing with  applicable
Governmental Authorities.   Neither  the Parent  nor  any of  its
Subsidiaries has  incurred any obligation in  connection with the
termination  of or withdrawal from any Foreign Pension Plan.  The
present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether  or not
vested)  under each Foreign  Pension Plan required  to be funded,
determined as of the  end of the most recently  ended fiscal year
on  the  basis  of  actuarial   assumptions,  each  of  which  is
reasonable, did not  exceed the  current value of  the assets  of
such Foreign  Pension Plan allocable to  such benefit liabilities
by  more  than  the foreign  exchange  equivalent  (based  on the
applicable spot exchange rate) of $2,000,000.

                 N.    Environmental Matters

                       Neither   the  Parent   nor  any   of  its
Subsidiaries (a) has received written notice or otherwise learned
of  any  claim,  demand,  action,  event,  condition,  report  or
investigation indicating or  concerning any  potential or  actual
liability which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse effect, arising in connec-
tion  with  (i)  any  non-compliance  with or  violation  of  the
requirements of  any applicable federal, state,  local or foreign
environmental health or safety statute or regulation, or (ii) the
release or threatened  release of any  toxic or hazardous  waste,
substance or  constituent, or  other substance into  the environ-
ment, (b) to the best knowledge of the  Parent and the Borrowers,
has  any threatened  or actual liability  in connection  with the
release or  threatened release of  any toxic or  hazardous waste,
substance or constituent, or other substance into the environment
which  individually  or  in  the aggregate  could  reasonably  be
expected  to have  a  Material Adverse  effect, (c)  has received
notice  of any  federal,  state, local  or foreign  investigation
evaluating  whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a
release or  threatened release of  any toxic or  hazardous waste,
substance or constituent or  other substance into the environment
for which  the Parent or any  of its Subsidiaries is  or would be
liable, which  liability would reasonably  be expected to  have a
Material  Adverse effect,  or (d)  has received  notice that  the
Parent  or any  of its Subsidiaries  is or  may be  liable to any
Person  under the  Comprehensive Environmental  Response, Compen-
sation and Liability Act,  as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section  9601 et
seq.,  or  any analogous  state,  local  or  foreign  law,  which
liability would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
effect.  The Parent and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance
with the financial responsibility requirements of federal, state,
local and  foreign environmental  laws to the  extent applicable,
including  those  contained in  40  C.F.R.,  parts 264  and  265,
subpart H, and  any analogous  federal, state,  local or  foreign
law,  except in  those cases in  which the  failure so  to comply
would not  reasonably  be expected  to  have a  Material  Adverse
effect.

                                                               84<PAGE>





                 O.    Financial Statements

                       The Parent has heretofore delivered to the
Administrative  Agent and the Lenders copies of its Form 10-K for
the fiscal  year ended January  31, 1995, containing  the audited
Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as
of  such date and the  related Consolidated Statements of Income,
Stockholders'  Equity and  Cash Flows  for the  fiscal year  then
ended (collectively, with the applicable related notes and sched-
ules,  the "Financial  Statements").    The Financial  Statements
fairly present the  Consolidated financial condition  and results
of the operations of  the Parent and  its Subsidiaries as of  the
dates  and for the periods  indicated therein and  have been pre-
pared  in conformity with GAAP as then  in effect subject, in the
case  of   interim  Financial  Statements,  to   normal  year-end
adjustments.  Neither the Parent nor  any of its Subsidiaries has
any obligation or liability of  any kind (whether fixed, accrued,
contingent, unmatured  or otherwise)  which,  in accordance  with
GAAP as  then in  effect, should have  been disclosed in  the Fi-
nancial  Statements and was not.   Since January  31, 1995, there
has been no Material Adverse change.

                 P.    Franchises, Intellectual Property, Etc.

                       Each   of  the  Parent  and  each  of  its
Subsidiaries possesses  or has the  right to use  all franchises,
Intellectual Property, licenses and  other rights as are material
and necessary for the  conduct of its business, and  with respect
to which  it is in  compliance, with no  known conflict with  the
valid rights of others which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse effect.   No event has occurred  which permits
or, to the best knowledge of the  Parent and the Borrowers, after
notice or  the lapse of  time or  both, or  any other  condition,
could reasonably be  expected to permit,  the revocation or  ter-
mination of any such franchise, Intellectual Property, license or
other right  which revocation or termination  could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse effect.

                 Q.    Labor Relations

                       Except  as  set  forth on  Schedule  4.17,
neither the  Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any
collective bargaining agreement and, to the best knowledge of the
Parent  and the Borrowers, no petition has been filed or proceed-
ings  instituted by any employee  or group of  employees with any
labor relations  board seeking  recognition of a  bargaining rep-
resentative with respect to the Parent or such Subsidiary.  There
are no material  controversies pending between the  Parent or any
of its Subsidiaries and any of  their respective employees, which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect.



                                                               85<PAGE>





V.               CONDITIONS  OF  LENDING  - LOANS  ON  THE  FIRST
                 BORROWING DATE

                 In addition  to the  requirements  set forth  in
Section  6, the obligation  of each  Lender to  make one  or more
Loans, the obligation  of the Swing  Line Lender to  make one  or
more Swing Line Loans  and the obligation of the  Issuing Bank to
issue one or  more Letters of Credit, on the first Borrowing Date
(which shall not occur prior to the Effective Date) is subject to
the  fulfillment   of  the  following  conditions   prior  to  or
simultaneously with the making  of such Loans or the  issuance of
such Letters of Credit:

                 A.    Evidence of Corporate Action

                       The  Administrative  Agent shall  have re-
ceived a certificate, dated the first Borrowing Date, of the Sec-
retary or Assistant Secretary of each Credit  Party (i) attaching
a  true and complete copy of the  resolutions of its Board of Di-
rectors and  of all documents evidencing  all necessary corporate
action  (in form  and  substance reasonably  satisfactory to  the
Administrative Agent) taken by it to authorize the Loan Documents
to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby,
(ii) attaching  a true  and complete copy  of its  organizational
documents, (iii)  setting forth the incumbency  of its officer(s)
who may sign  such Loan Documents, including  therein a signature
specimen of such officer(s), and (iv) attaching  a certificate of
good standing  of the  Secretary  of State  of the  State of  its
incorporation and  each of  the jurisdictions listed  on Schedule
5.1, in each case to the extent such certificate of good standing
is available.

                 B.    Guaranty

                       Each  of  the  Parent,   Tiffany,  Tiffany
International and Tiffany Japan shall  have delivered to the  Ad-
ministrative  Agent  a guaranty,  dated  as of  the  date hereof,
executed  by such Credit  Party and in the  form of Exhibit N (as
the same may be amended,  supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time, the  "Guaranty").

                 C.    Approvals

                       The   Administrative   Agent  shall   have
received  evidence   reasonably  satisfactory  to  it   that  all
approvals and  consents of all Governmental  Authorities, and all
approvals and all  consents of  all other Persons,  in each  case
which  are required to be obtained in connection with the consum-
mation  of the  transactions contemplated  by the  Loan Documents
have been obtained and that all required notices have been given,
and the  Administrative Agent shall have  received a certificate,
in  all respects  reasonably satisfactory  to the  Administrative

                                                               86<PAGE>





Agent,  of the Responsible Officer to the foregoing effect to the
best knowledge of such officer.

                 D.    Litigation

                       There  shall  be   no  injunction,   writ,
preliminary restraining order or other order of any nature issued
by any Governmental  Authority in any respect  affecting any Loan
Document or  any transaction contemplated by  the Loan Documents,
and no action  or proceeding  by or before  any Governmental  Au-
thority  shall have  been  commenced and  be  pending seeking  to
prevent or delay any of the foregoing or challenging any term  or
provision thereof or seeking any damages in connection therewith,
and the  Administrative Agent shall have  received a certificate,
in  all respects  reasonably satisfactory  to the  Administrative
Agent, of the executive officers or analogous counterparts of the
Parent  to the  foregoing effect  to the  best knowledge  of such
officer.

                 E.    Approval of Special Counsel

                       All legal matters  incident to the  making
of  the Loans  on the  first Borrowing  Date shall  be reasonably
satisfactory  to Special  Counsel, and  the Administrative  Agent
shall have received  from Special Counsel  an opinion, dated  the
first Borrowing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

                 F.    Opinion  of Counsel  to the  Borrowers and
the Parent

                       (a)  The  Administrative Agent  shall have
received an  opinion of Scott  A. Klion, Esq.,  Associate General
Counsel  to the  Parent and  counsel  to the  Domestic Borrowers,
dated  the first  Borrowing Date,  substantially in  the  form of
Exhibit O-1.

                       (b) The  Administrative  Agent shall  have
received, in respect  of each  Borrower which is  not a  Domestic
Borrower,   an  opinion  of  local  foreign  counsel,  reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to such Borrower, dated
the first Borrowing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit O-
2.

                 G.    Existing Indebtedness

                       All Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 5.7
shall have been  paid in  full, all Liens,  if any, securing  the
same  shall have  been terminated,  and the  Administrative Agent
shall have received satisfactory evidence of the foregoing.

                 H.    Payment of Fees


                                                               87<PAGE>





                       The  Parent and  the Borrowers  shall have
paid   to  the   Issuing  Bank,   the  Swing  Line   Lender,  the
Administrative  Agent, the  Arranging Agent  and the  Lenders all
fees and all expenses which they shall have agreed to pay, to the
extent such fees  and expenses  shall have become  payable on  or
prior to  the first Borrowing Date, and  shall have paid the rea-
sonable fees  and disbursements of Special  Counsel in connection
with such agreement to the extent billed therefor.

                 I.    Other Documents

                       The   Administrative   Agent  shall   have
received such other documents (including financial statements and
projections), each in form and substance  reasonably satisfactory
to the  Administrative Agent,  as the Administrative  Agent shall
reasonably require  in connection  with the  making of the  first
Loans and the issuance of the first Letters of Credit.


 VI.             CONDITIONS OF LENDING - ALL LOANS AND LETTERS OF
CREDIT

                 The obligation of each Lender to make each Loan,
the obligation of the Swing  Line Lender to make each  Swing Line
Loan and the obligation  of the Issuing Bank to issue each Letter
of Credit is subject  to the fulfillment of the  following condi-
tions precedent:

                 A.    Compliance

                       On each Borrowing  Date, and after  giving
effect to the Loans to be  made, and the Letters of Credit to  be
issued,  on such Borrowing Date, (a) there shall exist no Default
or Event of  Default and (b)  the representations and  warranties
contained  in this Agreement shall  be true and  correct with the
same  effect as  though such  representations and  warranties had
been made  on such Borrowing Date  except to the extent  that any
representation or warranty under Section 4.1 expressly relates to
an earlier date. 

                 B.    Loan Closings

                       All documents required  by the  provisions
of  this Agreement  to have  been executed  or delivered  by each
Credit Party to the Administrative  Agent, the Issuing Bank,  the
Swing  Line  Lender or  any Lender  on  or before  the applicable
Borrowing Date shall have been so executed or delivered on or be-
fore such Borrowing Date.

                 C.    Borrowing or Letter of Credit Request

                       The receipt by the Administrative Agent of

                                                               88<PAGE>





a  Notice of Borrowing, in the case  of such Loan, or a Letter of
Credit Request,  in the case of  a Letter of  Credit, executed by
the Parent and the applicable Borrower making such request.

                 D.    Other Documents

                       The   Administrative   Agent  shall   have
received such other documents (including financial statements and
projections), each in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory
to the  Administrative Agent,  as the Administrative  Agent shall
reasonably require in connection with the making of the Loans and
the issuance of the Letters of Credit on such Borrowing Date.


VII.             AFFIRMATIVE AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS

                 The  Parent agrees  that,  so long  as any  Loan
Document   is  in  effect,   any  Loan,   Letter  of   Credit  or
reimbursement obligation (contingent or otherwise)  in respect of
any  Letter of   Credit  remains outstanding  and unpaid,  or any
other amount is  owing under any Loan  Document to any Lender  or
the Administrative Agent, the Parent will:

                 A.    Legal Existence

                       Except  as may  otherwise be  permitted by
Sections  8.4, 8.5  and  8.6, maintain,  and  cause each  of  its
Subsidiaries  to  maintain,  (a)  its  corporate  or  partnership
existence, as  the case may  be, and (b)  such existence in  good
standing in  the jurisdiction  of its incorporation  or formation
and in  each other  jurisdiction in  which the  failure so  to do
could  reasonably be expected to have  a Material Adverse effect;
provided  however, that  subject to  Section  8, nothing  in this
Section  7.1 shall prevent the  abandonment or termination of the
corporate existence  or good  standing of  any Subsidiary  of the
Parent  (other than  Tiffany, Tiffany  International and  Tiffany
Japan)  in any jurisdiction if (i), in the reasonable judgment of
the Parent  and such Subsidiary, such  abandonment or termination
is in the best interest of the Parent and its  Subsidiaries taken
as a whole and would not have a Material Adverse  effect and (ii)
such Subsidiary, at the time of such abandonment  or termination,
has  no  obligations, contingent  or  otherwise,  under any  Loan
Documents  to any Lender, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank
or the Administrative Agent.

                 B.    Taxes

                       Pay and discharge when due, and cause each
of its Subsidiaries  so to  do, all  taxes, assessments,  govern-
mental charges, license fees  and levies upon or with  respect to
the  Parent and such Subsidiary, and upon the income, profits and
Property  thereof unless, and only  to the extent,  that (a) such

                                                               89<PAGE>





taxes, assessments, governmental charges, license fees and levies
shall be contested in  good faith and by appropriate  proceedings
diligently conducted  by the Parent  or such Subsidiary,  and (b)
such reserve or other appropriate provision  as shall be required
by GAAP shall have been made therefor.

                 C.    Insurance

                       Maintain,   and   cause   each    of   its
Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with financially sound insur-
ance  carriers against at least such  risks, and in at least such
amounts, as  are usually  insured against by  similar businesses,
including  business interruption, public liability (bodily injury
and  property  damage),  fidelity, workers'  compensation  (where
required) and property insurance, upon request a detailed list of
such  insurance then in effect, stating the names of the carriers
thereof, the policy numbers, the insureds thereunder, the amounts
of insurance, dates of expiration  thereof, and the Property  and
risks  covered thereby;  except that  the Parent  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries   may  effect   workers'  compensation   or  similar
insurance  in respect  of operations  in any  jurisdiction either
through an insurance  fund operated  by such  jurisdiction or  by
causing to  be maintained a  system or systems  of self-insurance
which is  in  accord  with  applicable  laws  and  good  business
practice.

                 D.    Performance of Obligations

                       Pay and  discharge promptly when  due, and
cause each of its Subsidiaries so to do, all lawful Indebtedness,
obligations  and  claims for  labor,  materials  and supplies  or
otherwise  which, if unpaid, could reasonably  be expected to (a)
have  a Material  Adverse  effect, or  (b) become  a Lien  on the
Property of the Parent  or any of its Subsidiaries,  except those
Liens  permitted under  Section  8.3, provided  that neither  the
Parent  nor such Subsidiary shall be required to pay or discharge
or  cause to be paid or discharged any such Indebtedness, obliga-
tion or claim  so long as (i) the validity  thereof shall be con-
tested in  good faith  and by appropriate  proceedings diligently
conducted by the Parent or such Subsidiary, and (ii) such reserve
or other appropriate provision as shall be required by GAAP shall
have been made therefor.

                 E.    Condition of Property

                       Except  for ordinary wear and tear, at all
times, maintain, protect and  keep in good repair, working  order
and condition, all Property used in the operation of its business
(other than  Property which  is replaced with  similar Property),
except (i) to the extent that the failure so to do would not, in-
dividually or in  the aggregate, have a Material  Adverse effect,
and cause each of its Subsidiaries so to do and (ii) as permitted

                                                               90<PAGE>





under Sections 8.3 and 8.4.

                 F.    Observance of Legal Requirements

                       Observe   and   comply  in   all  material
respects, and  cause each of its Subsidiaries  so to do, with all
laws,   ordinances,   orders,   judgments,  rules,   regulations,
certifications, franchises, permits, licenses, directions and re-
quirements of all Governmental Authorities,  which now or at  any
time hereafter may be  applicable to it or to such  Subsidiary, a
violation  of which  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a
Material Adverse effect.

                 G.    Financial Statements and Other Information

                       Maintain,   and   cause   each    of   its
Subsidiaries  to maintain,  a  standard system  of accounting  in
accordance with GAAP, and furnish to each Lender:

                       (a) As  soon  as  available  and,  in  any
event, within 105  days after the  close of  each fiscal year,  a
copy of (i) the Balance  Sheet as of the end of such fiscal year,
of  the  Parent on  a Consolidated  basis,  and (ii)  the related
Statements  of Income,  Cash Flows  and Shareholder's  Equity for
such  fiscal year, of the Parent on a Consolidated basis, setting
forth in each case in  comparative form the corresponding figures
in respect of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail,
and accompanied by, in  the  case of such  Consolidated financial
statements, a report of the Accountants, which report shall state
that  (A) the  Accountants  audited such  Consolidated  financial
statements, (B) such audit was made  in accordance with generally
accepted  auditing standards in effect at the time and provides a
reasonable  basis for  such  opinion, and  (C) said  Consolidated
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP;

                       (b) Simultaneously  with  the delivery  of
the certified statements required by clause (a) above, copies  of
a certificate of such Accountants stating that, in making the ex-
amination necessary for their audit of the Consolidated financial
statements  of the Parent for  such fiscal year,  nothing came to
their  attention of a financial or  accounting nature that caused
them to believe that  there shall have occurred any  condition or
event  which would constitute a  Default or an  Event of Default,
or, if so, specifying  in such certificate all such  Defaults and
Events of Default and the nature and status thereof;

                       (c) As soon as available, and in any event
within 50  days after the end  of each of the  first three fiscal
quarters, and 105 days after the end of  the last fiscal quarter,
of each fiscal year, a  copy of (i) the Balance Sheet, as  of the
end  of such quarter, of  the Parent on  a Consolidated basis and
(ii)   the  related   Statements  of   Income,  Cash   Flows  and

                                                               91<PAGE>





Shareholder's Equity,  of the Parent on a  Consolidated basis for
(x) such  quarter, and (y) the  period from the  beginning of the
then current fiscal year to the end of such quarter, in each case
in comparative form with the prior fiscal year, all in reasonable
detail and  prepared in  accordance with GAAP  (without footnotes
and subject to year-end adjustments), together with a certificate
of the  Responsible Officer,  which certificate shall  state that
all  such  financial  statements  fairly  present  the  financial
condition  and results of operations  of the Parent  and its Sub-
sidiaries  and have been   prepared in accordance  with GAAP (but
without footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments);

                       (d) Notwithstanding   anything   to    the
contrary contained herein, the  Parent may satisfy its obligation
to furnish (i) the  Consolidated financial statements referred to
in clause (a) above by  furnishing, as soon as available, and  in
any event within 105 days after the end of the  applicable fiscal
year,  a  copy  of  the  annual  audited  Consolidated  financial
statements of the  Parent and its  Subsidiaries prepared in  con-
formity with GAAP and as filed with the SEC for such fiscal year,
and  (ii) the  Consolidated financial  statements referred  to in
clause (c) above by furnishing, as soon as available,  and in any
event  within  50 days  after the  end  of the  applicable fiscal
quarter, copies  of the Consolidated financial  statements of the
Parent  and  its  Subsidiaries as  filed  with  the  SEC for  the
applicable fiscal quarter;

                       (e) Simultaneously  with  the delivery  of
the  financial statements  required by  clauses (a), (c)  and (d)
above, a  certificate of the Responsible  Officer certifying that
to the best  of his knowledge no condition or  event has occurred
which would constitute  a Default or an  Event of Default, or  if
so, specifying  in such  certificate all such  violations, condi-
tions and events and the nature and status thereof;

                       (f) Within 45  days after the end  of each
of the first three fiscal quarters,  and within 90 days after the
end of the last fiscal quarter, of each fiscal year, a Compliance
Certificate, as of the  end of such fiscal quarter,  certified by
the Responsible Officer;

                       (g) As soon as available, and in any event
within two  Business Days  after any  downgrade or withdrawal  by
either  S&P or  Moody's of  the senior  unsecured long  term debt
Rating   assigned  to   the   Parent,  written   notice  to   the
Administrative Agent  and each Lender thereof,  and the effective
date thereof, in each case certified by the Responsible Officer;

                       (h) Prompt written notice upon  the Parent
or  any of its Subsidiaries obtaining knowledge that: (i) any In-
debtedness  of  the  Parent or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries in  an
aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 shall have been declared

                                                               92<PAGE>





or become due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or called
and not paid when due,  or required to be purchased  or otherwise
acquired by the Parent  or any of its  Subsidiaries prior to  its
stated maturity,  and whether  such acceleration shall  have been
rescinded or annulled, or (ii) the holders of any notes, or other
evidence  of Indebtedness, certificates  or securities evidencing
any  such Indebtedness, or any obligees with respect to any other
Indebtedness of the Parent  or any of its Subsidiaries,  have the
right to declare Indebtedness  in an  aggregate amount  in excess
of $5,000,000 due  and payable  prior to its  stated maturity  or
have  the right to require the  Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
to purchase or  otherwise acquire any such  Indebtedness prior to
its  stated  maturity  and whether  such  right  shall have  been
waived;

                       (i) Prompt  written  notice  of:  (i)  any
citation, summons, subpoena,  order to show cause  or other order
naming the  Parent or any of its Subsidiaries a party to any pro-
ceeding before any Governmental Authority  which could reasonably
be expected to have  a Material Adverse effect, and  include with
such  notice a copy of such citation, summons, subpoena, order to
show cause or other order, (ii) any lapse or other termination of
any license,  permit, franchise or other  authorization issued to
the Parent  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  by  any  Governmental
Authority,  (iii) any  refusal by  any Governmental  Authority to
renew or  extend any license,  permit, franchise or  other autho-
rization, and (iv) any dispute  between the Parent or any of  its
Subsidiaries  and any Governmental  Authority, which  lapse, ter-
mination, refusal or dispute,  referred to in clause (ii),  (iii)
or  (iv) above, could reasonably  be expected to  have a Material
Adverse effect;

                       (j) Promptly   upon  becoming   available,
copies of  all regular,  periodic or special  reports, schedules,
proxy statements, registration statements, 10-Ks, 10-Qs  and 8-Ks
which the Parent or  any of its Subsidiaries may now or hereafter
be required to file with or deliver to any securities exchange or
the  SEC, and copies  of all material  news releases  sent to fi-
nancial analysts;

                       (k) Prompt  written  notice  in the  event
that the Parent  or any of its Subsidiaries knows,  or has reason
to know, that (i) any Termination Event with respect to a Pension
Plan has occurred or  will occur, (ii) any condition  exists with
respect to a Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which
presents a material risk  of termination of such Pension  Plan by
the PBGC, imposition  of an excise tax on the  Parent, any of its
Subsidiaries or any  ERISA Affiliate or the  requirement that the
Parent, any of  its Subsidiaries or  any ERISA Affiliate  provide
security  to any  Pension  Plan, (iii)  the  Parent, any  of  its
Subsidiaries or any ERISA  Affiliate has applied for a  waiver of
the minimum funding standard  under Section 412 of the  Code with

                                                               93<PAGE>





respect  to  a Pension  Plan, (iv)  the  aggregate amount  of the
Unfunded Pension Liabilities under  all Pension Plans (other than
Multiemployer  Plans) has  increased to  an amount  in excess  of
$2,000,000, (v) the aggregate amount of Unrecognized Retiree Wel-
fare Liability  under all  applicable Employee Benefit  Plans has
increased  to an amount in excess of $2,000,000, (vi) the Parent,
any of its Subsidiaries  or any ERISA Affiliate has  engaged in a
Prohibited Transaction with respect to an Employee Benefit  Plan,
(vii)  the imposition  of a  tax upon  the Parent  or any  of its
Subsidiaries under Section  4980B(a) of the  Code, or (viii)  the
assessment  of a  civil  penalty under  Section  502(c) of  ERISA
against  the Parent  or  any of  its  Subsidiaries, or  (ix)  any
condition  with  respect to  a  Multiemployer  Plan exists  which
presents a risk of material liability to the Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries or would  reasonably be expected to have  a Material
Adverse effect, in each  case together with a certificate  of the
Responsible Officer setting  forth the details of  such event and
the  action which the Parent,  such Subsidiary or  such ERISA Af-
filiate proposes to  take with respect  thereto, together with  a
copy of all notices and filings with respect thereto;

                       (l) Prompt  written  notice  in the  event
that the Parent, any  of its Subsidiaries or any  ERISA Affiliate
shall receive a demand letter from the PBGC notifying the Parent,
such Subsidiary  or such  ERISA Affiliate  of any final  decision
finding liability of the  Parent, any of its Subsidiaries  or any
ERISA  Affiliate and  the date  by which  such liability  must be
paid, together with  a copy of  such letter and a  certificate of
the  Responsible  Officer  setting  forth the  action  which  the
Parent, such Subsidiary or such  ERISA Affiliate proposes to take
with respect thereto;

                       (m) Promptly   upon   the  same   becoming
available,  and  in  any event  by  the  date  such amendment  is
adopted,  a copy of any  Pension Plan amendment  that the Parent,
any  of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate proposes to adopt
which  would  require  the  posting  of  security  under  Section
401(a)(29)  of  the  Code, together  with  a  certificate  of the
Responsible Officer setting forth the reasons for the adoption of
such amendment and the  action which the Parent,  such Subsidiary
or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

                       (n) As soon  as possible and in  any event
by the 10th day  after any required installment or  other payment
under  Section 412  of the  Code owed  to a  Pension Plan  by the
Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate shall have
become due  and owing and remain  unpaid a copy of  the notice of
failure to  make required contributions  provided to the  PBGC by
the  Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate under
Section  412(n) of the Code,  together with a  certificate of the
Responsible Officer  setting forth  the action which  the Parent,
such Subsidiary or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with re-

                                                               94<PAGE>





spect thereto;

                       (o) If the termination of any Pension Plan
would result in  the imposition of any tax under  Section 4980 of
the Code, then as soon as possible, but in no event  less than 60
days  before  the due  date  of the  tax,  a  certificate of  the
Responsible  Officer setting  forth the  estimated amount  of the
tax, any reversion, and  the proposed use of the  reversion (this
Section  7.7(o) shall  apply to  a transaction  notwithstanding a
reduction  or  complete elimination  of  the tax  because  of the
operation  of  either Sections  4980(d)  or  420(a)(3)(A) of  the
Code);

                       (p) Upon  a  Responsible Officer  becoming
aware thereof, prompt written notice that a material contribution
required  to be made  to any  Foreign Pension  Plan has  not been
timely made, the failure of which would reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse effect;

                       (q) Upon  a  Responsible Officer  becoming
aware thereof,  prompt written  notice of  the occurrence  of (i)
each Default, (ii) each Event of Default, and (iii) each Material
Adverse change;

                       (r) Promptly upon  receipt thereof, copies
of  all audit  reports  relating  to the  Parent  or  any of  its
Subsidiaries submitted by the Accountants in connection with each
annual, interim or  special audit of  the books of the  Parent or
any of its Subsidiaries; and

                       (s) Promptly  upon request  therefor, such
other information and  reports regarding the  business, condition
(financial or otherwise), property or prospects of the Parent and
its Subsidiaries, as  the Administrative Agent  or any Lender  at
any time or from time to time may reasonably request.

                 H.    Inspection

                       At all reasonable  times, upon  reasonable
prior notice, permit representatives of  the Administrative Agent
or any Lender to visit the  offices of the Parent or each  of its
Subsidiaries,  to examine the  books and records  thereof and Ac-
countants'  reports  relating  thereto,  and to  make  copies  or
extracts  therefrom, to discuss the affairs of the Parent or each
of its Subsidiaries with the respective officers  thereof, and to
examine  and inspect  the Property of  the Parent or  each of its
Subsidiaries  and to meet and  discuss the affairs  of the Parent
and each of its Subsidiaries with the Accountants.

                 I.    Authorizations

                       Maintain   and   cause    each   of    its

                                                               95<PAGE>





Subsidiaries  to maintain,  in full force  and effect,  all copy-
rights, patents,  trademarks, trade names,  franchises, licenses,
permits,  applications,  reports,  and  other  authorizations and
rights, as  are necessary for  the conduct  from time to  time of
their businesses, except to the extent the failure so to maintain
such  items,   individually  or  in  the   aggregate,  could  not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect.

                 J.    Subsidiaries

                       (a) At  all  times  maintain (directly  or
indirectly),  beneficially and of record, (i) at least 51% of the
voting  control of, and at least 51%  of the equity in, Tiffany &
Co. K.K., and (ii) 100% of the voting control of, and 100% of the
equity in, each other Subsidiary Borrower.

                       (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1 or
as  may otherwise be permitted  by Sections 8.4,  8.5 and 8.6, at
all times maintain (directly  or indirectly), beneficially and of
record, 100% of the voting control of, and 100% of the equity in,
each of its other Subsidiaries.

                 K.    Leverage Ratio

                       At all  times have  a  Leverage Ratio  not
greater than 0.55:1.00.

                 L.    Interest Coverage Ratio

                       At all  times  have an  Interest  Coverage
Ratio greater than 2.50:1.00.


VIII.            NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                 The  Parent agrees  that,  so long  as any  Loan
Document   is  in   effect,  any  Loan,   Letter  of   Credit  or
reimbursement obligation (contingent or  otherwise) in respect of
any Letter of Credit remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other
amount  is owing under any Loan Document to any Lender, the Swing
Line Lender  or the Administrative  Agent, the Parent  shall not,
directly or indirectly:

                 A.    Indebtedness

                       Create, incur, assume  or suffer to  exist
any Indebtedness, or  permit any  of its Subsidiaries  so to  do,
except  any one or more  of the following  types of Indebtedness:
(a) Indebtedness  under the  Loan Documents, (b)  Indebtedness of
the  Subsidiaries of the Parent in  an aggregate principal amount
not in excess of  $25,000,000 at any one time  outstanding (i) in
respect  of capital  leases, (ii)  secured by  Liens  on Property

                                                               96<PAGE>





acquired by any  such Subsidiary after  the date hereof  provided
that such  Liens are in existence on the date of such acquisition
and were not placed on such Property in contemplation of such ac-
quisition,  and (iii)  other purchase  money Indebtedness  of the
Subsidiaries of  the Parent, provided  that, in  each case  under
this clause (b), the Lien securing such Indebtedness is permitted
by  Section 8.3, (c) Indebtedness  set forth on  Schedule 8.1 and
any  refinancings,   extensions  and     renewals   thereof,  (d)
Indebtedness  set forth on Schedule 5.7, provided that it will be
repaid in full simultaneously with the making of the Loans on the
first  Borrowing  Date,  (e)  Intercompany Debt,  (f)  other  In-
debtedness  of the  Subsidiaries of  the Parent  in an  aggregate
principal  amount  at  any one  time  outstanding  not to  exceed
$10,000,000,  provided that immediately  before and  after giving
effect  to  the  creation,   incurrence  or  assumption  of  such
Indebtedness no Default or Event of Default shall or would exist,
(g) Indebtedness of the  Parent, provided that immediately before
and after giving effect to the creation, incurrence or assumption
of  such Indebtedness  no Default  or Event  of Default  shall or
would  exist,  and (h)  Indebtedness in  the  form of  a deferred
payable of Tiffany to Mitsukoshi  Limited in the principal amount
of 2.5 billion Japanese yen.

                 B.    Interest Rate  Protection Arrangements and
Other Hedging Arrangements

                       Create,  incur, assume or  suffer to exist
any  indebtedness  under  or  in  respect  of  any  Interest Rate
Protection  Arrangement  or  any Other  Hedging  Arrangement,  or
permit  any  of its  Subsidiaries so  to  do, except  (i) foreign
currency  purchased put  options and  forward exchange  contracts
intended  to  reduce the  risk  on  foreign currency  denominated
transactions and (ii) interest rate swap agreements to modify the
interest  rate  characteristics  of up  to  $100,000,000 notional
principal amount of Indebtedness.

                 C.    Liens

                       Create,  incur, assume or  suffer to exist
any  Lien against or on  any Property now  owned or hereafter ac-
quired by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or permit any of
its  Subsidiaries  so to  do,  except  any  one  or more  of  the
following  types of Liens: (a)  Liens in connection with workers'
compensation,  unemployment insurance  or  other social  security
obligations (which  phrase  shall not  be construed  to refer  to
ERISA or the minimum funding obligations under Section 412 of the
Code), (b)  Liens to  secure the  performance  of bids,  tenders,
letters  of  credit,  contracts  (other than  contracts  for  the
payment  of Indebtedness), leases, statutory obligations, surety,
customs,  appeal,   performance  and  payment  bonds   and  other
obligations  of like  nature, in  each such  case arising  in the
ordinary   course   of  business,   (c)   mechanics',  workmen's,

                                                               97<PAGE>





carriers',  warehousemen's,  materialmen's, landlords',  or other
like  Liens  arising  in the  ordinary  course  of  business with
respect  to  obligations which  are not  due  or which  are being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted, (d) Liens for taxes, assessments, fees or governmental
charges the payment of which is not required by Section  7.2, (e)
easements, rights of  way, restrictions,   leases of Property  to
others, easements  for installations  of public  utilities, title
imperfections  and  restrictions,  zoning  ordinances  and  other
similar encumbrances affecting Property which in the aggregate do
not materially impair its  use for the operation of  the business
of the Parent or such Subsidiary, (f) Liens set forth on Schedule
8.3 and any renewal  thereof, (g) Liens under capital  leases and
Liens on  Property (including, in  the event  such Property  con-
stitutes  capital stock  of a  newly  acquired Subsidiary  of the
Parent,  Liens  on the  Property  of  such Subsidiary)  hereafter
acquired and either  existing on such Property  when acquired, or
created  contemporaneously with  such acquisition, to  secure the
payment or financing of the purchase price thereof, provided that
such Liens attach only  to the Property so purchased  or acquired
and provided further that the  Indebtedness secured by such Liens
is  permitted by Section 8.1(b), (h) Liens created under the Loan
Documents, (i)  statutory Liens in  favor of  lessors arising  in
connection with  Property leased to the Parent or any of its Sub-
sidiaries, (j) Liens of  attachments, judgments or awards against
the Parent  or any of its  Subsidiaries with respect to  which an
appeal  or proceeding for  review shall be  pending or  a stay of
execution shall have been obtained, or which are otherwise  being
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted, and in  respect of which adequate  reserves shall have
been  established in  accordance with  GAAP on  the books  of the
Parent or such Subsidiary, and (k) Intercompany Liens.

                 D.    Dispositions

                       Make any Disposition or  permit any of its
Subsidiaries so to  do, except any one or more  of the following:
(a)  Dispositions of  any  Investments  permitted under  Sections
8.7(a), (b), (c), (d) or  (e), (b) Intercompany Dispositions, (c)
Dispositions in  the ordinary  course of business  (including the
disposition  of closed stores and the  disposition of certain New
Jersey facilities  in connection  with the consolidation  of such
facilities' operations into  a new facility to be constructed and
leased in Parsippany, New Jersey),  and (d) other Dispositions of
Property having a fair market  value which, when aggregated  with
the  fair  market value  of  all other  Dispositions  of Property
(other than Dispositions described  in the preceding clauses (a),
(b)  and (c)  made on  and after  the Effective  Date, would  not
exceed  $75,000,000 on a  Consolidated basis,  provided, however,
that  immediately  before and  after  giving  effect thereto,  no
Default or Event of Default shall or would exist.


                                                               98<PAGE>





                 E.    Merger or Consolidation, Etc.

                       (a) Consolidate with, be  acquired by,  or
merge  into or with any  Person, or convey  or otherwise transfer
all or   substantially all of its Property, or  permit any of its
Subsidiaries so to do, except that:

                           (i) any of its wholly-owned Subsidiar-
ies  (other than a Borrower)  may consolidate with  or merge with
any  of its other Subsidiaries (other than a Borrower), or convey
or transfer  all or substantially  all of its Property  to any of
its  other  wholly-owned Subsidiaries  (other  than  a Borrower),
provided  that (x)  immediately  before and  after giving  effect
thereto  no Default or Event of Default  shall or would exist and
(y)  the Administrative  Agent  shall have  received 15  Business
Days' prior written notice thereof, and

                           (ii)    any   of    its   wholly-owned
Subsidiaries may  consolidate with  or merge with  any Subsidiary
Borrower,  or convey or transfer  all or substantially all of its
Property  to   any   Subsidiary  Borrower,   provided  that   (w)
immediately before and after giving effect  thereto no Default or
Event of  Default  shall  or  would exist,  (x)  such  Subsidiary
Borrower  shall be  the survivor of such consolidation or merger,
(y)  the Administrative  Agent  shall have  received 15  Business
Days'  prior  written  notice  of   such  consolidation,  merger,
conveyance or  transfer, and  (z) the Administrative  Agent shall
have received  such documents,  opinions and certificates  as the
Administrative   Agent  shall   have   reasonably  requested   in
connection therewith.

                 F.    Acquisitions

                       Make any Acquisition, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries so to do, except  any one or more of  the following:
(a)  Acquisitions of  Investments permitted  by Section  8.7, (b)
Intercompany  Acquisitions  permitted  by  Section  8.5,  and (c)
Acquisitions by the Parent  or any of its Subsidiaries,  provided
that  (i) immediately before and after giving effect to each such
Acquisition  no Default or Event of Default shall or would exist,
(ii) immediately  after giving  effect to each  such Acquisition,
all  of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4
shall be  true and correct as  if then made except  to the extent
that any  representation or warranty under  Section 4.1 expressly
relates to an earlier date, and (iii) the aggregate consideration
paid for all such Acquisitions shall not exceed $50,000,000.

                 G.    Investments

                       Any  time  hold,  purchase, invest  in  or
otherwise acquire any derivative  product or any interest therein
or  any  debt security or Stock  of, or any other equity interest

                                                               99<PAGE>





in, any Person, or make any loan or advance to, or enter into any
arrangement for  the purpose of providing funds or credit to,  or
make any other investment, whether by way of capital contribution
or  otherwise, in any Person (all of which are sometimes referred
to herein as "Investments"), or permit any of its Subsidiaries so
to do,  except any one or more of the following Investments:  (a)
Investments in short-term direct obligations of the United States
of America  (and not the agencies  or instrumentalities thereof),
(b)  Investments in  short-term  debt securities  of any  issuer,
provided  that  the principal  thereof  and  interest thereon  is
unconditionally guaranteed  by the United States  of America (and
not the agencies  or instrumentalities thereof), (c)  Investments
in short-term certificates of deposit, in  Dollars, of any Lender
or  any other depository institution chartered  under the laws of
the United States of America or any State thereof the deposits of
which are  insured by  the Federal Deposit  Insurance Corporation
and  which has  capital and  undivided surplus  of not  less than
$500,000,000, (d)  Investments in commercial paper  having a com-
mercial paper rating of not lower than (i) A-1 by S&P, or (ii) P-
1 by Moody's, (e) Investments existing on the date hereof and set
forth on Schedule 8.7, (f)  Investments in Intercompany Debt, (g)
Investments in the  Parent or  any Subsidiary or  any Person  who
immediately thereafter becomes a Subsidiary, (h) Investments from
the  net cash proceeds  received from the  issuance of additional
shares of the Parent's  capital stock, (i) Acquisitions permitted
by  Section 8.6,  (j) Investments  in short-term  certificates of
deposit  or  similar  instruments,  in any  Currency  other  than
Dollars, of any bank  which has capital and undivided  surplus of
not  less   than  the  equivalent  of   $1,000,000,000,  and  (k)
additional  Investments  in  an  aggregate  amount  not exceeding
$5,000,000 or the equivalent thereof.

                 H.    Restricted Payments

                       Make any Restricted  Payment or permit any
of  its Subsidiaries  so to  do, except  any one  or more  of the
following  Restricted  Payments:  (a)  any  direct  or   indirect
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent may make dividends or other
distributions  to the Parent or  to any other  direct or indirect
wholly-owned Subsidiary of  the Parent,  and (b)  the Parent  may
make regular periodic dividends at a rate which  is substantially
consistent  with past practice,  provided that immediately before
and after giving effect  thereto, no Default or Event  of Default
shall or would exist.

                 I.    Limitation on Upstream  Dividends by  Sub-
                       sidiaries

                       Permit,  cause or suffer  to exist, any of
its  Subsidiaries  to enter  into or  agree,  or otherwise  be or
become subject,  to any agreement, contract  or other arrangement
(other than this Agreement) with any Person pursuant to the terms

                                                              100<PAGE>





of which  (a) such  Subsidiary is or  would be  prohibited   from
declaring or  paying any cash dividends on any class of its stock
owned directly or indirectly  by the Parent or  any of its  other
Subsidiaries or from making any other  distribution on account of
any  class of  any such  stock (herein  referred to  as "Upstream
Dividends"),  or (b) the declaration or payment of Upstream Divi-
dends  by a  Subsidiary of  the Parent to  the Parent  or another
Subsidiary of the Parent, on an annual or cumulative basis, is or
would be otherwise limited or restricted.

                 J.    Transactions with Affiliates

                       Become,  or permit any of its Subsidiaries
to become, a party to any material transaction with any Affiliate
of the Parent  on a basis less favorable in  any material respect
than  if such  transaction  were not  with  an Affiliate  of  the
Parent.

IX.              DEFAULT

                 A.    Events of Default

                       The  following  shall  each constitute  an
"Event of Default" hereunder:

                       (a) The  failure of  any Borrower  to make
any principal payment on any Loan or any reimbursement payment in
respect of any Letter of Credit when due and payable; or

                       (b) The  failure of  any Borrower  to make
payment of any installment of interest on any Loan or  any fee or
other amount payable under or in respect  of any Loan Document on
the date when  due and  payable and such  default shall  continue
unremedied for a  period of  three Business Days  after the  same
shall have become due; or

                       (c) The  failure  of  the  Parent  or  any
Borrower  to  observe  or   perform  any  covenant  or  agreement
contained in Section 2.18, 7.1(a), 7.11 or 7.12, or in Section 8;
or

                       (d) The  failure  of  the  Parent  or  any
Borrower to observe  or perform any  other covenant or  agreement
contained  in  this  Agreement,   and  such  failure  shall  have
continued  unremedied  for  a  period   of  30  days  after   any
Responsible Officer shall have become aware of such failure; or

                       (e) Any representation or warranty  of any
Credit Party  (or of any of  its officers on its  behalf) made in
any  Loan Document or in any  certificate, report, opinion (other
than an opinion  of counsel)  or other document  delivered on  or
after the date hereof pursuant to any Loan Document, shall in any

                                                              101<PAGE>





such  case prove to have  been incorrect or  misleading  (whether
because of misstatement or omission) in any material respect when
made; or

                       (f) (i)    Liabilities     and/or    other
obligations in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 of the
Parent  or any of its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis (other
than the obligations hereunder and Intercompany Debt), whether as
principal, guarantor, surety or other obligor, for the payment or
purchase  of any Indebtedness, (A)  shall become or  shall be de-
clared  to be  due and  payable prior  to the  expressed maturity
thereof  (unless  such acceleration  shall  have  thereafter been
unconditionally rescinded or annulled prior to  the time that the
Aggregate Commitment has been terminated or the Loans have become
or been  declared due and payable), or (B) shall not be paid when
due  or within  any  grace period  for  the payment  or  purchase
thereof,  or (ii) any holder  of any such  obligations shall have
the right to declare the  Indebtedness evidenced thereby due  and
payable or to require the purchase of the Indebtedness  evidenced
thereby  prior to  its stated  maturity (unless such  right shall
thereafter  have been  unconditionally waived  prior to  the time
such holder shall have declared such Indebtedness due and payable
or required the purchase of such Indebtedness); or

                       (g) The  Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
shall (i) suspend or discontinue its business (except as may oth-
erwise be expressly permitted herein), or (ii) make an assignment
for  the benefit of creditors,  or (iii) generally  not be paying
its debts as such debts become  due, or (iv) admit in writing its
inability to  pay its debts  as they  become due, or  (v) file  a
voluntary  petition  in  bankruptcy,  or  (vi)  become  insolvent
(however  such insolvency shall be evidenced),  or (vii) file any
petition  or  answer  seeking  for   itself  any  reorganization,
arrangement,  composition, readjustment  of debt,  liquidation or
dissolution  or  similar  relief  under  any  present  or  future
statute,  law or regulation  of any  jurisdiction, or  (viii) pe-
tition  or apply to any  tribunal for any  receiver, custodian or
any trustee for any substantial part of its  Property, or (ix) be
the subject of any such proceeding filed against it which remains
undismissed for  a period  of 45  days,  or (x)  file any  answer
admitting or not contesting the material allegations of  any such
petition  filed against it, or  of any order,  judgment or decree
approving such petition in any such proceeding, or (xi) seek, ap-
prove, consent to, or acquiesce in any such proceeding, or in the
appointment of  any trustee, receiver, custodian,  liquidator, or
fiscal agent  for it, or any substantial part of its Property, or
an  order  is  entered  appointing any  such  trustee,  receiver,
custodian,  liquidator or  fiscal  agent and  such order  remains
unstayed and in effect for 45 days; or

                       (h) An  order for relief  is entered under
the  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  laws  of  any  jurisdiction  and

                                                              102<PAGE>





continues  unstayed  and in effect  for a period  of 60 days  (i)
adjudging  the Parent or any  of its Subsidiaries  as bankrupt or
insolvent, or (ii) approving as properly filed a petition seeking
reorganization,  liquidation,  arrangement, adjustment  or compo-
sition of, or in respect of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
under the bankruptcy  or insolvency laws of any  jurisdiction, or
(iii)  appointing  a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,
custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Parent
or any  of its  Subsidiaries or  of any  substantial part  of the
Property  of  any thereof,  or (iv)  ordering  the winding  up or
liquidation   of  the  affairs  of  the  Parent  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries and any such decree  or order continues unstayed and
in effect for a period of 60 days; or

                       (i) Judgments or decrees  in an  aggregate
amount in excess  of $5,000,000 on  a Consolidated basis  against
the  Parent  or any  of its  Subsidiaries  (except to  the extent
covered by  insurance, provided  that  each applicable  insurance
company has expressly assumed  responsibility with respect to the
applicable  underlying claim)  shall remain  unpaid,  unstayed on
appeal, undischarged, unbonded or undismissed  for a period of 30
days; or

                       (j) A Change of Control shall occur; or

                       (k) Any license, franchise, permit, right,
approval or agreement of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to
own or operate any Operating Entity owned or operated by the Par-
ent or  such Subsidiary is  not renewed, or  is suspended or  re-
voked,  and  the non-renewal,  suspension  or  revocation is  ir-
revocable and not subject to appeal or challenge and would have a
Material Adverse effect; or

                       (l) (i) any Termination Event  shall occur
with  respect to  any Pension  Plan (other  than a  Multiemployer
Plan);  (ii)  any Accumulated  Funding  Deficiency  in excess  of
$2,000,000, whether or  not waived, shall  exist with respect  to
any  Pension Plan  (other than  a Multiemployer Plan);  (iii) any
Person shall  engage in any Prohibited  Transaction involving any
Employee Benefit Plan which would have a Material Adverse effect;
(iv) the Parent, any  of its Subsidiaries or any  ERISA Affiliate
shall  fail to pay when  due an amount which is  payable by it to
the  PBGC or to a  Pension Plan (including  a Multiemployer Plan)
under  Title  IV  of ERISA  and  such  non-payment  would have  a
Material Adverse  effect;  (v) the  imposition of  any tax  under
Section  4980(B)(a) of the Code;  (vi) the assessment  of a civil
penalty with respect to  any Employee Benefit Plan under  Section
502(c) of ERISA; (vii)  any other event or condition  shall occur
or exist with  respect to  an Employee Benefit  Plan which  would
have a Material Adverse effect; (viii) a contribution required to
be made  to a Foreign Pension Plan has not been timely made which
would have a  Material Adverse effect; or (ix) the  Parent or any

                                                              103<PAGE>





of  its   Subsidiaries  has  incurred  or  is   likely  to  incur
liabilities pursuant to one  or more Foreign Pension Plans  which
would have a Material Adverse effect; or

                       (m)  (i) Any Loan  Document shall cease to
be in  full force and effect, or an "Event of Default" shall have
occurred  under, and as such term is defined therein, or (ii) the
failure  of any Credit Party to observe or perform any obligation
on its part to be observed  or performed under any Loan Document,
and  such failure shall have continued unremedied for a period of
30  days after any Responsible Officer shall have become aware of
such failure, or any Credit Party shall disavow in writing any of
its obligations thereunder.

                       Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
or  at any time thereafter during the continuance thereof, (a) if
such event is an Event of  Default specified in clause (g) or (h)
above, the Aggregate Commitments,  the Swing Line Commitment, the
Individual  Currency Commitments  and the  Letter of  Credit Com-
mitment  shall immediately  and automatically  terminate  and the
Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, any reimbursement
obligations  owing  or  contingently  owing  in  respect  of  all
outstanding  Letters of Credit and all  other amounts owing under
the  Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and
the  Parent and the applicable  Letter of Credit Applicants shall
forthwith deposit an  amount equal  to the Letter  of Credit  Ex-
posure  in a cash collateral account with and under the exclusive
control of the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent
may,  and, upon  the  direction of  the  Required Lenders  shall,
exercise  any and all remedies  and other rights  provided in the
Loan  Documents, and  (b) if  such event  is any  other Event  of
Default, any or  all of the following  actions may be taken:  (i)
with  the consent  of  the Required  Lenders, the  Administrative
Agent  may, and upon the direction of the Required Lenders shall,
by notice to the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers), declare the
Aggregate Commitments, the Swing  Line Commitment, the Individual
Currency Commitments and  the Letter of  Credit Commitment to  be
terminated  forthwith, whereupon  the Aggregate  Commitments, the
Swing  Line Commitment,  the Individual Currency  Commitments and
the Letter of Credit  Commitment shall immediately terminate, and
(ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative
Agent  may, and upon the direction of the Required Lenders shall,
by notice of default to the Parent  (on behalf of all Borrowers),
declare the Loans,  all accrued and unpaid  interest thereon, any
reimbursement obligations owing or  contingently owing in respect
of  all outstanding Letters of Credit and all other amounts owing
under  the Loan  Documents  to   be  due and  payable  forthwith,
whereupon the same shall immediately  become due and payable, and
the Parent and the  applicable Letter of Credit  Applicants shall
forthwith deposit an  amount equal  to the Letter  of Credit  Ex-
posure  in a cash collateral account with and under the exclusive
control of the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent

                                                              104<PAGE>





may,  and upon  the  direction  of  the Required  Lenders  shall,
exercise any  and all remedies and other rights provided pursuant
to  the Loan  Documents.   Except as  otherwise provided  in this
Section, presentment,  demand, protest  and all other  notices of
any kind are hereby expressly waived.

                       In   the   event   that    the   Aggregate
Commitments, the  Swing Line Commitment, the  Individual Currency
Commitments and the Letter of  Credit Commitment shall have  been
terminated  or the Loans shall have been declared due and payable
pursuant to the provisions of this Section, any funds received by
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders from or on behalf of any
Borrower shall be  applied by  the Administrative  Agent and  the
Lenders  in liquidation of the  Loans and the  obligations of the
Credit Parties under  the Loan Documents in the  following manner
and order: (i) first, to the payment of interest on, and then the
principal portion  of, any  Loans which the  Administrative Agent
may  have advanced on behalf  of any Lender  for which the Admin-
istrative  Agent has not then  been reimbursed by  such Lender or
the Credit Parties; (ii)  second, to the payment of  any expenses
due  the  Administrative Agent  from  the  Credit Parties,  (iii)
third, to reimburse the Administrative Agent  and the Lenders for
any  expenses (to  the extent  not paid  pursuant to  clause (ii)
above  due  from the  Parent and  the  Borrowers pursuant  to the
provisions of  Section  11.5;  (iv) fourth,  to  the  payment  of
accrued Facility Fees, Letter of Credit Commissions and all other
fees,  expenses and amounts  due under or in  respect of the Loan
Documents  (other than  principal and interest  on the  Loans and
reimbursement obligations  and interest  thereon with  respect to
the Letters of Credit); (v) fifth, to the payment of interest due
on the Loans and due on reimbursement obligations with respect to
the  Letters of Credit; (vi)  sixth, to the  payment of principal
outstanding  on  the  Loans  and reimbursement  obligations  with
respect to the Letters of Credit; and (vii) seventh, to the  pay-
ment of any other  amounts owing to the Administrative  Agent and
the Lenders under the Loan Documents.


X.               THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

                 A. Appointment

                       Each Lender  hereby irrevocably designates
and appoints BNY as the Administrative Agent of such Lender under
the  Loan  Documents  and  each such  Lender  hereby  irrevocably
authorizes BNY,  as the Administrative Agent for  such Lender, to
take  such action on its behalf under  the provisions of the Loan
Documents  and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as
are expressly delegated to the Administrative  Agent by the terms
of the Loan  Documents, together  with such other  powers as  are
reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision  to
the contrary elsewhere  in this Agreement  or any Loan  Document,

                                                              105<PAGE>





the  Administrative Agent  shall not have  any duties  or respon-
sibilities  other  than  those  expressly  set  forth  herein  or
therein, or any fiduciary relationship with the Issuing Bank, the
Swing  Line Lender or any Lender, and no implied covenants, func-
tions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall
be  read into the Loan  Documents or otherwise  exist against the
Administrative Agent.

                 B. Delegation of Duties

                       The Administrative Agent  may execute  any
of its duties under  the Loan Documents  by or through agents  or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be  entitled to rely upon  the advice
of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.

                 C. Exculpatory Provisions

                       Neither the Administrative  Agent nor  any
of  its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact
or affiliates shall be  (i) liable for any action  lawfully taken
or omitted to  be taken  by it or  such Person  under or in  con-
nection with the Loan  Documents (except the Administrative Agent
for  its own  gross  negligence or  willful misconduct),  or (ii)
responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals,
statements,  representations  or warranties  made  by the  Credit
Parties  or any officers of  the Credit Parties  contained in the
Loan Documents or in any certificate, report,  statement or other
document  referred  to or  provided for  in,  or received  by the
Administrative  Agent  under  or  in connection  with,  the  Loan
Documents or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
perfection,  enforceability or  sufficiency  of any  of the  Loan
Documents or for any failure of  the Credit Parties  or any other
Person to perform  its obligations hereunder or thereunder.   The
Administrative Agent  shall not  be under  any obligation to  any
Lender to  ascertain or to inquire  as to the  observance or per-
formance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of,
the  Loan Documents,  or  to  inspect  the properties,  books  or
records of  the Credit Parties.   The Administrative  Agent shall
not  be  under any  liability  or  responsibility whatsoever,  as
Administrative Agent, to the  Credit Parties or any  other Person
as a consequence of any failure  or delay in performance, or  any
breach, by  any Lender of any  of its obligations under  the Loan
Documents.

                 D. Reliance by Administrative Agent

                       The Administrative Agent shall be entitled
to rely, and shall be fully  protected in relying, upon any writ-
ing,   resolution,   notice,  consent,   certificate,  affidavit,
opinion,  letter, cablegram,  telegram,  fax,  telex or  teletype
message,  statement,  order  or  other  document  or conversation
believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed,

                                                              106<PAGE>





sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and  upon advice and
statements of  legal counsel  (including counsel  to  any of  the
Credit Parties),  independent accountants  and other  experts se-
lected by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may
treat  each Lender, or the  Person designated in  the last notice
filed  with it under  this Section, as  the holder of  all of the
interests of such  Lender in  its Loans until  written notice  of
transfer,  signed by such Lender (or the Person designated in the
last notice  filed  with the  Administrative  Agent) and  by  the
Person designated in such written notice of transfer, in form and
substance  satisfactory to  the Administrative Agent,  shall have
been  filed with  the Administrative  Agent.   The Administrative
Agent shall not  be under any  duty to examine  or pass upon  the
validity, effectiveness, enforceability,  perfection or  genuine-
ness of any of the Loan  Documents or any instrument, document or
communication  furnished   pursuant  hereto  or   thereto  or  in
connection herewith  or therewith,  and the  Administrative Agent
shall  be entitled to assume  that the same  are valid, effective
and genuine, have been signed or  sent by the proper parties  and
are what they  purport to be.  The Administrative  Agent shall be
fully justified in failing  or refusing to take any  action under
the Loan Documents unless  it shall first receive such  advice or
concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate.  The
Administrative Agent  shall in  all cases be  fully protected  in
acting, or in refraining from acting, under the Loan Documents in
accordance with a  request or direction of  the Required Lenders,
and such request or direction and any action  taken or failure to
act  pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Issuing Bank, the
Swing Line Lender and  all of the Lenders and  all future holders
of  the  Indebtedness  of  the  Credit  Parties  under  the  Loan
Documents.

                 E. Notice of Default

                       The  Administrative  Agent  shall  not  be
deemed  to  have knowledge  or notice  of  the occurrence  of any
Default or  Event of Default unless the  Administrative Agent has
received written  notice thereof from the Issuing Bank, the Swing
Line Lender, any  Lender, or any  Credit Parties.   In the  event
that    the  Administrative Agent  receives  such  a notice,  the
Administrative Agent  shall promptly  give notice thereof  to the
Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders. The Adminis-
trative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default
or Event of Default as shall be directed by the Required Lenders,
provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent
shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may
(but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from
taking  such action,  with respect  to such  Default or  Event of
Default  as it  shall deem  to be  in the  best interests  of the
Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders.

                 F. Non-Reliance

                                                              107<PAGE>





                       The  Issuing Bank,  the Swing  Line Lender
and  each   Lender  expressly  acknowledges   that  neither   the
Administrative  Agent nor  any  of its  respective officers,  di-
rectors, employees, agents,  attorneys-in-fact or affiliates  has
made any representations or warranties  to it and that no act  by
the Administrative Agent hereinafter, including any review of the
affairs  of the Credit Parties, shall be deemed to constitute any
representation  or warranty  by the  Administrative Agent  to the
Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line Lender or any Lender.   The Issuing
Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each Lender represents to the Ad-
ministrative  Agent that  it has,  independently and  without re-
liance upon  the Administrative  Agent or  any other  Lender, and
based  on such  documents and  information as  it has  deemed ap-
propriate, made its own evaluation of and investigation  into the
business, operations, Property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the  Credit Parties and made its own decision
to enter  into this Agreement.  The  Issuing Bank, the Swing Line
Lender   and  each   Lender   also  represents   that  it   will,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent,
the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line  Lender or any other Lender, and
based  on such  documents and  information as  it shall  deem ap-
propriate  at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis,
evaluations and  decisions in taking  or not taking  action under
the  Loan Documents, and to  make such investigation  as it deems
necessary to inform  itself as to the business, operations, Prop-
erty, financial  and other condition and  creditworthiness of the
Credit Parties.  Except for notices, reports  and other documents
expressly required to be furnished to the Issuing Bank, the Swing
Line Lender and the Lenders by the Administrative Agent under the
Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent  shall not have any duty
or responsibility to  provide the  Issuing Bank,  the Swing  Line
Lender  or any Lender with  any credit or  other information con-
cerning the business,  operations, Property, financial and  other
condition  or creditworthiness  of the  Credit Parties  which may
come into the possession of  the Administrative Agent  or  any of
its officers, directors, employees, agents,  attorneys-in-fact or
affiliates.

                 G. Indemnification

                       Each  Lender  agrees   to  indemnify   and
reimburse  the Administrative Agent  in its capacity  as such (to
the  extent not  promptly reimbursed  by the  Credit  Parties and
without  limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so),
pro  rata  according  to  (i)  at  any  time  when  no  Loans are
outstanding, its Commitment Percentage, or if no Commitments then
exist,  its Commitment  Percentage  on  the  last  day  on  which
Commitments  did exist,  and  (ii) at  any  time when  Loans  are
outstanding  (x) if  the Commitments  then exist,  its Commitment
Percentage  or (y)  if  the Commitments  have been  terminated or
otherwise no longer  exist, the percentage equal to  the fraction
(A) the numerator  of which is the Credit Exposure of such Lender

                                                              108<PAGE>





and  (B)  the  denominator  of  which  is  the  Aggregate  Credit
Exposure, from and against  any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages,  penalties,  actions, judgments,  suits,  costs,
expenses or  disbursements of  any kind whatsoever  including any
amounts paid to the Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) by
the Credit Parties pursuant  to the terms of the  Loan Documents,
that are subsequently  rescinded or avoided, or must otherwise be
restored or returned)  which may  at any time  (including at  any
time following  the  payment of  the Loans  or the  reimbursement
obligations hereunder  with respect to the Letters  of Credit) be
imposed on,  incurred by  or asserted against  the Administrative
Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents
or any other documents  contemplated by or referred to  herein or
the  transactions contemplated  hereby or  thereby or  any action
taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrative Agent under or
in  connection with  the  foregoing; provided,  however, that  no
Lender shall be  liable for the  payment of any  portion of  such
liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages,  penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses  or disbursements to the extent
resulting from the finally  adjudicated gross negligence or will-
ful misconduct  of the Administrative Agent.   Without limitation
of   the  foregoing,   each  Lender   agrees  to   reimburse  the
Administrative Agent promptly upon demand for its pro  rata share
(calculated as set forth  in the first sentence of  this Section)
of  any unpaid costs and  expenses (including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel) payable by  the Credit Parties under Section
11.5,  to the extent that  the Administrative Agent  has not been
reimbursed  for such  costs and expenses  by the  Credit Parties.
The failure of any  Lender to reimburse the Administrative  Agent
promptly upon demand for its pro rata share (as so calculated) of
any amount required to be paid  by the Lenders to the Administra-
tive  Agent as  provided in  this Section  shall not  relieve any
other Lender  of its  obligation hereunder to  reimburse the  Ad-
ministrative Agent for its  pro rata share (as so  calculated) of
such   amount, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure
of  any other Lender  to reimburse  the Administrative  Agent for
such other Lender's  pro rata  share (as so  calculated) of  such
amount.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment
of all amounts payable under the Loan Documents.

                 H.  Administrative  Agent   in  Its   Individual
Capacity

                       BNY and its affiliates may make loans  to,
accept deposits from, issue letters of credit for the account of,
and generally engage  in any  kind of business  with, the  Credit
Parties  or  any of the Subsidiaries of the  Parent as though BNY
were not  the Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line Lender or  the Admin-
istrative Agent hereunder.   With respect to the  Commitment, the
Swing Line Commitment, the Individual Currency Commitment and the
Letter of Credit Commitment of BNY and the Loans made by BNY, and
the  Letters of  Credit issued  by BNY,  BNY shall have  the same

                                                              109<PAGE>





rights and powers under the Loan Documents as any Lender and  may
exercise  the same  as though it  were not the  Issuing Bank, the
Swing  Line Lender  or the  Administrative Agent,  and the  terms
"Lender" and "Lenders" shall in each case include BNY.

                 I. Successor Administrative Agent

                       If  at any  time the  Administrative Agent
deems it advisable, in its sole discretion, it may submit to each
of the Issuing  Bank, the  Swing Line  Lender and  each Lender  a
written notice  of its resignation as  Administrative Agent under
the Loan  Documents, such  resignation to  be effective  upon the
written  acceptance of  the  duties of  the Administrative  Agent
under  the Loan  Documents  by a  successor Administrative  Agent
appointed by the Required Lenders,  provided, however, that if no
such  appointment  is made  and given  within  30 days  after the
delivery of such notice  of resignation, the Administrative Agent
shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.
A successor Administrative Agent shall be a commercial bank orga-
nized under the laws of the United States of America or any State
thereof  and having  a combined  capital, surplus,  and undivided
profits of at least $500,000,000 and, provided that no Default or
Event of Default shall exist, shall be reasonably satisfactory to
the  Parent.   Upon  the acceptance  of  any appointment  as  Ad-
ministrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent,
such successor Administrative  Agent shall  thereupon succeed  to
and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and du-
ties  of  the retiring  Administrative  Agent,  and the  retiring
Administrative Agent's  rights, powers, privileges and  duties as
Administrative  Agent under  the Loan  Documents shall  be termi-
nated.   The  Credit Parties,  the Issuing  Bank, the  Swing Line
Lender and the Lenders  shall execute such documents as  shall be
necessary  to  effect  such  appointment.    After  any  retiring
Administrative Agent's resignation  as Administrative Agent,  the
provisions of the Loan Documents shall inure to its benefit as to
any  actions taken  or omitted  to be  taken by  it while  it was
Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents. 


XI.              OTHER PROVISIONS

                 A. Amendments and Waivers

                       (a)  With  the   written  consent  of  the
Required Lenders,  the Administrative  Agent, the Parent  and the
other appropriate Credit  Parties may, from  time to time,  enter
into written  amendments, supplements or modifications  of any of
the Loan Documents and, with the consent of the Required Lenders,
the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Issuing Bank, the Swing
Line Lender  and the Lenders may execute  and deliver to any such
parties a written instrument  waiving or granting a consent  to a
departure   from,   on  such   terms   and   conditions  as   the

                                                              110<PAGE>





Administrative Agent  may specify in such instrument,  any of the
requirements of any of the Loan Documents or any Default or Event
of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that:

                       (i)    no   such  amendment,   supplement,
modification, waiver  or consent  shall increase or  decrease the
Commitment of any Lender  without the consent of such  Lender, or
increase or  decrease any  Individual Currency Commitment  of any
Lender without the consent of such Lender;

                       (ii)   without the  consent of all  of the
Lenders, (A) extend the  Maturity Date, (B) decrease the  rate or
extend the time of payment of interest of, or extend  the time of
payment or forgive  the principal  amount of, or  change the  pro
rata  allocation of  payments  under, any  Loan or  reimbursement
obligation  with respect to any Letter of Credit, (C) decrease or
extend the  time of  payment  of the  Facility Fee  or Letter  of
Credit Commissions,  (D) change the provisions  of Sections 2.14,
11.1 or  11.7(a), (E) change the definition  of Required Lenders,
(F) change  the definition of  Core Currencies  so as to  add any
additional currency as a Core Currency, (G) release the Guaranty,
(H)  change the several nature of the obligations  of the Lenders
under  the   Loan  Documents,  or  (I)   increase  the  Aggregate
Commitments to an amount in excess of $160,000,000;

                       (iii) without  the written consent  of the
Issuing  Bank,  no  such amendment,  supplement,  modification or
waiver shall  change the Letter of Credit  Commitment, change the
amount or  the time of  payment of the  Letter of Credit  Commis-
sions, or change any other term or provision which relates to the
Letter of Credit Commitment or the Letters of Credit;

                       (iv)  without  the written consent of  the
Swing Line Lender, no such amendment, supplement, modification or
waiver shall change the Swing  Line Commitment, change the amount
or  the  time of  payment of  the  Swing Line  Loans  or interest
thereon  or change any other  term or provision  which relates to
the Swing Line Commitment or the Swing Line Loans; and

                       (v)  without  the written  consent of  the
Administrative Agent, no such amendment, supplement, modification
or waiver shall amend,  modify or waive any provision  of Section
10 or otherwise  change any of the  rights or obligations of  the
Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents.

                       (b) Notwithstanding   anything   to    the
contrary contained herein,  the Parent  may at any  time or  from
time to time, at the Parent's  sole cost and expense, request any
Lender to increase its  Commitment, or any other  bank, insurance
company, pension fund, mutual fund or other financial institution
(each  a  "Proposed Lender";  each  such  Proposed  Lender to  be
reasonably satisfactory to  the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing

                                                              111<PAGE>





Bank)  to provide a new Commitment, by submitting a supplement to
this Agreement to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the
Swing Line Lender and  the Credit Parties.  If such supplement is
in all respects satisfactory to it, the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing  Bank, the  Swing  Line Lender,  the  Parent, each  other
Credit Party and such Lender or Proposed Lender, as the  case may
be,  shall each execute a copy thereof and deliver a copy thereof
to the Administrative Agent,  the Parent and such Lender  or such
Proposed Lender, as the case may be.  Upon execution and delivery
of such supplement, (i) in the case of such Lender, the amount of
such  Lender's Commitment  shall be  increased to the  amount set
forth  in  such supplement,  (ii) in  the  case of  such Proposed
Lender,  such  Proposed Lender  shall become  a party  hereto and
shall  for  all purposes  of this  Agreement  and the  other Loan
Documents be deemed a "Lender" with  a Commitment and one or more
Individual  Currency Commitments  in  the respective  amounts set
forth  in such supplement and (iii) in each case, the Commitments
and the Commitment Percentages set  forth in Exhibit A-1 and  the
Individual Commitments set forth in Exhibit A-2 shall be adjusted
accordingly by the Administrative Agent and a new Exhibit A-1 and
a  new Exhibit A-2  shall  be distributed  by the  Administrative
Agent to the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers) and each Lender;
provided, however, that:

                       (x) immediately   after   giving    effect
thereto, the Aggregate Commitments shall not exceed $160,000,000;
and

                       (y) notwithstanding   anything    to   the
contrary contained  in Section 11.7, if  immediately after giving
effect  to  the  events   described  in  Sections  11.1(b)(i)  or
11.1(b)(ii), as  the case may be,  Revolving Loans shall or would
be  outstanding, then such Lender or such Proposed Lender, as the
case  may be, shall enter into a master assignment and acceptance
agreement  with  the other  Lenders  in  all respects  reasonably
satisfactory to the other Lenders,  pursuant to which each  other
Lender shall sell, assign, transfer and negotiate to it a portion
of its  Revolving Loans necessary  to reflect the  Commitments as
adjusted in accordance with Section 11.1(b)(iii).

                       (c)   Any   such  amendment,   supplement,
modification or  waiver pursuant  to this Section  11.1 shall  be
binding upon the parties to the applicable agreement, all present
and future Lenders and the Administrative Agent.  In  the case of
any  waiver, the parties to the Loan Documents, the Issuing Bank,
the Swing  Line Lender, the Lenders and  the Administrative Agent
shall be  restored to their former position and rights thereunder
to the  extent provided for  in such  waiver, and any  Default or
Event of Default  waived shall  not extend to  any subsequent  or
other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent
thereon.   The Loan Documents may not be amended orally or by any
course of conduct.

                                                              112<PAGE>





                       (d) If  any  assignment  made pursuant  to
subsection  (b)(y) above shall be made to any Proposed Lender and
such Proposed Lender is  not a U.S. Person, such  Proposed Lender
shall furnish  such certificates, documents or  other evidence to
the  Parent, the  Borrowers, the  Lenders and  the Administrative
Agent as shall be required by Section 2.13(e) or 2.13(f).

                 B. Notices

                       All notices and other communications under
the Loan  Documents shall be  given to the parties  hereto at the
following addresses:

                       (i) if to the Parent or a Borrower, at its
Address for Notices set forth on Exhibit S or as set forth on the
applicable Borrower Addendum;

                       (ii)     if to any Lender, at  its Address
for Notices set forth on Exhibit R;

                       (iii)  if to the  Administrative Agent, at
its Address for Notices set forth on Exhibit Q;

                       (iv) if  to the Swing Line  Lender, at its
Address for Notices set forth on Exhibit R;

                       (v) if to the Issuing Bank, at its Address
for Notices set forth on Exhibit R;

 or in any of the foregoing cases at such other address and/or to
such other Person  as a  party hereto may  hereafter specify  for
that purpose by written  notice to the Parent, the  Borrowers and
the Administrative Agent.   Such notices and other communications
will be effective only if and when given in writing, and shall be
deemed  to have  been given three  (3) days after  deposit in the
mail,  designated as  certified mail,  return receipt  requested,
postage-prepaid, at  the applicable address  specified above,  or
when delivered at the applicable address specified above, or when
sent by  telecopy addressed to the party  to which such notice is
directed at its address determined as  provided above and receipt
is  confirmed, except that any  notice, request or  demand by the
Parent or any Borrower  to or upon the Administrative  Agent, the
Swing  Line Lender, the Issuing  Bank or the  Lenders pursuant to
Sections 2.3,  2.6, 2.9, 2.10,  2.11, 2.12 or  2.19 shall  not be
effective until received.  Any party to a Loan Document may  rely
on signatures of the parties thereto which are transmitted by fax
or other electronic means as fully as if originally signed.

                 C. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

                       No  failure to  exercise  and no  delay in
exercising, on the  part of the  Administrative Agent, the  Swing

                                                              113<PAGE>





Line Lender, the Issuing  Bank or any Lender, any  right, remedy,
power  or privilege under the  Loan Documents shall  operate as a
waiver thereof; nor shall  any single or partial exercise  of any
right,  remedy,  power  or  privilege under  the  Loan  Documents
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of
any other  right,  remedy,  power  or  privilege.    The  rights,
remedies,  powers and  privileges  under the  Loan Documents  are
cumulative and not exclusive of  any rights, remedies, powers and
privileges provided by law.

                 D. Survival of Representations and Warranties

                       All  representations  and warranties  made
under  the Loan  Documents  and in  any document,  certificate or
statement delivered  pursuant thereto or in  connection therewith
shall survive the execution and delivery thereof.

                 E. Payment of Expenses and Taxes

                       The  Parent  and  each  Borrower  (to  the
extent of such other Borrower's Proportionate Share of the amount
at  issue)  severally agrees,  promptly  upon  presentation of  a
statement or invoice therefor,  and whether any Loan is  made, or
any Letter  of Credit  is  issued (i)  to  pay or  reimburse  the
Administrative  Agent  for  all  of  the  Administrative  Agent's
out-of-pocket  costs  and expenses  reasonably  incurred  in con-
nection  with  the preparation  of the  Loan  Documents and   any
amendment,  supplement or modification  (whether or not executed)
to the  Loan   Documents, any  documents  prepared in  connection
therewith and  the consummation of  the transactions contemplated
thereby,  including  the  reasonable fees  and  disbursements  of
Special  Counsel, (ii)  to  pay or  reimburse the  Administrative
Agent,  the Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line Lender  and the Lenders
for all of their respective costs and expenses, including reason-
able fees  and disbursements  of counsel, incurred  in connection
with  (A) any Default or Event of  Default and any enforcement or
collection proceedings resulting therefrom or in connection  with
the negotiation of any  restructuring or "work-out" (whether con-
summated  or  not)  of the  obligations  of  the  Parent and  the
Borrowers under the  Loan Documents  and (B)  the enforcement  of
this  Section, (iii) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the
Swing  Line Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent
harmless  from and against, any and all recording and filing fees
and  any and all liabilities  with respect to,  or resulting from
any  delay in paying, stamp,  excise and other  similar taxes, if
any,  which may  be  payable  or  determined  to  be  payable  in
connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation of
any  of  the  transactions  contemplated by,  or  any  amendment,
supplement  or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or
in respect of, the  Loan Documents and any such  other documents,
and (iv) to pay,  indemnify and hold each Lender,  the Swing Line
Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and each of

                                                              114<PAGE>





their respective officers, directors  and employees harmless from
and against  any and all other  liabilities, obligations, claims,
losses, damages,  penalties,  actions, judgments,  suits,  costs,
expenses  or  disbursements  of  any kind  or  nature  whatsoever
(including  reasonable  counsel   fees  and  disbursements)  with
respect  to the enforcement and performance of the Loan Documents
and  the use  of the  proceeds of  the Loans  and the  Letters of
Credit  (all the  foregoing, collectively,  the "indemnified  li-
abilities"); provided,  however, that neither the  Parent nor the
Borrowers shall have any  obligation hereunder to pay indemnified
liabilities to  the Administrative Agent, the  Swing Line Lender,
the Issuing Bank  or any  Lender arising from  the finally  adju-
dicated   gross   negligence   or  willful   misconduct   of  the
Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing  Bank or
such Lender or  claims between one indemnified party  and another
indemnified party.   The agreements in this Section shall survive
the  termination of  the  Aggregate Commitments,  the Swing  Line
Commitment, the  Letter of  Credit Commitment and  the Individual
Currency Commitments and the payment of all amounts payable under
the Loan Documents.

                 F. Determination of Dollar Equivalent

                       For  purposes of  the Loan  Documents, the
Dollar Equivalent of each Alternate Currency Loan and each Letter
of  Credit   designated  in   an  Alternate  Currency   shall  be
recalculated  (i) on  the  first day  of each  Borrowing/Issuance
Period, (ii) on the date that the Agent shall have received a Bid
Accept/Reject  Letter  accepting  a  Bid  or  a  Negotiated  Rate
Confirmation, (iii)  on each date that  the Aggregate Commitments
are,  or  the Swing  Line Commitment  or any  Individual Currency
Commitment is, reduced and (iv) on the  last Business Day of each
month unless  the Dollar Equivalent was  recalculated pursuant to
clause  (i), (ii)  or  (iii)  during  such  month.    The  Dollar
Equivalent for  each Alternate Currency  Loan and each  Letter of
Credit designated in an Alternate Currency shall remain in effect
until  the same  is recalculated by  the Administrative  Agent as
provided above  and notice of  such recalculation is  received by
the Parent, it  being understood  that until such  notice is  re-
ceived, the  Dollar Equivalent  shall be that  Dollar Equivalent.
The Administrative  Agent shall  promptly notify the  Parent, the
Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender  and the Lenders of each such
determination of  the Dollar  Equivalent for each  Alternate Cur-
rency Loan and each  Letter of Credit designated in  an Alternate
Currency.

                 G. Assignments and Participations

                       (a) This  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan
Documents shall  be binding upon and inure  to the benefit of the
Parent,  the Borrowers, the  Lenders, the Swing  Line Lender, the
Issuing  Bank, the  Administrative  Agent,  and their  respective

                                                              115<PAGE>





successors and assigns,  except that neither  the Parent nor  the
Borrowers may assign, delegate or transfer any of their rights or
obligations under  the Loan  Documents without the  prior written
consent of the Administrative Agent, the  Issuing Bank, the Swing
Line Lender and each Lender.

                       (b) Except as provided in Section 11.1(b),
each Lender shall have the right at any time, upon written notice
to the  Administrative Agent  of its  intent to  do so,  to sell,
assign,  transfer or negotiate all  or any part  of such Lender's
rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to one or more of
its affiliates,  to  one or  more  of the  other  Lenders (or  to
affiliates of such other Lenders) or, with the prior written con-
sent of the Parent,  the Swing Line Lender  and the Issuing  Bank
(which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld), to sell, as-
sign,  transfer or  negotiate all  or any  part of  such Lender's
rights  and obligations  under the  Loan Documents  to any  other
bank,  insurance  company, pension  fund,  mutual  fund or  other
financial institution, provided that  (i) each such sale, assign-
ment,  transfer or  negotiation (other  than  sales, assignments,
transfers or negotiations (x) to affiliates of such Lender or (y)
of a  Lender's entire interest)  shall be in a  minimum amount of
$5,000,000, and  (ii) there shall  be paid to  the Administrative
Agent  by the assigning or assignee Lender a fee (the "Assignment
Fee")  of $3,000.    For each  assignment,  the parties  to  such
assignment shall execute and  deliver to the Administrative Agent
for  its acceptance and   recording an  Assignment and Acceptance
Agreement.  Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and record-
ing  by the  Administrative Agent,  from and after  the effective
date specified  in such Assignment and  Acceptance Agreement, the
assignee  thereunder shall be a  party hereto and,  to the extent
provided  in such  Assignment and  Acceptance Agreement,  the as-
signor Lender  thereunder shall be released  from its obligations
under  the Loan  Documents.   Upon any  such sale,  assignment or
other  transfer, the Commitments  and the  Commitment Percentages
set forth in Exhibit A-1, and the Individual Currency Commitments
set forth in  Exhibit A-2, shall be  adjusted accordingly by  the
Administrative Agent  and a new Exhibit A-1 and a new Exhibit A-2
shall be  distributed by the  Administrative Agent to  the Parent
(on behalf of all Borrowers) and each Lender.

                       (c) Each  Lender may  grant participations
in  all or any part of its  rights and obligations under the Loan
Documents to one or more of its affiliates, to one or more of the
other Lenders (or to affiliates of such other Lenders) or to  one
or more  other banks, insurance companies,  pension funds, mutual
funds  or other  financial institutions,  provided that  (i) such
Lender's  obligations  under  the  Loan  Documents  shall  remain
unchanged, (ii)  such Lender  shall remain solely  responsible to
the  other parties to the  Loan Documents for  the performance of
such obligations, (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative  Agent,
the Swing Line  Lender, the  Issuing Bank and  the other  Lenders

                                                              116<PAGE>





shall  continue to deal solely  and directly with  such Lender in
connection with  such Lender's  rights and obligations  under the
Loan Documents, (iv) no sub-participations shall be permitted and
(v) the voting rights of any holder of any participation shall be
limited to decisions that in accordance with Section 11.1 require
the consent  of all of the Lenders.  The Parent and the Borrowers
acknowledge and agree  that any such  participant shall for  pur-
poses  of Sections  2.13, 2.14,  2.15, 2.22,  11.5 and  11.10, be
deemed  to be a  "Lender"; provided, however,  neither the Parent
nor the Borrowers  shall, at any  time, be  obligated to pay  any
participant  in any interest of  any Lender hereunder  any sum in
excess of the  sum which the Parent and  the Borrowers would have
been obligated  to pay to such Lender in respect of such interest
had such Lender not sold such participation.

                       (d) If any (i) assignment is made pursuant
to  subsection (b)  above or  (ii) any  participation is  granted
pursuant to subsection  (c) above,  shall be made  to any  Person
that  is  not  a U.S.  Person,  such  Person  shall furnish  such
certificates,  documents or  other  evidence to  the Parent,  the
Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i)
and  to the Parent, the Borrowers  and the Lender which sold such
participation in the case of clause (ii), as shall be required by
Section 2.13(e) or 2.13(f).

                       (e) No Lender shall,  as between and among
the Parent,  the Borrowers,  the Administrative Agent,  the Swing
Line Lender, the Issuing Bank and such Lender, be relieved of any
of  its obligations under the  Loan Documents as  a result of any
sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation of, or granting of par-
ticipations in, all  or any  part of its  rights and  obligations
under  the Loan Documents, except that a Lender shall be relieved
of its obligations under the Loan Documents to the  extent of any
such sale,  assignment, transfer,  or negotiation  of all or  any
part  of its  obligations under  the Loan  Documents pursuant  to
subsection (b) above.

                       (f) Notwithstanding   anything    to   the
contrary contained in this Section, any Lender may at any time or
from  time to time assign all or  any portion of its rights under
the Loan Documents to  a Federal Reserve Bank, provided  that any
such  assignment shall not  release such assignor  from its obli-
gations thereunder. 

                 H. Counterparts

                       Each of the Loan Documents may be executed
by one or more of  the parties thereto on any number  of separate
counterparts and all of said counterparts taken together shall be
deemed to constitute one and the  same document.  It shall not be
necessary  in making proof of any Loan Document to produce or ac-
count for  more than  one counterpart signed  by the party  to be

                                                              117<PAGE>





charged.  An executed counterpart of any Loan Document and of any
amendment,  modification, consent  or  waiver thereto  or thereof
transmitted by fax shall  be deemed to be an  originally executed
counterpart.  A copy of any Loan Document signed by  all the par-
ties thereto shall be deposited with the Parent (on behalf of all
Borrowers) and the Administrative  Agent.  Any party to  any Loan
Document  may rely upon the signatures of any other party thereto
which are transmitted  by fax  or other electronic  means to  the
same extent as if originally signed.

                 I. Adjustments; Set-off

                       (a) If any Lender  (a "Benefited  Lender")
shall  at any time receive any payment  of all or any part of its
Loans,  or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect
thereof   (whether  voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  by  set-off,
pursuant  to events or proceedings  of the nature  referred to in
Section 9.1 (g)  or (h),  or otherwise) in  a greater  proportion
than any such  payment to  and collateral received  by any  other
Lender  in respect  of  such other  Lender's  Loans, or  interest
thereon, such Benefited Lender shall  purchase for cash from each
of the other  Lenders such  portion of each  such other  Lender's
Loans,  and shall  provide each  of such  other Lenders  with the
benefits of any  such collateral,  or the proceeds   thereof,  as
shall  be necessary to cause  such Benefited Lender  to share the
excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably
with each of the Lenders,  provided, however, that if all or  any
portion  of  such  excess   payment  or  benefits  is  thereafter
recovered  from such  Benefited  Lender, such  purchase shall  be
rescinded, and the  purchase price and benefits  returned, to the
extent of such  recovery, but  without interest.   The  Borrowers
agree  that  each  Lender  so  purchasing  a  portion of  another
Lender's  Loans may  exercise  all rights  of payment  (including
rights  of set-off,  to the  extent not  prohibited by  law) with
respect  to such  portion as  fully as  if  such Lender  were the
direct holder of such portion.

                       (b) In addition to any rights and remedies
of the  Lenders provided by law, upon  the occurrence of an Event
of  Default and the acceleration of the obligations owing in con-
nection with the Loan Documents, or  at any time upon the  occur-
rence  and during the continuance  of an Event  of Default, under
Section  9.1(a),  (b), (g)  or (h),  each  Lender shall  have the
right, without prior notice  to the Parent or the  Borrowers, any
such  notice  being  expressly  waived  by  the  Parent  and  the
Borrowers to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, to set-
off  and  apply  against  any indebtedness,  whether  matured  or
unmatured, of the  Parent or  the Borrowers to  such Lender,  any
amount owing from such Lender to the Parent or the Borrowers, at,
or at any time after, the happening of any of the above-mentioned
events.   To  the extent  not prohibited  by applicable  law, the
aforesaid right  of  set-off  may be  exercised  by  such  Lender

                                                              118<PAGE>





against  the Parent and the  Borrowers or against  any trustee in
bankruptcy,  custodian, debtor  in  possession, assignee  for the
benefit  of creditors,  receiver, or  execution, judgment  or at-
tachment  creditor  of the  Parent or  the Borrowers,  or against
anyone  else  claiming  through  or  against  the  Parent or  the
Borrowers  or such  trustee in  bankruptcy, custodian,  debtor in
possession, assignee  for the benefit of  creditors, receiver, or
execution, judgment  or attachment creditor,  notwithstanding the
fact that such right of set-off  shall not have been exercised by
such Lender prior to  the making, filing or issuance,  or service
upon such  Lender of, or  of notice  of, any  such petition,  as-
signment for the benefit of creditors, appointment or application
for  the  appointment of  a receiver,  or issuance  of execution,
subpoena,  order or  warrant.   Each  Lender  agrees promptly  to
notify  the Parent,  the Borrowers  and the  Administrative Agent
after  any  such set-off  and  application made  by  such Lender,
provided  that the failure to  give such notice  shall not affect
the  validity of such set-off  and application.   With respect to
each  Borrower, the right of set-off provided for in this Section
11.9(b) shall be limited to the obligations of such Borrower with
respect to Loans  made to it  and to  its Proportionate Share  of
other costs, expenses and other amounts.

                 J. Indemnity

                       Each of the Borrowers to the extent of its
Proportionate Share  and the Parent severally  agree to indemnify
and  hold  harmless  the  Administrative Agent,  the  Swing  Line
Lender,  the Issuing  Bank and  each Lender and  their respective
affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys  and agents
(each an  "Indemnified Person") with respect  to each Indemnified
Person's status  under the Loan  Documents from  and against  any
loss,  cost, liability,  damage  or expense  (including the  rea-
sonable  fees and  disbursements of  counsel of  such Indemnified
Person, including  all local counsel  hired by any  such counsel)
incurred by  such Indemnified Person in  investigating, preparing
for,   defending  against,   or  providing   evidence,  producing
documents or taking any other action in respect of, any commenced
or   threatened   litigation,   administrative    proceeding   or
investigation  under  any federal  securities  law  or any  other
statute  of any jurisdiction, or any regulation, or at common law
or otherwise, which is alleged  to arise out of or is  based upon
(i)  any  untrue statement  or  alleged untrue  statement  of any
material  fact by the Parent or  the Borrowers in any document or
schedule executed or filed with any Governmental  Authority by or
on behalf  of the Parent or  the Borrowers; (ii)  any omission or
alleged omission to state any material fact required to be stated
in such document or schedule, or necessary to make the statements
made therein, in light of the circumstances under which made, not
misleading;  (iii) any  acts, practices  or omissions  or alleged
acts,  practices or omissions of  the Parent or  the Borrowers or
their  respective agents relating to  the use of  the proceeds of

                                                              119<PAGE>





any or all borrowings made by the Borrowers which are alleged  to
be in violation of Section  2.18, or in violation of  any federal
securities law or of  any other statute, regulation or  other law
of any  jurisdiction applicable thereto; or  (iv) any acquisition
or proposed acquisition by the Parent or the  Borrowers of all or
a portion of the Stock, or all or a portion of the assets, of any
Person whether such Indemnified  Person is a party thereto.   The
indemnity  set forth  herein shall  be in  addition to  any other
obligations  or liabilities of  the Parent  and the  Borrowers to
each Indemnified Person under the Loan Documents or at common law
or  otherwise, and  shall  survive any  termination  of the  Loan
Documents,  the  expiration of  the  Commitments,  the Letter  of
Credit  Commitment,  the  Swing Line  Commitment,  the Individual
Currency Commitments, and the payment of all indebtedness  of the
Parent  and the Borrowers under the Loan Documents, provided that
the  Parent and the Borrowers shall have no obligation under this
Section  to  an Indemnified  Person with  respect  to any  of the
foregoing  to the  extent found  in a final  judgment of  a court
having jurisdiction to have resulted out of the gross  negligence
or wilful misconduct of  such Indemnified Person or arising  from
claims  between  one such  Indemnified  Person  and another  such
Indemnified Person.

                 K. GOVERNING LAW

                       THE  LOAN  DOCUMENTS  AND THE  RIGHTS  AND
OBLIGATIONS OF  THE  PARTIES THERETO  SHALL BE  GOVERNED BY,  AND
CONSTRUED AND  INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,  THE INTERNAL LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                 L. Severability

                       Every provision of this Agreement  and the
other Loan Documents is intended to be severable, and if any term
or provision hereof or thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unen-
forceable  for any  reason, the  validity, legality  and enforce-
ability of  the remaining provisions hereof or  thereof shall not
be affected  or impaired thereby, and  any invalidity, illegality
or  unenforceability in  any  jurisdiction shall  not affect  the
validity,  legality  or  enforceability   of  any  such  term  or
provision in any other jurisdiction.

                 M. Integration

                       All exhibits  to  this Agreement  and  any
other Loan  Document shall  be  deemed to  be  a part  hereof  or
thereof,  as the case may be.   Except for agreements between the
Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank and
the  Parent  with respect  to  certain fees,  the  Loan Documents
embody the  entire agreement and understanding  among the Parent,
the Borrowers,  the Administrative Agent, the  Swing Line Lender,
the  Issuing Bank  and the  Lenders with  respect to  the subject

                                                              120<PAGE>





matter  thereof and  supersede  all prior  agreements and  under-
standings  among the  Parent,  the Borrowers,  the Administrative
Agent,  the Swing Line Lender,  the Issuing Bank  and the Lenders
with respect to the subject matter thereof.

                 N. Judgment Currency

                       (a) Each Credit  Party's obligations under
the  Loan Documents to  make payments in  the Applicable Currency
(the "Obligation Currency") shall  not be discharged or satisfied
by any tender or  recovery pursuant to any judgment  expressed in
or converted  into any  currency other  than the  Obligation Cur-
rency, except to the extent that, on the Business Day immediately
following the date of such tender or recovery, the Administrative
Agent,  the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank or the applicable
Lender,  as the  case  may be,  may,  in accordance  with  normal
banking procedures,  purchase the  Obligation Currency  with such
other currency.  If  for the  purpose of  obtaining or  enforcing
judgment  against any  Credit  Party  in  any  court  or  in  any
jurisdiction, it  becomes necessary to convert  into any currency
other  than the  Obligation Currency  (such other  currency being
hereinafter referred to as the "Judgment Currency") an amount due
in the Obligation Currency,  the conversion shall be made at  the
rate  of exchange  at which,  in  accordance with  normal banking
procedures  in the relevant jurisdiction, the Obligation Currency
could be purchased  with the Judgment Currency as of  the day im-
mediately  preceding the day on which the judgment is given (such
Business Day being hereinafter referred to as the "Judgment  Cur-
rency Conversion Date").

                       (b) If the amount  of Obligation  Currency
purchased  pursuant to the last sentence  of subsection (a) above
is less than the  sum originally due in the  Obligation Currency,
the applicable Credit Party covenants and agrees to indemnify the
applicable  recipient against  such loss,  and if  the Obligation
Currency so  purchased  exceeds the  sum originally  due to  such
recipient,  such  recipient agrees  to  remit  to the  applicable
Credit Party such excess.

                 O. Confidentiality

                       Any  information  disclosed by  any Credit
Party to the Administrative Agent or any  of the Lenders shall be
used solely  for purposes of  the Loan Documents  and not  in any
other manner detrimental to the  Parent and, if such  information
is not  otherwise in the public domain, shall not be disclosed by
the  Administrative Agent  or  such Lender  to  any other  Person
except  (i) to  its  independent accountants,  legal counsel  and
affiliates (it being  understood that  the Persons  to whom  such
disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of
such  information   and  instructed  to   keep  such  information
confidential),   (ii)  pursuant   to  statutory   and  regulatory

                                                              121<PAGE>





requirements or the request of bank examiners, (iii) pursuant  to
any mandatory  court order, subpoena or other legal process, (iv)
to the  Administrative Agent,  the Issuing  Bank, the  Swing Line
Lender  or  any  other  Lender,  (v) pursuant  to  any  agreement
heretofore  or hereafter made between such  Lender and the Parent
which  permits  such  disclosure,  (vi) in  connection  with  the
exercise  of any remedy under the Loan Documents or (vii) subject
to an  agreement containing provisions substantially  the same as
those of this  Section, to any participant in or  assignee of, or
prospective participant in  or assignee of,  any Loan, Letter  of
Credit Commitment,  Individual Currency Commitment  or Commitment
(it  being   understood  that  prior  to   any  such  disclosures
contemplated by clauses (ii)  and (iii) above, the Agent  or such
Lender  shall,  if practicable,  give  the  Parent prior  written
notice of such disclosure).

                 P. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

                       EACH   CREDIT  PARTY   HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY
SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE OR
FEDERAL COURT SITTING  IN THE  CITY OF  NEW YORK  OVER ANY  SUIT,
ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING ARISING  OUT OF  OR  RELATING TO  THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS.    EACH CREDIT PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST  EXTENT PERMITTED OR NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION
WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE  TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF
ANY SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH  A COURT AND
ANY CLAIM THAT  ANY SUCH  SUIT, ACTION OR  PROCEEDING BROUGHT  IN
SUCH A COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. 

                 Q. Service of Process

                       Each   Credit  Party   hereby  irrevocably
consents  to  the  service of  process  in  any  suit, action  or
proceeding by sending  the same by certified mail, return receipt
requested or by overnight courier service, to the address of such
Credit Party set forth in Section 11.2. 

                 R. No Limitation on Service or Suit

                       Nothing  in  the  Loan  Documents  or  any
modification, waiver, consent or  amendment thereto shall  affect
the right of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the
Issuing Bank or any Lender to serve process in any manner permit-
ted by  law or limit  the right of the  Administrative Agent, the
Swing  Line Lender,  the  Issuing Bank  or  any Lender  to  bring
proceedings  against  any  Credit  Party  in  the  courts  of any
jurisdiction or jurisdictions in  which such Credit Party may  be
served.

                 S. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

                       EACH  OF  THE ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT,   THE

                                                              122<PAGE>





SWING  LINE LENDER, THE ISSUING BANK, THE LENDERS AND EACH CREDIT
PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES  ANY
RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION
ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.  

                 T. International Banking Facilities

                       The Parent and  the Borrowers  acknowledge
that some or all of the Lenders may, in connection  with the Loan
Documents,  utilize an International banking facility (as defined
in Regulation D).

                       Each Borrower  which is an  entity located
outside the United States,  understands that it is the  policy of
the  Board  of Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  that
deposits received by International banking facilities may be used
only  to support the non-U.S.  operations of a  depositor (or its
foreign affiliates)  located outside  the United States  and that
extensions of  credit by International banking  facilities may be
used  only to finance the  non-U.S. operations of  a customer (or
its foreign affiliates) located outside the United States.

                       Each  Borrower which is  an entity located
outside  the United States acknowledges  that the proceeds of its
borrowings hereunder from an International  banking facility will
be used  solely  to finance  its  operations outside  the  United
States, or that of its foreign affiliates.

























                                                              123<PAGE>






                       IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto
have caused this Agreement  to be duly executed and  delivered by
their proper and duly authorized officers  as of the day and year
first above written.

                 TIFFANY & CO.,
                 a Delaware corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 TIFFANY AND COMPANY,
                 a New York corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 TIFFANY & CO. INTERNATIONAL,
                 a Delaware corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 SOCIETE  FRANCAISE  POUR LE  DEVELOPPMENT  DE LA
                 PORCELAINE    D'ART    (S.A.R.L.),   a    French
                 corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 TIFFANY & CO.  OF NEW YORK LIMITED,  a Hong Kong
                 corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________



                                                              124<PAGE>





                 TIFFANY-FARAONE S.P.A.,
                 an Italian corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 TIFFANY & CO. JAPAN INC.,
                 a Delaware corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 TIFFANY & CO. PTE. LTD.,
                 a Singapore corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 TIFFANY & CO.,
                 a United Kingdom corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________


                 TIFFANY & CO. WATCH FACTORY S.A.,
                 a Swiss corporation


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________










                                                              125<PAGE>





                       IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto
have caused this Agreement  to be duly executed and  delivered by
their proper and duly  authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.


                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                 as the  Swing Line Lender, as  the Issuing Bank,
                 as a Lender, as  Arranging Agent and as Adminis-
                 trative Agent



                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________





































                                                              126<PAGE>





                       IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto
have caused this Agreement  to be duly executed and  delivered by
their proper and duly  authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.


                 CHEMICAL BANK


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________









































                                                              127<PAGE>





                       IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto
have caused this Agreement  to be duly executed and  delivered by
their proper and duly  authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.


                 CREDIT SUISSE


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________









































                                                              128<PAGE>





                       IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto
have caused this Agreement  to be duly executed and  delivered by
their proper and duly  authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.


                 THE  DAI-ICHI KANGYO  BANK,  LIMITED  (NEW  YORK
                 BRANCH)


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________








































                                                              129<PAGE>





                       IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto
have caused this Agreement  to be duly executed and  delivered by
their proper and duly  authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.


                 THE FUJI BANK, LTD.


                 By:    ________________________
                 Name:  ________________________
                 Title: ________________________









































                                                              130<PAGE>





                       TIFFANY EXHIBIT A-1
                       LIST OF COMMITMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Commitment
Lender                             Commitment      Percentage
--------------------------    ------------------   -------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>
The Bank of New York               $30,000,000.00  0.23076924

Chemical Bank                       25,000,000.00  0.19230769

Credit Suisse                       25,000,000.00  0.19230769

The Dai-Ichi Kangyo Bank,
 Limited (New York Branch)          25,000,000.00  0.19230769

The Fuji Bank, Limited              25,000,000.00  0.19230769

TOTAL                              $130,000,000.00 100% 
                                   =============== =====
</TABLE>                        





























                                                              131<PAGE>





                                 TIFFANY EXHIBIT A-2
                       LIST OF INDIVIDUAL CURRENCY COMMITMENTS

            Australian Dollars
            -------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            Dai-Ichi Kangyo               $3,000,000.00
            Fuji Bank                     $3,000,000.00

            Canadian Dollars
            -----------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            Credit Suisse                 $5,000,000.00

            Hong Kong Dollars
            ------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            BNY                           $3,000,000.00

            Italian Lira
            --------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            Chemical Bank                 $3,000,000.00
            Credit Suisse                 $5,000,000.00

            Korean Won
            --------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            BNY                           $3,000,000.00

             Malaysian Ringgit
            ------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment
                    -                       -

            Mexican Pesos
            -------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment
                    -                       -

            New Taiwan Dollars
            -------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            BNY                           $3,000,000.00



                                                                     132<PAGE>





            Philippine Pesos
            -----------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment
                    -                       -

            Singapore Dollars
            ------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            BNY                           $3,000,000.00

            Swiss Francs
            --------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment

            Chemical Bank                 $3,000,000.00
            Credit Suisse                 $5,000,000.00

            Thai Baht
            ---------------------
                 Lender                   Individual Currency Commitment
                    -                       -































                                                                     133<PAGE>







                         LEASE AGREEMENT



                           dated as of


                          August 1, 1995



                          by and between


 First Fidelity Bank, National Association, not in its individual
                            capacity,
           but solely as the trustee under that certain
 Trust Agreement 1995-1 dated as of July 1, 1995, as Owner-Lessor




                               and



      TIFFANY AND COMPANY, a New York corporation, as Lessee<PAGE>






                        TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                            Page



SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3


SECTION 2.  AGREEMENT TO LEASE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3


SECTION 3.  TERM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3


SECTION 4.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT PRIOR TO BASIC TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE  . .  4


SECTION 5.  RENTAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6


SECTION 6.  USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7


SECTION 7.  NET LEASE; NONTERMINABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8


SECTION 8.  TAXES AND OTHER CHARGES; LAWS AND AGREEMENTS  . . . . . . . . .  9


SECTION 9. LIENS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11


SECTION 10.  OWNERSHIP OF THE LEASED PROPERTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12


SECTION 11.  OWNER'S DISCLAIMER; ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY LESSEE  . . . . . . . . 12


SECTION 12.  REPRESENTATIONS OF PARTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13


SECTION 13.  MAINTENANCE; QUIET ENJOYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16


SECTION 14.  COMPLIANCE WITH LEGAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18



                                     -2-

<PAGE>





SECTION 15.  INSURANCE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19


SECTION 16.  LOSS, DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21


SECTION 17.  ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS; REMOVAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


SECTION 18.  RIGHT OF ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


SECTION 19.  ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBLEASING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26


SECTION 20.  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28


SECTION 21.  ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31


SECTION 22.  INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT  . . . . . . . . . 32


SECTION 23.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT BY LESSEE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34


SECTION 24.  REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36


SECTION 25.  OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM FOR LESSEE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38


SECTION 26.  EXPENSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38


SECTION 27.  FURTHER ASSURANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39


SECTION 28.  NOTICES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39


SECTION 29.  LESSEE'S EXTENSION LEASE OPTIONS AND END OF TERM PURCHASE
OPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40


SECTION 30.  THIRD PARTY SALE OF LEASED PROPERTY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41


SECTION 31.  END OF TERM ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

                                     -3-

<PAGE>






SECTION 32.  PROCEDURE FOR OWNER CONVEYANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


SECTION 33.  TIME OF THE ESSENCE; MANNER OF PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . 45


SECTION 34.  RETURN OF LEASED PROPERTY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45


SECTION 35.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47


SECTION 36.  RECORDING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47


SECTION 37.  NO RELIANCE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48


SECTION 38.  MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48


SECTION 39.  VENUE; GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48


SECTION 40.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49


SECTION 41.  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. . . . . 49


SECTION 42.  NONRECOURSE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49



















                                     -4-

<PAGE>





                         LIST OF EXHIBITS


EXHIBIT A    Legal Description of Land

EXHIBIT A-1  Description   of   Improvements  to   be
             Constructed  pursuant  to   Construction
             Agency Agreement

EXHIBIT B    Rental Factor

EXHIBIT C    Interest Rate Terms

EXHIBIT D    Termination Value Percentages

EXHIBIT E    Purchase Price Percentages

EXHIBIT F    Percentages for Maximum Lessee
             Risk Amount and Maximum Owner Risk Amount


                        LIST OF SCHEDULES


SCHEDULE I   List of Listed Permits

SCHEDULE II  List of Acceptable Hazardous Materials
























                               -5-

<PAGE>





                         LEASE AGREEMENT


    THIS  LEASE AGREEMENT  (the "Lease"),  dated as  of August 1,
1995, by and between First Fidelity Bank, National Association, a
national  banking association,  not in  its  individual capacity,
except as expressly set forth herein, but solely as trustee under
that certain Trust  Agreement 1995-1 dated as of July 1, 1995, as
owner-lessor  hereunder  ("Owner")  and  TIFFANY  AND  COMPANY, a
corporation organized and operated under the laws of the State of
New York, as lessee hereunder ("Lessee").

                      PRELIMINARY STATEMENT


    Lessee has entered  into an Agreement  for Purchase and  Sale
of Real Estate by and between Pru Beta-3, as seller,  and Lessee,
as purchaser, dated as of November 4, 1994 (the "P&S") to acquire
a parcel  of land consisting of approximately  40.713 acres, more
or less, located in the Township of Parsippany-Troy Hills, Morris
County,  New Jersey,  more  particularly described  in Exhibit  A
attached  hereto  (the  "Land").    Lessee wishes  to  cause  the
construction   of  an   office  building,   distribution  center,
warehouse   facility  and   light  manufacturing   facility  more
particularly  described   in  Exhibit   A-1   hereof  (all   site
improvements,  base  building,  building systems,  equipment  and
related fixtures now or  hereafter existing on the Land,  and any
substitutions  or replacements  of or additions  to the  same are
referred to as the  "Improvements").  Lessee has determined  that
the most advantageous  financing for the acquisition  of the Land
and  the  design  and construction  of  the  Improvements can  be
realized by assigning purchaser's rights under the P&S  to Owner,
permitting  Owner to purchase the Land, contracting with Owner to
construct the Improvements  as Owner's agent and leasing the Land
and Improvements  (collectively, with all  easements, privileges,
rights  and appurtenances  thereto, the  "Leased Property")  from
Owner pursuant  to this Lease.  Concurrently  with the assignment
of the P&S by Lessee to  Owner, and Owner's purchase of the Land,
Owner  and Lessee  will  enter into  this  Lease for  the  Leased
Property,  which Lease is intended  to be an  operating lease for
accounting  purposes under  GAAP.   The  date  upon which  Lessee
assigns the  P&S to the  Owner, the  Owner acquires the  Land and
Lessee and Owner  enter into  this Lease  is referred  to as  the
"Closing Date".

    On the Closing  Date, Owner will  purchase the Land  pursuant
to the P&S for a purchase  price of $4,800,000 and pay a broker's
commission  equal to eight percent (8%) of said purchase price to
Cushman  &  Wakefield of  New Jersey,  Inc.,  a portion  of which
amount will  be  provided  by  the beneficiary  of  Owner,  First

                               -6-

<PAGE>





Fidelity  Bank,  not in  its  individual capacity  but  solely as
trustee  under that  certain Trust  Agreement 1995-2 dated  as of
July 1, 1995  (the "Beneficiary"),  from the proceeds  of a  loan
(the "Investor Loan")  in the amount of $1,925,000 to  be made to
the  Beneficiary by  Stellar  Capital Corporation  ("Construction
Lender").  Lessee and Owner will enter into a Construction Agency
Agreement on  the Closing  Date which  will provide, among  other
things, that Lessee will construct the Improvements upon the Land
as  agent  for  Owner.    Pursuant  to  the  Construction  Agency
Agreement,  Owner will  finance  the  purchase  of the  Land  and
payment of the brokerage  commission therefor (to the extent  the
proceeds of the Investor Loan  are insufficient) and will finance
the construction of  the Improvements  from the  proceeds from  a
Construction  Loan to be made to Owner by the Construction Lender
in  an amount  not  to exceed  $36,575,000.   Lessee,  Owner  and
Construction  Lender have  agreed upon  a total  "Project Budget"
proposed  by Lessee for all Development Costs.  Lessee has agreed
that  if at  any  time  the  undisbursed  portion  of  the  funds
available  for  advance  by  the Construction  Lender  under  the
Construction Loan, together with  any unadvanced Owner's  Equity,
is  not sufficient to pay for all Development Costs, then Lessee,
out of  its own funds,  will pay all  Development Costs  (or such
Development  Costs of  the  particular line  item of  the Project
Budget  for which  there is a  deficiency) until (A)  there is no
longer any  deficiency and  (B) there are  sufficient undisbursed
funds available under  the Loan to pay  all remaining Development
Costs.  The Project Budget includes three  major subcategories of
Development Costs including "Acquisition Costs", "Hard Costs" and
"Soft  Costs".  The Project  Budget does not  include any amounts
allocated  for the  cost  of furniture,  fixtures and  equipment,
other than equipment which forms a part of the building systems. 

    The Lease  provides  for an  Interim  Term during  which  the
Improvements  are to be   completed by Lessee (provided, however,
such completion shall take  place on or before January  31, 1997,
subject to extension pursuant  to Section 4(a) of the Lease).  If
Lessee  satisfies all of the conditions set forth in Section 4(a)
of the Lease on  or prior to the date set  forth therein, has not
previously given  notice to the Owner that  it has elected not to
enter  into the  Basic Lease  Term and Owner  is not  entitled to
terminate the leasehold estate created hereby pursuant to Section
4(c) hereof, a Basic Lease Term shall commence and continue until
the Basic Lease Term Expiration Date.  Upon the expiration of the
Basic  Lease Term, Lessee will  have options to  extend the Lease
for  nine (9) consecutive one (1)-year Extension Lease Terms.  At
the end  of the  Interim  Lease Term,  Basic  Lease Term  or  any
Extension Lease Term, Lessee has an option to purchase the Leased
Property for  the Purchase  Price set  forth in  this Lease.   If
Lessee  does  not  exercise its  option  to  purchase the  Leased
Property, Lessee is obligated to solicit bids for the purchase of

                               -7-

<PAGE>





the Leased Property from  third parties.  If the  Leased Property
is sold to a third party  pursuant to the provisions of the Lease
or is returned to  the Owner upon the  completion of the  Interim
Lease Term, the  Basic Lease Term or any Extension  Lease Term or
upon  any Termination Date, Lessee  will be obligated  to pay the
applicable End of Term  Adjustment provided for in this  Lease to
Owner.

    On  the date hereof, BOT  Financial Corporation or a designee
thereof  ("LC  Issuer")  shall  enter into  a  Reimbursement  and
Remarketing Agreement with the  Beneficiary pursuant to which the
LC Issuer will issue or  agree to issue its Letter of  Credit for
the benefit of the holder of the Investor Loan in an amount up to
the Maximum Owner Risk Amount.

    The construction of  the Improvements shall be  undertaken by
Lessee, as  agent under  the Construction  Agency Agreement.   In
connection  therewith,  Lessee has  previously  entered into  and
assigned to Owner on the Closing Date or will enter  into or will
receive  and approve  on  or before  the  Closing Date  as  agent
thereunder, the following documents:

    (a) Guaranteed  Maximum  Price  Construction  Contract   with
Turner Construction Company, as general contractor dated July 31,
1995;

    (b) Agreement  for  Architectural  and  Engineering  Services
with  Perkins & Will Architects,  P.C., dated   December 15, 1993
("Architect's Contract");

    (c) Agreements other  design and  engineering services  which
are more  particularly listed in  Exhibit E  to the  Construction
Loan Agreement;

    (d) The plans,  specifications and working drawings  prepared
by  the Architect which are more particularly listed in Exhibit E
to the Construction Loan Agreement; and

    (e) The  other contracts and  documents described  in Section
5.1 of the Construction Loan Agreement.

The  foregoing documents,  as they  may  be hereafter  amended or
supplemented in  accordance with  the Transaction  Documents from
time  to time,  are  referred to  as  the "Approved  Construction
Documents".

    At   Closing,  Lessee,   as  agent   for   Owner  under   the
Construction Agency Agreement, will  accept the assignment of the
Development  Services  Agreement  made  as  of  the  4th  day  of
November,  1994  between  Lessee   and  PIC  Realty,  a  Delaware

                               -8-

<PAGE>





corporation  having an  office at 751  Broad Street,  Newark, New
Jersey and  Lessee shall  be reimbursed  for  all costs  incurred
under such Development Services Agreement  (to the extent of such
expense as shown on the Project  Budget) pursuant to the terms of
the Construction Agency Agreement.

    In  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants and  agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

    Section  1.    Definitions.  Unless   the  context  otherwise
requires, and except as specifically provided herein, each of the
capitalized  terms  shall  have  the meaning  set  forth  in  the
Definitions   Appendix attached to this Lease, as the same may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

    Unless otherwise expressly  stated, the  words "this  Lease,"
"herein,"  "hereunder," "hereof"  or  other like  words mean  and
include  this Lease, all  exhibits hereto and  each amendment and
supplement hereto.

    Section 2.   Agreement to  Lease.  Owner  hereby leases, lets
and  demises  unto Lessee,  and Lessee  hereby leases,  rents and
takes  possession from Owner, all of the Owner's right, title and
interest  in (i) the Land, (ii) all Improvements now or hereafter
constructed thereon and  (iii) all easements,  privileges, rights
and appurtenances  thereto (the  Land, Improvements and  all such
easements, privileges, rights and appurtenances  are collectively
referred to herein as the "Leased Property"), to have and to hold
the same  for the  Term, subject  to  the covenants,  agreements,
terms, conditions,  limitations  and provisions  hereinafter  set
forth.

    Section 3.  Term. 

    The Interim  Lease Term shall  commence on the  Closing Date,
and, unless  this  Lease is  sooner  terminated pursuant  to  the
provisions hereof, shall end on the day immediately preceding the
Basic Term  Commencement Date.   Subject  to  the conditions  set
forth in Section 4(a) below and the exercise of Lessee's right to
elect to enter into  the Basic Lease Term pursuant  to Section 29
hereof, the Basic  Lease Term  shall commence on  the Basic  Term
Commencement Date,  and, unless  this Lease is  sooner terminated
pursuant to the provisions  hereof, shall end on the  Basic Lease
Term  Expiration Date, or if  this Lease is  extended pursuant to
Section 29(a) hereof, on the last day of the last Extension Lease
Term hereof for which this Lease is renewed.

    Section  4.    Conditions  Precedent   Prior  to  Basic  Term
Commencement Date.


                               -9-

<PAGE>





    (a) Unless  otherwise waived in  writing by  the Owner or the
Lender, the right of Lessee to lease the Leased Property from the
Owner under this Lease  beyond the Interim Lease Term  is subject
to the fulfillment  of each  of the following  conditions of  the
Owner during  and as of  the end of  the Interim Lease  Term: (i)
Lessee   shall  perform   all  of   its  obligations   under  the
Construction Agency Agreement, as agent or for itself, during the
Interim Lease Term; (ii) no event  which is a Default or an Event
of Default  hereunder or under the  Construction Agency Agreement
has occurred and is continuing; (iii) Owner shall have received a
certificate  from the  Lender's Construction Consultant  that the
Improvements  are  Substantially  Complete  and shall  also  have
received such other documents, appraisals, opinions, certificates
and waivers, as Owner  may require in the exercise  of reasonable
business judgment, including, if requested, certificates from the
Architect  and   General  Contractor,  in   form  and   substance
reasonably satisfactory to assure Owner that the Improvements are
ready for occupancy and  that no liens or claims  are outstanding
against  the Leased  Property (other  than Permitted  Liens), and
(iv) Lessee shall have satisfied each of the foregoing conditions
on or before January 31, 1997, provided,  however, that if an act
or  event  of Force  Majeure  occurs which  prevents  Lessee from
completing the Improvements by January 31, 1997, Lessee  shall be
entitled  to an  extension beyond  January 31,  1997 in  which to
satisfy such conditions,  provided, however, that  such extension
shall not extend beyond the earlier  to occur of July 31, 1997 or
the number  of  days which  the  act or  event of  Force  Majeure
delayed completion of the Improvements.

    (b) If such conditions  set forth in Section 4(a) above  have
not been met in full to the satisfaction of Owner  by January 31,
1997 (or such later date determined in accordance  with paragraph
(a) above for delays due to an act or event of Force Majeure) and
regardless of whether Lessee  has elected not to enter  the Basic
Lease Term pursuant to Section 29(a) hereof, Owner may declare by
written notice to Lessee that  an amount equal to the sum  of (i)
all  unpaid  Base Rental  and  Additional Rental  for  all Rental
Periods through  the payment date  specified in the  notice, plus
(ii) an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of all Project
Costs (incurred  through the date of  payment) including, without
limitation, all Interim Rental  accruing during the  Construction
Period,  plus, (iii)  to the  extent such  amounts have  not been
included  in   Project  Costs,     all  interest,   costs,  fees,
reimbursements and  all other amounts  due and payable  to either
Owner  or  Lender  under the  Transaction  Documents,  including,
without  limitation,  the  costs  to  complete  the  Improvements
incurred to  the date of  payment shall be  due and payable  on a
date specified  by Owner in  such notice.   Upon payment  of such
amount to Owner by Lessee, Owner shall transfer  to Lessee all of
the  Owner's  interest  in  the  Leased  Property  to  Lessee  in

                               -10-

<PAGE>





accordance with the  terms and provisions  of Section 32  hereof,
and this Lease shall  terminate without any further action  being
required, and all rights and obligations hereunder and thereunder
shall  cease, except for those  which by their  terms survive the
termination of this Lease.

    (c) Lessee  agrees that  it  shall  use its  reasonable  good
faith efforts to  arrange for  (x) a Long-Term  Loan between  the
Owner and Long-Term Lender on terms and  conditions acceptable to
Owner and Lessee  to be effective as  of the Conversion Date  and
(y) the assignment as of the Conversion Date of the Investor Loan
by the  Construction Lender  for consideration  and on  terms and
conditions which are acceptable  to the Construction Lender, such
arrangements  to be made prior  to the expiration  of the Interim
Lease Term.   The  financing described  in (x)  and (y)  above is
referred to as the "Takeout Financing."  If the Takeout Financing
has not been entered into by the Owner and Long-Term Lender on or
prior to  January 31, 1996, the  Owner may elect in  its sole and
absolute  discretion  to terminate  the leasehold  estate created
hereby,  such termination to be effective on January 31, 1997 (or
such later  date permitted for delays  due to an act  or event of
Force Majeure by which date Lessee is required to meet in full to
the satisfaction of the Owner the conditions set forth in Section
4(a))  (the date  of the  termination  of the  Lessee's leasehold
estate pursuant to  this sentence will be deemed the "Termination
Date"  applicable  to  the  Interim Lease  Term).  Unless  Lessee
notifies  Owner, Lender and  LC Issuer in writing  on or prior to
January  31, 1996  that such Takeout  Financing has  been entered
into,  it shall be conclusively deemed by the parties hereto that
there has  been a  failure by Owner  and the Long-Term  Lender to
enter into the Takeout Financing on or prior to January 31, 1996.
The  Owner shall  be  conclusively deemed  to have  exercised its
right to elect to terminate the leasehold estate for a failure to
enter into the  Takeout Financing unless  Owner shall have  given
written notice  to Lessee on or before February 10, 1996 that the
Owner has not elected to  terminate the leasehold estate  created
hereby.   If  Owner  elects (or  is deemed  to  have elected)  to
terminate  the leasehold estate for  a failure to  enter into the
Takeout Financing as aforesaid, Lessee  shall be entitled, at its
option (x) to give notice that the Lessee intends to remarket the
Leased Property  in accordance with  Section 30(a) hereof  and to
pay to Owner  on the Termination Date the End  of Term Adjustment
as set forth in Section 31(a) or 31(b), as applicable,  or (y) to
give  notice  ("Special Nonreturn  Option  Notice")  that on  the
Termination Date, (A) the Leased Property will be sold to a third
party pursuant to a  bid which meets the requirements  of Section
30(b)  below or (B) the Lessee will purchase the Owner's interest
in the Leased Property  in accordance with Section 32  hereof for
an amount equal to  the Purchase Price applicable to  the Interim
Lease Term or  (C) if Owner  and the Long-Term Lender  enter into

                               -11-

<PAGE>





the  Takeout Financing  on or  before January  31, 1997  (or such
later date permitted  for delays due to an act  or event of Force
Majeure by which date Lessee  is required to meet in full  to the
satisfaction of the  Owner the  conditions set  forth in  Section
4(a)  hereof) and the conditions set forth in Section 4(a) hereof
to the  commencement of the Basic  Term have been met  in full to
the  satisfaction of  the Owner,  to enter  into the  Basic Lease
Term,  in which  case the  election by  Owner (whether  deemed or
otherwise) to terminate the leasehold estate created hereby shall
be rescinded  without further notice or action  being required of
any party.  To exercise the  option set forth in clause (x) above
to remarket  the  Leased Property  and  to pay  to  Owner on  the
Termination  Date  the applicable  End  of  Term Adjustment,  the
Lessee  shall  give written  notice  to  the Owner,  Construction
Lender and LC Issuer on or prior to February 15, 1996 that Lessee
intends  to  exercise  such option.    If  the  Lessee elects  to
exercise the option  set forth  in clause (x)  above, the  Leased
Property  shall be returned to  the Owner in  accordance with the
provisions of  Section 34 hereof on the  Termination Date (unless
delivered to a bidder  in accordance with Section 30(b)  hereof).
If Lessee does  not give  Owner, the Construction  Lender and  LC
Issuer  notice that the Lessee intends to exercise the option set
forth in clause  (x) above on or prior to  February 15, 1996, the
Lessee  shall be  conclusively deemed  to  have issued  a Special
Nonreturn  Option Notice.  If Lessee has  issued (or is deemed to
have issued)  a Special  Nonreturn Option  Notice and  the Lessee
desires to  sell  the Property  to  a third  party, it  shall  be
required to submit a third-party bid which meets the requirements
of  Section 30(b)  no later  than thirty (30)  days prior  to the
Termination Date; otherwise, (i) the Lessee shall be obligated to
purchase the Leased  Property on  the Termination Date  as if  an
election to purchase had been made under Section 29(b) hereof, or
(ii) if the conditions  to the rescission of Owner's  election to
terminate the  leasehold estate of Lessee  described in subclause
(C) of  clause (y) above have  been met, to enter  into the Basic
Lease Term.  If the Lessee elects to purchase the Leased Property
after  a  Special Nonreturn  Option  Notice has  been  issued (or
deemed issued), then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 19
below, Lessee may  freely assign  its option to  purchase to  any
third party.

    Section  5.   Rental.    Lessee shall  pay  to Owner  (or  as
otherwise directed in writing by Owner as  to place and manner of
payment) the Base Rental and Additional Rental in the amounts, at
the  times  and  in the  manner  set  forth  below, such  amounts
constituting  in the  aggregate the total  of the  rental payable
under this Lease, as follows:

    (a) Lessee hereby agrees  to pay Base Rental semiannually  in
arrears  on the  first day of  each January  and July  during the

                               -12-

<PAGE>





Basic Lease Term and each Extension Lease Term in an amount equal
to the applicable Rental Factor (as shown on Exhibit B hereto, as
such  Exhibit  may  be revised  by  Owner  from time  to  time in
accordance with  Section 5(c)  hereof) multiplied by  the Project
Costs.  During and after the  Interim Lease Term but prior to the
Basic Term Commencement Date, Interim Rental shall be capitalized
and added to Project Costs  in an amount equal to the  sum of (x)
for each day during the Interim Lease Term on and after which the
Owner's  Equity  has  been  contributed,  an  amount equal  to  a
fraction,  the numerator of which is the then Interim Rental Rate
and  the denominator of which  is 360, multiplied  by the Owner s
Equity, plus  (y) all  interest accruing during  the Construction
Period  on advances made on  the Construction Loan  to the extent
that such interest has not been funded by a further advance under
the Construction Loan.

    (b) In addition to the Base Rental, Lessee  agrees during the
Term to  pay as  Additional Rental  to  the Owner  or the  Person
entitled to receive the same all of the following:

             (i) All "taxes and other impositions" (as defined in
Section 8(a) hereof);

             (ii)    Insurance premiums, if any, on all insurance
required to be  obtained and  maintained in force  and effect  by
Lessee under the provisions of Section 15 of this Lease;

             (iii)   All other costs and expenses of every nature
whatsoever  incurred   by  Lessee  incident  to   the  ownership,
management,  maintenance,  repair, replacement,  restoration, and
operation of the Leased Property;

             (iv)    All  indemnities,  fees  and  expenses  (not
otherwise paid or provided for out of the proceeds of the Loan or
the  Owner's  Equity) incurred  by Owner  or  which the  Owner is
obligated to pay in connection with the transactions contemplated
in this Lease or the Loan;

             (v) All amounts, liabilities  and obligations  which
Lessee assumes or  agrees to  pay hereunder to  Owner or  others,
including, if  any, payments  of Termination Value,  indemnities,
and  any Reinvestment Premium  that may become  payable by Lessee
hereunder,  in addition to any  other amounts due  as Base Rental
and Additional Rental hereunder; and

             (vi)    In the  event Lessee shall fail  to pay Base
Rental  or Additional  Rental  or any  other payment  (including,
without limitation, the Maximum  Lessee Risk Amount,  Termination
Value or Purchase  Price) owing in  respect hereof in  accordance
with the terms  of this Lease on the date  fixed for such payment

                               -13-

<PAGE>





or  upon the  occurrence of  an Event  of Default,  an additional
amount calculated daily from and after the date fixed for payment
until paid or  upon the  occurrence of the  Event of Default  and
during the continuance thereof, as the  case may be, equal to the
product  of (A) a  fraction, the numerator  of which  is the then
effective  Default  Rate  applicable   under  the  Loan  and  the
denominator of  which is  360 multiplied  by (B) the  Termination
Value  (or, if the Basic Term Commencement Date has not occurred,
100% of  all  Project Costs  plus the amount described  in clause
(iii) of  Section 4(b)  above).  Amounts  constituting Additional
Rental  under  this  clause  (vi)  shall  be  payable  by  Lessee
immediately upon demand, or if no demand is made, upon the  first
day of each month.

        Amounts  constituting Additional  Rental payable pursuant
to clauses (i), (ii), (iii)  and (iv) of this Section 5(b)  shall
be paid by Lessee directly to  the person or persons to whom such
amounts  are payable.  The  obligation of Lessee  to pay all such
amounts shall survive the termination of this Lease.


    (c) The  Owner shall  determine  and  compute the  amount  of
Interim Rental  accrued during and  after the Interim  Lease Term
but prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date and add such amount
to the other Project Costs and, upon such determination by Owner,
Owner will provide  the Lessee  with a written  statement of  the
total Project Costs. Exhibit F sets forth the Maximum Lessee Risk
Amount and  Maximum Owner  Risk  Amount applicable  prior to  the
Basic  Term Commencement  Date.   The Rental  Factor, Termination
Value,  Purchase Price,  Maximum Lessee  Risk Amount  and Maximum
Owner Risk Amount  shall be determined by the Owner  prior to the
Conversion  Date and  will  be effective  as  of the  Basic  Term
Commencement  Date for  the Maximum  Term.  Said amounts  will be
determined  by  Owner  to   reflect  the  actual  interest  rates
established  for the  Long-Term Loan  and Investor  Loan for  all
periods after the  Basic Term  Commencement Date.   On the  Basic
Term Commencement Date,  the Owner shall  prepare and deliver  to
Lessee  exhibits to this Lease which sets forth the actual Rental
Factor (Exhibit B), Termination  Value Exhibit D), Purchase Price
(Exhibit E), Maximum Lessee  Risk Amount (Exhibit F)  and Maximum
Owner  Risk Amount (Exhibit F)  after such adjustment.   All such
amounts will  be determined  to provide that  the Purchase  Price
shall amortize to  seventy-five percent (75%) of Project Costs at
the expiration of the Maximum Term.  The determination of Project
Costs and of the Rental  Factor, the Termination Value,  Purchase
Price, Maximum  Lessee Risk Amount and Maximum  Owner Risk Amount
by  Owner  shall, in  the absence  of  manifest error,  be deemed
conclusive.

    (d) All  payments  of  Base  Rental  and   Additional  Rental

                               -14-

<PAGE>





required  to be  made by Lessee  to Owner  shall be  made in good
funds.  While  any of  the Construction Loan,  Long-Term Loan  or
Investor   Loan  remains  outstanding,   all  payments  hereunder
assigned  to Lender,  whether Base  Rental, Additional  Rental or
otherwise, shall be paid in such manner as shall be designated by
such Lender.   If  neither the Construction  Loan, the  Long-Term
Loan  nor  the  Investor   Loan  are  outstanding,  all  payments
hereunder shall be  paid in such manner as designated by Owner or
any other Assignee.

    Section  6.   Use.    Lessee  may  use  the Leased  Property,
including related amenities such as  a parking garage, for office
purposes,   distribution,   warehousing,   light   manufacturing,
research and development (or any one or more of such uses) or for
any other  lawful uses as may be permitted by Owner and which are
consistent  with  all  covenants  and  restrictions  of Permitted
Liens.

    Section 7.  Net Lease; Nonterminability

    (a) This  Lease is  a "net lease."   All  costs, expenses and
obligations of every kind  and nature whatsoever relating  to the
Leased Property  and the appurtenances  thereto and  the use  and
occupancy thereof  by Lessee  or anyone claiming  by, through  or
under Lessee which may arise or become due during or with respect
to  the  period constituting  the Term  hereof  shall be  paid by
Lessee,  and  Lessee  shall  indemnify  the  Indemnified  Parties
against  any of  the foregoing  as provided  in Section  8 below.
Lessee  assumes,   during  the  Term  of  this  Lease,  the  sole
responsibility  for the  condition, use,  operation, maintenance,
subletting and  management of the Leased  Property, neither Owner
nor any other Indemnified Party shall have any  responsibility in
respect  thereof, nor shall Owner nor any other Indemnified Party
have  any  liability for  damage incurred  by  any Person  or for
damage to the property of  Lessee or any sublessee of  Lessee for
any  reason whatsoever.   Without limiting the  generality of the
foregoing, during the  Term of this  Lease, Lessee shall  perform
all  of the  obligations  of the  sublessor  under any  subleases
affecting all or any part of the Leased Property which Lessee may
hereinafter  enter into as sublessor to the  extent that Lessee's
failure  to   perform  such  obligations  could   result  in  the
occurrence of an Event of Default under this Lease. 

    (b) Lessee  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  its  obligations
hereunder, including, without limitation,  its obligations to pay
Base  Rental and  Additional Rental,  shall be  unconditional and
irrevocable under  any and  all circumstances  and  shall not  be
subject to cancellation, termination, modification or repudiation
by Lessee.  This Lease shall not terminate, nor shall Lessee have
any right to terminate  this Lease, and Lessee shall  perform all

                               -15-

<PAGE>





obligations hereunder,  including the payment of  all Base Rental
and Additional Rental, without notice, demand, counterclaim, set-
off,  deduction, defense  or recoupment,  and without  abatement,
suspension,  deferment, diminution  or reduction for  any reason,
including, without limitation, any past, present or future claims
which  Lessee may  have against  the Owner,  Construction Lender,
Long-Term  Lender, LC  Issuer, BFS  or any  other Person  for any
reason  whatsoever; any  defect  in the  Leased  Property or  any
portion   thereof,   or   in   the   title,   condition,  design,
construction,  habitability  or  fitness  for  a  particular  use
thereof; any damage  to or destruction or loss of  all or part of
the  Leased  Property;  any  restriction,  deprivation (including
eviction)  or   prevention  of,  or  any   interference  with  or
interruption  of, any  use  or occupancy  of the  Leased Property
(whether due  to any defect in or failure of Owner's title to the
Leased Property, any Owner  Lien or otherwise); any condemnation,
requisition  or other  taking or  sale of  the use,  occupancy or
title to the Leased  Property; any action, omission or  breach on
the  part  of  the  Owner  under  this  Lease  (including without
limitation,  any   breach  of  the  Owner's  representations  and
warranties set forth  in Section  12 hereof) or  under any  other
agreement between Owner and Lessee, or  any other indebtedness or
liability, howsoever and whenever arising, of Owner, any Assignee
or  Lessee to  any  other Person,  or  by reason  of  insolvency,
bankruptcy  or  similar  proceedings  by or  against  Owner,  any
Assignee  or   Lessee;  the  inadequacy  or   inaccuracy  of  the
description of the Leased  Property or the failure to  demise and
let to Lessee the property intended to be leased hereby; Lessee's
acquisition  of ownership of the  Leased Property or  any sale or
other disposition  of the  Leased Property; the  impossibility or
illegality of performance by Owner or Lessee or both; the failure
of  Owner to  deliver possession  of the  Leased Property  on the
Closing Date; any  action of any court, administrative  agency or
other governmental authority; or any other cause, whether similar
or  dissimilar  to  the  foregoing, any  present  or  future  law
notwithstanding;  it being  the intention  of the  parties hereto
that all  Base Rental  and  Additional Rental  payable by  Lessee
hereunder shall continue to be  payable in all events and in  the
manner  and  at the  times  herein  provided, without  notice  or
demand, unless the obligation to pay the same shall be terminated
pursuant to the express provisions of this Lease.

    (c) Lessee  will  remain   obligated  under  this  Lease   in
accordance  with its  terms,  and will  not  take any  action  to
terminate,  rescind   or  avoid  this  Lease   for  any  reasons,
notwithstanding   any  bankruptcy,   insolvency,  reorganization,
liquidation, dissolution or other proceeding  affecting Owner, or
any assignee of  Owner, or any action with respect  to this Lease
which may be taken by any receiver, trustee or liquidator, or any
assignee of Owner or by any court in any such proceeding.  Lessee

                               -16-

<PAGE>





waives all rights at  any time conferred by statute  or otherwise
to quit, terminate or surrender this Lease or the Leased Property
(except as  otherwise expressly provided in  Sections 4(c), 16(c)
or  29 hereof), or to any abatement, reduction, deferment or set-
off of any Base Rental, Additional Rental or other sum payable by
Lessee  hereunder, for damage, loss or expense suffered by Lessee
on  account  of  any cause  referred  to  in  this Section  7  or
otherwise. 

    Section 8.  Taxes and Other Charges; Laws and Agreements.

    (a) Lessee agrees to pay, defend and indemnify  and hold each
Indemnified Party harmless on an after-tax basis from any and all
Federal, state,  local  and foreign  taxes,  fees,  withholdings,
levies,  imposts, duties, assessments and charges of any kind and
nature  whatsoever,  including, without  limitation,  all amounts
payable hereunder as Additional  Rental hereunder,  together with
any penalties, fines or interest thereon (herein called "taxes or
other impositions") attributable to any given period prior to  or
within  the Indemnification  Period,  howsoever imposed,  whether
levied or imposed upon or  asserted against Owner, Trust Company,
Beneficiary, W. Jeffrey Kramer  ("Kramer"), any Assignee, Lessee,
the Leased  Property, or any portion  thereof (including, without
limitation,  taxes and assessments  referred to in  clause (i) of
Section  5(b)  hereof) or  any  other Indemnified  Party,  by any
Federal, state  or local  government or  taxing authority  in the
United  States,  or  by  any  taxing  authority  or  governmental
subdivision of a foreign country, upon or with respect to (a) the
Leased  Property  or  any  portion  thereof  (including,  without
limitation, all  fixtures, equipment and  personal property which
forms  a  part  of the  Leased  Property),  (b) the  acquisition,
manufacture,   construction,   ordering,   purchase,   ownership,
delivery,  leasing,  subleasing,  re-leasing,   possession,  use,
maintenance, registration,  re-registration, titling, re-titling,
licensing,  documentation,   return,  repossession,  foreclosure,
condemnation,  conveyance, assignment, sale  or other application
or  disposition of  the  Leased  Property  or any  other  portion
thereof, (c) the rentals,  receipts or earnings arising from  the
Leased  Property or other portion thereof, or (d) this Lease, the
Base Rental or Additional  Rental payable by Lessee  hereunder or
any  of the  Transaction Documents,  provided, however,  that the
foregoing  indemnity shall not apply to and nothing in this Lease
shall  require  the payment  by the  Lessee of  (i) any  taxes or
impositions  based  upon  or  measured solely  by  any  Principal
Party's  gross,  net  or   taxable  income,  tax  preferences  or
dividends paid or taxes  payable in the nature of  capital gains,
excess profits, accumulated earnings or  personal holding company
taxes of  such Principal Party, unless any such tax is in lieu of
or in substitute for any  other taxes of such Principal Party  or
impositions upon or with respect to the Leased Property which, if

                               -17-

<PAGE>





such  other taxes or impositions were in effect, would be payable
by  Lessee hereunder;  (ii)  any franchise,  estate, inheritance,
succession, capital stock tax,  unless any such tax is in lieu of
or in substitute  for any other taxes of such  Principal Party or
impositions upon or with respect to the Leased Property which, if
such  other taxes or impositions were in effect, would be payable
by  Lessee hereunder; (iii) any taxes of the Trust Company or the
Beneficiary  imposed on  or measured  by the  administrative fees
earned  by  such  Persons  in  connection  with  the  transaction
contemplated  herein;  (iv) any  taxes  of  an Indemnified  Party
arising  by  reason of  any voluntary  transfer  of the  Lease or
Leased  Property or  part thereof  other than  (A) a  transfer by
Owner pursuant to an  exercise of remedies which  are enforceable
after  the occurrence  of an  Event of  Default hereunder,  (B) a
transfer  constituting an  Owner Conveyance  hereunder; or  (C) a
subsequent transfer  by the  Lender or  any nominee, designee  or
affiliate thereof if such entity purchases the Leased Property at
a  foreclosure sale or  accepts a deed-in-lieu  of foreclosure to
the  Leased Property, and (v)  any taxes of  an Indemnified Party
arising by reason of the voluntary transfer by the Beneficiary of
its  interests held  pursuant to  the Trust  Agreement.   As used
herein,  the  term  "Indemnification  Period"  means  the  period
commencing on the Closing  Date and ending  on the date that  the
Owner  or any Assignee sells, transfers or otherwise conveys such
Person's interest in and  to the Leased Property to the Lessee or
a third  person.  "Principal  Party" means any  Indemnified Party
other than  the  Owner, the  Beneficiary,  the Trust  Company  or
Kramer.   Lessee  will promptly  notify Owner  of all  reports or
returns  required to  be made  with respect to  any tax  or other
imposition with respect to which  Lessee is required to indemnity
hereunder,  and  will  promptly provide  each  of  them with  all
information necessary  for the making  and timely filing  of such
reports or  returns by Owner.   If Owner  requests that  any such
reports or returns be  prepared and filed by Lessee,  Lessee will
prepare and  file the same if permitted by applicable law to file
the  same, and  if not  so permitted,  Lessee shall  prepare such
report or returns for  signature by Owner, and shall  forward the
same, together  with immediately  available funds for  payment of
any tax or other imposition due, to Owner, at least ten (10) days
in advance  of  the  date such  payment  is due.    Upon  written
request,  Lessee shall  furnish  Owner with  copies  of all  paid
receipts or other  appropriate evidence of payment for  all taxes
or other impositions paid  by Lessee pursuant to this  Section 8.
All of the indemnities contained in this Section 8 shall continue
in  full  force  and  effect notwithstanding  the  expiration  or
earlier  termination of this Lease in whole or in part, including
the expiration or  termination of  the Term with  respect to  the
Leased Property, and are  expressly made for the benefit  of, and
shall be enforceable by, Owner and each Assignee.


                               -18-

<PAGE>





    (b) Notwithstanding the provisions  of paragraph (a) of  this
Section  8 and  the provisions  of Section  9 and  so long  as no
Default  or  Event   of  Default  shall  have   occurred  and  be
continuing,  Lessee   shall  have   the  right  to   contest,  by
appropriate legal proceedings, any tax, charge, levy, assessment,
lien or other  encumbrance affecting the Leased Property,  and to
postpone payment  of  or  compliance with  the  same  during  the
pendency of such contest, provided  that (i) the commencement and
continuation  of such  proceedings  shall suspend  the collection
thereof from,  and suspend  the enforcement thereof  against, the
Person  on whom such tax, charge, levy, assessment, lien or other
encumbrance is sought  to be imposed and/or  the Leased Property,
(ii) no  part of  the  Leased Property  nor  any Base  Rental  or
Additional Rental or other sums payable by Lessee hereunder shall
be  in danger of being  sold, forfeited, attached  or lost, (iii)
there  shall  not exist  (x) any  interference  with the  use and
occupancy of the Leased Property or any part thereof, or  (y) any
interference  with the payment  of Base Rental  or any Additional
Rental (other  than the  portion  subject to  the contest),  (iv)
Lessee  shall   promptly  prosecute  such  contest   to  a  final
settlement  or conclusion,  or if  Lessee deems  it advisable  to
abandon such contest,  Lessee shall promptly  pay or perform  the
obligation which was the  subject of such  contest and (v) at  no
time during  the permitted contest shall  there be a  risk of the
imposition  of criminal liability on  Owner for failure to comply
therewith.   If (i) any such  contest shall involve an  amount of
money or potential loss (including penalties and similar charges)
in excess of $250,000, and (ii) either the Lessee's Parent is not
then Investment Grade or  a Default or an Event  of Default shall
have occurred  and be  continuing, then  Lessee shall  either (A)
deposit  with the  Owner  an amount  equal to  125%  of the  tax,
charge, levy, assessment, lien or other encumbrance affecting the
Leased  Property, or  (B) post  an  equivalent bond  for security
issued by a surety or other issuer reasonably acceptable to Owner
and  containing such  terms  which are  reasonably acceptable  to
Owner.  Lessee shall  not postpone the payment  of any such  tax,
charge,  levy, assessment,  lien  or other  encumbrance for  such
length of time as shall  permit the Leased Property, or any  lien
thereon  created  by such  item being  contested,  to be  sold or
foreclosed by  federal, state, county or  municipal authority for
the non-payment  thereof.   Lessee shall not  postpone compliance
with  any such law,  rule, order, ordinance,  regulation or other
governmental  requirement if  Owner  will thereby  be subject  to
criminal prosecution,  or if any municipal  or other governmental
authority shall be in  a position according to applicable  law to
commence and carry out any action which would prevent  compliance
with the same  or to foreclose or sell any  lien affecting all or
part of the Leased Property which  shall have arisen by reason of
such  postponement  or failure  of compliance.   Owner  agrees to
provide Lessee  with a copy  of any of  its tax returns  upon the

                               -19-

<PAGE>





written request of Lessee.

    Section 9.   Liens.   Lessee represents and  warrants that on
the Closing Date, fee simple title in the Leased Property will be
vested in Owner subject only to Permitted Liens.   Subject to the
provisions of paragraph  (b) of Section 8, Lessee  will promptly,
but  in any  event no  later than 60  days after  Lessee acquires
actual knowledge of  the filing thereof but in any event prior to
the  enforcement  of the  same, at  its  own expense,  remove and
discharge of  record, by  bond  or otherwise,  any charge,  lien,
security interest  or encumbrance upon the  Leased Property, upon
any  Base Rental,  or upon  any Additional  Rental or  other sums
payable  by Lessee under this  Lease which arises  for any reason
(except for Owner Liens)  including all liens which arise  out of
Lessee's  possession, use, construction,  operation and occupancy
of the Leased  Property, but not  including any Permitted  Liens.
Nothing   contained  in   this  Lease   shall  be   construed  as
constituting the consent or request of Owner, express or implied,
to   or  for   the  performance   by  any   contractor,  laborer,
materialman,  or vendor  of  any labor  or  services or  for  the
furnishing   of  any  materials   for  construction,  alteration,
addition,  repair or demolition of  or to the  Leased Property or
any part thereof.  Notice is  hereby given that Owner will not be
liable  for any labor, services  or materials furnished  or to be
furnished  to Lessee,  or to  anyone holding  an interest  in the
Leased  Property or any part thereof by, through or under Lessee,
and  that  no  mechanic's or  other  liens  for  any such  labor,
services or materials shall  attach to or affect the  interest of
Owner in and to the Leased Property.  In the event of the failure
of Lessee  to discharge  any charge,  lien, security  interest or
encumbrance within the time period set  forth above and otherwise
as aforesaid, except during the pendency of any contest permitted
and conducted pursuant to  paragraph (b) of Section 8,  Owner may
(but shall not be required to) discharge such items by payment or
bond or  both, and Lessee will  repay to Owner,  upon demand, any
and  all amounts paid therefor, or by  reason of any liability on
such bond,  and also any and all  reasonable incidental expenses,
including  reasonable  attorney's  fees,  incurred  by  Owner  in
connection therewith. 

    Section 10.  Ownership of the Leased Property. 

    (a) The Owner and the  Lessee intend that  (i) for  financial
accounting purposes with  respect to the Lessee,  this Lease will
be treated  as  an "operating  lease"  pursuant to  Statement  of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 13, as amended,  but (ii) for
federal and all state  and local  income  tax purposes, (A)  this
Lease  will  be  treated  as a  financing  arrangement,  (B)  the
Construction  Lender  and the  Long-Term  Lender  will be  deemed
lenders making loans for  the benefit of the Lessee,  which loans

                               -20-

<PAGE>





are  secured by all  of the Leased  Property, and (C)  the Lessee
will be  treated as the owner  of all of the  Leased Property and
will be entitled to  all tax benefits ordinarily available  to an
owner of a  property similar to the Leased Property  for such tax
purposes.     Owner   and  Beneficiary   shall  take   no  action
inconsistent  with such  intent for  tax purposes,  provided that
nothing in  this  Section  10(a) shall  deemed  to  restrict  the
Owner's right to exercise any remedies after the occurrence of an
Event of Default.

    (b) This  Lease is  a lease  intended  as  security.   Lessee
hereby grants to Owner a security interest in all of the Lessee's
right,  title  and  interest  in  and   to  the  Leased  Property
(including,  without  limitation,  all  site  improvements,  base
building, building systems, equipment and related fixtures now or
hereafter existing on the Land), together with any substitutions,
replacements and additions thereto, all of the Lessee's rights in
and  to  the  Approved  Construction Documents  and  all  general
intangibles related to  the Leased Property  and all of  Lessee's
rights,  claims and  damages  arising  from  warranties  (whether
express or implied) of architects, contractors and subcontractors
with  respect   to  the  development  and   construction  of  the
Improvements, and  all proceeds  of the conversion,  voluntary or
involuntary, of the foregoing  into cash, investments, securities
or other  property, whether  in cash, investments,  securities or
other property.   The Owner and  the Lessee shall, to  the extent
consistent  with  this  Lease,  take such  actions  and  execute,
deliver,   file  and  record   such  other  documents,  financing
statements, mortgages and deeds  of trust as may be  necessary to
ensure  that,  if this  Lease were  deemed  to create  a security
interest in the Leased  Property in accordance with  this Section
10,  such security  interest would  be deemed  to be  a perfected
security  interest  of first  priority under  applicable federal,
state and local law, subject only to Permitted Liens, and will be
maintained as such throughout the Term.

    Section 11.   Owner's Disclaimer;  Acknowledgement by Lessee.
The Leased Property is  demised and let in its  present condition
without  representation  and warranty  by  Owner  subject to  (i)
Permitted Liens, (ii) the rights of  parties in possession, (iii)
the  state  of title  transferred to  Owner  on the  Closing Date
pursuant to  the P&S, (iv) any  state of facts which  an accurate
survey  or  physical  inspection  might show,  (v)  the  existing
environmental  condition   of  the  Leased   Premises,  (vi)  all
applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and restrictions,
including,   without   limitation,   all    Environmental   Legal
Requirements,  now   in  effect  or  hereafter   adopted  by  any
governmental   authority  having  jurisdiction,   and  (vii)  any
violation  of  such  laws,  rules,  regulations,  ordinances  and
restrictions occurring on or before the Closing Date.  Lessee has

                               -21-

<PAGE>





examined the  Leased Property and the Owner's  title and interest
thereto  and  has found  as between  Lessee  and Owner  (and each
Person  claiming by,  through  or under  Owner)  the same  to  be
satisfactory for all purposes.

    LESSEE   REPRESENTS,  WARRANTS  AND   ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  THE
CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS  ON THE LAND WILL BE  WITHIN THE
EXCLUSIVE CONTROL  OF, AND  WILL BE  THE SOLE  RESPONSIBILITY OF,
LESSEE.  OWNER HAS NOT MADE  AN INSPECTION OF THE LEASED PROPERTY
AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH
RESPECT  TO THE  LEASED PROPERTY  OR ANY  PORTION THEREOF  OR THE
LOCATION,    USE,     DESCRIPTION,    DESIGN,    MERCHANTABILITY,
HABITABILITY,    ENVIRONMENTAL    CONDITION,   COMPLIANCE    WITH
SPECIFICATIONS,  CONDITION,  OPERATION,   ABSENCE  FROM   DEFECTS
(PATENT  OR  LATENT),  DURABILITY  OR FITNESS  FOR  A  PARTICULAR
PURPOSE  OF THE LEASED PROPERTY  OR ANY PORTION  THEREOF; AND ALL
RISKS INCIDENTAL TO  THE LEASED  PROPERTY SHALL BE  BORNE BY  THE
LESSEE  AND THE OWNER  SHALL HAVE NO  RESPONSIBILITY WITH RESPECT
THERETO.  WITHOUT  LIMITING THE GENERALITY  OF THE FOREGOING,  IN
THE EVENT OF ANY DEFECT OR DEFICIENCY OF ANY NATURE IN THE LEASED
PROPERTY  OR  ANY  PORTION  THEREOF, WHETHER  PATENT  OR  LATENT,
WHETHER  DISCOVERABLE  BY  LESSEE,   OWNER  SHALL  NOT  HAVE  ANY
RESPONSIBILITY  OR  LIABILITY WITH  RESPECT  THERETO  OR FOR  ANY
DIRECT  OR  INDIRECT  DAMAGE  TO PERSONS  OR  PROPERTY  RESULTING
THEREFROM, OR FOR LESSEE'S LOSS OF USE OF THE LEASED PROPERTY, OR
ANY  PORTION  THEREOF,  OR   FOR  ANY  INTERRUPTION  IN  LESSEE'S
BUSINESS CAUSED BY LESSEE'S INABILITY TO USE THE LEASED PROPERTY,
OR  ANY  PORTION  THEREOF,  FOR  ANY  REASON  WHATSOEVER.     THE
PROVISIONS  OF THIS SECTION 11 HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED BY LESSEE AND
OWNER  AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND DISCLAIMER
BY  OWNER OF ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES  BY OWNER WITH RESPECT TO THE
LEASED  PROPERTY  OR  ANY  PORTION THEREOF,  WHETHER  EXPRESS  OR
IMPLIED, AND  WHETHER ARISING UNDER THE  UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE,
ANY OTHER  APPLICABLE LAW  OR OTHERWISE.   LESSEE REPRESENTS  AND
WARRANTS  TO OWNER  THAT THE  PROVISIONS OF  THIS SECTION  11 ARE
ENFORCEABLE  BY  OWNER AGAINST  LESSEE  (AND  THOSE CLAIMING  BY,
THROUGH  OR UNDER  LESSEE)  AND THAT  OWNER  SHALL NOT  HAVE  ANY
LIABILITY FOR ANY OF THE MATTERS SUBJECT TO THIS DISCLAIMER.

    Section 12.  Representations of Parties.

        Lessee hereby  represents and warrants  to Owner that  as
of the Closing Date and at all times during the Term as follows:

        (a)  Lessee  is  a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the  State of New
York,  with  full  corporate  power  and  authority  to  own  its
properties and to conduct its business as currently conducted.

    (b) Lessee  is  qualified   to  do  business  as  a   foreign

                               -22-

<PAGE>





corporation and is in good standing in the State of New Jersey.

    (c) Lessee has  the corporate  power and  authority to  enter
into this  Lease and the Transaction  Documents to which it  is a
party  and to  carry out  and perform  the obligations  of Lessee
under the terms hereof and thereof.

    (d) The  execution, delivery  and  performance by  Lessee  of
this Lease and  the Transaction Documents to which it  is a party
have been  duly authorized by all the  necessary corporate action
of Lessee and do not (A)  violate any provision of any law, rule,
regulation,   order,   writ,   judgment,    injunction,   decree,
determination  or  award applicable  to Lessee,  (B) result  in a
breach of or constitute  a default under any indenture or loan or
credit agreement or  any other agreement, lease or  instrument to
which  Lessee is  a party or  by which  it or  its properties are
bound, or (C) result  in, or require, the creation  or imposition
of any mortgage, deed of  trust, pledge, lien, security  interest
or other charge or encumbrance.  Lessee is not in violation of or
in  default under  any such  law, rule, regulation,  order, writ,
judgment, injunction, decree, determination or reward or any such
indenture,  agreement,  lease  or instrument  described  in  this
paragraph.

    (e) The Lease and  the Transaction Documents to which  Lessee
is a  party have been duly  executed and delivered by  Lessee and
constitute  the legal,  valid and  binding obligations  of Lessee
enforceable  against  Lessee  in  accordance  with  their  terms,
including,  without limitation,  the  choice  of laws  provisions
therein.

    (f) Neither the  execution and  delivery of  this Lease,  nor
the payment and performance  by Lessee of all of  its obligations
hereunder,  require the  consent or  approval of,  the  giving of
notice  to, or the registration, filing or recording with, or the
taking of any  other action  in respect of,  any Federal,  state,
local or  foreign government or governmental  authority or agency
or  other  Person other  than the  recording  of a  Memorandum of
Lease.

    (g) All balance  sheets, statements  of profit  and loss  and
other financial data that have been delivered to Owner and Lender
with respect to Lessee's  Parent (A) are complete and  correct in
all  material  respects,  (B)  accurately  present  the financial
condition  of Lessee's  Parent on  the dates  for which,  and the
results of its  operations for  the periods for  which, the  same
have  been furnished,  and (C)  have been prepared  in accordance
with  generally  accepted   accounting  principles   consistently
applied  throughout the  periods covered  thereby, and  there has
been no material  adverse change  in the condition  of Lessee  or

                               -23-

<PAGE>





Lessee's Parent, financial or  otherwise, since  the date  of the
most recent financial statements  delivered to Owner with respect
to Lessee's Parent;

    (h) Except as  otherwise stated  in Schedule  I (the  "Listed
Permits"), Lessee  holds all  licenses, certificates and  permits
(including   any   applicable    environmental   permits)    from
governmental authorities  necessary to complete  the Improvements
pursuant to the Construction  Agency Agreement and/or required to
construct  the  Improvements  as  contemplated  in  the  Approved
Construction Documents  and prior to the  Basic Term Commencement
Date,  shall  obtain  all  licenses,   certificates  and  permits
(including  applicable  environmental permits)  from governmental
authorities  necessary to occupy and use  the Leased Property for
its  intended  purposes.   All  such  licenses, certificates  and
permits will remain in full force and effect and be complied with
in all respects.

    (i) No litigation or administrative proceedings of or  before
any court, tribunal or  governmental body is pending, or,  to the
knowledge  of Lessee,  threatened against  Lessee or  any of  its
properties  or  with respect  to this  Lease which,  if adversely
determined, would have a material adverse effect on the business,
assets  or financial  condition of  Lessee or  upon its  right to
enter into this Lease or the validity or effectiveness thereof.

    (j) Lessee is  not in  default in the payment  or performance
of any  of its material obligations or  in the performance of any
material contract, agreement or other instrument to which it is a
party or by  which it or any of its assets may be bound and which
will continue to exist subsequent to the date hereof.

        (k)  The Leased Property  is not subject to any  mortgage,
lien,  pledge, charge,  encumbrance, security  interest  or title
retention  or  other security  agreement  or  arrangement of  any
nature whatsoever, except for Permitted Liens.

    (l) Lessee  has  not  incurred  or  become   liable  for  any
broker's commission or finder's fee  relating to or in connection
with  the  transaction contemplated  in this  Lease or  the other
Transaction Documents, except for the fee payable to  Cushman and
Wakefield, which fee is listed on the Project Budget and shall be
paid  promptly   upon  becoming   due  in  accordance   with  the
Construction Agency Agreement.

    Owner  hereby represents and  warrants to  Lessee that  as of
the Closing Date and at all times during the Term as follows:

    (a) Trust  Company  is  a national  banking  association duly
organized,  validly existing and in good  standing under the laws

                               -24-

<PAGE>





of the United  States of  America with full  corporate power  and
authority  to own  its  properties and  to  conduct the  business
contemplated under the Transaction Documents.

    (b) Trust Company is  either qualified to  do business and is
in  good standing in  the State of  New Jersey or  because of the
nature of its activities,  Owner is not required to  be qualified
to do business in the State of New Jersey.

    (c) Owner  has  the  power  and  authority  under  its  Trust
Agreement to  enter into this Lease and the Transaction Documents
to  which  it  is  a  party and  to  carry  out  and  perform the
obligations of Owner under the terms hereof and thereof.

    (d) The execution, delivery and performance by  Owner of this
Lease and the Transaction Documents  to which it is a party  have
been duly authorized and do not (A) violate any provision  of any
law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
determination  or  award applicable  to  Owner, (B)  result  in a
breach of or constitute a default  under any indenture or loan or
credit agreement or  any other agreement, lease  or instrument to
which  Owner is  a party  or by  which it  or its  properties are
bound, or (C) result  in, or require, the creation  or imposition
of any mortgage,  deed of trust, pledge, lien,  security interest
or other charge or encumbrance.  Owner is not in  violation of or
in default  under any  such law,  rule, regulation,  order, writ,
judgment,  injunction,   decree, determination  or reward  or any
such indenture, agreement, lease  or instrument described in this
paragraph.

    (e) The Lease  and the Transaction  Documents to which  Owner
is a party  have been duly  executed and  delivered by Owner  and
constitute  the legal,  valid  and binding  obligations of  Owner
enforceable  against   Owner  in  accordance  with  their  terms,
including, without  limitation,  the choice  of  laws  provisions
therein.

    (f) Neither the  execution and  delivery of  this Lease,  nor
the performance  by Owner  of all  of its  obligations hereunder,
requires  the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, or
the  registration, filing or recording with, or the taking of any
other  action in respect of, any Federal, state, local or foreign
government or  governmental authority  or agency or  other Person
other than the recording of a Memorandum of Lease.

    (g) No litigation or  administrative proceedings of or before
any court, tribunal or  governmental body is pending, or,  to the
knowledge  of  Owner, threatened  against  Owner  or any  of  its
properties  or  with respect  to this  Lease which,  if adversely
determined, would have a material adverse effect on the business,

                               -25-

<PAGE>





assets or financial condition of Owner or upon its right to enter
into this Lease or the validly or effectiveness thereof.

    (h) Owner  has  not contracted  with  a  broker or  a  finder
relating to  or in connection with  the transactions contemplated
in this Lease or the other Transaction Documents.

    (i) Owner will  not, during  the entire term  of this  Lease,
engage  in any  business other  than the  business of  owning the
Leased Property and will not incur any debts other than the debts
contemplated in  the Transaction Documents and  debts incurred to
satisfy and discharge such debts.

    Section 13.  Maintenance; Quiet Enjoyment.

    (a) In  addition to  the other  covenants  contained in  this
Lease, Lessee hereby further covenants and agrees that during the
Term of this Lease:

        (i)  Lessee acknowledges that on and as  of the Basic Term
Commencement  Date, all  Improvements will  be in  new condition,
repair  and  appearance, subject  only to  the completion  of the
"punchlist  items"  set  forth  in  writing  on  such   date  and
referenced in Section 10.15 of the Construction Agency Agreement.
Lessee  shall, at  its cost  and expense,  keep and  maintain the
Improvements,  including  any  altered,  rebuilt,  additional  or
substituted buildings, structured and other improvements thereto,
in the same condition as on the Basic Term Commencement  Date (or
with  respect to  any "punchlist  items" acquired  or constructed
subsequent thereto, in  the same  condition as on  the date  that
such "punchlist items" have  been Substantially Completed and the
provisions of Section 10.15  of the Construction Agency Agreement
in respect thereof  have been satisfied), ordinary wear  and tear
excepted, and  on  a  basis consistent  with  the  operation  and
maintenance of first class office buildings, warehouse facilities
and/or light  manufacturing facilities  and other  uses permitted
under Section 6  hereof, as the case may be,  comparable in style
and location to the Leased Property and in no event less than the
standards applied by Lessee or its Affiliates in the operation of
other  comparable  properties owned  or leased  by Lessee  or its
Affiliates.   Lessee will make all  structural and nonstructural,
and ordinary and extraordinary changes, repairs and replacements,
foreseen or  unforeseen, which  may be  required, whether or  not
caused by its  act or omission, to be made  upon or in connection
with  the  Improvements  in  order  to  keep  the  same  in  such
condition,  including  taking, or  causing  to  be taken,  action
necessary to  maintain the Leased Property in compliance with the
provisions of  any insurance  policy with  respect to  the Leased
Property and  any  applicable Legal  Requirements, including  all
applicable  Environmental  Legal   Requirements.    Lessee  shall

                               -26-

<PAGE>





provide or  cause to be provided all  security service, custodial
service, janitorial service and  other services necessary for the
proper upkeep and maintenance of the Leased Property.

        (ii)     Lessee  covenants  to  perform  or  observe  all
terms,  covenants or  conditions of any Permitted Liens, easement
or maintenance agreements to which it may at any time  be a party
or to which the Leased Property or any portion thereof is subject
at any  time or  any other  like matters  which now  or hereafter
affect the Leased  Property, the Owner, the  Lease or any one  of
the  foregoing.  Lessee shall, at its expense, use its reasonable
efforts,  consistent  with sound  business  practice,  to enforce
compliance  with any  Permitted Liens,  easement,  or maintenance
agreements  or similar agreements  benefiting the Leased Property
or  any portion  thereof  by any  other  Person subject  to  such
agreement, provided, however,  that if a  failure to comply  with
any of  the foregoing  would adversely  affect the  utility, fair
market  value or useful life  of the Leased  Property, the Lessee
shall enforce compliance with the same.  Lessee expressly  waives
the right to make repairs at the expense of the Owner pursuant to
any  law  at  any time  in  effect  that  would  impose any  such
obligations on  a lessor or  give any  such rights  to a  lessor.
Lessee  shall not  abandon  the Leased  Property  or any  portion
thereof or commit waste thereon.

        (iii)    If  any  Improvements  situated  on  the  Leased
Property at any time during the Term of this Lease shall encroach
upon any  property, street or right-of-way  adjoining or adjacent
to  the  Leased  Property, or  shall  violate  the  agreements or
conditions contained  in any restrictive  covenant affecting  the
Leased Property or any  part thereof, or shall impair  the rights
of others under or obstruct any easement or right-of-way to which
the  Leased Property is subject, then, promptly after the written
request of Owner or any Person affected by any such encroachment,
violation,  impairment  or  obstruction,  Lessee  shall,  at  its
expense, either  (A) obtain  effective waivers or  settlements of
all  claims, liabilities  and  damages resulting  from each  such
encroachment,  violation, impairment  or obstruction  whether the
same  shall affect  Owner, Lessee,  the Construction  Lender, the
Long-Term  Lender or  the LC  Issuer or  any one  or more  of the
foregoing,  or (B) make such  changes in the  Improvements on the
Leased  Property and take such other action as shall be necessary
to  remove such  encroachments or  obstructions and  to  end such
violations   or  impairments,   including,   if  necessary,   the
alteration or removal of any Improvement on  the Leased Property.
Any such alteration or  removal shall be made in  conformity with
the requirements  of Section  17 to  the same  extent as if  such
alteration or removal were an alteration under Section 17 of this
Lease  and there  shall  be  no  abatement  of  Basic  Rental  or
Additional Rental by reason of such alteration or removal.

                               -27-

<PAGE>





        (iv)     Owner  shall  have no  obligation  to  incur any
expense  of   any  kind  or  character  in  connection  with  the
management,  operation  or  maintenance of  the  Leased  Property
during the  Term of this Lease.   Owner shall not  be required at
any  time  to   make  any  improvements,  alterations,   changes,
additions, repairs or replacements of any nature whatsoever in or
to  the Leased Property.  Lessee shall use and operate the Leased
Property or cause  it to be used  and operated only  by personnel
authorized by Lessee, and Lessee shall use reasonable precautions
to prevent loss  or damage to the  Leased Property from fire  and
other hazards.

        (v)  Lessee   shall   pay   all   charges   for   utility,
communication and other services on or about the Leased Property,
whether or not payment  therefor shall become due after  the Term
of this Lease.

        (vi)     Other  than  the  provisions  of  Section  13(b)
hereof, Lessee shall perform all covenants and agreements (except
for  those covenants  and agreements  which are by  their express
terms capable of being, or specifically required to be, performed
by Owner acting  alone) which  it and/or Owner  agree to  perform
under  the  Construction  Loan  Documents,  the  Long-Term   Loan
Documents,  the  Construction  Agency  Agreement  and  the  other
Transaction Documents.

    (b) Owner hereby  covenants and agrees  that during the  Term
of this Lease it shall not take any affirmative action which will
interfere with the quiet use and enjoyment of the Leased Property
by Lessee, that it will not  fail to take any affirmative  action
required to prevent interference with the quiet use and enjoyment
of the  Leased  Property  as  contemplated under  this  Lease  by
Lessee, unless such interference arises out of a Default or Event
of Default by  Lessee and that each lender  whose debt is secured
by a  lien on the Leased  Property shall enter  into an agreement
with Lessee to  such effect  that such lender  shall not  disturb
Lessee's occupancy  of the Leased Property and  shall respect all
Lessee's  right under  this Lease,  including  Lessee's  right to
purchase  as provided  in Section  4(c) above  and in  Section 29
below, so long as  no Event of Default shall  have occurred under
this  Lease and provided that  Lessee shall have  entered into an
agreement, satisfactory in all respects to  Lessee, subordinating
its interest in  the Leased Property to  the lien of such  lender
and  agreeing  to  attorn   to  such  lender  in  the   event  of
foreclosure.  Owner further covenants and agrees that, so long as
no  Default  or  Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred and  be
continuing  and provided  that Lessee  shall bear  all associated
costs, it shall take all reasonably necessary actions as owner of
the  Leased Property  (i)  to permit  Lessee  or its  nominee  to
exercise  Owner's  voting  rights  as  a  member  of  the  Campus

                               -28-

<PAGE>





Conservation and Management Association,  Inc., a New Jersey not-
for-profit corporation  (the "Association") and  serve as Owner's
representative  on  the  Association's  Design  Review Committee,
provided   that  such   exercise  and  representation   shall  be
consistent  with and  permitted  by the  By-Laws and  Articles of
Incorporation of  the Association;  and (ii) to  grant and/or  to
convey such necessary utility easements or rights of passage over
the Leased Property as may be  necessary to enable the Lessee  to
operate the Leased Property for the uses  permitted under Section
6 hereof.

    Section  14.   Compliance with  Legal  Requirements.   Lessee
shall at all times, at Lessee's own cost and expense, perform and
comply with all laws,  rules, orders, ordinances, regulations and
requirements now  or hereafter  enacted or promulgated,  of every
government and  municipality having jurisdiction  over the Leased
Property  and  of any  agency  thereof,  relating to  the  Leased
Property,  or  the  improvement  thereon, or  the  facilities  or
equipment thereon or therein,  or the streets, sidewalks, vaults,
vault spaces, curbs and gutters adjoining the Leased Property, or
the appurtenances  to the Leased  Property, or the  franchise and
privileges    connected     therewith    (collectively,    "Legal
Requirements"),  whether  or  not  such  Legal  Requirements   so
involved  shall  necessitate  structural  changes,  improvements,
interference  with  use and  enjoyment  of  the Leased  Property,
replacements or  repairs, extraordinary as well  as ordinary, and
Lessee shall so  perform and  comply, whether or  not such  Legal
Requirements  shall now  exist or shall  hereafter be  enacted or
promulgated, and  whether or not  such Legal Requirements  can be
said  to  be within  the  present  contemplation of  the  parties
hereto.  Lessee shall, at its expense, comply with all provisions
of insurance policies required pursuant to Section 15 hereof, and
with the  provisions of  all Permitted Liens  and all  contracts,
agreements,   instruments  and   restrictions  existing   at  the
commencement of this Lease or thereafter suffered or permitted by
Lessee,  affecting the Leased Property or any part thereof or the
ownership,  occupancy,  use,  operation  or  possession  thereof.
Lessee  shall at all  times comply with the  terms of and perform
its  obligations under any assignment to Lender of this Lease and
any consent of Lessee to such assignment.

    Notwithstanding  the foregoing provisions  of this Section 14
and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and  be continuing,  Lessee shall  have the  right to  contest by
appropriate  legal  proceedings,  any order  or  other  direction
issued by  any federal, state or local  governmental agency which
order or direction affects the Lessee or the Leased Property, and
to  postpone compliance with the same during the pendency of such
contest, provided  that (i) the commencement  and continuation of
such  proceedings shall suspend the enforcement  of such order or

                               -29-

<PAGE>





direction,  (ii)  no part  of the  Leased  Property nor  any Base
Rental  or Additional  Rental  or other  sums  payable by  Lessee
hereunder shall be  in danger of being  sold, forfeited, attached
or  lost, (iii) there shall  not exist (x)  any interference with
the use or occupancy of the Leased Property  or any part thereof,
or  (y) any  interference  with the  payment  of Base  Rental  or
Additional  Rental  (iv)  Lessee  shall  promptly prosecute  such
contest to a final  settlement or conclusion, or if  Lessee deems
it advisable to abandon such  contest, Lessee shall promptly  pay
or  perform the obligation which was the subject to such contest,
and (v) at no time during  the permitted contest shall there be a
risk of the imposition of criminal liability on Owner for failure
to comply  therewith.  If (i)  any such contest  shall involve an
amount  of  money, or  potential  loss  (including penalties  and
similar  charges) in excess of $100,000, and (ii) either Lessee's
Parent  is not then Investment Grade or  a Default or an Event of
Default shall have occurred and  be continuing, then Lessee shall
either (A)  deposit with the Owner an amount equal to 125% of the
amount of money or potential loss involved in such contest or (B)
post an equivalent bond for security  issued by a surety or other
issuer reasonably  acceptable to Owner and  containing such terms
which  are reasonably  acceptable to  Owner.   In no  event shall
Lessee postpone  the  payment  or  performance of  the  order  or
direction  for such  length of  time as  shall permit  the Leased
Property, or any lien thereon  created by such order or direction
being  contested, to be sold or foreclosed by any federal, state,
county   or   municipal   authority   for   the   nonpayment   or
nonperformance thereof.    Lessee shall  not postpone  compliance
with any such order or direction if Owner will thereby be subject
to criminal  prosecution, or if any  governmental authority shall
be in a position according to applicable law to commence or carry
out  any action which would then prohibit compliance with same or
to foreclose  or sell any  lien affecting  all or a  part of  the
Leased  Property  which shall  have  arisen  by  reason  of  such
postponement or failure of compliance.

    Section 15.   Insurance.   Lessee  shall during  the Term  of
this  Lease obtain  and  maintain or  cause  to be  obtained  and
maintained at all times the following insurance:

        (1)  A policy  or policies  of insurance  against loss  or
    damage  to  the  Leased  Property  and  all  replacement  and
    additions  thereto  known  as "all  risk"  without  exception
    (other than those  approved by Owner in writing).  During the
    Construction  Period,  the  Lessee  shall maintain  builder's
    risk insurance in  "completed value non-reporting  form" (and
    which shall include all insurance  required to be carried  by
    Lessee, as "owner," under the  provisions of the construction
    contracts let by  Lessee).  Such  insurance shall insure  the
    Improvements, including  all materials  in storage and  while

                               -30-

<PAGE>





    in transit  during the Construction  Period, against loss  or
    damage by fire  or other casualty, with extended coverage and
    with coverage  for such other hazards  (including "collapse,"
    "explosion," "underground hazards," "vandalism  and malicious
    mischief,"  and  coverage in  so-called  "all-risk" form)  as
    either the  Owner  or  the  Lender  may  from  time  to  time
    require.   All  such insurance  shall  contain a  replacement
    cost endorsement  (which shall evidence  coverage of 100%  of
    full replacement  cost, with only  those deductibles approved
    by Owner,  Lender and LC  Issuer) and, if  required by either
    Owner or Lender, an agreed amount endorsement.

        (2)  If  any portions of the Leased Property is located in
    an  area designated  by  the Secretary  of Housing  and Urban
    Development as having special flood  hazards, flood insurance
    in the maximum available amount.

        (3)  Comprehensive  public  liability  insurance,   naming
    Owner,  Beneficiary,  Kramer  and  Trust  Company,   each  as
    insured  and  Lender  and  LC   Issuer,  each  as  additional
    insured,  against  legal  liability  for  claims  for  death,
    personal injury, bodily injury, or  property damage occurring
    on, in or about the  Leased Property and the  adjoining land,
    streets,  sidewalks  or ways  or  occurring  as  a result  of
    construction and use of the  Improvements on the Land or as a
    result of any activities taking place  on the Leased Property
    after construction,  with liability insurance  limits of  not
    less  than  $20,000,000  combined single  limit  for personal
    injury and property damage.

        (4)  Boiler  and machinery  insurance  commencing  at such
    time as  fixtures and equipment  are connected and  ready for
    use.

        (5)  Workers'   compensation   insurance   issued   by   a
    responsible carrier  authorized under the  laws of the  State
    of  New Jersey  to  insure  employers against  liability  for
    compensation or  in lieu thereof, such  workers' compensation
    insurance  to  cover  all  persons   employed  by  Lessee  in
    connection  with  the  Leased  Property  and  to  cover  full
    liability for compensation under any such act aforesaid.

         (6)     Business interruption  insurance to  cover  loss
    resulting from delay  of the completion of  the Improvements.
    After the Basic Term Commencement  Date, such insurance shall
    cover  loss of  use, total  or partial,  of  any part  of the
    Leased Property in an amount  sufficient at all times  to pay
    the total  Base Rental  and Additional  Rental payable  under
    this Lease with respect to  the Leased Property for  a period
    adequate to cover  the period of loss  of use of any  part of

                               -31-

<PAGE>





    the Leased  Property.   Such  policy shall  provide that  the
    amount payable  thereunder shall not  be less than  an amount
    equal to one (1) year's Base Rental and Additional Rental.

        (7)  Professional   liability   insurance   covering   all
    architects  and engineers    involved  in the  design  and/or
    construction of the Improvements.

        (8)  Such  other insurance  coverages  in such  amounts as
    the  Owner   may  reasonably  request  consistent   with  the
    customary practices  of  prudent  developers  and  owners  of
    similar properties  or which  Owner is  required to  maintain
    under either the Construction Loan or Long-Term Loan.

    The  originals  or  duplicate  originals   of  such  policies
required  shall  be deposited  with the  Owner  by Lessee  on the
Closing Date and thereafter, no less frequently than annually and
in no event later than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement
of  the Basic  Lease Term  and each  Extension Lease Term.   With
respect to  the policies described under  subparagraphs (1), (2),
(4)  and,  if applicable,  (8),  the  Lessee also  shall  deliver
originals or duplicate originals evidencing the coverage required
under said  subparagraphs to Lender;  with respect  to all  other
insurance, the Lessee shall deliver insurance certificates naming
Lender  as the certificateholder, the  form and substance of such
certificates  to be satisfactory to Lender and shall be issued by
the insurer or a duly  authorized agent of the insurer and  shall
be accompanied by evidence of the full payment of premiums.

    All  policies  of  property  insurance  provided  for therein
shall  name the  Owner  and Trust  Company  as insured,  and  all
liability policies  (other  than  the  policies  discussed  under
paragraph  (7) above) shall name the Owner, Trust Company, Lender
and  LC Issuer as additional insured, as its interests may appear
and  the policies required under paragraphs (1), (2), (4) and (6)
above  shall  identify  the Owner  as  the  owner  of the  Leased
Property.   The  Lessee shall  be required  to deliver  copies of
insurance certificates evidencing the insurance coverage required
under paragraph (7) received from its architects and engineers in
the  form  required  under  the  Lessee's  agreements  with  such
parties.   In addition, all  insurance required under  this Lease
shall  be with companies and  in form, amounts  and with coverage
and  deductibles satisfactory  to  the Lender,  and containing  a
standard mortgagee  clause form endorsement naming  the Lender as
loss  payee and mortgagee.   All insurance carriers  shall have a
Best Insurance Guide rating of "A-XI" or better (or an equivalent
rating from another publication  of a similar nature as  shall be
in current  use and  approved by  the Owner  and the  Lender) and
shall  be qualified to  do business in  the State  of New Jersey.
All policies  required under this  Section 15 shall  provide that

                               -32-

<PAGE>





(i) the  insurance evidence  thereby  shall not  be cancelled  or
modified without  at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice
from  the insurance carrier to the Owner  and the Lender, (ii) no
act or  omission on the part  of the Lessee shall  invalidate the
coverage as to the Owner, Trust  Company and LC Issuer and no act
or  omission on  the  part  of  the Owner  or  the  Lessee  shall
invalidate  the coverage  as to  the Lender  and (iii)  no claims
shall be paid  thereunder without ten (10)  days' advance written
notice  to the  Owner and  the Lender.   Furthermore,  the Lessee
shall be required  to deliver renewal  policies of all  insurance
required under this Section 15, together with written evidence of
full payment  of the  annual premiums  therefor, at  least thirty
(30)  days  prior to  the  expiration of  the  existing insurance
period.   All insurance policies and  endorsements shall be fully
prepaid and  nonassessable.   The  Lessee  shall not  obtain  any
separate  or additional  insurance which  is contributing  in the
event  of loss  unless the  Owner, Trust  Company, LC  Issuer and
Lender  are  each  insured  thereunder (as  their  interests  may
appear) and  the policies therefor are satisfactory  to the Owner
and the Lender.

    Section 16.  Loss, Damage or Destruction.

    (a) Risk  of Loss,  Damage  or  Destruction.   Lessee  hereby
assumes  all risk  of loss,  damage, theft,  Taking, destruction,
confiscation, requisition or  commandeering, partial or complete,
of  or to the Leased Property, however caused or occasioned, such
risk to be  borne by Lessee  with respect to the  Leased Property
from  and  after  the  Closing  Date.    Lessee  agrees  that  no
occurrence specified  in the preceding sentence  shall impair, in
whole  or in  part, any  obligation of  Lessee under  this Lease,
including, without limitation, the  obligation to pay Base Rental
and Additional Rental.

    (b) Lessee hereby  assigns to Owner  any award, compensation,
insurance  proceeds or other  payment to which  Lessee may become
entitled by reason of its interest in the Leased Property, (i) if
the  Leased  Property,  or any  portion  thereof,  is  damaged or
destroyed  by  fire or    other hazard  or  casualty or  cause (a
"Casualty"), or  (ii) by reason of  any condemnation, requisition
or other  taking or sale  of the use,  occupancy or title  to the
Leased Property  or any portion thereof  in, by or on  account of
any actual or threatened Taking.  So long as no  Event of Default
has occurred and  is continuing,  Lessee shall, at  its cost  and
expense, in the  name and on behalf of  Owner, Lessee, Lender, LC
Issuer  or  otherwise, appear  in  any such  proceeding  or other
action, to  negotiate, accept  and prosecute  any  claim for  any
award,  compensation, insurance  proceeds  or  other  payment  on
account of  any such  loss, damage or  destruction, condemnation,
requisition or other taking or sale and to cause any  such award,

                               -33-

<PAGE>





compensation, insurance  proceeds or other payment to  be paid to
Owner.  Lessee shall  use its commercially reasonable efforts  to
achieve the maximum award or  other recovery obtainable under the
circumstances.  Any  negotiated awards, settlement  or recoveries
shall be subject to Owner's prior approval.   Owner may appear in
any  such proceeding or other action, in a manner consistent with
the foregoing and the  costs and expenses of any  such appearance
shall be borne by Lessee and payable to Owner as Additional Rent.
If an Event of Default has  occurred and is continuing, the Owner
shall have the right to negotiate, adjust and settle such awards,
settlements  and  recoveries  without  the  approval  of  Lessee.
Unless either the Lessee's Parent is not then Investment Grade or
a  Default or  an Event  of Default  shall  have occurred  and be
continuing,  the Lessee shall be entitled  to receive all amounts
paid or  payable for any Casualty or Taking of all or any portion
of the Leased Property, subject to the prior rights of Lender and
less  any costs  and  expenses incurred  by  Owner or  Lender  in
connection with the negotiation, settlement or collection of such
amounts (the  amounts received for any Casualty,  less such costs
and  expenses, shall be referred  to as the  "Net Casualty Award"
and  the amounts  received for  any Taking,  less such  costs and
expenses,  shall  be  referred to  as  the  "Net Taking  Award"),
otherwise the Owner shall  be entitled to receive the  Net Taking
Award  or the  Net Casualty  Award.   All  such amounts  shall be
applied  either (x) to the  payment of the  Termination Value and
the  other  amounts  due  under Section  16(c)  hereof,  if  such
Casualty or Taking results in, or the Lessee  elects to deem such
Casualty  or  Taking as,  an  Event of  Loss,  or (y)  to  pay in
accordance  with Section  16(d)  hereof for  the  actual cost  of
repair,   restoration,   rebuilding   or   replacement   of   the
Improvements by  Lessee (collectively, "Cost To  Repair") if such
Casualty or Taking  does not result  in, or  the Lessee does  not
elect to deem such Casualty or Taking as, an Event of Loss.

    (c) If a  Taking or Casualty to  the Leased Property  occurs,
Lessee  shall  give  Owner immediate  telephonic  notice  thereof
followed promptly  by written notice, and  describe in reasonable
detail in each case  the circumstances of the Taking  or Casualty
and the damage to or loss of the Leased Property.  If  the Taking
or  Casualty constitutes an Event  of Loss, Lessee   shall pay to
Owner on the  Rent Payment Date next  following the date  of such
Event of Loss (or, if prior  to the Basic Term Commencement Date,
on the thirtieth  (30th) day after  the final determination  that
the Taking or Casualty constitutes an Event of Loss  or, if after
the Basic Term  Commencement Date, on the last  day of the Rental
Period  in  which  such  Event of  Loss  occurs  if  there is  no
succeeding  Rent Payment  Date) the  sum of  (i) all  unpaid Base
Rental due on or before  such Rent Payment Date or such  last day
of the Rental Period, plus  (ii) the Termination Value as of  the
Rent Payment Date next following the date of such Event  of Loss,

                               -34-

<PAGE>





or  if  the  Event  of  Loss  occurs  prior  to  the  Basic  Term
Commencement Date,  an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%)
of  all Project Costs (incurred  through the date  of payment) in
lieu  of the Termination Value  plus, to the  extent such amounts
have not  been included in  Project Costs,  all interest,  costs,
fees,  reimbursements and other amounts due and payable either to
Owner  or  Lender under  the  Transaction  Documents, plus  (iii)
Additional Rental due  as of the date  of payment of  the amounts
specified  in the foregoing clauses  (i) and (ii),  plus (iv) the
Reinvestment Premium.  Any payments received at any time by Owner
or  by Lessee constituting Net Casualty Award or Net Taking Award
from any insurer or  other party (except  Lessee) as a result  of
the occurrence of such Event of Loss will be applied in reduction
of  Lessee's obligation  to  pay the  foregoing  amounts, if  not
already paid by Lessee, or, if already fully paid by Lessee, will
be  applied to reimburse Lessee  for its payment  of such amount.
Upon  payment in  full of  such Termination  Value, Base  Rental,
Additional Rental and Reinvestment Premium, (A) the obligation of
Lessee  to pay Base Rental hereunder shall terminate and the Term
of  this Lease shall thereupon terminate, and (B) the Owner shall
transfer  to Lessee  all of  the Owner's  interest in  the Leased
Property in accordance with the provisions  of Section 32 hereof.
As used in this Lease, the term "Termination Value" of the Leased
Property as  of any Rent Payment Date  means an amount determined
by  multiplying the  Project Costs  by the  percentage  set forth
opposite such  Rent Payment Date  on the schedule  of Termination
Values appearing  in  Exhibit D.   An  "Event of  Loss" shall  be
deemed to have occurred if either (a) with respect to a Casualty,
the Costs  To Repair is  equal to or  greater than sixty-six  and
two-thirds  percent (66 2/3%) of the full replacement cost of the
Improvements; or (b) with respect to a Taking, the Taking renders
the  Leased   Property  or   any   substantial  portion   thereof
permanently  unfit for  its intended  use under  the Lease.   For
purposes of determining whether an Event of Loss has occurred, it
shall be assumed that the Leased Property or the affected portion
had  been repaired or  restored to the  fullest extent reasonably
practicable.  Either the Owner or the Lessee may declare that the
Taking  or  Casualty  constitutes  an Event  of  Loss,  provided,
however, that  the Lessee may deem such  Taking or Casualty as an
"Event of Loss," regardless of the amount of the Costs To Repair,
with respect to a Casualty, and  regardless of the effect of  the
Taking on the  utility of the Leased Property, with  respect to a
Taking, and pay  the Owner  the Termination Value  and the  other
amounts  required  to be  paid under  this  Section 16(c).   Upon
making such  determination, the  party making  such determination
shall  notify the  other  party in  writing  thereof.   If  Owner
determines that such Taking  or Casualty constitutes an Event  of
Loss, it shall  notify the  Lessee thereof and  the Lessee  shall
have ten (10) days from the date the Owner delivers notice of its
determination  to  initiate  a   challenge  in  writing  to  such

                               -35-

<PAGE>





determination pursuant to the  provisions of Section 16(f) below.
If no  challenge in writing is  made by the Lessee  of an Owner's
determination of  an Event of  Loss, such determination  shall be
binding upon Lessee.   If  Owner and Lessee  determine that  such
Taking  or Casualty does  not constitute an Event  of Loss (or if
Owner's determination of  an Event  of Loss is  not upheld  after
arbitration pursuant  to Section  16(f) hereof), Lessee  shall be
required to  repair, replace and  restore the Leased  Property as
provided in paragraph (d) below.

    (d) If  a Taking or  Casualty to  the Leased  Property occurs
which  does  not  result  in  (or  is  not  otherwise  deemed  to
constitute) an Event  of Loss  and the Lessee  elects to  repair,
replace  and restore the Leased  Property, it shall,  at its sole
cost and  regardless of  whether any amounts  constituting a  Net
Casualty Award or Net  Taking Award are made available  to Lessee
for such purpose, proceed with  diligence and promptness to carry
out any demolition and to restore, repair, replace and/or rebuild
the Leased Property, as nearly as practicable, to a condition and
fair  market value  not less  than the  condition required  to be
maintained  and fair  market value  thereof immediately  prior to
such  Taking  or  Casualty.    No   repair  or  restoration  work
undertaken  by Lessee pursuant to this  Section shall violate the
terms  of  any Permitted  Lien  or  other restriction,  easement,
condition  or covenant  or other  matter affecting  title  to the
Leased  Property, and shall be undertaken and completed in a good
and workmanlike manner and in compliance in all material respects
with  all Legal Requirements then  in effect with  respect to the
Leased Property.   If the  Lessee elects to  repair, replace  and
restore  the Leased Property, it agrees to submit for approval by
Owner all plans, specifications, cost estimates and contracts for
the restoration  or  repair  of  the loss  or  damage,  provided,
however, the Owner shall  not unreasonably withhold such approval
provided that the utility,  fair market value and useful  life of
the Leased Property after  the restoration or repair is  not less
than the utility, fair market value and useful life of the Leased
Property prior to the Taking or Casualty.

    Unless otherwise agreed  to by Owner, any Net  Casualty Award
or Net Taking Award received by Owner will be released in partial
monthly disbursements equal to ninety percent (90%) of  the value
of  the work  completed (or  if the  contract is  on a  cost-plus
basis, then monthly advances of ninety percent (90%) of the costs
of  the work completed if less than the  value of the work).  The
release  by Owner  of Net  Casualty Awards  or Net  Taking Awards
shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

        (i)  no Default  or Event of  Default shall have  occurred
and be continuing hereunder;


                               -36-

<PAGE>





        (ii)     Owner   is   in   receipt  of   any  architect's
certificates, contractor's sworn statements and other evidence of
costs,  payments and  completion  as the  Owner  may require  and
satisfactory  evidence  of payment  and release  of all  Liens of
contractors, sub-contractors, and  materialmen and  of any  other
Person providing  work, service  or materials in  connection with
the  repair, replacement and restoration of the Leased Premises;

        (iii)    Receipt  by  Owner  of  all  approvals   of  any
municipal or other  governmental authorities having  jurisdiction
over  the Leased  Premises and  all approvals required  under any
Permitted Liens.

    The final payment shall be released by Owner upon  completion
of the restoration  and repairs provided that the  conditions set
forth  above have  been met in  full.   The Lessee  agrees at the
Owner's  request to provide the Owner with copies of any as-built
surveys  and  as-built plans  and  specifications  of the  Leased
Property after completion  of the restoration  and repair of  the
Leased Property.

    (e) The   Lessee's  obligation   to  pay   Base  Rental   and
Additional Rental  shall not  abate by reason  of a  Taking or  a
Casualty,  and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect
and Lessee shall continue to perform and fulfill all obligations,
covenants and agreements hereunder notwithstanding such Taking or
Casualty.

    (f) In  the   event  the  Lessee   objects  to  the   Owner's
determination that a Taking or a Casualty constitutes an Event of
Loss  and notifies  the Owner  in writing  of its  objection, the
parties agree in  good faith  to attempt to  resolve the  dispute
through negotiation and agree to refer the matter to  one or more
of their respective  officers or employees who have the authority
to resolve the dispute.   If no resolution is reached  within ten
(10)  days (or  such longer  period as  the parties  may mutually
determine),  then Lessee  and Owner  shall submit  to arbitration
before a  single arbiter  in Morristown,  New  Jersey, under  the
Commercial   Arbitration  Rules   of  the   American  Arbitration
Association  then  in  effect.   The  resulting  decision of  the
arbiter shall be  deemed final from which no appeal or review may
be taken.   All expenses and  costs of such arbitration  shall be
borne by the party not prevailing in the proceeding.

    (g) If a  Taking or  Casualty occurs  while the  Construction
Loan is outstanding, then  notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section  16 to the contrary, the rights  of the parties hereto as
to the adjustment  of claims, the retainage of the  proceeds of a
Taking or Casualty, the use of such proceeds to repair or restore
the Leased Property or to pay the Construction Loan and any other

                               -37-

<PAGE>





matters pertaining to a Taking or Casualty shall be determined in
accordance with  the provisions of Section 14 of the Construction
Loan  Agreement.   The exercise  by Lender  of any  right  by the
Construction  Lender  to  accelerate  the  Construction  Loan  in
accordance  with Section  14 of  the Construction  Loan Agreement
shall be conclusively  deemed an "Event of Loss"  hereunder which
requires  the payment of the  amounts set forth  in Section 16(c)
above.   If  the Construction  Lender applies  any proceeds  of a
Taking or  a  Casualty to  pay-down  the Construction  Loan,  the
amount  of   the  Project  Costs  payable  by   Lessee  shall  be
appropriately reduced hereunder.

    Section 17.  Additions  and Improvements; Removal.  Prior  to
the  Basic  Term  Commencement   Date,  Lessee  shall  cause  the
development and  construction of  the Improvements  in accordance
with the Approved Construction Documents and subject to the terms
and conditions  of this Lease, the  Construction Agency Agreement
and the other Transaction Documents.  Subject to the requirements
of law,  Lessee shall  have the right  (from and after  the Basic
Term Commencement Date) during the Term of this Lease to make any
additions  or  improvements  to  the Leased  Property  to  attach
fixtures, structures or signs, and to affix any personal property
to the Leased  Property, so long as (i)  the utility, fair market
value  and  useful life  of the  Leased  Property is  not thereby
reduced,  (ii)  prior  to  the  construction  of  any  structural
improvement,  Lessee  shall  deliver  a  certificate  of  an  AIA
registered architect  and a certificate of  a registered engineer
to the effect that the planned structural improvement will comply
with  all  Legal  Requirements,  will  not  adversely  affect  or
interfere with the utility,  operation or structural integrity of
the then existing Improvements and shall conform to the character
and  quality of  the  existing Improvements,  (iii) Lessee  shall
finance such  construction  with  its  own  funds  or  through  a
borrowing  unsecured   by  the   Leased  Property.     Each  such
improvement (and  all fixtures and  equipment included as  a part
thereof) shall be deemed a part of the Leased Property and become
part of  Owner's property.  Lessee  may remove, during or  at the
expiration  or other termination of  the Term of  this Lease, all
equipment and personal property   placed or installed in  or upon
the Leased Property  after the  Basic Term  Commencement Date  by
Lessee or  under  its  authority,  other than  any  equipment  or
personal property included as a part of the Leased Property title
to which, prior to the exercise of  Lessee's purchase option or a
third  party sale,  is held  by the  Owner, provided  that Lessee
shall  repair any damage  to the  Leased Property  resulting from
such removal.

    Section 18.   Right Of  Entry.  Representatives  of the Owner
shall  have the right  to enter upon the  Leased Property (and to
review and  copy Lessee's records regarding  the Leased Property)

                               -38-

<PAGE>





during  reasonable  business  hours   (i)  to  inspect  the  same
(including, without limitation, the use of photographic and video
equipment) or (ii) for  any purpose connected with the  rights or
obligations of the parties under this Lease.

    Section 19.  Assignments and Subleasing.

    (a) By  Lessee.   EXCEPT  AS  OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY  SET  FORTH
BELOW,  LESSEE SHALL NOT,  WITHOUT THE  PRIOR WRITTEN  CONSENT OF
OWNER  IN   EACH  INSTANCE,  SUBLEASE  OR   OTHERWISE  RELINQUISH
POSSESSION OF THE LEASED PROPERTY OR ANY PART THEREOF, OR ASSIGN,
TRANSFER,  MORTGAGE  OR   ENCUMBER  ITS   RIGHTS,  INTERESTS   OR
OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND ANY ATTEMPTED SUBLEASE, RELINQUISHMENT,
ASSIGNMENT,  TRANSFER OR ENCUMBERING BY LESSEE  SHALL BE NULL AND
VOID.   Furthermore,  Lessee shall  not  be permitted  to  merge,
consolidate or sell  a substantial portion  of its assets  (other
than inventory  in the ordinary  course of its  business) without
Owner's prior written consent in each instance unless each of the
following  conditions are  met in  full or  waived in  writing by
Owner (i) the surviving,  resulting or acquiring entity expressly
assumes  in writing  all  of Lessee's  past,  current and  future
obligations  and  liabilities  under  this Lease,  the  form  and
content of  such documentation, including an  opinion of counsel,
to  be satisfactory to Owner in its sole and absolute discretion,
(ii) at the time  of such merger, consolidation or sale, no Event
of  Default shall have occurred  and be continuing,  (iii) all of
the representations  of  Lessee set  forth in  Section 12  hereof
shall  be  true  and  correct  with  respect  to  the  surviving,
resulting  or acquiring entity as if made directly by such entity
as of the  date of the merger, consolidation or sale (except that
such entity  may be a corporation  organized under the laws  of a
jurisdiction  other  than the  State  of New  York and  may  be a
partnership, limited liability company or business trust provided
that  such entity is duly  qualified to transact  business in the
State of  New Jersey); and (iv) prior to the consummation of such
merger,  consolidation   or  sale,  the  Owner   has  received  a
certificate  from  one  of  the  so-called  "big  six"  firms  of
independent  certified  public  accountants   (or  any  of  their
successors) selected by Lessee  and approved by the Owner  to the
effect that the tangible  net worth (as determined  in accordance
with GAAP  consistently applied) of such  surviving, resulting or
acquiring entity shall be no less  than the tangible net worth of
Lessee immediately  prior to such merger,  consolidation or sale;
notwithstanding the  foregoing, Lessee  may freely sublet  all or
any portion of the  Leased Premises at  any time after the  Basic
Lease  Term  Commencement Date,  for all  or  any portion  of the
remaining Term, and may  assign this Lease or  any of its  rights
hereunder, provided  however, (i)  that Lessee remains  primarily
liable  hereunder  (as a  principal and  not  as a  surety), (ii)
Lessee certifies in writing to Owner, in advance of such sublease

                               -39-

<PAGE>





or  assignment,  that  such   sublease  or  assignment  does  not
materially  adversely affect  the value  of the  Leased Property,
provided that  such certification shall  not be necessary  in the
case  of   any  sublease   or  assignment  to   any  corporation,
partnership,   limited  liability   company  or   business  trust
controlling,  controlled by or under common with Lessee by reason
of stock or equity ownership of greater than fifty percent (50%),
(iii) the proposed sublease provides  that it terminates no later
than the day  prior to  the Termination Date,  (iv) the  sublease
expressly  states  that it  is  subject and  subordinate  to this
Lease,  (v) the  proposed sublease contains  provisions regarding
use,  lien   lifting,   maintenance,  insurance,   casualty   and
condemnation,  additions  and   improvements,  right  of   entry,
environmental  matters, repossession  after  default and  further
assurances all in  favor of  the Lessee, as  sublessor under  the
proposed sublease, which are,  in the reasonable determination of
the  Owner, no less favorable  to the Lessee,  as sublessor, than
the corresponding provisions of this Lease are to the Owner, (vi)
if the Lessee's  Parent is not Investment Grade at any time while
the proposed sublease is  in effect, the Lessee will  execute and
deliver  any  documents  and  instruments and  take  any  actions
reasonably required by Owner to  collaterally assign the Lessee's
interest in and rights  under the sublease  to the Owner and,  if
required  by the Lender, to the Lender, and (vii) Lessee notifies
the Owner in  writing of  the sublease and  delivers an  executed
copy thereof to Owner.

    (b) By Owner.  This  Lease and all Base Rental and Additional
Rental (except for  the Excepted  Rights) due and  to become  due
hereunder is being contemporaneously assigned by Owner to Lender,
and Owner is contemporaneously herewith granting a mortgage and a
security  interest  in  this  Lease,  the  Base  Rental  and  all
Additional Rental  (except for  the Excepted Rights)  due and  to
become due hereunder to  Construction Lender under the Assignment
of Leases and Rents.  On  or prior to the Basic Term Commencement
Date,  the Construction  Lender shall  assign such  Assignment of
Leases and  of Rents to  the Long-Term  Lender, or the  Owner and
Long-Term Lender may enter  into a separate collateral assignment
of this Lease, to secure the Long-Term Loan and any and all other
obligations  of  the Owner  to the  Long-Term Lender.  Lessee and
Owner agree  that the Base  Rental, all Additional  Rental (other
than the Excepted Rights) and any other amounts payable by Lessee
to  Owner hereunder (except with  respect to the Excepted Rights)
shall be paid directly to Lender (on behalf of Owner) or upon its
written order until the Loan  shall have been paid in full.   The
Lender may re-assign and/or  grant a security interest in  any of
such  rights, obligations,  title  or interest  assigned to  such
Lender.   Lessee agrees to  execute the Assignment  of Leases and
Rents and other documents that  may be requested by Owner or  the
Lender.   Lessee acknowledges receipt of  an executed counterpart

                               -40-

<PAGE>





of  the Loan Documents and Investor Loan Documents. Any Person to
whom any sale, assignment, transfer or grant of security interest
is made by Owner is herein called an "Assignee"

    Without limiting  the foregoing or  any of the  provisions of
Section 7 hereof, Lessee further acknowledges and agrees that (i)
the rights of  the Lender in  and to the  sums payable by  Lessee
under any  provision of  this Lease shall  not be subject  to any
abatement  whatsoever and shall  not be  subject to  any defense,
set-off, counterclaim or recoupment whatsoever, whether by reason
of failure of  or defect  in Owner's title,  or any  interruption
from whatsoever cause in  the use, operation or occupancy  of the
Leased Property,  or any damage to,  loss, destruction, reduction
or  impairment of the Leased Property  for any reason whatsoever,
or  by reason of  any other indebtedness  or liability, howsoever
and whenever arising, of Owner  to Lessee or to any other  Person
or  for any  cause whatsoever,  it being  the intent  hereof that
Lessee shall  be unconditionally and absolutely  obligated to pay
directly to  the Lender  (on behalf  of Owner)  all  of the  Base
Rental  and all  Additional  Rental (except  the Excepted  Rights
which  remain  payable  directly  to  Owner)  payable  by  Lessee
hereunder;   (ii)   Lessee's   covenants,   representations   and
warranties  in  this  Lease  (including,  without  limitation, in
Section 12  hereof) shall be  deemed to  be made to  and for  the
benefit of,  the Lender and the  LC Issuer as well  as Owner; and
(iii)  the Lender  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  all
covenants  and obligations to  be performed by  Lessee under this
Lease, except  Lessee's  covenants and  obligations  relating  to
Excepted Rights.   Notwithstanding the assignment  to the Lender,
Lessee and  Owner acknowledge  that all  obligations of  Owner to
Lessee under this Lease shall be and remain enforceable by Lessee
against, and only against, Owner.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Owner agrees that Lessee's  rights under this Lease shall  not be
subordinate to the rights of any mortgagee or other lender taking
security in the  Leased Property unless such  mortgagee or lender
shall agree, with or for the benefit of Lessee, that it shall not
disturb  Lessee's possession  under the  Lease and  shall respect
Lessee's right to purchase the Leased Property under the terms of
this Lease, so  long as no  Event of Default shall  have occurred
and be continuing under this Lease.  If a mortgagee or lender who
has  taken security in the  Leased Property shall  succeed to the
rights  of the Owner under this Lease, whether through possession
or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, then at
the  request  of  such  party so  succeeding  to  Owner's  rights
("Successor Owner"), the Lessee shall be deemed  to have attorned
to and recognized such  Successor Owner as the lessor  under this
Lease, and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that
such  Successor Owner  may  reasonably request  to evidence  such
attornment, provided, however, that  the Lessee shall be entitled
to  receive from such Successor Owner an agreement not to disturb

                               -41-

<PAGE>





Lessee's  possession under  this Lease  (so long  as no  Event of
Default  shall have occurred and be continuing) as a condition to
the execution  and delivery of  such attornment agreement.   Upon
such  attornment,  this Lease  shall continue  in full  force and
effect as  if it were a  direct lease between the  Lessee and the
Successor  Owner, and all of the terms, covenants  and conditions
of this Lease shall remain applicable after such attornment.

    Upon  the payment  in full  of  all indebtedness  outstanding
under  the  Loan and  the  termination of  the  Lender's security
interest in the Leased Property in accordance with the provisions
of the Mortgage, the Owner may re-assign, sell or transfer and/or
grant  a security  interest in, this  Lease, in whole  or in part
and/or Leased Property  to any  Person, and upon  notice of  such
assignment, sale, transfer or grant, Lessee shall comply with the
requests  and demands of  such Person as  if such  Person was the
Lender as provided  above provided that such  Person shall agree,
with  or for  the benefit  of Lessee, that  it shall  not disturb
Lessee's possession  under the  Lease and shall  respect Lessee's
right to purchase  the Leased  Premises under the  terms of  this
Lease, so  long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing under this Lease

    Section   20.     Environmental  Matters.     Lessee   hereby
represents  and  warrants  to  and covenants  with  Owner,  Trust
Company, Beneficiary, Kramer, the Construction  Lender, the Long-
Term Lender, LC Issuer, BFS, Trust Company,  and their respective
Affiliates,   successors,    assigns,   stockholders,   partners,
directors,   officers,    trustees,   employees,   beneficiaries,
attorneys  and  accountants  and  any other  Person  claiming  by
through or under Owner, its Beneficiary, the Construction Lender,
the Long-Term Lender,  LC Issuer,  BFS, Trust Company  or any  of
their assignees (collectively, "Indemnified Parties") as follows:

    (a) Lessee covenants and agrees that (i)  Lessee shall comply
and  cause each permitted  sublessee and assignee  to comply with
all Environmental Legal Requirements, including, but not  limited
to,  Hazardous Materials  Legal Requirements,  applicable to  the
Leased  Property or  as required  by any  governmental agency  or
third  party, and (b) Lessee shall take, and cause each permitted
sublessee and assignee to take, all remedial action  necessary to
avoid  any liability of Lessee, or any Indemnified Party for, and
to avoid the  imposition of, or  to discharge,  any liens on  the
Leased  Property,  as a  result of,  any  failure to  comply with
Environmental  Legal  Requirements  with respect  to  the  Leased
Property.

    (b) Without limiting the generality  of the foregoing, Lessee
agrees that it shall not:
        (i)  release  any  Hazardous Materials  on  or  under  the

                               -42-

<PAGE>





Leased  Property   or  fail   to  take   commercially  reasonable
precautions  to prevent the release  or threat of  release of any
Hazardous Materials on or under the Leased Property;

        (ii)     generate any Hazardous Materials on or under the
Leased  Property   or  fail   to  take  commercially   reasonable
precautions to  prevent the generation of  Hazardous Materials on
or  under, or the migration of Hazardous Materials to, the Leased
Property;

        (iii)    except  in  compliance  with  all  Environmental
Legal  Requirements, store  or utilize,  or permit  any Hazardous
Materials  to  be  stored  or  utilized on  the  Leased  Property
provided,  however,  that the  materials  listed  in Schedule  II
attached may be used on or about the Lease Property and stored on
the Leased  Property in  the quantities  listed in such  Schedule
provided that  all Environmental Legal Requirements  are complied
with in connection with such use or storage;

        (iv)     dispose  of or permit any Hazardous Materials to
be disposed of on  the Leased Property except in  compliance with
all Environmental Legal Requirements; and

        (v)  use, or  allow the Leased Property  to be  used, in a
manner  which  does  not  comply  with  all  Environmental  Legal
Requirements.

    (c) Lessee shall  provide Owner  with prompt  written notice,
but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days after obtaining
any  actual knowledge  or actual  notice thereof,  of any  of the
following conditions: (i) the presence, or  any release or threat
of  release, of  any Hazardous  Materials on,  under or  from the
Leased Property, whether or not caused by any of the  Indemnified
Parties; (ii)  any Environmental Enforcement Action instituted or
threatened in  writing; or (iii)  any condition or  occurrence on
the  Leased Property that constitutes  a violation of  any of the
Environmental Legal Requirements.

    (d) Upon Lessee  obtaining knowledge or notice  of:  (i)  the
violation of  any Environmental Legal Requirement  related to the
Leased  Property, or  (ii) the  presence, or  any release  or any
threat  of release, of any Hazardous Materials on, under, or from
the   Leased  Property,   which  is   lawfully  claimed   by  any
governmental  agency   or  third  party  to   violate  any  other
Environmental  Legal  Requirement,  or  any  combination thereof,
Lessee shall  immediately take all reasonable actions  to cure or
eliminate  any such  violation  of any  such Environmental  Legal
Requirement and, where applicable, to arrange for the assessment,
monitoring,  clean-up,  containment,  removal,   remediation,  or
restoration of  the Leased Property  as are required  pursuant to

                               -43-

<PAGE>





any Hazardous Materials Legal Requirements or by any governmental
authority.

    (e) Owner  shall have  the right (but not  the obligation) to
require  Lessee, at  its  own  cost  and  expense,  to  obtain  a
professional environmental assessment of  the Leased Property  in
accordance with Owner's   requirements and sufficient in scope to
determine compliance with  Hazardous Materials Legal Requirements
upon the occurrence  of any one or more of  the following events:
(i) an Event  of Default hereunder; or  (ii) upon receipt of  any
notice of any of the conditions specified in Section 20(c) hereof
unless  Lessee  complies  with  the   remedial  actions  required
pursuant to  Section 20(d) or (iii) upon any return of the Leased
Property in accordance with Section 34(d) hereof.

    (f) Owner  may exercise its rights and remedies  under all of
this paragraph (f) only  upon and following the existence  of one
or more of the following  events or conditions:  (i) an  Event of
Default  has  occurred and  is  continuing;  (ii) an  Indemnified
Party, or an affiliate thereof, or  any nominee or designee of an
Indemnified Party or an affiliate thereof has taken possession of
all or some portion of the Leased Property based upon an Event of
Default;  (iii) an Indemnified Party, or  an affiliate thereof or
any nominee or designee  of an Indemnified Party or  an affiliate
thereof,  has commenced  foreclosure proceedings or  has acquired
title to all or some portion  of the Leased Property by virtue of
foreclosure or deed in lieu  of foreclosure; or (iv) a claim  has
been   asserted   against   an   Indemnified   Party  for   which
indemnification is provided herein, but Lessee has not undertaken
or  is  not  continuing   to  pursue,  after  having  undertaken,
commercially   reasonable  efforts   to  remediate,   defend  and
otherwise indemnify any such  Indemnified Party.  In any  of such
events, the Owner shall  have the right, but not  the obligation,
through such representatives or independent contractors as it may
designate,  to enter upon the Leased Property and to expend funds
to:

        (A)      cause one  or more  environmental assessments of
    the Leased  Property to be  undertaken, if Owner  in its sole
    discretion determines  that such  assessment is  appropriate.
    Such environmental assessments shall  be reasonable in  scope
    considering  the history and  use of the  Leased Property and
    the  data available  from prior  reports, provided,  however,
    the  foregoing shall  not limit  or  restrict the  reasonable
    discretion  of  the  Owner's  engineers  and  consultants  in
    formulating the exact parameters of  any such site assessment
    and  such  site assessment  may include,  without limitation,
    (i)  detailed visual  inspections  of  the  Leased  Property,
    including  without  limitation  all  storage  areas,  storage
    tanks, drains, drywells  and leaching areas; (ii)  the taking

                               -44-

<PAGE>





    of soils  and surface  and sub-surface  water samples;  (iii)
    the performance of  soils and ground water analysis; and (iv)
    the performance of  such other investigations or  analysis as
    are  necessary  or  appropriate  and  consistent  with  sound
    professional environmental engineering practice  in order for
    Owner  to obtain a  complete assessment of  the compliance of
    the   Leased  Property   and  the   use   thereof  with   all
    Environmental Legal Requirements and to  make a determination
    as to whether  or not there is any risk  of contamination (x)
    to  the Leased  Property resulting  from Hazardous  Materials
    originating on,  under, or from  any surrounding property  or
    (y)  to  any surrounding  property  resulting from  Hazardous
    Materials  originating   on,  under,  or   from  the   Leased
    Property;

        (B)  cure any breach of  the representations,  warranties,
    covenants  and   conditions made  by or  imposed upon  Lessee
    under this Lease  including without limitation  any violation
    by  Lessee,  or  by  the  Leased  Property,  of  any  of  the
    Environmental Legal Requirements;

        (C)  take  all actions as are necessary to (i) prevent the
    migration  of Hazardous  Materials  on,  under, or  from  the
    Leased  Property to any  other property; or  (ii) prevent the
    migration  of any Hazardous Materials on,  under, or from any
    other property to the Leased Property;

        (D)  comply  with,  settle,  or   otherwise  satisfy   any
    Environmental Enforcement Action  as the same relates  to the
    Leased Property  including, but not  limited to, the  payment
    of  any  funds  or  penalties  imposed  by  any  governmental
    authority and  the payment of all  amounts required to remove
    any  lien  or threat  of  lien  on  or  affecting the  Leased
    Property; and

        (E)  comply  with,   settle,  or   otherwise  satisfy  any
    Environmental  Legal  Requirement  and  correct  or  abate in
    accordance   with   all   applicable    Environmental   Legal
    Requirements   any  environmental  condition   on,  or  which
    threatens,  the Property  and  which  could cause  damage  or
    injury to the Property or to any person.

    (g) Any amounts reasonably paid or  advanced by Owner and all
reasonable costs and expenditures incurred in connection with any
action  taken pursuant to the terms of this Section 20, including
but not  limited to environmental consultants'  and experts' fees
and expenses, attorneys' fees  and expenses, court costs and  all
costs   of   assessment,   monitoring,   clean-up,   containment,
remediation,  removal and restoration,  with interest  thereon at
the then effective rate applicable under Section 25  hereof shall

                               -45-

<PAGE>





be a demand obligation of Lessee to the Owner if  not paid within
ten (10)  days after notice, and, to the extent not prohibited by
law, and shall be deemed to be Additional Rental hereunder.

    (h) The exercise  by Owner of  any one or more  of the rights
and remedies set forth in this Section 20 shall not operate or be
deemed to place  upon Owner any responsibility for the operation,
control, care, service, management,  maintenance or repair of the
Leased Property.

    (i) Without limiting the generality  of the other  provisions
of this Section 20, any  partial exercise by Owner of any  one or
more of  the rights  and remedies  set forth in  this Section  20
including, without  limitation,  any partial  undertaking on  the
part  of Owner to  cure any failure  by any of Lessee,  or of the
Leased  Property, or any other  occupant, prior occupant or prior
owner  thereof, to  comply with  any of  the Hazardous  Materials
Legal Requirements shall not obligate the Owner  to complete such
actions taken or  require Owner  to expend further  sums to  cure
such non-compliance. 

    Section 21.   Environmental Indemnity.  Lessee  hereby agrees
that it shall  at its  sole cost and  expense indemnify,  defend,
exonerate, protect and save harmless each Indemnified Party on an
after-tax basis  against and  from any  and all damages,  losses,
liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands,
defenses, judgments, suits, proceedings, costs,  disbursements or
expenses  of any  kind or  nature whatsoever,  including, without
limitation, attorneys' and experts' fees and disbursements, which
may  at any  time be  imposed upon,  incurred by, or  asserted or
awarded against Owner or an Indemnified Party and arising from or
out of  any of the following,  or any claims alleging  any of the
following:

    (a) Any Hazardous Materials on, in, under,  or which emanated
from, all or  any portion  of the Leased  Property, or which  may
hereafter be on, in, under or emanate from, all or any portion of
the Leased Property whenever discovered;

    (b) The  violation   of   any   Hazardous   Materials   Legal
Requirements  by Lessee, or with respect  to the Leased Property,
existing on  or before the date  hereof or which may  so exist in
the future, whenever discovered;

    (c) The violation of  any Environmental Legal Requirement  by
Lessee, or with respect   to the Property, existing on  or before
the date hereof  or which  may so exist  in the future,  whenever
discovered;

    (d) Any material  breach of  warranty or representation  made

                               -46-

<PAGE>





under or pursuant to Section 20 hereof;

    (e) Any Environmental Enforcement Action with respect  to the
Leased Property, whenever asserted; and

    (f) The enforcement  of this Section  21 or  the assertion by
Lessee of  any defense  to the  obligations of Lessee  hereunder,
which is not  sustained by a final order of  a court of competent
jurisdiction which is not subject to further  appeal, whether any
of such matters  arise before, during or  after the Term of  this
Lease or  the taking of possession  of all or any  portion of the
Leased Property by the Owner, and specifically including therein,
without limitation, the following which are incurred following an
Event of Default:  (i) costs  incurred for any of the matters set
forth  in  Section  20 of  this  Agreement;  and  (ii) costs  and
expenses incurred in  ascertaining the existence or extent of any
asserted  violation  of   any  Environmental  Legal  Requirements
relating  to the Leased Property and any remedial action taken on
account thereof including,  without limitation,  the costs,  fees
and   expenses   of   engineers,  geologists,   chemists,   other
scientists, attorneys,  surveyors,  and other  professionals,  or
testing and analyses performed in connection therewith.

    (g) The obligations of Lessee under  this Section 21  are not
subject to any  limitation as  to amount.   Nothing herein  shall
limit  the right  of an  Indemnified Party  to obtain  injunctive
relief  or to pursue  equitable remedies  under this  Section 21.
The  provisions of this Section 21, and the obligations of Lessee
under  this  Section  21,  shall  apply  from  the  Closing  Date
(notwithstanding the  failure of Lessee to  satisfy any condition
set forth in Section 4(a) hereof), and shall survive and continue
in  full  force and  effect,  notwithstanding  the expiration  or
earlier  termination of this Lease in whole or in part, including
the expiration or termination of the Term, and are expressly made
for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Indemnified
Party, provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Lessee  shall not  have  any indemnification  obligations to  the
Indemnified Parties  for a  violation of any  Hazardous Materials
Legal Requirements or Environmental Legal Requirements or for any
Environmental  Enforcement Actions  attributable  solely  to  any
facts  or circumstances  arising after  possession of  the Leased
Property has  been returned  to Owner, the  Termination Date  has
occurred and the Owner has relet or sold the Leased Property.

    Section 22.  Indemnification and  Hold Harmless Agreement. To
the  fullest  extent not  prohibited  by  applicable law,  Lessee
hereby agrees  to indemnify and  hold harmless   each Indemnified
Party, on an after-tax basis from and against any and all losses,
damages,   injuries,  costs  or  expenses  (including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees and expenses) and  from and against  any and all

                               -47-

<PAGE>





suits, demands, claims, actions  or other proceedings whatsoever,
brought by  any entity or person whatsoever (except suits brought
by Lessee against  an Indemnified  Party in which  Lessee is  the
prevailing party) and arising or allegedly  arising from (i) this
Lease  or  the   Transaction  Documents;  (ii)  any   transaction
contemplated hereby or thereby; (iii) the acquisition, financing,
construction, installation, ownership, lease and operation of the
Leased Property (including  patent or latent defects  in the Land
or  Improvements, whether or  not discoverable  by Lessee  or any
Indemnified  Party), including,  without  limitation,  any  suit,
demand,  claim or  action  arising under  the  Loan Documents  by
reason of Lessee being in default or failing to otherwise perform
thereunder, hereunder  or under the Construction Agency Agreement
or  under any other Transaction Document; (iv) the defense of any
suit, demand,  claim, action or other  proceeding brought against
such Indemnified Party  in connection with the foregoing; (v) the
enforcement of any  provision of this Lease;  (vi) damage, injury
or death to any Person  or damage to the property of  any Person,
due  to any  defect in the  Land or  Improvements, or  any act or
omission of any person including the defense of any suit, demand,
claim,  action   or   other  proceeding   brought  against   such
Indemnified Party in connection with such damage or injury; (vii)
any claims based  upon absolute  or strict liability  in tort  or
claims  based  upon  patent, trademark,  tradename  or  copyright
infringement; and (viii) any  action taken in good faith  by such
Indemnified  Party in connection with  this Lease or   the Leased
Property; except that, as to any Indemnified Party, the foregoing
indemnities shall not apply to the following:

                 (i) losses, damages, injuries, costs or expenses
        solely and  directly caused  by the  gross negligence  or
        willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party;

                 (ii)    losses,  damages,   injuries,  costs  or
        expenses solely  and directly  caused by  the mishandling
        or misapplication  by any  Indemnified Party of  payments
        made  by the Lessee  hereunder if  such payments are made
        to  such  Indemnified   Party  in  accordance  with   the
        Transaction Documents;

                 (iii)   the inaccuracy in  any material  respect
        of  any   representation   or  warranty   made  by   such
        Indemnified Party in any of the Transaction Documents;

                 (iv)    the  creation or  existence of  an Owner
        Lien attributable to such Indemnified Party;

                 (v) if  such  Indemnified  Party  is  the Owner,
        Lender,  or the Beneficiary, the voluntary disposition of
        the  Leased  Property   or  the  Lease,  other  than   in

                               -48-

<PAGE>





        connection  with (A)  a  voluntary  disposition permitted
        after  the occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default, (B)  an
        Owner  Conveyance, (C)  the voluntary  assignment by  the
        Beneficiary of  its ownership  interest  under the  Trust
        Agreement,  or (D) a subsequent transfer by the Lender or
        any   nominee,  designee  or  affiliate thereof  if  such
        entity purchases  the  Leased Property  at a  foreclosure
        sale  or accepts  a deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure of  the
        Leased Property;

                 (vi)    any  other  matters  expressly  excluded
        from  any  other indemnity  provisions  contained in  the
        Transaction Documents  pursuant to which  the Lessee  has
        agreed to indemnify any Indemnified Party; and

                 (vii)   acts  or events  that  occur  after  the
        Indemnification Period.

    Lessee shall  give each  Indemnified Party  prompt notice  of
any  occurrence,   event  or  condition  known  to  Lessee  as  a
consequence of  which any  Indemnified Party  may be  entitled to
indemnification hereunder.  Lessee shall forthwith upon demand of
any such  Indemnified Party reimburse such  Indemnified Party for
amounts expended by it in connection with any of the foregoing or
pay  such amounts  directly.   Lessee shall  be subrogated  to an
Indemnified Party's  rights in any  matter with respect  to which
Lessee has actually reimbursed such Indemnified Party for amounts
expended  by  it  or  has  actually  paid  such  amounts directly
pursuant to  this  Section  22.   In  case any  action,  suit  or
proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party in connection
with any  claim indemnified  against hereunder,  such Indemnified
Party will, promptly after receipt of notice of  the commencement
of  such  action,  suit  or proceeding,  notify  Lessee  thereof,
enclosing  a  copy of  all  papers served  upon  such Indemnified
Party, but  failure to give such notice or to enclose such papers
shall  not relieve  Lessee from  any liability  hereunder. Lessee
may, and upon such Indemnified Party's request will, at  Lessee's
expense, resist  and defend such  action, suit or  proceeding, or
cause the same to be resisted or defended by counsel  selected by
Lessee and reasonably satisfactory  to such Indemnified Party and
in the event of any failure by Lessee to  do so, Lessee shall pay
all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney's
fees  and  expenses)  incurred   by  such  Indemnified  Party  in
connection with such action, suit  or proceeding.  The provisions
of  this Section  22, and  the obligations  of Lessee  under this
Section 22,  shall apply  from the Closing  Date (notwithstanding
the  failure  of Lessee  to satisfy  any  condition set  forth in
Section  4(a) hereof),  and shall  survive and  continue in  full
force  and  effect,  notwithstanding  the  expiration or  earlier
termination  of this  Lease in  whole or  in part,  including the

                               -49-

<PAGE>





expiration or termination of the Term, and are expressly made for
the  benefit of,  and shall  be enforceable by,  each Indemnified
Party.   The  foregoing  obligation of  Lessee  to indemnify  the
Indemnified  Parties   as  aforesaid  shall  not   operate  as  a
limitation  or waiver of any rights that Lessee may have (whether
directly,  by assignment,  by subrogation  or  otherwise) against
either the LC Issuer or Owner arising by reason of the occurrence
of an Event of Default described in Section 23(i) hereof.

    Section  23.   Events  of  Default  by Lessee.    Any of  the
following events  shall constitute  Events of Default  under this
Lease:

    (a) Lessee  shall fail  to  make any  payment of  Base Rental
within ten (10) days after  the same is due and payable  or fails
to make any payment of Additional Rent when  the same becomes due
and payable and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after
written notice thereof is given to Lessee; or

    (b) Lessee shall fail to pay the  Termination Value, Purchase
Price or End  of Term  Adjustment, as applicable,  when the  same
becomes due and payable; or

    (c) Lessee  shall fail  to  observe  or  perform any  of  its
covenants  or agreements set forth  in Sections 4(b),   4(c), 15,
16(c),  19, 29, 30, 31, 32  or 34 of this Lease  or shall fail to
obtain any of the Listed  Permits and such failure to obtain  any
of  the  Listed  Permits  materially  delays   the  commencement,
continuation or completion of  the development or construction of
the Improvements; or

    (d) Lessee  shall  fail  to  perform  or  observe  any  other
covenant,  condition, or agreement to be performed or observed by
it  under this Lease and  such failure shall continue unremedied,
for thirty  (30) days after  written notice to  Lessee specifying
such  failure and demanding  the same  to be  remedied, provided,
however,  that  no  Event of  Default  shall  be  deemed to  have
occurred  with respect  to breach  of any covenant,  condition or
agreement  that   cannot  be  remedied,  with   the  exercise  of
reasonable diligence  on Lessee's  part, within such  thirty (30)
day  period, if Lessee commences cure of such failure within such
thirty  (30)  day period  and  diligently  pursues  such cure  to
completion, provided  further, however, that the  period given to
the Lessee  to remedy such  failure should not exceed  a total of
ninety (90) days  from the initial notice of  default is given to
Lessee, provided further still, that if such failure relates to a
failure  to  comply with  Environmental Legal  Requirements, such
ninety (90) day  period may be extended to such  longer period as
may be reasonably necessary to remedy such failure; or


                               -50-

<PAGE>





    (e) Lessee or Lessee's Parent  shall be in  default (i) under
any of the Construction Loan Documents, Long-Term Loan Documents,
Investor Loan  Documents, the Construction Agency  Agreement, any
other Transaction Document or any lease,  loan agreement or other
agreement, instrument or  document heretofore,  now or  hereafter
entered  into between Lessee and Owner, or between Lessee and any
parent,  subsidiary or affiliate of  Owner, or between Lessee and
Lender,  or between  Lessee and  LC Issuer,  or between  Lessee's
Parent and Owner or between Lessee's Parent and Lender or between
Lessee's Parent and LC  Issuer or (ii) under any  promissory note
or guarantee heretofore, now  or hereafter executed by Lessee  or
Lessee's  Parent and delivered to any party referred to in clause
(i)  above evidencing  or guaranteeing  a loan  made by  any such
party to Lessee, Lessee's  Parent or Owner; or any  obligation of
Lessee  or Lessee's Parent, to  any Person (other  than Owner, or
any parent, subsidiary  or affiliate  of Owner) in  excess of  $2
million  relating to the payment of borrowed money or the payment
of rent or hire  under any lease agreement, shall  be declared to
be due and payable or otherwise accelerated prior to the maturity
thereof  by  reason of  a default  in  payment or  performance by
Lessee or  Lessee's Parent (excluding  any such default  which is
being contested in  good faith  by Lessee or  Lessee's Parent  by
appropriate proceedings and the liability for which has  not been
reduced to judgment);  or an  attachment or other  Lien shall  be
filed or levied  against a  substantial part of  the property  of
Lessee or Lessee's Parent (taken in aggregate), and such judgment
shall continue unstayed and in effect, or such attachment or Lien
shall  continue undischarged or unbonded, for a  period of thirty
(30) days; or

    (f) Lessee or Lessee's Parent shall become insolvent or make
an assignment for the benefit of creditors or consent to the
appointment of a trustee or receiver; or a trustee or a receiver
shall be appointed for Lessee or Lessee's Parent or for a
substantial part of its property without its consent and shall
not be dismissed for a period of sixty (60) days; or any petition
for the relief, reorganization or arrangement of Lessee or
Lessee's Parent, or any other petition in bankruptcy or for the 
liquidation, insolvency or dissolution of Lessee or Lessee's
Parent, shall be filed by or against Lessee or Lessee's Parent
and, if filed against Lessee or Lessee's Parent, shall be
consented to or be pending and not be dismissed for a period of
sixty (60) days, or an order for relief under any bankruptcy or
insolvency law shall be entered by any court or governmental
authority of competent jurisdiction with respect to Lessee or
Lessee's Parent; or any execution or writ or process shall be
issued under any action or proceeding against Lessee or Lessee's
Parent whereby any of the Leased Property may be taken or
restrained (other than a Taking); or Lessee's or Lessee's
Parent's corporate existence shall cease; or Lessee or Lessee's

                               -51-

<PAGE>





Parent shall (whether in one transaction or a series of
transactions) without Owner's prior written consent, sell,
transfer or dispose of, or pledge or otherwise encumber, all or
substantially all of its assets or property, or consolidate or
merge with any other entity (except as otherwise permitted under
Section 19(a) hereof), or become the subject of, or engage in, a
leveraged buy-out or any other form of corporate reorganization;

    (g) any representation, warranty, statement or  certification
made by Lessee under this Lease or in any document or certificate
furnished to  Owner or  any Assignee  in  connection herewith  or
pursuant hereto, shall  prove to  be untrue or  incorrect in  any
material respect when made, or shall be breached;

    (h) a  default or  an Event  of  Default shall  have occurred
under the Lease Guaranty; or

     (i)     (A)  the  Lender  shall  be  unable to  make  a  draw
request  under any  outstanding Letter of  Credit because  it has
deemed that the conditions in such Letter of Credit for a drawing
thereunder not to have been met or  (B) a Draw Conditions Failure
shall have  occurred and, in the  case of either (A)  or (B), the
Lessee  shall not  have previously  delivered a  Nonreturn Option
Notice pursuant to Section 30(d) hereof or shall not have issued,
or shall not be  deemed to have issued a Special Nonreturn Option
Notice pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof.

    Section 24.   Remedies Upon Default.  Upon the occurrence  of
any Event  of Default and at  any time thereafter so  long as the
same shall be continuing, Owner may  exercise one or more of  the
following remedies:

        (a)  The Owner  may take  action at  law or  in equity  to
collect any payments then  due or thereafter to become  due under
this Lease, or to enforce performance and observance of any term,
covenant or condition of this Lease applicable to Lessee.

    (b) The  Owner may, in addition to  or in lieu of taking such
action at  law or in equity  as it may otherwise  be entitled to,
terminate the  leasehold estate  created hereby by  giving Lessee
not less than forty-five  (45) days' prior written notice  of the
date Owner elects to make such termination effective (such notice
period is referred to as the "Standstill Period") and, subject to
the Lessee's rights under Section 24(e) below, the Owner may upon
or  after the completion  of the Standstill  Period repossess the
Leased   Property  without  further  notice,  either  by  summary
proceeding or other suitable action either at law or in equity or
otherwise,  and without  being  deemed guilty  of  any manner  of
trespass  and  without  prejudice  to any  remedies  which  might
otherwise be  used to demand, sue for  or collect arrears of Base

                               -52-

<PAGE>





Rental and Additional Rental and any other accrued obligations of
Lessee under this Lease,  and Lessee hereby waives all  statutory
rights  (including without  limitation rights  of redemption,  if
any, to the extent such rights may be lawfully waived), provided,
however, that if  the Basic  Lease Term or  Extension Lease  Term
then  in effect  would  otherwise expire  during said  Standstill
Period,  such Basic Lease Term  or Extension Lease  Term shall be
extended to the  end of the Standstill Period and Lessee shall be
liable  for the  payment of  all Basic  Rent and  Additional Rent
during such extended rental period.  In calculating the amount of
any deficiency for which  Lessee shall be liable hereunder, there
shall  be included,  in addition  to Base  Rental and  Additional
Rental, the value of  all other considerations agreed to  be paid
or  performed by  Lessee under  this Lease.   In  calculating the
amounts  to be paid by Lessee pursuant to the foregoing sentence,
there shall  also  be  included all  of  the  Owner's  reasonable
expenses in connection with  any sale or reletting of  the Leased
Property, including, without limitation, all  repossession costs,
brokerage commissions,  fees for  legal services and  expenses of
preparing the  Leased Property  for such  sale  or reletting,  it
being  agreed  by Lessee  that the  Owner may,  but shall  not be
obligated  to, (A) relet the Leased Property or any other portion
thereof for  a term or terms  which may at the  Owner's option be
equal to  or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise
have constituted the balance of the Interim Lease Term, the Basic
Lease Term  or an  Extension Lease  Term then  in effect  and may
grant  such concessions  and  free  rent  as  the  Owner  in  its
reasonable judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the
same, (B) make such alterations, repairs and decorations in or to
the  Leased Property  as  the Owner  in  its reasonable  judgment
considers  advisable or necessary to  sell or relet  the same, or
(C) keep the  Leased Property vacant.  No action  of the Owner in
accordance  with the foregoing or failure  to sell or relet or to
collect  rent upon  reletting shall  operate or  be  construed to
release or reduce Lessee's liability  hereunder except (i) that a
sale of  the Leased  Property   not subject  to this Lease  shall
terminate any further accruals of rent hereunder and Owner's only
remedy  in respect of such  rentals shall be  pursuant to Section
24(c)  below.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of
an  Event of  Default,  the  Owner  shall  also  be  entitled  to
foreclose  upon any  fixtures,  furniture or  equipment or  other
personalty which is part  of the Leased Property pursuant  to the
Uniform Commercial Code of New Jersey.

    (c) Whether  or not  Owner  shall  have exercised,  or  shall
thereafter  at  any  time  exercise,  any  of  its  rights  under
subsection (a) or (b)  above with respect to the  Leased Property
(but  subject  to Lessee's  rights  set  forth in  Section  24(e)
hereof), Owner, by written notice to  Lessee specifying a payment
date, may  demand that Lessee pay to  Owner, and Lessee shall pay

                               -53-

<PAGE>





to  Owner,   on  the  payment  date  specified   in  such  notice
("Liquidated  Damage Payment  Date") which  shall not  be earlier
than the end of the Standstill Period and shall not be later than
the  end of the then  applicable Interim Lease  Term, Basic Lease
Term or  Extension Lease Term  (if the Standstill  Period expires
after  the applicable  Interim Lease  Term,  Basic Lease  Term or
Extension Lease Term, the Liquidated Damage Payment Date shall be
the  first  Business Day  after the  last  day of  the Standstill
Period), as liquidated damages for loss of a bargain and not as a
penalty (in lieu of  the Base Rental due for the  Leased Property
for  any Rental  Period  commencing after  the Liquidated  Damage
Payment Date and in lieu of the exercise by Owner of its remedies
under subsection  (b) above  in the  case of a  reletting of  the
Leased  Property  or  with  respect  to  a  sale  of  the  Leased
Property), the sum of (i) all  unpaid Base Rental payable for all
Rental  Periods  through  the  Liquidated  Damage  Payment   Date
specified in such notice, plus  (ii) all unpaid Additional Rental
due with respect  to such  Leased Property as  of the  Liquidated
Damage  Payment   Date,  plus  (iii)  an  amount   equal  to  the
Termination Value of such Leased Property computed as of the Rent
Payment  Date coincident  with or  next preceding  the Liquidated
Damage Payment Date,  or if  the Liquidated  Damage Payment  Date
occurs prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date, an amount equal
to one hundred percent (100%) of all Project Costs incurred as of
the  later of (A) Liquidated Damage Payment  Date or (B) the date
of  payment, plus,  to  the extent  such  amounts have  not  been
included   in  Project   Costs,   all   interest,   cost,   fees,
reimbursements and all  other amounts due  and payable either  to
Owner  or Lender  under the  Transaction Documents and  which are
incurred prior to  the date of payment,  and, on payment  of such
amounts, Owner shall convey  the Leased Property to Lessee  as an
Owner's Conveyance as provided in Section 32 below.

    (d) Subject  to Lessee's  rights under  Section  24(e) below,
Owner  may  exercise  any other  right  or  remedy  which may  be
available  to it under  applicable law or  proceed by appropriate
court  action to enforce the  terms hereof or  to recover damages
for  the breach hereof  or to rescind  this Lease.   The remedies
herein  conferred upon and reserved to the Owner are not intended
to be exclusive of  any other available remedy or  remedies which
the Owner may have at law  or in equity, but each and  every such
remedy  shall be  cumulative and  shall be  in addition  to every
other  remedy given under this Lease or now or hereafter existing
at law or  in equity. No delay or omission  to exercise any right
or power accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such
right or power or shall be construed to be a  waiver thereof, but
any such right  and power may be exercised from  time to time and
as often  as may  be deemed  expedient. In  order to  entitle the
Owner to exercise any remedy  reserved to it in this Section,  it
shall not be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice

                               -54-

<PAGE>





as may be required in this Section.

    In  addition,  Lessee  shall be  liable  for  all  costs  and
expenses,  including  without limiting  the  generality   of  the
foregoing, reasonable  attorney's fees, incurred by  Owner or any
Assignee by  reason of the occurrence of  any Event of Default or
the exercise of Owner's  remedies with respect thereto, including
all costs and expenses incurred  in connection with the surrender
of the Leased Property in accordance with Section 33 hereof or in
placing  the Leased  Property in the  condition required  by said
Section.  No  express or implied waiver by Owner  of any Event of
Default shall in any  way be, or be construed to  be, a waiver of
any  future  or  subsequent Event  of  Default.    To the  extent
permitted by applicable law, Lessee hereby waives any  rights now
or  hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise which may require
Owner  to sell,  lease or  otherwise use  the Leased  Property in
mitigation of Owner's damages as set forth in this Section  24 or
which may otherwise  limit or  modify any of  Owner's rights  and
remedies in this Section 24.

    Notwithstanding any provision contained in  this Lease to the
contrary,  any  and  all remedies  available  to  Owner upon  the
occurrence  of an Event of Default  shall survive the termination
of this Lease.

    (e) If  the Owner  notifies  the  Lessee that  it  elects  to
repossess the Leased Property pursuant to Section 24(b) hereof or
to rescind the Lease pursuant to Section 24(d) hereof, the Lessee
shall be entitled to  require the Owner to exercise  the remedies
set forth in  Section 24(c)  hereof in lieu  of repossessing  the
Leased  Property or in lieu of rescinding the Lease by delivering
to the Owner  at any  time during the  Standstill Period  written
notice  of its election to  have the Owner  exercise its remedies
under  Section 24(c).  Unless the Owner specifies another date as
the  Liquidated  Damage  Payment  Date  pursuant  to  the  notice
required  under  Section  24(c)  hereof,  the  Liquidated  Damage
Payment Date shall  be the first Business Day after  the last day
of the  Standstill  Period.   If no  notice of  such election  by
Lessee is  received by  Owner within  the Standstill  Period, the
Owner  may  pursue the  remedies set  forth  in Section  24(b) or
Section 24(d) hereof.

    Section 25.  Owner's Right to Perform for  Lessee.  If Lessee
fails to make  any payment  of Additional Rental  required to  be
made by it hereunder or fails to obtain the insurance required by
Section 16 hereof or to  otherwise perform or comply with  any of
its material  agreements contained  herein, Owner may  (but shall
not  be  required) itself,  after  notice  to Lessee,  make  such
payment  or perform or comply with such agreement, and the amount
of  such payment  and the  amount of  the reasonable  expenses of

                               -55-

<PAGE>





Owner incurred in connection with such payment or the performance
of or compliance with  such agreement, together with interest  on
all such amounts calculated at a per annum rate equal to the rate
equal to the Default Rate applicable under the Loan  shall be due
and payable  by Lessee upon  demand by Owner;  provided, however,
that no such payment, performance or compliance by Owner shall be
deemed to cure or waive any Event of Default hereunder.

    Section 26.   Expenses.  Lessee  agrees, whether  or not  the
transactions  contemplated by  this  Lease  are consummated,  but
solely to the  extent such  are incurred in  connection with  the
transactions contemplated under the Transaction  Documents (i) to
pay  the  fees  and  expenses  of  the  Trust  Company  (and  any
successors or co-trustees) for ordinary or extraordinary services
as  trustee   under  the  Trust  Agreement,   including,  without
limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, (ii)
all  fees and  expenses of  the Owner,  Beneficiary, Construction
Lender, the  Long-Term  Lender, LC  Issuer (except  that no  fees
shall  be payable  by the  Lessee or  any other  party to  the LC
Issuer  for the  issuance  of  the  Letter  of  Credit)  and  BFS
including,  without limitation, the  reasonable fees and expenses
of  their respective  counsel and  (iii) to  pay to  or reimburse
Owner,  Beneficiary, Construction  Lender,  Long-Term Lender,  LC
Issuer and BFS for (A)  the payment of lien searches,  filing and
transfer  fees,  and taxes,  fees  and expenses  relating  to the
titling  and registration of and  recording of this  Lease or any
mortgage,  collateral,   assignment  of  leases  and  rents,  UCC
financing  statements  and  any  other  security  documents  with
respect to the Leased Property incurred by or on behalf of Owner,
Construction  Lender,   Long-Term  Lender  and   LC  Issuer,  (B)
appraisal  fees,  engineering  fees,  environmental  assessments,
title insurance fees,  survey costs  and (C) all  other fees  and
expenses which the Owner  is obligated to pay in  connection with
the  negotiation and  documentation of,  and consummation  of the
transactions contemplated by, and  the ongoing performance of the
various  parties   under  this   Lease,  the   Construction  Loan
Documents,  the  Long-Term  Loan  Documents,  the  Investor  Loan
Documents,  the Construction  Agency  Agreement, the  Transaction
Documents, and any other instruments and documents related to the
transaction  described in  this Lease  and said  other documents,
including, without limiting the  generality of the foregoing, the
organization and qualification  of the Owner.  The  obligation of
Lessee to pay  all such  fees, expenses and  other amounts  shall
survive the termination of this Lease for any reason.

    Section  27.    Further Assurances.    Further  Assurances  .
Lessee  will promptly and duly  execute and deliver  to Owner and
any  Assignee  of  Owner  such other  documents  and  assurances,
including, without  limitation, such amendments to  this Lease as
may be reasonably required by Owner and by any Assignee of Owner,

                               -56-

<PAGE>





and Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and continuation
statements, and will  take such  further action as  Owner or  any
Assignee of Owner  may from  time to time  reasonably request  in
order  to carry out more  effectively the intent  and purposes of
this Lease and to  establish and protect the rights  and remedies
created or  intended to be created  in favor of Owner  and of any
Assignee  of  Owner  and   their  respective  rights,  title  and
interests in and to the Leased Property or portions thereof.

    Owner, at Lessee's  sole cost and expense,  will promptly and
duly  execute and deliver to Lessee and any permitted assignee of
Lessee such other  documents and  assurances, including,  without
limitation, such amendments  to this Lease  as may be  reasonably
required by Lessee and  by any permitted assignee of  Lessee, and
will take such further action as Lessee or any permitted assignee
of  Lessee may from  time to time reasonably  request in order to
carry  out more effectively the intent and purposes of this Lease
and to establish and  protect the rights and remedies  created or
intended to be  created in favor of  Lessee and of  any permitted
assignee  of  Lessee  and  their  respective  rights,  title  and
interests in and to the Leased Property or portions thereof.

    Section 28.  Notices.   All notices provided for  or required
under  the terms and provisions  hereof shall be  in writing, and
any  such  notice shall  be  deemed  given  (a)  when  personally
delivered, (b)  when deposited in  the United States  mails, with
proper postage  prepaid, for  first class certified  mail, return
receipt requested, or (c) when delivered by an overnight  courier
service, addressed (i) if to Owner or Lessee, at their respective
addresses as set forth below or  at such other address as  either
of them  shall, from time  to time,  designate in writing  to the
other,  and  (ii) if  to  any Assignee,  to the  address  of such
Assignee as such Assignee shall designate in writing to Owner and
Lessee.

    If to Owner:

    First Fidelity Bank, National Association, trustee
    c/o First Fidelity Bank
    10 State House Square
    Hartford, Connecticut  06103
    Attn:  W. Jeffrey Kramer

    With a copy to:

    James G. Scantling, Esq.
    Bingham, Dana & Gould
    100 Pearl Street
    Hartford, Connecticut  06103-4507


                               -57-

<PAGE>





    If to Lessee:

    Tiffany and Company
    727 Fifth Avenue
    New York, NY  10022
    Attn: General Counsel

    With a copy to:

    Tiffany and Company
    5 Sylvan Way
    Parsippany, New Jersey  07054
    Attn:  Assistant Treasurer

    Copies of  any notices sent  either to Owner  or Lessee shall
be delivered to each Assignee and to the LC Issuer.  Notices sent
to the LC Issuer shall be sent to the address set forth below:

    BOT Financial Corporation
    125 Summer Street
    Boston, Massachusetts  02110
    Attn: Senior Vice President-Administration

    Section  29.   Lessee's Extension  Lease  Options and  End of
Term Purchase Options.

    (a) If  (i) if no Default and  no Event of Default shall have
occurred and  be continuing; and (ii)   this Lease shall not have
been earlier  terminated, Lessee shall be entitled, at its option
upon written notice  to Owner, as hereinafter  provided, to enter
into  the Basic Lease Term if all  of the conditions set forth in
Section 4(a) hereof  have been met and  Owner is not entitled  to
terminate the leasehold estate pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof at
the  expiration of  the Interim  Lease Term  and after  the Basic
Lease  Term Expiration Date, to extend this Lease annually for up
to nine consecutive Extension  Lease Terms of one (1)  year each.
The  Lessee shall be conclusively deemed to have elected to enter
into the Basic Lease Term unless Lessee shall give written notice
to  Owner on or  prior to January  31, 1996 that  Lessee will not
enter  into the Basic Lease Term.  The first Extension Lease Term
will commence  on the day  immediately following the  Basic Lease
Term Expiration  Date, and  each succeeding Extension  Lease Term
will  commence on the day  immediately following the  last day of
the  immediately preceding  Extension  Lease Term.    All of  the
provisions  of  this  Lease   shall  be  applicable  during  each
Extension Lease Term.   Except during  the ninth (9th)  Extension
Lease Term, this Lease shall be deemed automatically extended for
the succeeding Extension Lease Term  without the necessity of any
notice or the taking of any other action unless Lessee shall give
written notice to Owner that Lessee does not elect to  extend the

                               -58-

<PAGE>





Lease for the next succeeding Extension Lease Term at least three
hundred and  sixty-five (365) days prior  to the last  day of the
then  current Term.   Unless  Lessee has  exercised its  purchase
option under Section 4(c)  or Section 29(b) hereof or  Lessee has
delivered to Owner a Nonreturn Option Notice or  has issued or is
deemed to have issued  a Special Nonreturn Option Notice,  in the
event Lessee elects not to enter into the Basic Lease  Term or to
exercise  said  extension option  the  Leased  Property shall  be
returned to Owner in accordance with the provisions of Section 34
hereof, in  which case  the  provisions of  Section 31(b)  hereof
shall  apply(unless  delivered to  a  bidder  in accordance  with
Section 30(b)  hereof, in  which case  the provisions  of Section
31(a)  shall apply).   If  the Leased  Property  has not  been so
returned  or  delivered to  Owner on  the  last day  of  the then
effective Interim Lease Term, Basic Lease Term or Extension Lease
Term, as  the  case may  be,  Lessee shall  pay Base  Rental  and
Additional Rental  payable as  provided in Section  34(f) hereof.
If Lessee  elects not to enter  into the Basic Lease  Term or has
not  renewed this Lease for  an Extension Lease  Term as provided
above, then during the period from February 1, 1996 to the end of
the Interim  Lease Term and  during the three  hundred sixty-five
(365)-day period preceding the  date on which the  then effective
Basic  Lease Term or  Extension Lease Term,  as the case  may be,
shall terminate or  expire, Owner may, subject to  all applicable
governmental  laws,  rules   and  regulations,  place   signs  in
locations  on  the  grounds  in  front  of  the  Leased  Property
advertising that the same will be available for rent or purchase.

    (b) If (i)  no Default  and no  Event of  Default shall  have
occurred and  be continuing which,  in the reasonable  opinion of
the Owner, materially  and adversely affects  the ability of  the
Lessee to effect  a purchase  of the Leased  Property under  this
Lease,  and  (ii)   this  Lease  shall  not  have   been  earlier
terminated, Lessee shall be entitled, at its option, upon written
notice  to Owner,  as hereinafter  provided, to  purchase Owner's
interest  in the Leased  Property in  accordance with  Section 32
hereof, on the  then applicable Termination  Date, for an  amount
equal to the Purchase Price applicable to the Interim Lease Term,
Basic  Lease Term  or Extension  Lease Term  thereof then  ending
(i.e.,  the  Termination Date),  plus, in  the event  that Lessee
exercises its purchase option  hereunder prior to the end  of the
Maximum Term, the Reinvestment Premium, if any.  To exercise said
purchase option,  Lessee shall  give written  notice to Owner  to
such effect at least three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to
the expiration of the then current Term.  If Lessee gives written
notice of  its exercise of its  right to purchase  to Owner, such
notice  shall  constitute  a  binding  obligation  of  Lessee  to
purchase  the Leased Property and to pay Owner the Purchase Price
and, if  applicable, the Reinvestment Premium  on the Termination
Date.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 19 above, Lessee

                               -59-

<PAGE>





may freely assign its option to purchase to any third party.

    Section 30.  Third Party Sale of Leased Property.

    (a) Remarketing  Obligations.   If  Lessee does  not exercise
either its  option to to enter into the Basic Lease Term or renew
this  Lease or  its option  to purchase  the Leased  Property and
regardless of whether the Lessee has delivered a Nonreturn Option
Notice,  then Lessee shall  have the obligation  during the final
three hundred sixty-five (365) days of the then current Term (the
"Remarketing  Period"),  to   use  such  commercially  reasonable
efforts as would be made by a self- interested property owner  in
the area to  actively market commercial  property to obtain  bona
fide bids for the Leased Property from prospective purchasers who
are  financially capable  of purchasing  the Leased  Property for
cash on an as-is, where-is basis, without recourse or warranty on
the  terms  and  conditions  set   forth  in  Section  32  hereof
applicable to Owner Conveyances.  The Lessee shall be responsible
for hiring brokers  who shall be  reasonably acceptable to  Owner
and promptly upon Owner's request, shall permit inspection of the
Leased   Property  and any  maintenance records  relating to  the
Leased Property  by Owner, Assignee or  any potential purchasers,
and shall otherwise do  all things necessary to sell  and deliver
possession of the  Leased Property  to any purchaser.   All  such
marketing of  the  Leased  Property shall  be  at  Lessee's  sole
expense.   The  Lessee shall  allow the  Owner and  any potential
purchaser access to the Leased  Property for purposes of  showing
the same.  All bids  received by Lessee prior  to the end of  the
Basic Lease Term, or Extension Lease Term if applicable, shall be
immediately  certified to  Owner  in writing,  setting forth  the
amount  of such  bid and the  name and  address of  the person or
entity submitting such bid.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner
shall have  the right, but  not the obligation, to  seek bids for
the Leased Property during the Remarketing Period.

    (b) Delivery of  Leased Property  to Third Party Buyer.   Not
later than the Termination Date, Lessee shall deliver the  Leased
Property to the  bidder, if  any, who shall  have submitted  such
highest  bid  during  the  Remarketing Period,  and  Owner  shall
simultaneously  therewith  sell  (or   cause  to  be  sold),  its
ownership in such Leased Property to such bidder,  provided, that
Owner  shall  not be  obligated to  sell  the Leased  Property if
either (x) all of the conditions set  forth in Sections 29(b), 32
and 33 have not been complied with on or  before such Termination
Date or (y) the Net Proceeds of Sale of the Leased Property would
be less than the Maximum  Owner Risk Amount applicable as  of the
Termination Date; and, further provided, that in any event, Owner
shall  not  sell  the  Leased Property  under  the  circumstances
described  in clause (y) without the prior written consent of the
LC Issuer.   The Net  Proceeds of Sale  shall be retained  by the

                               -60-

<PAGE>





Owner.   This  Section 30(b) is  for the  benefit of,  and may be
enforced by, LC Issuer as a third party beneficiary.

    (c) Delivery of  Appraisals and  Reports.   Owner shall  have
the  right in  its sole  discretion, but  not the  obligation, to
retain a third party as its agent for the purpose  of determining
compliance  of the  Lessee with  the conditions  applicable  to a
return of the Leased Property pursuant to Section 34, at Lessee's
cost and expense.  Upon the request of Owner and at Lessee's sole
cost  and  expense, Lessee  shall  provide Owner  with  a written
report  describing in  reasonable detail Lessee's  efforts during
the  Remarketing Period to obtain  bona bids for  the purchase of
the Leased Property, including  a list of all  Persons approached
for  the  purpose  of  soliciting  bids  to  purchase the  Leased
Property.

    (d) Nonreturn Option  Notice.   If Lessee  does not  exercise
either its  option to enter into the Basic Lease Term or to renew
this Lease or its option to  purchase the Leased Property at  the
end  of the  Term  and if  no  Default or  Event  of Default  has
occurred and  is continuing, then at any time on or prior to July
31, 1996, if the Termination Date is to occur prior  to the Basic
Term Commencement Date, or one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to
the last  day of the then  current Basic Lease  Term or Extension
Lease Term, as  the case may  be, the Lessee  may deliver to  the
Owner  a written notice that  on the Termination  Date either the
Leased Property will be sold  to a third party pursuant to  a bid
which meets the requirements of Section 30(b) above or the Lessee
shall purchase  the Leased Property  for the full  Purchase Price
and Reinvestment Premium,  if any.  The  written notice described
in the preceding sentence  is referred to as a  "Nonreturn Option
Notice."  If  the Lessee  delivers a Nonreturn  Option Notice  to
Owner and  the Lessee desires  to sell the  Leased Property  to a
third party, it  shall be  required to submit  a third-party  bid
which  meets the  requirements  of Section  30(b)  no later  than
thirty  (30) days prior  to the Termination  Date; otherwise, the
Lessee  shall be obligated to purchase the Leased Property on the
Termination  Date as  if it  had elected  to purchase  the Leased
Property pursuant to Section 29(b).

    Section 31.  End of Term Adjustment.

    (a) This Section  31(a) shall  apply only  if a  sale of  the
Leased  Property  has  been  consummated   on  or  prior  to  the
Termination  Date pursuant to Section  30(b) hereof.   If the Net
Proceeds of  Sale of the Leased  Property from a sale  to a third
party are less than  the Purchase Price of the Leased Property as
of such Termination Date, Lessee  shall, on the Termination Date,
pay  to  Owner  as an  End  of  Term  Adjustment, in  immediately
available  funds,   an  amount   equal  to  such   deficiency  (a

                               -61-

<PAGE>





"Deficiency")  as an  adjustment to the  Rent payable  under this
Lease;  provided, however, that if all of the Limited Lessee Risk
Conditions have been met, the amount of the Deficiency payable by
Lessee with respect to  the Leased Property shall not  exceed the
Maximum  Lessee Risk Amount then applicable.  If the Net Proceeds
of Sale of the  Leased Property exceed the Purchase  Price, Owner
shall  pay  to  Lessee an  amount  equal  to  such excess  as  an
adjustment  to  the  Rent  paid  or  payable  under  this  Lease;
provided, however, that  Owner shall  have the   right to  offset
against such adjustment payable by Owner, any other amounts  then
due and payable from Lessee to Owner hereunder or under any other
agreements  between Owner and Lessee.   Lessee shall  also pay to
Owner on the Termination Date the Base Rental due and payable for
the Leased Property on the Termination Date, plus  all Additional
Rental then due and owing.   Owner's obligation to sell (or cause
to be sold) the Leased Property to a third party under Section 30
is contingent upon the receipt of the amounts, if any, payable by
Lessee pursuant to this Section 31(a) and Section 31(c).

    (b) If  upon the expiration  of the  Interim Lease  Term, the
Basic  Lease Term  or  any  Extension  Lease  Term  or  upon  any
Termination Date,  Lessee does  not purchase the  Leased Property
pursuant to Section 4(c) or Section 29 hereof, a third party sale
is  not consummated  in accordance  with  Section 30  hereof, the
Lessee does not elect to enter into the Basic Lease  Term or does
not extend the Term of the Lease by an Extension Term pursuant to
Section 29(a) hereof, then Lessee shall, on the Termination Date,
pay to Owner as an End of Term Adjustment as an adjustment to the
rent payable under this Lease, an amount equal to (i) the Maximum
Lessee Risk Amount then  applicable if all of the  Limited Lessee
Risk Conditions have been met, or (ii) the Purchase Price, if all
of the Limited Lessee Risk Conditions have not been met, plus, in
either case, the Base  Rental due and payable on  the Termination
Date, plus all  Additional Rental then due and  owing.  The total
selling price realized from any sale of the Leased Property after
the  Termination Date shall be  retained by Owner.   Lessee shall
remain  liable for the payment  of, and upon  the consummation by
Owner  of the sale of  the Leased Property  after the Termination
Date, Lessee shall pay or reimburse Owner for the payment of, all
applicable  sales,  excise, transfer,  recording  or  other taxes
imposed as  a result  of such  sale, and  fees  and all  expenses
incurred  by Owner as a  result of such  sale, including, without
limitation,  expenses incurred  in  titling  and registering  the
conveyance  of  Owner's  title  to  the  Leased  Property,  title
insurance fees and expenses and fees and expenses of counsel, but
the Lessee  shall not be required  to pay or  reimburse Owner for
any tax based upon or measured solely by Owner's or Beneficiary's
gross, net or taxable income realized upon such sale or any taxes
payable in the nature of capital gains, unless any such tax is in
lieu  of or  a  substitute for  any  sales, excise,  transfer  or

                               -62-

<PAGE>





recording  taxes imposed  as a  result  of a  sale of  the Leased
Property. 

    (c) If  the Lender  submits a draw  request to  the LC Issuer
for  payment  of  the  Letter  of  Credit  and there  is  a  Draw
Conditions  Failure, such shall constitute an Event of Default by
Lessee hereunder, but the  occurrence of an Event of  Default for
such reason shall  not operate as a  limitation or waiver  of any
rights that  Owner,  Beneficiary or  Lessee may  have against  LC
Issuer for wrongful dishonor, and in such event, (i) Owner agrees
to take all actions (and agrees to cause the  Beneficiary and any
Assignee to  take all actions)  which are reasonably  required to
preserve any claims against  the LC Issuer and (ii)  upon payment
in full of all amounts due  from Lessee at the expiration of this
Lease,  the  Owner   shall  assign  (and  agrees  to   cause  the
Beneficiary and any Assignee to assign) all of its rights against
LC Issuer  to the Lessee.   If an  Event of Default  described in
Section 23(i) hereof shall have occurred by reason of the Owner's
default under the  Reimbursement and  Remarketing Agreement,  the
Lessee  shall be subrogated to the LC Issuer's rights against the
Owner and Leased Property,  all as provided in Section 13  of the
Reimbursement and Remarketing Agreement.

    (d) In the event a  Termination Date occurs prior to the last
day of the Maximum Term hereof, Lessee shall pay to  Owner on the
Termination Date, in addition to any other obligations hereunder,
the Reinvestment Premium, if any

    (e) If (A),  as of  the Termination  Date,  the Lessee  shall
have met all of the Limited Lessee Risk Conditions and the Lessee
shall not have  received notice of the occurrence of  an Event of
Default  described in Section 23(i)  hereof, and (B)  an Event of
Default described in Section  23(i) hereof subsequently occurs on
or  after  the Termination  Date, then  the  Lessee shall  pay in
immediately  available funds  and on  demand from  Owner (or  its
Assignee)  an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (x)
the amount  which would have  been payable  by the Lessee  on the
Termination  Date under Section 31(a)  or 31(b) hereof  as if the
Limited Lessee  Risk Conditions were not met  as of such date and
(y)  the amount actually paid  by Lessee on  the Termination Date
pursuant to Section 31(a)  or 31(b) hereof, plus interest  at the
Default   Rate  on  such  difference  for  the  period  from  the
Termination Date to the date of payment.

    Section 32.   Procedure for  Owner Conveyance.   In the event
of  an Owner Conveyance, the terms and conditions of this Section
32 shall apply.  On the closing date for such transfer:

    (i) (A)  The Owner  shall have  received all amounts  due and
payable to it under the  applicable provisions of this Lease, and

                               -63-

<PAGE>





without limitation  of the foregoing, Lessee shall  have paid all
Basic Rental and  Additional Rental  and all other  sums due  and
payable  by  Lessee  under  this   Lease,  through  the  date  of
consummation of the  transfer, in each case in funds  of the type
specified and otherwise in accordance with Section 33 hereof.

    (ii)     Each  Owner's Conveyance shall be made by  a good and
sufficient bargain  and sale deed,  or such other  instruments as
may be appropriate in the circumstances, which shall transfer all
of the Owner's interest in the Leased Property to Lessee or third
party,  as the case may be.  OWNER'S TRANSFER OF ITS OWNERSHIP IN
THE LEASED PROPERTY SHALL BE ON AN AS-IS, WHERE-IS BASIS, WITHOUT
ANY REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESSED  OR IMPLIED, AS
TO  THE DESIGN,  CONDITION,  QUALITY, CAPACITY,  MERCHANTABILITY,
HABITABILITY, DURABILITY,  SUITABILITY OR  FITNESS OF  THE LEASED
PROPERTY  FOR  ANY  PARTICULAR   PURPOSE,  OR  ANY  OTHER  MATTER
CONCERNING THE  LEASED PROPERTY OR  ANY PORTION THEREOF.   LESSEE
AND,  IF  APPLICABLE,  ANY  THIRD  PARTY  SHALL WAIVE  ANY  CLAIM
(INCLUDING  ANY CLAIM  BASED ON STRICT  OR ABSOLUTE  LIABILITY IN
TORT OR INFRINGEMENT) IT  MIGHT HAVE AGAINST OWNER FOR  ANY LOSS,
DAMAGE (INCLUDING INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE)  OR EXPENSE
CAUSED BY THE LEASED PROPERTY OR BY LESSEE'S LOSS  OF USE THEREOF
FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.   Owner shall  convey all of its  then
right, title and interest in and to the Leased Property to Lessee
or third party, as  the case may be, free and  clear of any Owner
Liens (other than  Permitted Liens), and any  liens securing debt
incurred by  Owner, whether recourse or  otherwise, including but
not limited to the  Construction Loan and the Long-Term  Loan and
any  replacements  for  or additions  to  the  foregoing,  but NO
REPRESENTATION  OR  WARRANTY SHALL  BE MADE  BY  OWNER AS  TO THE
EXISTENCE  OF  ANY  OTHER LIENS  OR  ENCUMBRANCES  ON THE  LEASED
PROPERTY AS OF THE DATE OF SALE.

    (iii)    The Lessee shall  have paid all charges and  expenses
incident to the  transfer of  the Leased Property  in an  Owner's
Conveyance,  including, without  limitation, all  transfer taxes,
recording fees,  title insurance premiums and  federal, state and
local taxes arising as a  result of such transfer.  Lessee  shall
have paid all fees  and expenses of Owner's counsel  and Lender's
counsel incurred by reason of the transfer.

    Section 33.   Time of  the Essence; Manner  of Payment.   The
provisions of this Lease  requiring the payment by Lessee  to the
Owner  or to any third party,  whether such payments are for Base
Rental, Additional Rental, Termination Value, Purchase Price, End
of Term  Adjustment, Maximum Lessee Risk Amount,  Late Charges or
otherwise are  of the essence of  this Lease, and time  is of the
essence for  any payment and  performance of such  obligations of
Lessee set  forth  herein.   All  payments to  be made  to  Owner
hereunder shall  be in immediately  available funds paid  by wire

                               -64-

<PAGE>





transfer  to  an  account  designated  by  Owner,  or  at Owner's
request, by certified or cashier's check.

    Section 34.  Return of Leased Property.

    (a) Upon the  expiration or earlier  termination of the  Term
(unless  Lessee has  purchased  the Leased  Property pursuant  to
Section 4(c) or Section  29 hereof, or has delivered  a Nonreturn
Option Notice or has issued or is deemed to have issued a Special
Nonreturn Option  Notice), Lessee  will vacate and  surrender and
deliver possession of the Leased Property to Owner in broom clean
condition and in the condition required pursuant to Section 13(a)
hereof.  Lessee shall remove from the Leased Property on or prior
to  such expiration  or  earlier termination  of this  Lease, all
personal property,  furniture and fixtures (other  than equipment
and  fixtures which form a part of the building systems) situated
thereon which is not the property of Owner, and shall  repair any
damage caused by  such removal.   Property not  so removed  shall
become the property of  Owner, and Owner may cause  such property
to  be  removed from  the Leased  Property  and disposed  of, and
Lessee  shall pay  the reasonable  cost of  any such  removal and
disposition and of repairing any damage caused by such removal.

    (b) Except  for  surrender upon  the  expiration  or  earlier
termination of the  Term hereof,  no surrender to  Owner of  this
Lease  or  of the  Leased Property  shall  be valid  or effective
unless  agreed  to  and accepted  in  writing  by  Owner and  any
Assignee of Owner.

    (c) Without limiting the  generality of  the foregoing,  upon
the  surrender  and  return of  the  Leased    Property to  Owner
pursuant to this  Section 34,  the Leased Property  shall (i)  be
capable of being immediately  utilized by a third-party purchaser
or third-party lessee  without further inspection,  construction,
repair,  replacement,  alterations  or   improvements,  licenses,
permits, or approvals, except for  any of the foregoing  required
solely by virtue of the change  in ownership (other than to Owner
or Assignee), use or occupancy of the Leased Property, (ii) be in
accordance   and  compliance  with  all  Legal  Requirements  and
Environmental Legal Requirements  including, without  limitation,
any of the foregoing required by virtue of a change in ownership,
use or occupancy  of the  Leased Property other  than to  Lessee,
(iii) be free  and clear of all  Liens, other than any  Permitted
Liens and Owner  Liens and  any liens securing  debt incurred  by
Owner, whether  recourse or otherwise, including  but not limited
to  the Construction  Loan, the Investor  Loan and  the Long-Term
Loan and any replacements for or additions to the foregoing.

    (d) On  or prior to the date  of such surrender and return of
the Leased  Property, Owner shall  have received from  Lessee, at

                               -65-

<PAGE>





Lessee's  expense,  evidence  satisfactory   to  Owner  and  each
Assignee, of compliance with  the provisions of this Section  34,
including without limitation, an environmental assessment for the
Leased Property  addressed in form and  substance satisfactory to
Owner and each Assignee or, in lieu of addressing to such parties
directly,  accompanied  by a  letter  permitting  Owner and  each
Assignee to  rely thereon, performed by  an independent, licensed
professional engineer  satisfactory to  Owner and  each Assignee,
and  which  assessment  (x)  shall  be  sufficient  in  scope  to
determine  compliance with  the  applicable  Environmental  Legal
Requirements,   (y)   shall  reveal   no   actual  or   potential
environmental liabilities which cannot be remediated by Lessee as
provided  in  the   following  clause  (z),   and  (z)  if   such
environmental assessment reveals the need for  additional review,
Lessee  shall  have  provided   such  additional  information  or
environmental  assessments  as are  required  by  Owner and  each
Assignee  and,  subject to  Section  20  hereof, any  remediation
recommended therein  to be  performed shall have  been performed,
and evidence of compliance with Section 34(c)(ii).

    (e) Upon such return of the Leased Property  to Owner, Lessee
shall deliver to Owner a then current title insurance policy or a
binding commitment to issue a title insurance policy written by a
title insurance company reasonably  acceptable to Owner, insuring
good and marketable  title in  the Leased Property  in an  amount
equal to the  Termination Value determined as  of the Termination
Date,  unencumbered except  for Owner  Liens or  Permitted Liens.
Upon  the request of Owner, Lessee shall continue to maintain its
insurance policies for the Leased Property required under Section
15 hereof if  able to do so  on a commercially  reasonable basis,
provided  that Owner pays or  reimburses Lessee for  its pro rata
costs thereof.

    (f) Until  the Leased Property has been returned  to Owner in
the condition  required under  Section 34(a) through  (d) hereof,
Lessee shall continue to  pay Owner, on the  same dates on  which
Base  Rental was  payable  during the  Basic  Lease Term  or  any
Extension  Lease Term thereof, 125%  of the Base  Rental that was
payable on the  last Rent Payment  Date of the  Basic Lease  Term
thereof,  or if  the Term  has been  renewed pursuant  to Section
29(a) hereof, 125%  of the same Base  Rental that was  payable on
each  Rent Payment  Date during  the  last Extension  Lease Term,
plus, in each  case, all  Additional Rental for  which Lessee  is
liable applicable to such periods.

    (g) The provisions of this Section  34 are of the  essence of
this Lease, and any  breach thereof shall be  deemed an Event  of
Default hereunder,  and upon application  to any court  of equity
having jurisdiction in the premises, Owner shall be entitled to a
decree  against  Lessee  requiring specific  performance  of  the

                               -66-

<PAGE>





covenants of Lessee set forth in this Section 34.

    Section  35.    Financial  Information.    Lessee  agrees  to
furnish Owner (a)  as soon as available, and in  any event within
105 days after the last day of each fiscal year of Lessee, a copy
of the balance sheet  of Lessee's Parent on a  consolidated basis
as  of  the end  of such  fiscal  year, and  related consolidated
statements of income and retained earnings of Lessee's Parent for
such fiscal  year, certified  by an independent  certified public
accounting  firm of  recognized standing,  each on  a comparative
basis with  corresponding statements  for the prior  fiscal year,
and a copy of Lessee's Parent's form 10-K, if any, filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for such  fiscal year;  (b)
within  50 days  after the  last day  of each  fiscal  quarter of
Lessee's  Parent (except the last such fiscal quarter), a copy of
the balance sheet as of the end of such quarter, and statement of
income  and retained earnings covering the fiscal year to date of
Lessee Parent  on  a consolidated  basis, each  on a  comparative
basis with the  corresponding period  of the prior  year, all  in
reasonable detail  and certified by   the treasurer  or principal
financial officer  of Lessee's  Parent, together  with a  copy of
Lessee's Parent's form  10-Q, if any,  filed with the  Securities
and   Exchange  Commission   for   such  quarterly   period;  (c)
contemporaneously  with its  transmittal to  each stockholder  of
Lessee's Parent  and to  the Securities and  Exchange Commission,
all  such  other financial  statements  and  reports as  Lessee's
Parent shall send to  its stockholders and to the  Securities and
Exchange Commission; (d) as soon as available to Lessee's Parent,
the notice of any material adjustment resulting from any audit of
the  books  and/or  records  of Lessee's  Parent  by  any  taxing
authority having jurisdiction over  Lessee's Parent; and (e) such
additional  financial information as Owner may reasonably request
concerning Lessee's Parent.

    Section 36.   Recording.   Lessee will execute,  acknowledge,
deliver and cause to be recorded or filed in the manner and place
required by any present  or future law, a memorandum  hereof, and
all other  instruments, including, without  limitation, financing
statements, continuation statements, releases and  instruments of
similar character,  which shall be reasonably  requested by Owner
or any Assignee  as being  necessary or appropriate  in order  to
protect Owner's or Assignee's  respective interests in the Leased
Property  or  to publish  notice of  or  to create,  maintain and
protect  the lien and security interest intended to be created by
the mortgage securing the Loan and the other obligations of Owner
to  Lender  upon,  and the  interest  of  Lender  in, the  Leased
Property.   If Lessee shall fail to  comply with this Section 36,
Owner  shall be and is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and
attorney  in  fact  of  Lessee,  to comply  therewith,  but  this
sentence  shall not prevent any default in the observance of this

                               -67-

<PAGE>





Section 36 by  Lessee from  constituting an Event  of Default  in
accordance  with the provisions of this Lease.  Lessee may record
a memorandum hereof whether or not requested by Owner.

    Section 37.  No Reliance.   Lessee and Owner  hereby mutually
acknowledge that in negotiating  the terms of this Lease  and all
other related agreements and documents, each has sought, obtained
and relied  exclusively upon such accounting,  actuarial, tax and
legal advice from its own or  other independent sources as it has
deemed necessary,  and further acknowledges that  neither Lessee,
Owner, Lender,  LC Issuer, BFS  or any Assignee nor  any of their
respective affiliates or  personnel has represented or  warranted
the legal,  tax, economic,  accounting, or other  consequences of
the  terms  and  provisions  hereof  and  of  the  other  related
agreements and documents.

    Section  38.   Miscellaneous.   Any provision  of this  Lease
which is  prohibited or unenforceable in  any jurisdiction shall,
as to such  jurisdiction, be  ineffective to the  extent of  such
prohibition   or   unenforceability   without   invalidating   or
diminishing Owner's rights under the remaining provisions hereof,
and any such prohibition  or unenforceability in any jurisdiction
shall not  invalidate or  render unenforceable such  provision in
any  other jurisdiction.  To the  extent permitted  by applicable
law,  Lessee hereby waives any provision of law which renders any
provision  of  this  Lease  prohibited or  unenforceable  in  any
respect.    In  no  event shall  any  amounts  payable hereunder,
whether payable  as Base Rental, Additional  Rental or otherwise,
exceed any limits imposed  by applicable law.  To  the extent any
amounts received  by Owner exceeds the  maximum amount permitted,
such  payment  shall be  credited to  future Base  Rental payable
hereunder or at Owner's  option, be refunded to Lessee.   No term
or provision  of  this Lease  may  be amended,  altered,  waived,
discharged  or terminated  orally, but  may be  amended, altered,
waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing
signed  by a duly authorized  officer of the  party against which
the enforcement  of the amendment,  alteration, waiver, discharge
or termination is sought.  A waiver on any one occasion shall not
be  construed  as a  waiver on  a future  occasion.   All  of the
covenants,  conditions  and obligations  contained in  this Lease
shall be  binding upon  and shall  inure to  the  benefit of  the
respective  successors and assigns  of Owner and  (subject to the
restrictions  of  Section 19  hereof)  Lessee.   This  Lease, the
Construction  Agency  Agreement   and  each  related  instrument,
document, agreement and certificate, collectively  constitute the
complete and exclusive  statement of the  terms of the  agreement
between  Owner  and Lessee  with respect  to  the leasing  of the
Leased  Property, and cancel and supersede any and all prior oral
or written understandings with respect thereto. 


                               -68-

<PAGE>





    Section 39.   Venue; Governing Law.   Lessee  agrees that  at
Owner's sole election any  suit, action or proceeding brought  by
Owner  against Lessee in connection  with or arising  out of this
Lease  may be brought in any federal  or state court in the State
of  New Jersey, and Lessee waives personal service of all process
upon it  and consents that service of process may be made by mail
or  messenger directed to it  at its address  set forth above and
that service  so made  shall be deemed  to be completed  upon the
earlier of actual receipt or three  (3) days after the same shall
have  been posted  to  Lessee's  said  address.   Nothing  herein
contained shall  affect  Owner's right to serve legal  process in
any other manner permitted by law or to bring any suit, action or
proceeding  against Lessee or its  property in the  courts of any
other jurisdiction. This Lease shall in all respects  be governed
by, and constructed in accordance with,  the laws of the State of
New Jersey,  including all  matter of construction,  validity and
performance.

    Section 40.   Estoppel Certificate.  Lessee  agrees from time
to time, upon  not less than ten (10) days'  prior written notice
from  Owner, Lender  or LC  Issuer, to  execute, acknowledge  and
deliver  to  Owner,  Lender or  LC  Issuer  or  any other  Person
designated by Owner, Lender  or LC Issuer  , a statement in  form
and substance  reasonably satisfactory  to the  Person requesting
same certifying that this  Lease is unmodified and in  full force
and  effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease
is  in  full  force  and  effect  as  modified  and  stating  the
modifications),  the dates  to which  Base Rental  and Additional
Rental  have been paid, and  stating whether or  not, to the best
knowledge of the signer  of the certificate, Owner is  in default
in performance of  any covenant, agreement  or condition in  this
Lease  and,  if so,  specifying each  such  default of  which the
signer  may  have knowledge,  it  being  intended  that any  such
statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchasers of the
Leased  Property, any assignee of  Owner, Lender or  LC Issuer or
any prospective mortgage lender.

    Section  41.   Survival  of Representations,  Warranties  and
Covenants.       All   representations,  warranties,  agreements,
covenants and obligations of Lessee herein are material, shall be
deemed to have  been relied upon by  Owner, and, unless  by their
express terms expire  as of  an earlier date,  shall survive  and
continue in full force  and effect notwithstanding the expiration
or  earlier  termination  of this  Lease  in  whole  or in  part,
including the expiration or termination of the  Term with respect
to the Leased Property.

    Section 42.  Nonrecourse.

    (a) Any   provision   of   this   Lease   to   the   contrary

                               -69-

<PAGE>





notwithstanding, the  liability of  the Owner hereunder,  if any,
shall be  satisfied solely from the  assets held in  trust by the
Owner,  including the  Leased Property.   This  Lease is  a trust
obligation  of the  Owner,  and no  recourse  under or  upon  any
representation,  warranty,  obligation,  covenant   or  agreement
contained  herein or  for any  claim based  hereon or  in respect
hereto  shall be had against any past, present or future trustee,
co-trustee, beneficiary, settlor, officer,  employee or agent, as
such,  of  the  Owner  or  any  of  their  respective  assets  or
properties.

    (b) It  is expressly  understood and  agreed  by the  parties
hereto that (i)  this Lease  is executed and  delivered by  First
Fidelity   Bank,  National   Association,  not   individually  or
personally but solely as trustee under the Trust Agreement 1995-1
dated as of July 1, 1995 with the Beneficiary in  the exercise of
powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (ii) each of the
representations, undertakings and  agreements herein made  on the
part   of  the  Owner  is  made  and  intended  not  as  personal
representations,  undertakings and  agreements by  First Fidelity
Bank,  National Association,  but is  made and  intended for  the
purpose for binding only the Owner as the trustee under the Trust
Agreement,  (iii) under  no  circumstances shall  First  Fidelity
Bank, National Association, be  personally liable for the payment
of  any indebtedness or expenses of the  Trustee or be liable for
the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty
or covenant made or undertaken by the Owner under this Lease.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Lease to be duly executed under seal by their duly authorized
representatives effective as of the date first written above.

        First Fidelity Bank, National Association,
        not in its individual capacity but solely as
        Trustee under Trust Agreement 1995-1
        dated as of July 1, 1995
        (Owner)

        _________________________________
        By:______________________________
        Title:____________________________

        TIFFANY AND COMPANY
        (Lessee)
        _________________________________
        By:______________________________
        Title:_____________________________

COUNTERPART NO.____ OF ____ SERIALLY NUMBERED MANUALLY EXECUTED
COUNTERPARTS.

                               -70-

<PAGE>







                            Schedule I

                      List of Listed Permits

    1)  Foundation Permit
    2)  Building Permit











































                               -71-

<PAGE>







                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                     by and among


                                    TIFFANY & CO.,

                                 TIFFANY AND COMPANY,
                             TIFFANY & CO. INTERNATIONAL,
                        THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS PARTY HERETO,

                              THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                      as Issuing Bank and as Swing Line Lender,


                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                 as Arranging Agent,


                                         and


                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                               as Administrative Agent






                                     $130,000,000




                              Dated as of June 26, 1995<PAGE>





               Credit  Agreement, dated as of  June 26, 1995,  by and among
          Tiffany & Co., a Delaware corporation (the "Parent"), Tiffany and
          Company,  a  New  York  corporation ("Tiffany"),  Tiffany  &  Co.
          International, a Delaware corporation  ("Tiffany International"),
          each Subsidiary Borrower which is a signatory hereto or becomes a
          party  hereto pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  2.23, the
          Lenders  party hereto, The Bank  of New York  ("BNY"), as Issuing
          Bank and as Swing Line Lender,  BNY, as Arranging Agent (in  such
          capacity, the "Arranging Agent") and BNY, as Administrative Agent
          (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent").


          I.   DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

               A.   Definitions

                    When  used herein,  each of  the following  terms shall
          have  the  meaning ascribed  thereto  unless  the context  hereof
          otherwise specifically requires:

                    "ABR Advances": the Loans  (or any portions thereof) at
          such  time as  they  (or such  portions)  are made  and/or  being
          maintained  at a rate of  interest based upon  the Alternate Base
          Rate; each an "ABR Advance".

                    "Accountants": Coopers & Lybrand, or such other firm of
          independent  certified public accountants  of recognized national
          standing as shall be  selected by the Parent and  reasonably sat-
          isfactory to the Administrative Agent.

                    "Accumulated Funding Deficiency": as defined in Section
          302 of ERISA.

                    "Acquisition": with respect to any Person, the purchase
          or  other acquisition  by such  Person, by  any means  whatsoever
          (including  by  devise,  bequest,  gift, through  a  dividend  or
          otherwise), of (a) Stock  of, or other equity securities  of, any
          other Person if, immediately  thereafter, such other Person would
          be either a  consolidated subsidiary of such  Person or otherwise
          under the control of such Person, (b) any business, going concern
          or division or  segment thereof, or (c) the Property of any other
          Person other than  in the ordinary course of  business, provided,
          however, that no  acquisition of substantially all of the assets,
          or any division or segment, of such other Person  shall be deemed
          to be in the ordinary course of business.

                    "Advance": an ABR Advance, a Eurodollar Advance, a Core
          Currency Euro Advance or a Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance, as
          the case may be.

                    "Adverse Tax Position": as defined in Section 2.13(g).

                    "Affiliate": with respect to any Person at any time and
          from  time to time, any  other Person (other  than a consolidated<PAGE>





          subsidiary  of such Person) which, at such time (a) controls such
          Person,  or (b)  is under common  control with such  Person.  The
          term  "control", as used in  this definition with  respect to any
          Person, means the power, whether direct,  or indirect through one
          or more intermediaries, to  direct or cause the direction  of the
          management  and  policies of  such  Person,  whether through  the
          ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or
          otherwise.

                    "Aggregate Commitments":  on any  date, the sum  of all
          Commitments on such date.

                    "Aggregate  Credit Exposure":  as  of any  date of  de-
          termination,  the sum  of  (i) the  outstanding principal  amount
          (determined  on  the basis  of  the  Dollar  Equivalent for  each
          outstanding Alternate Currency  Loan) of the Loans of all Lenders
          plus (ii) an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Exposure.

                    "Agreement": this Credit Agreement,  as the same may be
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                    "Alternate Base Rate": on any date,  a rate of interest
          per annum  equal to the higher  of (i) the Federal  Funds Rate in
          effect on such date plus 1/2 of 1% or (ii) the BNY Rate in effect
          on such date.

                    "Alternate Currency":  any  Core Currency  (other  than
          Dollars) or Non-Core Currency.

                    "Alternate Currency  Bid Loan": each  Bid Loan  denomi-
          nated in an Alternate Currency.

                    "Alternate  Currency Equivalent":  with respect  to any
          Alternate Currency, on   any date  of determination thereof,  the
          amount of such  Alternate Currency which could  be purchased with
          the  amount of Dollars involved  in such computation  at the spot
          rate  at  which such  Alternate  Currency may  be  exchanged into
          Dollars  as set forth  on such  date on  (i) Reuters  pages MGTY,
          MGTX, SCNY or  BNMX or (ii)  Dow Jones Telerate  pages 262,  264,
          265,  266 or 9993 (or any successor  pages) or, if such rate does
          not appear on such pages, at  the spot exchange rate therefor  as
          determined by the  Administrative Agent as of 11:00  A.M. (London
          time) on such date  of determination thereof for delivery  (x) in
          the case of  an exchange  of Canadian Dollars  into Dollars,  one
          Business Day later and (y) in all other  cases, two Business Days
          later.   In the event that, on  any date of determination, a spot
          rate  for an individual Alternate Currency appears on both a page
          of Reuters set forth above  and a page of Dow Jones  Telerate set
          forth above, the Alternate  Currency Equivalent of such Alternate
          Currency shall be the arithmetic mean of such spot rates.

                    "Alternate  Currency  Loan":  any   Alternate  Currency
          Revolving Loan, Alternate  Currency Bid Loan,  Alternate Currency
          Negotiated  Rate  Loan, Alternate  Currency  Swing  Line Loan  or<PAGE>





          Individual Currency Loan.

                    "Alternate   Currency   Negotiated  Rate   Loan":  each
          Negotiated Rate Loan denominated in an Alternate Currency.

                    "Alternate  Currency  Revolving  Loan": each  Revolving
          Loan denominated in a Core Currency (other than Dollars).

                    "Alternate Currency  Swing Line Loan":  each Swing Line
          Loan denominated in a Core Currency (other than Dollars).

                    "Applicable":  with  respect  to  Regulation   D  being
          applicable to any determination  of a Core Currency Euro  Rate or
          an Individual Currency Rate, that Regulation D reserves  would be
          applicable  to the Core  Currency Euro Advance  or the Individual
          Currency Loan, as the case may be, as to which such interest rate
          would apply  (including by giving  effect to the  assumption that
          the applicable Lender had funded such Core  Currency Euro Advance
          or such Individual Currency Loan, as the case may be, through the
          purchase of a  Core Currency or a Non-Core Currency,  as the case
          may be, deposit  by a subsidiary or  affiliate of such Lender  in
          the  London  interbank market  and the  transfer thereof  to such
          Lender from such subsidiary or affiliate).

                    "Applicable Currency":

                    (a)  With respect  to any Revolving Loan  or Swing Line
          Loan  for any  applicable  Borrower, Dollars  and each  Available
          Alternate Currency which is a Core Currency as follows:

                         (i)  in the case of Dollars: a Domestic Borrower,

                         (ii) in  the  case of  French  Francs:  the French
                         Borrower,

                         (iii)     in the case of  German Marks: the German
                         Borrower,

                         (iv) in the  case of  Japanese  Yen: the  Japanese
                         Borrower, and

                         (v)  in the case of Sterling Pounds:  the Sterling
                         Borrower.

                      (b)  With  respect to  any Bid  Loan, the  Currency
            specified by  the applicable Borrower in its  Bid Request for
            such Bid Loan.

                      (c)  With respect to any Negotiated Rate  Loan, the
            Currency specified  in the  Negotiated Rate  Confirmation for
            such Negotiated Rate Loan.

                      (d)  With respect  to any Individual  Currency Loan
            for   any  applicable  Borrower,   each  Available  Alternate<PAGE>





            Currency which is a Non-Core Currency as follows:

                           (i)  in  the case of  Australian Dollars: the
                           Australian Borrower,

                           (ii) in the  case  of Canadian  Dollars:  the
                           Canadian Borrower,

                           (iii)     in  the case of  Hong Kong Dollars,
                           the Hong Kong Borrower,

                           (iv) in the case of Italian Lira: the Italian
                           Borrower,

                           (v)  in the  case of  Korean Won:  the Korean
                           Borrower,

                           (vi) in  the case  of Malaysian  Ringgit: the
                           Malaysian Borrower,

                           (vii)     in  the case of  Mexican Pesos: the
                           Mexican Borrower,

                           (viii)    in  the  case of  Philippine Pesos:
                           the Philippine Borrower,

                           (ix) in the case of Singaporean  Dollars: the
                           Singaporean Borrower,

                           (x)  in the  case of Swiss  Francs: the Swiss
                           Borrower,

                           (xi) in the case  of New Taiwan Dollars:  the
                           Taiwanese Borrower, and

                           (xii)     in the case of  Thai Baht: the Thai
                           Borrower.

                      "Applicable  Lending Office": (i) as to any Lender,
            with respect to  Revolving Loans in  any Core Currency,  ini-
            tially, the office, branch or affiliate of such Lender desig-
            nated  as such Lender's lending office for Revolving Loans in
            such Core  Currency on Exhibit R, and  thereafter, such other
            office, branch or  affiliate of such Lender  through which it
            shall be making or maintaining  Revolving Loans in such  Core
            Currency, as  reported by  such Lender to  the Administrative
            Agent and the Parent,  (ii) as to the Swing Line Lender, with
            respect to Swing Line Loans  in any Core Currency, initially,
            the office, branch or affiliate of  such Lender designated as
            the Swing  Line Lender's lending  office for such  Swing Line
            Loans  in such  Core Currency  on Exhibit R,  and thereafter,
            such  other office,  branch or  affiliate of  the  Swing Line
            Lender through which it shall  be making or maintaining Swing
            Line  Loans in such Core  Currency, as reported  by the Swing<PAGE>





            Line Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Parent, (iii)
            as to any Lender, with  respect to any Bid Loan,  the lending
            office, branch or affiliate of such Lender designated as such
            Lender's lending office for such Bid Loan in its Bid for such
            Bid Loan, (iv) as  to any Lender, with respect  to Individual
            Currency  Loans in  any  Non-Core  Currency,  initially,  the
            office, branch or affiliate of such Lender designated as such
            Lender's lending office for such Individual Currency Loans in
            such  Non-Core Currency  on  Exhibit R, and  thereafter, such
            other  office, branch  or  affiliate of  such Lender  through
            which it  shall be making or  maintaining Individual Currency
            Loans in such  Non-Core Currency, as reported  by such Lender
            to the Administrative Agent and the Parent, and (v) as to any
            Lender, with respect to any Negotiated Rate Loan, the lending
            office, branch or affiliate of such Lender designated as such
            Lender's  lending  office for  such  Negotiated  Loan in  the
            Negotiated Rate Confirmation for such Negotiated Rate Loan.

                      "Applicable Margin": (i) with respect to the unpaid
            principal amount of ABR  Advances, the applicable  percentage
            set forth below in the column entitled "Applicable Margin for
            ABR Advances" and (ii)  with respect to the  unpaid principal
            amount of  Eurodollar Advances, Core  Currency Euro  Advances
            and Individual Currency Loans,  the applicable percentage set
            forth  below in  the column  entitled "Applicable  Margin for
            Eurodollar/Core  Currency  Euro Advances/Individual  Currency
            Loans":

            <TABLE>
            <CAPTION> 
                                                    Applicable           
                                                    Margin for           
                                                    Eurodollar           
                                                    Advances/Core        
                                     Applicable     Currency Euro        
                                     Margin for     Advances/            
                                     ABR            Individual Currency  
                 Pricing Level       Advances       Loans
                 -----------------   -------------- --------------------
                 <S>                      <C>            <C>
                 Pricing Level I          0%             0.2000%         
                 Pricing Level II         0%             0.2700%         
                 Pricing Level III        0%             0.2750%         
                 Pricing Level IV         0%             0.4000%         
                 Pricing Level V          0%             0.4000%

            </TABLE>

                      "Applicable Payment Office": in the case of:

                      (i)  the  Administrative Agent,  (x) in  respect of
                           all  Loans  (other  than   Alternate  Currency
                           Loans),  Letters  of   Credit  designated   in
                           Dollars,  fees and  other amounts  owing under<PAGE>





                           this  Agreement,  the  office  of  the  Admin-
                           istrative  Agent listed  in  Exhibit Q as  its
                           "Domestic Payment Office", and (y)  in respect
                           of  Alternate  Currency Loans  and  Letters of
                           Credit designated in Alternate Currencies, the
                           office  of the Administrative  Agent listed in
                           Exhibit Q   as  its  payment  office  for  the
                           applicable Alternate Currency,  or such  other
                           office or offices as the  Administrative Agent
                           may from  time to time hereafter  designate in
                           writing as such to the Parent, each Lender and
                           each Borrower;

                     (ii)  the Swing  Line  Lender, in  respect  of  each
                           Swing Line Loan, the  office of the Swing Line
                           Lender listed in Exhibit R as the payment  of-
                           fice for the applicable Core Currency in which
                           such Swing Line Loan is made or such other of-
                           fice or  offices as the Swing  Line Lender may
                           from time to time hereafter designate in writ-
                           ing  as such to  the Administrative Agent, the
                           Parent and each Swing Line Borrower;

                     (iii) any other  Lender, (w) in respect  of each Re-
                           volving Loan, the office of such Lender listed
                           in Exhibit R as its payment office for the ap-
                           plicable Core Currency or such other office or
                           offices as  such Lender may from  time to time
                           hereafter designate in writing  as such to the
                           Administrative Agent, the Parent and each Bor-
                           rower, (x) in respect  of each Individual Cur-
                           rency Loan, the  office of such  Lender listed
                           in Exhibit R as its payment office for the ap-
                           plicable  Non-Core  Currency  or   such  other
                           office or offices as such Lender may from time
                           to time hereafter designate in writing as such
                           to  the Administrative  Agent, the  Parent and
                           each  Borrower, (y)  in  respect  of each  Bid
                           Loan, the office of such Lender listed in such
                           Lender's  Bid for  such Bid  Loan, and  (z) in
                           respect  of  each  Negotiated Rate  Loan,  the
                           office of such Lender listed in the Negotiated
                           Rate  Confirmation  for  such Negotiated  Rate
                           Loan; and

                     (iv)  the Issuing Bank, in respect of each Letter of
                           Credit, the office of the  Issuing Bank listed
                           in Exhibit R as the payment office for the ap-
                           plicable  Currency in  which  such  Letter  of
                           Credit is  issued or such other  office or of-
                           fices  as the  Issuing Bank  may from  time to
                           time hereafter designate in writing as such to
                           the Administrative Agent and the Parent.<PAGE>





                      "Assignment and Acceptance  Agreement": an  assign-
            ment and  acceptance agreement executed by an assignor and an
            assignee pursuant  to which the  assignor assigns to  the as-
            signee  all   or  any  portion  of   such  assignor's  Loans,
            Commitment, Individual Currency  Commitments and other rights
            and obligations  under the  Loan Documents, substantially  in
            the form of Exhibit D.

                      "Assignment Fee": as defined in Section 11.7(b).

                      "Australian   Borrower":  one   or   more  of   the
            following:  Tiffany, Tiffany International  or a wholly-owned
            Subsidiary of the  Parent which is  organized under the  laws
            of,  and has  its  principal office  in, Australia  and which
            shall become a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "Australian  Dollars":  freely transferable  lawful
            money of Australia.

                      "Availability  Percentage":  with  respect  to  any
            Lender at any time, a percentage equal  to a fraction (x) the
            numerator of which is

                      (A) the Commitment of such Lender, minus

                      (B) the  sum of (I) the  aggregate principal amount
                 of all Revolving Loans then outstanding from such Lender
                 (determined on  the basis  of the Dollar  Equivalent for
                 each  outstanding  Alternate  Currency Revolving  Loan),
                 plus (II)  the aggregate  principal amount of  all Indi-
                 vidual Currency Loans then  outstanding from such Lender
                 (determined  on the  basis of  the Dollar  Equivalent of
                 each  such  Individual Currency  Loan),  plus  (III) the
                 SL/LC Credit Exposure of such Lender, and

            (y) the denominator of which is

                      (A) the Aggregate Commitments, minus

                      (B)  the  sum  of  (I)  the  outstanding  principal
                 balance of all Revolving  Loans (determined on the basis
                 of the Dollar Equivalent for each  outstanding Alternate
                 Currency  Revolving Loan),  plus  (II)  the  outstanding
                 principal  balance  of  all  Individual  Currency  Loans
                 (determined  on the  basis of  the Dollar  Equivalent of
                 each  such  Individual Currency  Loan),  plus (III)  the
                 outstanding principal balance  of all Swing Line  Loans,
                 plus (IV) the Letter of Credit Exposure.

                      "Available Alternate Currency": each Alternate Cur-
            rency  except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has
            given notice to the Parent pursuant to Section 2.14(a) (which
            notice has  not been  rescinded by the  Administrative Agent)
            that one or more Alternate Currencies are no longer available<PAGE>





            as determined by it in its sole discretion.

                      "Benefited Lender": as defined in Section 11.9.

                      "Bid": an offer by  a Lender to a Borrower,  in the
            form of Exhibit H, to make a Bid Loan.

                      "Bid Accept/Reject Letter":  a notification made by
            the applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11  in the form
            of Exhibit I.

                      "Bid Interest Period": as to  any Bid Loan, the pe-
            riod commencing on the date  of such Bid Loan, and  ending on
            the  date requested in the  Bid Request with  respect to such
            Bid Loan,  which shall not be  earlier than 7 days  after the
            date  of such Bid Loan or later  than 180 days after the date
            of  such Bid  Loan; provided,  however, that  (i) if  any Bid
            Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day,
            such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding
            Business Day, unless such  next succeeding Business Day would
            be a  date on or after  the Maturity Date in  which case such
            Interest Period shall end on the  next preceding Business Day
            and (ii) no Borrower shall select a Bid Interest Period which
            shall end after the Maturity Date.

                      "Bid Loan": each  loan from a Lender  to a Borrower
            pursuant to Section 2.11.

                      "Bid Loan Confirmation": a  confirmation by the Ad-
            ministrative Agent to a  Lender of the acceptance by  the ap-
            plicable Borrower of  any Bid  (or Portion  thereof) made  by
            such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

                      "Bid Rate": as defined in Section 2.11(b).

                      "Bid Request": a request by a Borrower, in the form
            of Exhibit F, for Bids.

                      "Bid  Submission Deadline":  as defined  in Section
            2.11(b).

                      "BNY Rate": a  rate of interest per annum  equal to
            the rate of interest  publicly announced in New York  City by
            BNY from time to  time as its prime commercial  lending rate,
            such rate  to be  adjusted automatically (without  notice) on
            the effective  date of any change in  such publicly announced
            rate.

                      "Borrower  Addendum": an Addendum to this Agreement
            in  the form of Exhibit B  pursuant to which  a Subsidiary of
            the Parent may  become a Subsidiary Borrower pursuant  to the
            provisions of Section 2.23.

                      "Borrowers":  collectively, Tiffany, Tiffany Inter-<PAGE>





            national and the Subsidiary Borrowers; each a "Borrower".

                      "Borrowing  Date":  (i)  in  respect  of  Revolving
            Loans,  any  Business Day  on  which the  Lenders  shall make
            Revolving  Loans  to  a  Borrower  pursuant  to  a Notice  of
            Borrowing  or  pursuant to  a  Mandatory  Borrowing, (ii)  in
            respect  of Bid  Loans, any  Business Day  on which  a Lender
            shall  make  a Bid  Loan  to  a Borrower  pursuant  to a  Bid
            Request, (iii) in respect of  Swing Line Loans, any  Business
            Day on which  the Swing Line Lender  shall make a Swing  Line
            Loan  to  a  Swing Line  Borrower  pursuant  to  a Notice  of
            Borrowing,  (iv) in  respect  of Negotiated  Rate Loans,  any
            Business Day on which  a Lender shall make a  Negotiated Rate
            Loan   to  a   Borrower   pursuant  to   a  Negotiated   Rate
            Confirmation, (v)  in respect  of Individual  Currency Loans,
            any Business Day on  which a Lender shall make  an Individual
            Currency Loan to a  Borrower pursuant to a Notice  of Borrow-
            ing, and (vi) in  respect of Letters of Credit,  any Business
            Day on which the Issuing Bank issues a Letter of  Credit to a
            Letter  of Credit  Applicant pursuant  to a Letter  of Credit
            Request.

                      "Borrowing/Issuance Period": as defined  in Section
            2.7(b)(ii).

                      "Business Day":

                       (i)  for all  purposes (other  than as  covered by
            clauses  (ii)  and (iii)  below),  any  day except  Saturday,
            Sunday or a day which in New  York City is a legal holiday or
            a  day  on  which  banking  institutions  are  authorized  or
            required by law or other government action to close,

                      (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations
            in connection  with, and  payments of principal  and interest
            on,  a Eurodollar Advance, a Core Currency Euro Advance or an
            Alternate  Currency Swing  Line  Loan,  any  day which  is  a
            Business  Day described  in clause  (i) above,  is a  day for
            trading by and  between banks in the  London interbank market
            and which  is not a legal  holiday or a day  on which banking
            institutions  are  authorized or  required  by  law or  other
            government  action  to close  in  the  country  in which  the
            principal office of the applicable Borrower is located, and

                      (iii)    with   respect   to    all   notices   and
            determinations  in connection with, and payments of principal
            and interest on, an Alternate Currency Bid Loan, an Alternate
            Currency Negotiated Rate Loan, an Individual Currency Loan or
            a Letter of Credit  designated in an Alternate  Currency, any
            day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) above, is
            a  day for  trading  by  and  between  banks  in  the  London
            interbank market and which is not a legal holiday or a day on
            which banking institutions are  authorized or required by law
            or other government action  to close in the country  in which<PAGE>





            (x)  the  principal  office  of the  applicable  Borrower  is
            located and (y) the  Applicable Lending Office and Applicable
            Payment Office of the applicable Lender is located.

                      "Canadian Borrower": one or more  of the following:
            Tiffany,  Tiffany International or  a wholly-owned Subsidiary
            of the Parent which  is organized under the laws  of, and has
            its  principal office  in, Canada  and which  shall become  a
            Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "Canadian  Dollars":   freely  transferable  lawful
            money of Canada.

                      "Change  of Control": (i)  any "Person"  or "group"
            (as such  terms are used in  Sections 13(d) and 14(d)  of the
            Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934,  as amended  from  time to
            time, or any successor thereto, and the rules and regulations
            issued  thereunder, as  from time  to time  in effect)  is or
            shall  become the  "beneficial  owner" (as  defined in  Rules
            13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 thereunder),  directly or indirectly,  of
            more than 50%,  on a fully diluted  basis, of the voting  and
            economic  interests  of  the Parent,  or  (ii)  the Board  of
            Directors  of the Parent shall cease to consist of a majority
            of Continuing Directors.

                      "Code": the  Internal Revenue Code of  1986, as the
            same  may  be amended  from time  to  time, or  any successor
            thereto, and the rules  and regulations issued thereunder, as
            from time to time in effect.

                      "Commitment":  with respect  to  each  Lender,  the
            amount set  forth opposite such Lender's  name in Exhibit A-1
            directly below the column  entitled "Commitment", as the same
            may be (x) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section  2.9
            or (y)  adjusted from time to time as a result of assignments
            to  or from such Lender pursuant to Section 11.7 or increases
            pursuant to Section 11.1.

                      "Commitment Percentage": as to any Lender, the per-
            centage  set  forth  opposite  the  name of  such  Lender  in
            Exhibit A-1  under the  heading  "Commitment Percentage",  as
            such percentage may be (x) reduced from time to time pursuant
            to Section 2.9 or (y) adjusted from time to time  as a result
            of  assignments to  or  from such  Lender  of its  Commitment
            pursuant  to  Section  11.7  or increases  in  the  Aggregate
            Commitments pursuant to Section 11.1.

                      "Commitment Period": the period from  the Effective
            Date until the Expiration Date.

                      "Compliance Certificate": a certificate in the form
            of Exhibit M.

                      "Consolidated": the Parent and its  Subsidiaries on<PAGE>





            a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

                      "Consolidated  Capitalization":  as  of  any  date,
            total stockholder's equity of the Parent and its Subsidiaries
            on  a Consolidated basis on such  date (without giving effect
            to foreign  currency translation  adjustments, except to  the
            extent such adjustments are in excess of $10,000,000 (whether
            positive or negative)) plus Total Debt on such date.

                      "Contingent  Obligation": as  to  any  Person  (the
            "secondary  obligor"),  any   obligation  of  such  secondary
            obligor (a) guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any return
            on any Investment made by another Person, or (b) guaranteeing
            or  in effect guaranteeing  any Indebtedness, lease, dividend
            or  other obligation  ("primary  obligations")  of any  other
            Person  (the  "primary  obligor")  in  any  manner,   whether
            directly  or indirectly,  including  any  obligation of  such
            secondary  obligor, whether  contingent, (i) to  purchase any
            such primary obligation  or any Property constituting  direct
            or  indirect security  therefor,  (ii) to  advance or  supply
            funds (A) for  the purchase  or payment of  any such  primary
            obligation  or  (B) to  maintain  working  capital or  equity
            capital  of the primary obligor or  otherwise to maintain the
            net  worth  or solvency  of the  primary   obligor,  (iii) to
            purchase Property, securities  or services primarily  for the
            purpose  of  assuring the  beneficiary  of  any such  primary
            obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make pay-
            ment of such primary obligation, (iv) otherwise to assure  or
            hold  harmless the  beneficiary  of  such primary  obligation
            against  loss in respect thereof,  and (v) in  respect of the
            Indebtedness of any partnership in which such secondary obli-
            gor is a general partner, except to  the extent that such In-
            debtedness of such partnership is nonrecourse to such second-
            ary  obligor and  its separate  Property;  provided, however,
            that the  term "Contingent Obligation" shall  not include (i)
            the indorsement  of instruments for deposit  or collection in
            the ordinary course  of business and  (ii) guaranties by  the
            Parent  or any  Subsidiary  of  the  Parent  of  the  primary
            obligations of any other Subsidiary of the Parent incurred in
            the ordinary course of business of such other Subsidiary; and
            provided,  further, that  the amount  of any  such Contingent
            Obligation shall be  deemed to be the lower of  (a) an amount
            equal to the  stated or determinable  amount of such  primary
            obligation  and  (b)  the   maximum  amount  for  which  such
            secondary  obligor may be liable pursuant to the terms of the
            agreement  embodying such  Contingent Obligation  unless such
            primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such sec-
            ondary obligor may be liable  are not stated or determinable,
            in which case the amount of  such Contingent Obligation shall
            be  such secondary  obligor's maximum  reasonably anticipated
            liability in respect thereof  as determined by such secondary
            obligor in good faith.

                      "Continuing  Directors":    the  directors  of  the<PAGE>





            Parent on the Effective Date and each other director, if such
            director's nomination for election  to the Board of Directors
            of  the Parent is recommended by a  majority of the then Con-
            tinuing Directors.

                      "Conversion Date": the date on which (i) a Eurodol-
            lar  Advance is converted to an ABR Advance, (ii) the date on
            which an  ABR Advance is  converted to a  Eurodollar Advance,
            (iii)  the date on which a Eurodollar Advance is converted to
            a new Eurodollar  Advance and (iv) the  date on which a  Core
            Currency  Euro Advance  is converted  to a new  Core Currency
            Euro Advance.

                      "Core Currencies": Dollars,  French Francs,  German
            Marks, Japanese Yen  and Sterling Pounds (each, a  "Core Cur-
            rency"),  and such other currencies  as shall be requested by
            the Parent to  be a  Core Currency hereunder  subject to  the
            approval of all  of the  Lenders in their  sole and  absolute
            discretion.

                      "Core   Currency   Borrowers":   with  respect   to
            Revolving Loans, the Domestic Borrowers, the German Borrower,
            the French  Borrower, the Japanese Borrower  and the Sterling
            Borrower; each a "Core Currency Borrower".

                      "Core  Currency  Euro Advances":  collectively, the
            Revolving  Loans (or any  portions thereof)  at such  time as
            they   (or  such  portions)   are  maintained   and/or  being
            maintained  in a Core Currency (other than Dollars) at a rate
            of  interest based  upon a  Core Currency  Euro Rate;  each a
            "Core Currency Euro Advance".

                      "Core Currency Euro Rate": with respect to each day
            during each  Interest Period applicable to  any Core Currency
            Euro  Advance, a rate of interest per annum determined by di-
            viding (and then rounding  to the nearest 1/16  of 1% or,  if
            there is no nearest 1/16 of 1%, then to the  next higher 1/16
            of 1%):

                           (a)  (i) the  rate per  annum that  appears on
            page 3740 or  3750 of the Dow  Jones Telerate Screen  (or any
            successor page) for deposits  of the applicable Core Currency
            with  a   maturity  comparable   to  such   Interest  Period,
            determined as of  11:00 A.M.  (London time) (x)  on the  date
            which  is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such
            Interest Period, in the  case of a Core Currency  (other than
            Sterling Pounds) and (y)  on the date of the  commencement of
            such Interest Period, in  the case of Sterling Pounds  or, if
            such rate does  not appear on  page 3740 or  3750 of the  Dow
            Jones Telerate  Screen (or any  successor page)  or (ii)  the
            rate per annum equal to the offered quotation notified to the
            Administrative Agent  by the Reference Lender  as the offered
            quotation by first class banks in the London interbank market
            to  the Reference Lender  for such Core  Currency deposits of<PAGE>





            amounts  in immediately  available  funds  comparable to  the
            principal amount  of such Core  Currency Euro Advance  of the
            Reference Lender with a  maturity comparable to such Interest
            Period determined as of  11:00 A.M. (London time) (x)  on the
            date  which is two Business Days prior to the commencement of
            such Interest Period, in  the case of a Core  Currency (other
            than Sterling Pounds) and (y) on the date of the commencement
            of such Interest Period, in the case of Sterling Pounds, by

                           (b)  a   number  equal   to  1.00   minus  the
            aggregate of the stated  maximum rates in effect on  such day
            (without duplication) of all reserve  requirements (including
            marginal, emergency, supplemental  and special reserves)  and
            similar charges,  expressed as a decimal,  established by any
            Governmental  Authority, including  those established  by the
            Board  of Governors  of the  Federal Reserve  System  and any
            other banking authority  to which BNY and  other major United
            States  money   center  banks  are  subject   in  respect  of
            eurocurrency funding  (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
            liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
            Federal Reserve System) maintained by a member of the Federal
            Reserve System with deposits  exceeding $1 billion in respect
            of eurodollar currency funding liabilities, to the extent Ap-
            plicable; 

            provided, in the event that the Administrative Agent has made
            any determination pursuant to  Section 2.14(a)(i) in  respect
            of such Core  Currency Euro Advance,  the Core Currency  Euro
            Rate  determined pursuant  to clause  (a) of  this definition
            shall  instead be  the  rate reported  to the  Administrative
            Agent by the Reference Lender as the rate based on the all-in
            cost of funds of the Reference Lender  to fund such Core Cur-
            rency Euro  Advance with  a maturity comparable  to such  In-
            terest Period.

                      "Credit Exposure":  with respect  to any  Lender at
            any time, the sum of (i) the outstanding principal balance of
            all Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) then outstanding from
            such Lender (determined on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent
            for each outstanding Alternate  Currency Loan), plus (ii) the
            SL/LC Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time.

                      "Credit Party": with respect  to any Loan Document,
            any Person (other than  the Administrative Agent, the Issuing
            Bank,  the Swing  Line Lender  or any  Lender) which,  in ac-
            cordance with the terms of such Loan Document, is or is to be
            a party thereto.

                      "Currency": any Core Currency or Non-Core Currency.

                      "Default": any  of the events  specified in Section
            9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice,
            the  lapse  of  time,  or   any  other  condition,  has  been
            satisfied.<PAGE>





                      "Disposition":  with respect  to  any  Person,  any
            sale,  assignment,  transfer  or  other  disposition  by such
            Person, by any means, of

                 (a)  the  Stock of,  or other  equity interests  of, any
                      other Person,

                 (b)  any business, operating entity, division or segment
                      thereof, or

                 (c)  any other Property of such Person, other than sales
                      of inventory (other  than in  connection with  bulk
                      transfers).

                      "Dollar Bid  Loan": a Bid Loan  denominated in Dol-
            lars.

                      "Dollar  Equivalent": on  any date of determination
            thereof, the amount of Dollars which could be purchased  with
            the  amount of  the relevant  Alternate Currency  involved in
            such computation at  the spot  rate at which  Dollars may  be
            exchanged into such Alternate  Currency as set forth  on such
            date on (i) Reuters  pages MGTY, MGTX,  SCNY or BNMX or  (ii)
            Dow Jones Telerate pages 262,  264, 265, 266 or 9993  (or any
            successor pages) or,  if such  rate does not  appear on  such
            pages, at  the spot exchange  rate therefor as  determined by
            the  Administrative Agent as  of 11:00 A.M.  (London time) on
            such date of  determination thereof for  delivery (x) in  the
            case  of an  exchange of  Dollars into Canadian  Dollars, one
            Business Day later and  (y) in all other cases,  two Business
            Days later.  In the event that, on any date of determination,
            a  spot rate for an individual  Alternate Currency appears on
            both a  page of Reuters  set forth  above and a  page of  Dow
            Jones Telerate set forth above, the Dollar Equivalent of such
            Alternate Currency shall be the  arithmetic mean of such spot
            rates.

                      "Dollar Loan":  each Dollar Revolving  Loan, Dollar
            Bid Loan, Dollar  Negotiated Rate Loan and  Dollar Swing Line
            Loan.

                      "Dollar  Negotiated Rate Loan":   a Negotiated Rate
            Loan denominated in Dollars.

                      "Dollar  Reimbursement  Amount":   as  defined   in
            Section 2.19(d).

                      "Dollar  Revolving  Loan"  and   "Dollar  Revolving
            Loans": as defined in Section 2.1(b).

                      "Dollar  Swing Line  Loan"  and "Dollar  Swing Line
            Loans": as defined in Section 2.1(c).

                      "Dollars":  and  "$":  freely  transferable  lawful<PAGE>





            money of the United States.

                      "Domestic  Borrowers":  Tiffany,  Tiffany  Interna-
            tional and each other  Borrower which is a  corporation orga-
            nized  under the  laws  of the  United  States or  any  State
            thereof  and which has its principal place of business in the
            United States; each a "Domestic Borrower". 

                      "EBIT":   for  any period,  the net  income of  the
            Parent and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis for  such
            period  plus each of the following with respect to the Parent
            and its  Subsidiaries on a  Consolidated basis to  the extent
            utilized in determining such net income: (a) Interest Expense
            and (b) provision for taxes.

                      "Effective Date": June 30, 1995.

                      "Employee  Benefit Plan": an  employee benefit plan
            within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained, spon-
            sored  or contributed to by the Parent, any of its Subsidiar-
            ies or any ERISA Affiliate.

                      "ERISA":  the  Employee Retirement  Income Security
            Act of 1974, as amended  from time to time, or  any successor
            thereto, and the rules  and regulations issued thereunder, as
            from time to time in effect.

                      "ERISA Affiliate": when used with respect to an Em-
            ployee  Benefit Plan, ERISA, the  PBGC or a  provision of the
            Code pertaining to employee benefit plans, any Person that is
            a  member of any group of organizations within the meaning of
            Sections 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely with respect to
            applicable  provisions of the Code, Sections 414(m) or (o) of
            the Code, of which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a
            member.

                      "Euro  Interest  Period":   with  respect  to   any
            Eurodollar Advance or Core Currency Euro Advance requested by
            any Borrower, the period  commencing on, as the case  may be,
            the Borrowing Date  or Conversion Date  with respect to  such
            Advance and ending one, two, three or six  months thereafter,
            as selected  by such  Borrower in its  irrevocable Notice  of
            Borrowing or its irrevocable  Notice of Conversion, provided,
            however, that (i) if any Euro Interest Period would otherwise
            end on  a day which is not a Business Day, such Euro Interest
            Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business  Day
            unless  the result of such  extension would be  to carry such
            Euro Interest  Period into  another calendar month,  in which
            event such Euro Interest Period shall  end on the immediately
            preceding Business  Day, (ii)  any Euro Interest  Period that
            begins on  the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a
            day for which  there is no  numerically corresponding day  in
            the calendar month at  the end of such Euro  Interest Period)
            shall end on the  last Business Day of a calendar  month, and<PAGE>





            (iii) no  Borrower shall select a Euro  Interest Period which
            shall end after the Maturity Date.

                      "Eurodollar Advances":  collectively, the Revolving
            Loans (or any portions thereof) at such time as they (or such
            portions) are  made  and/or being  maintained  at a  rate  of
            interest  based upon  a Eurodollar  Rate; each  a "Eurodollar
            Advance".

                      "Eurodollar Rate":  with respect to each day during
            each Interest Period applicable  to any Eurodollar Advance, a
            rate of interest  per annum determined by  dividing (and then
            rounding to the nearest 1/16 of 1% or, if there is no nearest
            1/16 of 1%, then to the next higher 1/16 of 1%):

                           (a)   the  rate per  annum equal  to  the rate
            notified to the Administrative  Agent by the Reference Lender
            as the rate at  which the Reference Lender is  offered Dollar
            deposits in the  New York interbank  market, for delivery  on
            the first day of such Interest Period, in an amount equal ap-
            proximately to such Eurodollar Advance  for a period equal to
            such Interest  Period, as quoted at  approximately 11:00 A.M.
            two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Pe-
            riod, by

                           (b)    a  number   equal  to  1.00  minus  the
            aggregate of the stated  maximum rates in effect on  such day
            (without  duplication) of all reserve requirements (including
            marginal, emergency, supplemental  and special reserves), ex-
            pressed as a  decimal, established by the  Board of Governors
            of the Federal Reserve System and any other banking authority
            to which BNY and other major United States money center banks
            are subject, in  respect of  eurocurrency funding  (currently
            referred to as "Eurocurrency  liabilities" in Regulation D of
            the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System)
            maintained  by a member  of the  Federal Reserve  System with
            deposits exceeding  $1 billion in respect  of eurodollar cur-
            rency funding liabilities. 

                      "Event of Default": any  of the events specified in
            Section 9.1, provided that any requirement for the  giving of
            notice,  the lapse of time,  or any other  condition has been
            satisfied.

                      "Excess Tax":  as defined in Section 2.13(g).

                      "Expiration  Date":  the  Business Day  immediately
            preceding the Maturity Date.

                      "Facility Fee": as defined in Section 3.1.

                      "Federal Funds Rate": for any day, a rate per annum
            (expressed as  a decimal,  rounded upwards, if  necessary, to
            the next higher 1/100  of 1%), equal to the  weighted average<PAGE>





            of  the rates  on overnight  federal funds  transactions with
            members  of the  Federal Reserve  System arranged  by federal
            funds  brokers  on such  day,  as  published by  the  Federal
            Reserve  Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding
            such day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is
            to be determined  is not  a Business Day,  the Federal  Funds
            Rate  for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on
            the next preceding Business  Day as so published on  the next
            succeeding  Business Day,  and (ii)  if such  rate is  not so
            published  for any day which  is a Business  Day, the Federal
            Funds Rate  for such day  shall be the  average of  the three
            rates quoted by  federal funds brokers to BNY  on such day on
            such transactions received  by BNY as  determined by BNY  and
            reported to the Administrative Agent.

                      "Financial Officer": the  chief financial  officer,
            the treasurer  or the  assistant treasurer  of the  Parent or
            such  other officer  thereof  as shall  be reasonably  satis-
            factory to the Administrative Agent.

                      "Financial Statements": as defined in Section 4.15.

                      "Fixed  Rate Loan":  a  Eurodollar Advance,  a Core
            Currency Euro Advance, a  Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance,
            a  Negotiated Rate Loan, an Individual Currency Loan or a Bid
            Loan.

                      "Foreign Pension Plan":  any plan, fund  (including
            any superannuation fund) or other similar program established
            or maintained outside of  the United States by the  Parent or
            any one or more of its Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit
            of employees of the Parent or such Subsidiaries residing out-
            side  of the United States, which plan, fund or other similar
            program  provides,   or  results  in,  retirement  income,  a
            deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments
            to  be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is
            not subject to ERISA or the Code.

                      "French  Borrower": one  or more of  the following:
            Tiffany, Tiffany International  or Societe Francaise Pour  Le
            Developpement De La Porcelaine  D'Art (S.A.R.L.), a  corpora-
            tion organized under  the laws of France and  whose principal
            office is located in France.

                      "French Francs": freely  transferable lawful  money
            of France.

                      "Funded Current Liability Percentage":   as defined
            in Section 401(a)(29) of the Code.

                      "GAAP":  generally  accepted accounting  principles
            set  forth   in  the  opinions  and   pronouncements  of  the
            Accounting Principles  Board and  the  American Institute  of
            Certified  Public  Accountants  and  in  the  statements  and<PAGE>





            pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or
            in  such other  statement  by such  other  entity as  may  be
            approved  by   a  significant   segment  of   the  accounting
            profession, which  are applicable to the  circumstances as of
            the  date of  determination.    If  at  any  time  after  the
            Effective  Date   any  change   in  GAAP  would   affect  the
            computation of  any financial ratio or  requirement set forth
            in any  Loan Document, and  either the Required  Lenders, the
            Parent  or the  appropriate Borrowers  shall so  request, the
            Administrative  Agent,  the  Lenders,  the  Parent  and  such
            Borrowers shall negotiate in  good faith to amend such  ratio
            or requirement to reflect such change in GAAP (subject to the
            approval of  the Required  Lenders), provided that,  until so
            amended,  (i) such ratio or requirement  shall continue to be
            computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein
            and (ii) the Parent  and such Borrowers shall provide  to the
            Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and
            other documents required under the Loan Documents  or as rea-
            sonably requested thereunder  setting forth a  reconciliation
            between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before
            and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

                      "German Borrower":  one or more  of the  following:
            Tiffany,  Tiffany International or  a wholly-owned Subsidiary
            of  the Parent which is organized under  the laws of, and has
            its principal  office in,  Germany and  which shall  become a
            Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "German Marks": freely transferable lawful money of
            Germany.

                      "Governmental  Authority":  any  foreign,  federal,
            state, municipal or other government, or any department, com-
            mission,  board, bureau, agency, public authority, instrumen-
            tality  or other political  subdivision thereof,  any central
            bank, or any court or arbitrator.

                      "Guaranty":  as defined in Section 5.2.

                      "Hong Kong Borrower": one or more of the following:
            Tiffany,  Tiffany International or Tiffany &  Co. of New York
            Limited,  a corporation organized under the laws of Hong Kong
            and whose principal office is located in Hong Kong.

                      "Hong  Kong  Dollars":  freely transferable  lawful
            money of Hong Kong.

                      "Indebtedness":  as to  any Person, at a particular
            time, all items of such Person  which constitute, without du-
            plication,  (a)  indebtedness  for   borrowed  money  or  the
            deferred  purchase  price  of  Property  (other  than   trade
            payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course
            of business),  (b) indebtedness  evidenced  by notes,  bonds,
            debentures  or  similar  instruments,  (c)  obligations  with<PAGE>





            respect  to any  conditional  sale or  other title  retention
            agreement, (d) indebtedness  arising under acceptance facili-
            ties and the amount  available to be drawn under  all letters
            of  credit issued for the account of such Person and, without
            duplication, all  drafts drawn thereunder to  the extent such
            Person shall not have reimbursed the issuer in respect of the
            issuer's payment  of such drafts, (e)  liabilities secured by
            any Lien on  any Property  owned by such  Person even  though
            such Person shall not have assumed or otherwise become liable
            for    the   payment    thereof   (other    than   carriers',
            warehousemen's,   mechanics',   repairmen's  or   other  like
            non-consensual Liens arising in the  ordinary course of busi-
            ness),  (f) that portion of any obligation of such Person, as
            lessee,  which in  accordance  with GAAP  is  required to  be
            capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person, and (g) Con-
            tingent Obligations.

                      "Indemnified Person": as defined in Section 11.10.

                      "Indemnified  Tax": as  to  any  Person,  any  Tax,
            except (i) a  Tax on the  Income imposed  on such Person  and
            (ii) any interest, fees or penalties for late payment imposed
            on such Person, in  each case under  clauses (i) and (ii)  to
            the extent not attributable  to the failure of the  Parent or
            any of its  Subsidiaries to obtain any necessary approvals or
            consents  of, or  file  or cause  to  be filed  any  reports,
            applications, documents, instruments or  information required
            to be filed pursuant to any applicable law, rule,  regulation
            or request of, any Governmental Authority.

                      "Indemnified Tax Person":     the    Administrative
            Agent, the  Swing  Line  Lender,  the Issuing  Bank,  or  any
            Lender.

                      "Individual Currency Commitment":  with respect  to
            each Lender and any Non-Core  Currency, the amount set  forth
            opposite such Lender's name in Exhibit A-2 directly below the
            column entitled  "Individual Currency Commitment"  in respect
            of such  Non-Core Currency  (determined on  the basis  of the
            Dollar Equivalent  for such  Non-Core Currency), as  the same
            may be (x)  reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.9
            or (y) adjusted from time to  time as a result of assignments
            to or from  such Lender pursuant  to Section 11.7,  provided,
            however, that the  aggregate amount of all  of the Individual
            Currency Commitments of each  Lender (determined on the basis
            of   the  Dollar  Equivalent  for  each  applicable  Non-Core
            Currency)  shall  not  exceed  the amount  of  such  Lender's
            Commitment.

                      "Individual Currency Interest Period": with respect
            to  any Individual  Currency Loan  requested by  any Non-Core
            Currency  Borrower, the  period commencing  on the  Borrowing
            Date with respect to such Individual Currency Loan and ending
            one, two or three months thereafter, as selected by such Non-<PAGE>





            Core  Currency Borrower  in  its irrevocable  Notice of  Bor-
            rowing,  provided,  however,  that  (i)  if  any   Individual
            Currency Interest Period  would otherwise end on  a day which
            is not a Business Day, such  Individual Currency Interest Pe-
            riod shall  be extended to  the next succeeding  Business Day
            unless  the result of such  extension would be  to carry such
            Individual  Currency  Interest Period  into  another calendar
            month,  in  which  event such  Individual  Currency  Interest
            Period shall  end on the immediately  preceding Business Day,
            (ii) any  Individual Currency Interest Period  that begins on
            the last  Business Day of a  calendar month (or on  a day for
            which  there is  no  numerically   corresponding  day in  the
            calendar  month  at  the  end  of  such  Individual  Currency
            Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a cal-
            endar month, and (iii) no Borrower shall select an Individual
            Currency Interest  Period which shall end  after the Maturity
            Date.

                      "Individual Currency Loan" and "Individual Currency
            Loans": as defined in Section 2.1(e).

                      "Individual  Currency Rate":  with respect  to each
            day during each Interest  Period applicable to any Individual
            Currency Loan, a rate of interest per annum determined by di-
            viding (and then rounding  to the nearest 1/16  of 1% or,  if
            there is no nearest 1/16 of  1%, then to the next higher 1/16
            of 1%):

                           (a) (i)   if such Individual  Currency Loan is
            designated in Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Hong Kong
            Dollars, Italian Lira, Singaporean Dollars or Swiss Francs,

                           (A)  with respect to  Australian Dollars,  the
                      average bid  rate for  bank bills of  exchange that
                      appears on page BBSY on the Reuters Screen (Sydney)
                      (or any  successor page)  for a term  equivalent to
                      such    Interest    Period,   determined    as   of
                      approximately 10:15 A.M. (Sydney time) on the first
                      day of such Interest Period,

                           (B)  with  respect  to  Canadian Dollars,  the
                      rate per  annum that  appears on page  CDOR on  the
                      Reuters  Screen (Toronto)  (or any  successor page)
                      for deposits  of Canadian Dollars  with a  maturity
                      comparable  to such Interest  Period, determined as
                      of approximately 11:00  A.M. (Toronto time)  on the
                      date  which  is  two  Business Days  prior  to  the
                      commencement of such Interest Period,

                           (C)  with  respect to  Italian Lira,  the rate
                      per annum that appears on page RIBO (London) on the
                      Reuters Screen (or any successor page) for deposits
                      of Italian Lira with  a maturity comparable to such
                      Interest  Period,  determined  as of  approximately<PAGE>





                      11:00 A.M.  (London time) on the date  which is two
                      Business  Days prior  to  the commencement  of such
                      Interest Period,

                           (D) with respect to Swiss Francs, the rate per
                      annum  that appears on page 3740 or 3750 of the Dow
                      Jones  Telerate Screen (or  any successor page) for
                      deposits of Swiss Francs with a maturity comparable
                      to  such   Interest   Period,  determined   as   of
                      approximately 11:00 A.M. (London  time) on the date
                      which is  two Business Days prior  to the commence-
                      ment of such Interest Period,

                           (E) with  respect  to Hong  Kong Dollars,  the
                      rate per  annum that  appears on page  FWEN on  the
                      Reuters Screen (Hong Kong) (or any successor  page)
                      for deposits  of Hong Kong Dollars  with a maturity
                      comparable  to such Interest  Period, determined as
                      of approximately 11:00 A.M. (Hong Kong time) on the
                      date  which  is  two  Business Days  prior  to  the
                      commencement of such Interest Period,

                           (F)  with respect to Singaporean  Dollars, the
                      rate per  annum that  appears on page  FWEO of  the
                      Reuters  Screen (Singapore) (or any successor page)
                      for deposits of Singaporean Dollars with a maturity
                      comparable  to such Interest  Period, determined as
                      of  approximately 11:00  A.M. (Singapore  time), on
                      the date  which is two  Business Days prior  to the
                      commencement of such Interest Period, or

                           (G)   if  such  rate does  not appear  on such
                      applicable page of the Dow Jones Telerate Screen or
                      Reuters Screen  (or any  successor page), the  rate
                      per annum  equal to the offered  quotation by first
                      class  banks in  the London,  Australian, Canadian,
                      Hong  Kong or  Singapore, as the  case may  be, in-
                      terbank market  to the  applicable Lender  for such
                      Non-Core  Currency  deposits  of  amounts   in  im-
                      mediately available funds  comparable to the  prin-
                      cipal amount  of such Individual Currency Loan with
                      a  maturity comparable to  such Interest Period de-
                      termined  as of  approximately 11:00  A.M. (London,
                      Sydney,  Toronto, Hong  Kong  or Singapore,  as the
                      case may be,  time) on the date which is two  Busi-
                      ness Days prior to  the commencement of such Inter-
                      est Period  or, in the case  of Individual Currency
                      Loans  designated  in  Australian  Dollars,  on the
                      first day of such Interest Period,

            (ii)  if such Individual  Currency Loan is  designated in any
            other Non-Core  Currency,  a  rate per  annum  equal  to  the
            offered quotation by first class  banks in the applicable in-
            terbank market to the applicable Lender for  deposits of such<PAGE>





            Non-Core Currency  in amounts in immediately  available funds
            comparable  to  the  principal  amount  of  such   Individual
            Currency  Loan with  a maturity  comparable to  such Interest
            Period as determined by such Lender  on the date which is two
            Business  Days prior  to  the commencement  of such  Interest
            Period,  adjusted  for  additional  costs  and  local  market
            conditions as determined by such Lender, by

                           (b) a number equal to 1.00 minus the aggregate
            of  the stated maximum rates  in effect on  such day (without
            duplication) of all reserve requirements (including marginal,
            emergency, supplemental  and  special reserves)  and  similar
            charges,  expressed   as  a   decimal,  established  by   any
            Governmental  Authority, including  those established  by the
            Board  of Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve System  and any
            other  banking authority to which  BNY and other major United
            States  money   center  banks  are  subject   in  respect  of
            eurocurrency funding (currently referred to  as "Eurocurrency
            liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
            Federal Reserve System) maintained by a member of the Federal
            Reserve System with deposits  exceeding $1 billion in respect
            of eurodollar currency funding liabilities, to the extent Ap-
            plicable; 

            provided, in the  event that the  applicable Lender has  made
            any determination pursuant to Section  2.14(a)(iv) in respect
            of  such Individual  Currency Loan,  the  Individual Currency
            Rate  determined pursuant  to clause  (a) of  this definition
            shall instead be the  rate based on the all-in  cost of funds
            of  the applicable  Lender to  fund such  Individual Currency
            Loan with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.

                      "Intellectual Property":  all United  States regis-
            tered trademarks, service marks, patents, and trade names.

                      "Intercompany Acquisition":  an Acquisition  by the
            Parent  from any of its Subsidiaries or an Acquisition by any
            Subsidiary  of the  Parent from  any other Subsidiary  of the
            Parent.

                      "Intercompany  Debt":    (i)  Indebtedness  of  the
            Parent to one  or more of the Subsidiaries of  the Parent and
            (ii)  demand Indebtedness of one  or more of the Subsidiaries
            of  the Parent to the Parent or any  one or more of the other
            Subsidiaries of the Parent.

                      "Intercompany  Disposition":  a Disposition  by the
            Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to the Parent or any of its
            other  Subsidiaries, provided that  such Disposition does not
            materially and adversely affect  the interests of the Lenders
            under the Loan Documents.

                      "Intercompany Lien":  A  Lien granted by the Parent
            or any  of its Subsidiaries to the Parent or any of its other<PAGE>





            Subsidiaries, provided that such Lien does not materially and
            adversely affect  the interests of the Lenders under the Loan
            Documents.

                      "Interest Coverage Ratio":  as of any date, the ra-
            tio of (a)  EBIT in respect  of the period  comprised of  the
            four  consecutive fiscal quarters  ended immediately prior to
            such  date in respect of which financial statements have been
            delivered pursuant  to Sections  7.7(a), 7.7(c) or  7.7(d) to
            (b) Interest Expense for such period.

                      "Interest Expense":   for any period, the  interest
            expense of the Parent and its  Subsidiaries on a Consolidated
            basis in respect of such period.

                      "Interest Period": a Euro Interest Period, a  Swing
            Line Interest  Period, a Negotiated Rate  Interest Period, an
            Individual Currency Interest Period or a Bid Interest Period,
            as the case may be.

                      "Interest   Rate   Protection   Arrangement":   any
            interest rate swap,  cap or collar  arrangement or any  other
            derivative product, in each  case designed to reduce exposure
            to interest rate fluctuations.

                      "Investments": as defined in Section 8.7.

                      "Invitation to Bid": an  invitation to make Bids in
            the form of Exhibit G.

                      "Issuing Bank":  BNY.

                      "Italian Borrower": one  or more of the  following:
            Tiffany, Tiffany International  or Tiffany-Faraone S.P.A.,  a
            corporation  organized  under the  laws  of  Italy and  whose
            principal office is located in Italy.

                      "Italian Lira": freely transferable lawful money of
            Italy.

                      "Japanese Borrower":  one or more of the following:
            Tiffany,   Tiffany   International,   Tiffany   Japan   or  a
            wholly-owned  Subsidiary of  the  Parent  which is  organized
            under the laws of, and has its principal office in, Japan and
            which  shall  become  a  Borrower pursuant  to  Section  2.23
            hereof.

                      "Japanese Yen": freely transferable lawful money of
            Japan.

                      "Judgment Currency": as defined in Section 11.14.

                      "Judgment Currency Conversion  Date": as defined in
            Section 11.14.<PAGE>





                      "Korean Borrower":   one or more  of the following:
            Tiffany, Tiffany  International or a  wholly-owned Subsidiary
            of  the Parent which is organized under  the laws of, and has
            its  principal  office in,  Korea  and which  shall  become a
            Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "Korean Won": freely  transferable lawful money  of
            Korea.

                      "Lender":  each  financial  institution  listed  on
            Exhibit A-1, as well as  any Person which becomes a  "Lender"
            hereunder pursuant to Sections 11.7  or 11.1; it being under-
            stood  and  agreed,  however,  that for  purposes  of  making
            certain Alternate Currency Loans and issuing or participating
            in certain Letters of Credit under this Agreement, certain of
            the Lenders have specifically designated on Exhibit R certain
            of their  branches, subsidiaries  or affiliates that  will be
            responsible  for  making such  Alternate  Currency Loans  and
            issuing or participating  in such Letters  of Credit, or  may
            make  such  a designation  in  an  Assignment and  Acceptance
            Agreement entered into by any such Lender.

                      "Letter of Credit" and  "Letters of Credit": as de-
            fined in Section 2.19.

                      "Letter of Credit  Applicants": collectively,  Tif-
            fany and Tiffany International; each a "Letter  of Credit Ap-
            plicant".

                      "Letter of Credit Commissions": as defined in  Sec-
            tion 3.2.

                      "Letter  of Credit Commitment":  (i) the commitment
            of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, provided that
            the Letter  of Credit  Exposure shall not  exceed $25,000,000
            (determined  on the basis  of the Dollar  Equivalent for each
            outstanding  Letter  of  Credit  designated  in  an Alternate
            Currency), and  (ii) the commitment of the Lenders in respect
            of  the Letter  of Credit  Exposure as  set forth  in Section
            2.20.

                      "Letter of Credit Exposure":  at any date, the sum,
            without  duplication,  of   (i)  the  aggregate undrawn  face
            amount (determined on the basis  of the Dollar Equivalent for
            each outstanding Letter of  Credit designated in an Alternate
            Currency) of  the outstanding Letters of Credit  at such date
            and   (ii) the aggregate unpaid  reimbursement obligations in
            respect of the Letters  of Credit at such date  (after giving
            effect  to any Loans made on such  date to pay any such reim-
            bursement  obligations and  determined  on the  basis of  the
            Dollar Equivalent  for each such  reimbursement obligation in
            respect  of an outstanding Letter  of Credit designated in an
            Alternate Currency).<PAGE>





                      "Letter of  Credit Request": a request  in the form
            of Exhibit L.

                      "Leverage Ratio": as of any date,  the ratio of (a)
            Total Debt  on such date, to  (b) Consolidated Capitalization
            as of such date.

                      "Lien":   any  mortgage, pledge,  assignment, lien,
            charge, encumbrance or security interest of any  kind, or the
            interest  of a  vendor or lessor  under any  conditional sale
            agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement.

                      "Loan": each Revolving  Loan, each Individual  Cur-
            rency Loan, each Negotiated Rate Loan, each Bid Loan and each
            Swing Line Loan.

                      "Loan Documents": this Agreement and the Guaranty.

                      "Malaysian Borrower": one or more of the following:
            Tiffany, Tiffany  International or a  wholly-owned Subsidiary
            of the Parent which  is organized under the laws of,  and has
            its principal office  in, Malaysia and  which shall become  a
            Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "Malaysian  Ringgit":  freely  transferable  lawful
            money of Malaysia.

                      "Mandatory  Borrowing":  as   defined  in   Section
            2.1(d).

                      "Margin Stock": any "margin stock", as said term is
            defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Fed-
            eral  Reserve System, as the  same may be  amended or supple-
            mented from time to time.

                      "Material Adverse":  with respect to any  change or
            effect,  a material adverse change  in, or effect  on, as the
            case may  be, (i) the financial  condition, operations, busi-
            ness,   prospects  or   Property  of   the  Parent   and  its
            Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Parent
            or any  Borrower to perform  its obligations  under any  Loan
            Document, or  (iii) the ability of  the Administrative Agent,
            the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender  or any Lender to en-
            force any Loan Document.

                      "Maturity Date":  June 30,  2000,  or such  earlier
            date on which the Loans shall become due and payable, whether
            by acceleration or otherwise.

                      "Maximum Offer": as defined in Section 2.11(b).

                      "Maximum Request": as defined in Section 2.11(a).

                      "Mexican Borrower": one  or more of the  following:<PAGE>





            Tiffany, Tiffany International  or a wholly-owned  Subsidiary
            of  the Parent which is  organized under the laws of, and has
            its  principal office  in, Mexico  and which  shall become  a
            Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "Mexican Pesos": freely  transferable lawful  money
            of Mexico.

                      "Moody's": Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                      "Multiemployer Plan":  a Pension  Plan  which is  a
            multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                      "Negotiated Rate": as defined in Section 2.12.

                      "Negotiated  Rate Confirmation": as defined in Sec-
            tion 2.12.

                      "Negotiated Rate Confirmation  Request": a  request
            by a Borrower  and the Parent, in the form  of Exhibit K, for
            confirmation by a Lender of such Lender's agreement to make a
            Negotiated  Rate Loan  to such  Borrower pursuant  to Section
            2.12.

                      "Negotiated   Rate  Interest  Period":  as  to  any
            Negotiated Rate  Loan, the period  commencing on the  date of
            such Negotiated Rate Loan, and ending on  the applicable date
            specified  in  the  Negotiated  Rate  Confirmation  for  such
            Negotiated  Rate Loan, which shall not be earlier than 7 days
            after the date of such Negotiated Rate Loan or later than 180
            days after the date  of such Negotiated Rate  Loan; provided,
            however,  that (i)  if  any Negotiated  Rate Interest  Period
            would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Negotiated
            Rate Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding
            Business Day, unless such  next succeeding Business Day would
            be a  date on or after  the Maturity Date in  which case such
            Negotiated Rate Interest Period shall end on the next preced-
            ing  Business Day and (ii)  no Borrower shall  select a Nego-
            tiated  Rate  Interest  Period  which  shall  end  after  the
            Maturity Date.

                      "Negotiated Rate Loan": each  loan from a Lender to
            a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.12.

                      "New  Taiwan  Dollars": freely  transferable lawful
            money of Taiwan.

                      "Non-Core   Currencies":      Australian   Dollars,
            Canadian Dollars,  Hong  Kong Dollars,  Italian Lira,  Korean
            Won, Malaysian  Ringgit, Mexican  Pesos, New  Taiwan Dollars,
            Philippine Pesos, Singaporean Dollars, Swiss Francs and  Thai
            Baht; each a "Non-Core Currency".

                      "Non-Core  Currency  Borrowers":  with  respect  to<PAGE>





            Individual  Currency  Loans,  the  Australian  Borrower,  the
            Canadian  Borrower,  the  Hong  Kong  Borrower,  the  Italian
            Borrower, the  Korean Borrower,  the Malaysian  Borrower, the
            Mexican  Borrower, the  Philippine Borrower,  the Singaporean
            Borrower, the Swiss Borrower, the Taiwanese Borrower  and the
            Thai Borrower; each a "Non-Core Currency Borrower".

                      "Non-Issuance  Event":     as  defined  in  Section
            2.19(a).

                      "Non-Swing  Loan  Event":   as  defined in  Section
            2.1(c).

                      "Notice of  Borrowing": a request for  Loans in the
            form of  Exhibit C signed  by the Parent  and the  applicable
            Borrower.

                      "Notice  of Conversion": a  notice substantially in
            the form of Exhibit E.

                      "Obligation Currency": as defined in Section 11.14.

                      "Other Hedging Arrangement":  any foreign  exchange
            contract, currency swap arrangement, commodity arrangement or
            any other similar  arrangement, in each case designed to pro-
            tect against fluctuations of currency values.

                      "PBGC":  the  Pension Benefit  Guaranty Corporation
            established pursuant to Subtitle  A of Title IV of  ERISA, or
            any  Governmental  Authority  succeeding  to   the  functions
            thereof.

                      "Pension Plan": at  any time, any Employee  Benefit
            Plan (including a Multiemployer  Plan) subject to Section 302
            of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, the funding requirements
            of which are, or at any time within the six years immediately
            preceding the time in question, were in whole or in part, the
            responsibility of the Parent,  any of its Subsidiaries or  an
            ERISA Affiliate.

                      "Person": any individual, firm,  partnership, joint
            venture, corporation, association, business  enterprise, lim-
            ited liability company,  joint stock company,  unincorporated
            association, trust,  Governmental Authority or  any other en-
            tity, whether acting in an  individual capacity, and for  the
            purpose of the  definition of "ERISA  Affiliate", a trade  or
            business.

                      "Philippine   Borrower":   one  or   more   of  the
            following:  Tiffany, Tiffany  International or a wholly-owned
            Subsidiary  of the Parent  which is organized  under the laws
            of,  and  has its  principal office in,  the Philippines  and
            which  shall  become  a  Borrower pursuant  to  Section  2.23
            hereof.<PAGE>





                      "Philippine  Pesos":   freely  transferable  lawful
            money of the Philippines.

                      "Portion": as defined in Section 2.11(b).

                      "Pricing Level":  any of  Pricing Level I,  Pricing
            Level II,  Pricing Level  III, Pricing  Level IV, or  Pricing
            Level V.

                      "Pricing Level  I": any time when  the senior unse-
            cured long term debt Rating of the Parent by (x) S&P is A- or
            higher or (y) Moody's is A3 or higher.

                      "Pricing Level  II": any  time when (i)  the senior
            unsecured long term  debt Rating of the Parent by  (x) S&P is
            BBB+  or higher or  (y) Moody's  is Baa1  or higher  and (ii)
            Pricing Level I does not apply.

                      "Pricing Level  III": any time when  (i) the senior
            unsecured long term  debt Rating of the Parent by  (x) S&P is
            BBB or  higher or (y) Moody's is Baa2 or higher and (ii) nei-
            ther Pricing Level I nor Pricing Level II applies.

                      "Pricing Level  IV": any  time when (i)  the senior
            unsecured  long term debt Rating of the  Parent by (x) S&P is
            BBB- or higher or (y) Moody's is Baa3 or higher and (ii) none
            of Pricing Level I, Pricing Level II or Pricing Level III ap-
            plies.

                      "Pricing Level V": any time when (i) the senior un-
            secured long term debt Rating of the Parent by (x) S&P is BB+
            or lower  or (y)  Moody's is  Ba1 or lower  and (ii)  none of
            Pricing Level  I,  Pricing Level  II,  Pricing Level  III  or
            Pricing Level IV applies.

                      "Prohibited Transaction": with respect to  any Pen-
            sion Plan, (a) any event set forth in Sections 4043(b) (other
            than  a  Reportable  Event as  to  which  the  30 day  notice
            requirement is  waived by  the PBGC under  applicable regula-
            tions), 4062(e) or 4063(a) of ERISA or the regulations there-
            under,  (b)  an  event  requiring  the  Parent,  any  of  its
            Subsidiaries  or any ERISA Affiliate to provide security to a
            Pension Plan  under Section  401(a)(29) of  the Code, or  (c)
            failure to make any payment required by Section 412(m) of the
            Code.

                      "Property": in respect of  any Person, all types of
            real, personal,  tangible, intangible  or mixed property  and
            all types of tangible or intangible  property owned or leased
            by such Person.

                      "Proportionate Share":   as to any  Subsidiary Bor-
            rower (a) if such  cost, expense or other amount  is directly
            attributable to the Loans made to such Subsidiary Borrower or<PAGE>





            any  action taken or omitted  to be taken  by such Subsidiary
            Borrower, 100% of such  amount and (b) if such  cost, expense
            or other amount is  not directly attributable to one  or more
            specific Borrowers,  such amount  multiplied by (i)  if Loans
            are outstanding, the percentage  equivalent of a fraction the
            numerator  of   which  is  the  principal   amount  of  Loans
            outstanding  to such Subsidiary  Borrower and the denominator
            of  which is the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding to all
            Borrowers  and   (ii)  if  no  Loans   are  outstanding,  the
            percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is
            one and the denominator of which is the number of Borrowers.

                      "Proposed Lender": as defined in Section 11.1(b).

                      "Quarterly  Payment Date":  each January  31, April
            30, July 31 and October 31 of each year.

                      "Rating":  the actual,  or  if no  actual then  the
            implied,  senior  unsecured  long  term debt  rating  of  the
            Parent, in either case as assigned by S&P or Moody's,  as the
            case may be.

                      "Reference Lender":  BNY.

                      "Regulation D": Regulation D of the Board of Gover-
            nors of  the Federal Reserve System  as from time to  time in
            effect and any successor  to all or a portion  thereof estab-
            lishing reserve requirements.

                      "Reportable Event":  with  respect to  any  Pension
            Plan, (a) any event set forth in Sections 4043(c) (other than
            a  Reportable Event as to which the 30 day notice requirement
            is waived by the  PBGC under applicable regulations), 4062(e)
            or 4063(a)  of ERISA  or the  regulations thereunder, (b)  an
            event requiring  the Parent, any  of its Subsidiaries  or any
            ERISA Affiliate to provide security  to a Pension Plan  under
            Section  401(a)(29) of the Code,  or (c) failure  to make any
            payment required by Section 412(m) of the Code.

                      "Required Lenders":  (i) at any time  when no Loans
            are outstanding, Lenders having Commitments or, if no Commit-
            ments  then exist, Lenders having Commitments on the last day
            on which Commitments did exist, equal to  at least 60% of the
            Aggregate Commitments,  and (ii) at  any time when  Loans are
            outstanding (x) if the Commitments then exist, Lenders having
            Commitments  equal   to  at   least  60%  of   the  Aggregate
            Commitments, and (y) if  the Commitments have been terminated
            or  otherwise  no  longer   exist,  Lenders  having    Credit
            Exposures  equal  to at  least  60% of  the  Aggregate Credit
            Exposure.

                      "Required Payment":  as defined in Section 2.13(a).

                      "Responsible  Officer":   the president,  the chief<PAGE>





            financial officer,  the treasurer or the  assistant treasurer
            of the Parent, Tiffany or Tiffany International.

                      "Restricted  Payment":  with respect to any Person,
            any of  the following, whether  direct or  indirect: (a)  the
            declaration  or payment  by such  Person  of any  dividend or
            distribution on any class of Stock of such Person, other than
            a dividend payable solely in shares of that class of Stock to
            the  holders of such class, (b) the declaration or payment by
            such Person of any distribution on any other type or class of
            equity interest  or equity investment in such Person, and (c)
            any redemption, retirement,  purchase or  acquisition of,  or
            sinking  fund  or other  similar payment  in respect  of, any
            class of Stock of,  or other type or class of equity interest
            or equity investment in, such Person.

                      "Revolving Loan" and  "Revolving Loans": as defined
            in Section 2.1(a).

                      "S&P": Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

                      "SEC":  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission or
            any  Governmental  Authority   succeeding  to  the  functions
            thereof.

                      "Singaporean   Borrower":  one   or  more   of  the
            following:   Tiffany, Tiffany International or  Tiffany & Co.
            Pte.  Ltd.,  a  corporation   organized  under  the  laws  of
            Singapore and whose principal office is located in Singapore.

                      "Singaporean  Dollars": freely  transferable lawful
            money of Singapore.

                      "SL/LC Credit Exposure": with respect to any Lender
            at any time,  (i) the  sum of (A)  the outstanding  principal
            balance of all Swing  Line Loans (determined on the  basis of
            the Dollar Equivalent for  each Alternate Currency Swing Line
            Loan), plus  (B) the Letter of Credit Exposure, multiplied by
            (ii) the Availability Percentage of such Lender.

                      "Special  Counsel": Emmet,  Marvin  & Martin,  LLP,
            special counsel to the Administrative Agent.

                      "Sterling Borrower": one or more of the  following:
            Tiffany,  Tiffany International  or Tiffany  & Co.,  a corpo-
            ration  organized under  the laws of  the United  Kingdom and
            whose principal office is located in the United Kingdom.

                      "Sterling Pounds": freely transferable lawful money
            of the United Kingdom.

                      "Stock":  any  and all  shares,  rights, interests,
            participations,  warrants, options,  rights of  conversion or
            other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.<PAGE>





                      "Subsidiary":  with respect  to any  Person at  any
            time  and from  time to  time, any  corporation, association,
            partnership,  limited  liability  company,  joint  venture or
            other  business  entity  of  which  such  Person  and/or  any
            Subsidiary  of such  Person, directly  or indirectly  at such
            time, either  (a)  in  respect  of  a  corporation,  owns  or
            controls more than  50% of the outstanding Stock having ordi-
            nary voting power  to elect a majority of the board of direc-
            tors  or similar  managing  body, irrespective  of whether  a
            class or classes shall  or might have voting power  by reason
            of the happening of any contingency, or (b) in  respect of an
            association,  partnership,  limited liability  company, joint
            venture or other  business entity,  is entitled  to share  in
            more than 50% of the profits and losses, however determined.

                      "Subsidiary Borrowers":  collectively, the Domestic
            Borrowers (other than Tiffany and Tiffany International), the
            Australian Borrower, the  Canadian Borrower, the  French Bor-
            rower, the German Borrower, the Hong Kong Borrower, the Ital-
            ian Borrower, the Japanese Borrower, the Korean Borrower, the
            Malaysian Borrower, the Mexican Borrower, the Philippine Bor-
            rower, the  Singaporean Borrower, the Sterling  Borrower, the
            Swiss Borrower, the Taiwanese  Borrower and the Thai Borrower
            which  are signatories hereto on the Effective Date, and each
            other wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the Parent  which becomes a
            party  to this Agreement by  the execution of  a Borrower Ad-
            dendum  pursuant to  Section  2.23; each  a "Subsidiary  Bor-
            rower".

                      "Swing Line Borrowers": with respect to Swing  Line
            Loans,  the  Domestic  Borrowers, the  French  Borrower,  the
            German Borrower,  the  Japanese  Borrower  and  the  Sterling
            Borrower; each a "Swing Line Borrower".

                      "Swing  Line   Commitment":  an  amount   equal  to
            $15,000,000, as the  same may  be reduced from  time to  time
            pursuant to Section 2.9.

                      "Swing Line Commitment Period": the period from the
            Effective Date to, but  excluding, the Swing Line Termination
            Date.

                      "Swing Line  Interest Period": (i) as  to any Swing
            Line Negotiated  Rate Advance,  the period commencing  on the
            date of such Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance and ending on
            the date  agreed to between the Parent,  the applicable Swing
            Line  Borrower and the Swing Line Lender with respect to such
            Swing  Line Negotiated Rate Advance, and (ii) as to any Swing
            Line  Loan made as an  ABR Advance, the  period commencing on
            the date of such ABR Advance and ending on the date set forth
            by the Parent and  the applicable Swing Line Borrower  in the
            Notice  of  Borrowing  with  respect  to  such  ABR  Advance;
            provided,  however,  that the  last  day  of any  Swing  Line
            Interest Period shall not  be earlier than one day  after the<PAGE>





            date  of such  Swing  Line  Negotiated  Rate Advance  or  ABR
            Advance, as the case may be,  or later than 30 days after the
            date  of  such Swing  Line  Negotiated  Rate Advance  or  ABR
            Advance, as  the case may be,  and in no event  later than 30
            days  prior to  the  Expiration Date;  and provided  further,
            however,  that if any Swing Line Interest Period would end on
            a day other than  a Business Day, such Interest  Period shall
            be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. 

                      "Swing Line Lender": BNY.

                      "Swing Line  Loan" and  "Swing Line Loans":  as de-
            fined in Section 2.1(c).

                      "Swing Line  Negotiated Rate": with respect  to any
            Swing Line Interest Period applicable to any Swing Line Nego-
            tiated Rate Advance, the rate of interest per annum agreed to
            by  the Parent, the  applicable Swing Line  Borrower, and the
            Swing  Line Lender  with respect  thereto in  accordance with
            Section 2.3(b).

                      "Swing    Line     Negotiated    Rate    Advances":
            collectively, the Swing Line  Loans (or any portions thereof)
            at such time as they (or such portions) are made and/or being
            maintained  at a  rate  of interest  based  on a  Swing  Line
            Negotiated Rate; each a "Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance".

                      "Swing Line Termination Date": the date which is 30
            days prior to the Expiration Date.

                      "Swiss  Borrower": one  or more  of the  following:
            Tiffany, Tiffany International or Tiffany & Co. Watch Factory
            S.A., a  corporation organized under the  laws of Switzerland
            and whose principal office is located in Switzerland.

                      "Swiss Francs": freely transferable lawful money of
            Switzerland.

                      "Taiwanese Borrower": one or more of the following:
            Tiffany, Tiffany International  or a wholly-owned  Subsidiary
            of the Parent which is organized  under the laws of, and  has
            its  principal office  in, Taiwan  and  which shall  become a
            Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "Tax":  any present  or future  tax, levy,  impost,
            duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and
            whatever called, by  a Governmental Authority, on  whomsoever
            and   wherever  imposed,   levied,  collected,   withheld  or
            assessed.

                      "Tax  on the Income": as  to any Person,  a Tax im-
            posed  by  one of  the  following  jurisdictions  or  by  any
            political  subdivision or  taxing authority  thereof: (i) the
            United States, (ii) the jurisdiction  in which such Person is<PAGE>





            organized,  (iii) the jurisdiction  in  which  such  Person's
            principal office  is located,  or (iv) in  the  case of  each
            Lender or  Swingline Lender,  any jurisdiction in  which such
            Person is deemed to be doing business; which Tax is an income
            tax or franchise tax imposed on all or part of the net income
            or net  profits  of  such  Person  or  which  Tax  represents
            interest,  fees, or  penalties for  late payment  of  such an
            income tax or franchise tax.

                      "Termination  Event": with  respect to  any Pension
            Plan,  (a)  a  Reportable Event,  (b)  the  termination  of a
            Pension Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, or the filing of
            a  notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan under Section
            4041(c)  of  ERISA,  or  the  treatment  of  a  Pension  Plan
            amendment as  a termination  under Section 4041(e)  of ERISA,
            (c) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a
            Pension  Plan  under  Section  4042  of  ERISA,  or  (d)  the
            appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under
            Section 4042 of ERISA.

                      "Thai Borrower":  one  or more  of  the  following:
            Tiffany, Tiffany International  or a wholly-owned  Subsidiary
            of the Parent  which is organized under the  laws of, and has
            its  principal office in,  Thailand and which  shall become a
            Borrower pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof.

                      "Thai  Baht": freely  transferable lawful  money of
            Thailand.

                      "Tiffany  Japan":   Tiffany  &  Co.  Japan Inc.,  a
            Delaware corporation.

                      "Total  Debt":  as of any date, all Indebtedness of
            the Parent and  its Subsidiaries on  a Consolidated basis  on
            such date.

                      "Unfunded  Pension Liabilities":   with  respect to
            any Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan), as of the
            last  day of the fiscal  year of such  Pension Plan preceding
            the time in  question, the  amount determined  by taking  the
            accumulated  benefit obligation,  as disclosed  in accordance
            with  Statement of Accounting  Standards No.  87, "Employers'
            Accounting for Pensions",  over the fair market value of Pen-
            sion Plan assets.

                      "United  States": the United States of America (in-
            cluding the States thereof and the District of Columbia).

                      "Upstream Dividends":  as defined in Section 8.9.

                      "Unrecognized Retiree Welfare Liability":  with re-
            spect   to   any   Employee  Benefit   Plan   that   provides
            postretirement  benefits  other  than pension  benefits,  the
            amount  of the  transition obligation,  as determined  in ac-<PAGE>





            cordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
            106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
            Than Pensions,"  as of the  most recent valuation  date, that
            has not been recognized as an expense in the income statement
            of  the  Parent and  its Consolidated  Subsidiaries, provided
            that  (i) prior to the  date such Statement  is applicable to
            the Parent, such amount shall be based on an estimate made in
            good  faith  of  the  transition  obligation,  and  (ii)  for
            purposes  of   determining  the  aggregate   amount  of   the
            Unrecognized Retiree Welfare Liability, Plans maintained by a
            Consolidated Subsidiary  of the Parent that  is not otherwise
            an ERISA Affiliate shall be included.

                 B.   Principles of Construction

                      (a)  All   capitalized   terms   defined  in   this
            Agreement  shall have  the  meanings  given such  capitalized
            terms herein when  used in  the other Loan  Documents or  any
            certificate,  opinion  or other  document  made  or delivered
            pursuant  hereto  or   thereto,  unless  otherwise  expressly
            provided therein.

                      (b)  As used in the Loan Documents and in  any cer-
            tificate, opinion or other  document made or delivered pursu-
            ant thereto, accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1, and
            accounting terms partly defined in  Section 1.1 to the extent
            not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them
            under GAAP.  Unless  otherwise expressly provided herein, the
            word "fiscal"  when used herein  shall refer to  the relevant
            fiscal period of the Parent.

                      (c)  The  words  "hereof",  "herein", "hereto"  and
            "hereunder" and similar words when used in each Loan Document
            shall  refer to such Loan Document as  a whole and not to any
            particular provision  of  such Loan  Document,  and  Section,
            schedule and exhibit references contained therein shall refer
            to Sections  thereof or schedules or  exhibits thereto unless
            otherwise expressly provided therein.

                      (d)  All references  herein to a time  of day shall
            mean the then applicable  time in New York, New  York, unless
            otherwise expressly provided herein.

                      (e)  Section headings have been inserted herein and
            in  the other Loan  Documents for convenience  only and shall
            not be construed to be a part hereof or thereof.   Unless the
            context otherwise requires, words  in the singular number in-
            clude  the plural, and words in the plural include the singu-
            lar.

                      (f)  Whenever in  any Loan Document or  in any cer-
            tificate  or  other  document   made  or  delivered  pursuant
            thereto,  the terms  thereof require  that a  Person sign  or
            execute  the  same or  refer to  the same  as having  been so<PAGE>





            signed or executed, such terms shall mean that the same shall
            be, or was, duly signed or  executed by (i) in respect of any
            Person  that is  a corporation,  any duly  authorized officer
            thereof,  and (ii) in respect of any other Person (other than
            an individual), any analogous counterpart thereof.

                      (g)  The words "include" and "including", when used
            in each Loan  Document, shall mean that the same shall be in-
            cluded  "without  limitation", unless  otherwise specifically
            provided.


            II. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

                 A.   Loans

                      (a)  Subject  to the  terms and  conditions hereof,
            each  Lender severally agrees  from time  to time  during the
            Commitment Period to  make revolving credit  loans to one  or
            more  of  the  Core  Currency  Borrowers  in  the  respective
            Applicable Currencies  (each a  "Revolving Loan" and,  as the
            context may  require, collectively  with all  other Revolving
            Loans  of such  Lender and  with the  Revolving Loans  of all
            other Lenders,  the  "Revolving Loans"),  provided,  however,
            that immediately after  giving effect thereto,   (i) the  Ag-
            gregate Credit  Exposure shall not exceed  the Aggregate Com-
            mitments, and (ii) with respect to each Lender,   (I) the ag-
            gregate   principal  amount  of   all  Revolving  Loans  then
            outstanding from  such Lender (determined on the basis of the
            Dollar Equivalent for each outstanding Alternate Currency Re-
            volving Loan),  plus (II)  the aggregate principal  amount of
            all  Individual  Currency Loans  then  outstanding from  such
            Lender (determined on  the basis of the Dollar  Equivalent of
            each  such Individual  Currency Loan),  plus (III)  the SL/LC
            Credit  Exposure  of  such  Lender,  shall  not  exceed  such
            Lender's Commitment.   During the Commitment Period, the Core
            Currency Borrowers may borrow, prepay in whole or in part and
            reborrow Revolving Loans under the Aggregate Commitments, all
            in accordance  with the terms  and conditions of  this Agree-
            ment. 

                      (b)  Subject  to the  terms and  conditions hereof,
            Revolving Loans, (i) if to be made in Dollars (each a "Dollar
            Revolving  Loan"  and,  collectively, the  "Dollar  Revolving
            Loans"),  shall be made to one or more Domestic Borrowers and
            shall, at the  option of such  Domestic Borrowers, be  either
            ABR  Advances or Eurodollar Advances,  (ii) if to  be made in
            French Francs, shall be made to the French Borrower, (iii) if
            to be  made  in German  Marks, shall  be made  to the  German
            Borrower, (iv)  if to be made in  Japanese Yen, shall be made
            to the Japanese Borrower,  and (v) if to be  made in Sterling
            Pounds,  shall be  made to  the Sterling  Borrower.   The Re-
            volving Loans, together with  all accrued and unpaid interest
            thereon,  shall  mature and  be due  and  payable in  the Ap-<PAGE>





            plicable Currency on the Maturity Date.

                      (c)  Subject to  and upon the terms  and conditions
            set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender in its individual ca-
            pacity agrees to make at any  time and from time to time dur-
            ing the Swing Line Commitment Period, a loan or loans (each a
            "Swing Line Loan" and,  collectively, the "Swing Line Loans")
            to one or  more of the Swing Line Borrowers, which Swing Line
            Loans (i) shall, at  the option of the applicable  Swing Line
            Borrower, be  made and maintained as Dollar  Swing Line Loans
            or Alternate Currency Swing Line Loans in an Available Alter-
            nate  Currency, (ii)  may  be repaid  and  reborrowed in  ac-
            cordance  with the  provisions hereof,  (iii) shall  not, im-
            mediately  after giving  effect  thereto, result  in the  Ag-
            gregate Credit Exposure exceeding the  Aggregate Commitments,
            and (iv) shall not,  immediately after giving effect thereto,
            result in  the aggregate outstanding principal  amount of all
            Swing Line  Loans  (determined on  the  basis of  the  Dollar
            Equivalent for each outstanding Alternate Currency Swing Line
            Loan) exceeding  the Swing Line  Commitment.  The  Swing Line
            Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loans at
            a time when  any Lender  (other than the  Swing Line  Lender)
            shall  be in default of its  obligations under this Agreement
            unless the  Swing Line  Lender has entered  into arrangements
            satisfactory to it and the Parent to eliminate the Swing Line
            Lender's risk  with respect to each  defaulting Lender's par-
            ticipation in such Swing  Line Loans.  The Swing  Line Lender
            will not make  a Swing  Line Loan (i)  if the  Administrative
            Agent or any Lender  by notice to the Swing  Line Lender, the
            Parent and the affected Swing Line Borrower prior to the time
            such Swing Line  Loan is  to be made,  shall have  determined
            that any of the applicable conditions set forth in Sections 5
            and  6 have  not been  satisfied  and such  conditions remain
            unsatisfied as  of the  requested time  of making such  Swing
            Line Loan or (ii) to the extent that immediately after giving
            effect thereto the Aggregate Credit Exposure would exceed the
            Aggregate Commitments (each a "Non-Swing Loan Event").  Swing
            Line Loans shall mature and be due and payable on the earlier
            of, with respect  to each Swing Line  Negotiated Rate Advance
            and Swing Line  Loan maintained  as an ABR  Advance, (x)  the
            last day of the Swing Line Interest Period applicable thereto
            and  (y) the  Maturity  Date.   Subject    to  the terms  and
            conditions hereof, Swing  Line Loans,  (i) if to  be made  in
            Dollars (each  a "Dollar Swing Line  Loan" and, collectively,
            the "Dollar Swing Line Loans"), shall be made to one or  more
            Domestic Borrowers and shall  be ABR Advances, (ii) if  to be
            made  in French Francs, shall be made to the French Borrower,
            (iii)  if to be  made in German  Marks, shall be  made to the
            German Borrower, (iv) if to be made in Japanese Yen, shall be
            made to  the Japanese  Borrower,  and (v)  if to  be made  in
            Sterling Pounds, shall be made to the Sterling Borrower.

                      (d)  On any  Business Day,  the  Swing Line  Lender
            may, in its sole  discretion, give notice to the  Lenders and<PAGE>





            the Parent (on behalf  of all Swing Line Borrowers)  that its
            outstanding Swing Line Loans shall be funded with a borrowing
            of Revolving Loans (provided that such notice shall be deemed
            to have been automatically given upon the occurrence of a De-
            fault or an Event  of Default under Sections 9.1(g)  or (h)),
            in  which case one or more borrowings of Revolving Loans con-
            stituting ABR Advances (or  constituting one or more Eurodol-
            lar Advances specified by the  Parent in accordance with Sec-
            tion 2.3(a)) or Alternate Currency Revolving Loans with a one
            month  Euro  Interest Period  (or  such  other Euro  Interest
            Period(s) specified by the  Parent in accordance with Section
            2.3(a))  in the Applicable Currency, as the case may be (each
            such borrowing a "Mandatory Borrowing"), shall be made on the
            fifth Business Day immediately  succeeding such notice by all
            Lenders  pro rata  based on  each such  Lender's Availability
            Percentage immediately prior thereto but after giving  effect
            to  any prepayment  of Revolving  Loans, Individual  Currency
            Loans,  or  Swing Line Loans, or any payment of reimbursement
            obligations in respect of  the Letters of Credit, to  be made
            simultaneously therewith,  and  the proceeds thereof shall be
            applied  directly to the Swing Line Lender to repay the Swing
            Line  Lender  for such  outstanding Swing  Line Loans.   Each
            Lender hereby  irrevocably agrees to make  Revolving Loans in
            Dollars or  the  Applicable Currency,  as  the case  may  be,
            pursuant to each  Mandatory Borrowing in respect of any Swing
            Line Loan  in the amount and  in the manner specified  in the
            preceding  sentence and on  the date specified  in writing by
            the Swing  Line Lender notwithstanding (i) the  amount of the
            Mandatory Borrowing  may not  comply with the  minimum amount
            for  Loans otherwise  required  hereunder, (ii)  whether  any
            conditions specified in Sections 5 and  6 are then satisfied,
            (iii) whether a Default  or an Event of Default  then exists,
            (iv)  the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, (v) the aggregate
            principal amount of all Loans then outstanding (determined on
            the  basis  of  the  Dollar Equivalent  of  each  outstanding
            Alternate Currency Loan), (vi)  the Aggregate Credit Exposure
            at  such   time  and  (vii)  the  amount   of  the  Aggregate
            Commitments  at such  time, provided  that no  Non-Swing Loan
            Event shall have  occurred and be continuing  with respect to
            such  Swing Line  Loan.   In  the  event that  any  Mandatory
            Borrowing  cannot for  any  reason  be  made  on    the  date
            otherwise required above  (including as a result of  the com-
            mencement of any proceeding referred to in Sections 9.1(g) or
            (h)) then each  Lender hereby agrees that  it shall forthwith
            purchase (as of the date the Mandatory Borrowing would other-
            wise have  occurred, but  adjusted for any  payments received
            from the Parent or  the applicable Swing Line Borrower  on or
            after  such date and prior  to such purchase)  from the Swing
            Line Lender  such assignments in each  outstanding Swing Line
            Loan as  shall be necessary to cause  the Lenders to share in
            each such Swing Line Loan ratably based upon their respective
            Availability  Percentages  at  such time,  provided  that  no
            Non-Swing Loan  Event shall  have occurred and  be continuing
            with  respect to such  Swing Line Loan,  and provided further<PAGE>





            that  all interest payable on each such Swing Line Loan shall
            be for the account of the Swing Line Lender until the date as
            of which the respective  assignment therein is purchased and,
            to the extent attributable to the purchased assignment, shall
            be payable to the  relevant Lender from and after  such date.
            Each  Lender  agrees promptly  to  indemnify  the Swing  Line
            Lender  for any costs or  expenses the Swing  Line Lender may
            incur as a  result of the failure  of such Lender  to fulfill
            its obligations under this Section 2.1(d).

                      (e)  Subject  to the  terms and  conditions hereof,
            each  Lender in its individual capacity agrees to make at any
            time and from  time to  time during the  Commitment Period  a
            loan  or loans under one  or more of  its Individual Currency
            Commitments (each  an "Individual Currency Loan"  and, as the
            context may  require, collectively with  all other Individual
            Currency Loans of  such Lender  and, as the  context may  re-
            quire, with the Individual Currency Loans of  all other Lend-
            ers, the "Individual Currency  Loans") to one or more  of the
            applicable Non-Core  Currency Borrowers in the respective Ap-
            plicable  Currencies,  provided,  however,  that  immediately
            after giving effect thereto:

                      (i)  the Aggregate Credit Exposure shall not exceed
                 the Aggregate Commitments,

                      (ii)  the Aggregate Credit Exposure attributable to
                 all Loans  and Letters of Credit  designated in Non-Core
                 Currencies shall not exceed $60,000,000,

                      (iii)   with  respect to  any Applicable  Currency,
                 (x) the  aggregate principal  amount  of the  Individual
                 Currency  Loans  of  such  Lender   designated  in  such
                 Applicable  Currency  shall  not  exceed  such  Lender's
                 Individual  Currency  Commitment  for   such  Applicable
                 Currency  and (y)  the  sum of  the aggregate  principal
                 amount of  the Individual Currency Loans  of all Lenders
                 in  such Applicable  Currency and  the Letter  of Credit
                 Exposure attributable to all Letters of Credit issued in
                 such Applicable Currency (determined on the basis of the
                 Dollar Equivalent  of each such Individual Currency Loan
                 and  each  such  Letter  of  Credit)  shall  not  exceed
                 $5,000,000, and

                      (iv) with respect to each  Lender (x) the aggregate
                 principal amount of  all Individual Currency  Loans then
                 outstanding from such Lender (determined on the basis of
                 the Dollar Equivalent of  each such Individual  Currency
                 Loan), plus  (y) the  aggregate principal amount  of all
                 Revolving Loans  then outstanding from such  Lender (de-
                 termined  on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent for each
                 outstanding Alternate Currency Revolving Loan), plus (z)
                 the SL/LC Credit Exposure of  such Lender, shall not ex-
                 ceed such Lender's Commitment.<PAGE>





            During the Commitment Period, the Non-Core Currency Borrowers
            may borrow, prepay  in whole  or in part  and reborrow  Indi-
            vidual Currency Loans under the Aggregate Individual Currency
            Commitments, all in accordance  with the terms and conditions
            of this Agreement. 

                      (f)  Subject  to the  terms and  conditions hereof,
            Individual Currency  Loans, (i) if  to be made  in Australian
            Dollars, shall be made to the Australian Borrower, (ii) if to
            be  made in Canadian Dollars,  shall be made  to the Canadian
            Borrower, (iii) if to be made in Hong Kong  Dollars, shall be
            made to the Hong Kong Borrower, (iv) if to be made in Italian
            Lira,  shall be  made to the  Italian Borrower, (v)  if to be
            made in Korean  Won, shall  be made to  the Korean  Borrower,
            (vi) if to be made in Malaysian Ringgit, shall be made to the
            Malaysian Borrower,  (vii) if  to be  made in Mexican  Pesos,
            shall be  made to the Mexican Borrower,  (viii) if to be made
            in  Philippine  Pesos,  shall   be  made  to  the  Philippine
            Borrower, (ix) if to be made in Singaporean Dollars, shall be
            made to the Singaporean Borrower, (x)  if to be made in Swiss
            Francs, shall be  made to the Swiss  Borrower, (xi) if to  be
            made  in New Taiwan Dollars,  shall be made  to the Taiwanese
            Borrower, and (xii) if to be made in Thai Baht, shall be made
            to the Thai Borrower.  Each Individual Currency Loan shall be
            due and payable  on the earlier  of (x) the  last day of  the
            Individual  Currency Interest  Period applicable  thereto and
            (y) the Maturity Date.

                 B. Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing

                      (a)  The  aggregate principal  amount of  each bor-
            rowing of Revolving  Loans shall not (x)  in the case of  Re-
            volving  Loans  constituting  ABR  Advances,   be  less  than
            $500,000 or such amount  and a whole multiple of  $100,000 in
            excess thereof,  and (y) in  the case of  Eurodollar Advances
            and  Core  Currency Euro  Advances, be less  than $500,000 or
            such  amount and  a  whole  multiple  of $100,000  in  excess
            thereof (or  an amount  in the applicable  Alternate Currency
            having a Dollar Equivalent  of approximately $500,000 or such
            amount  plus a  whole multiple  of approximately  $100,000 in
            excess thereof in the  case of a borrowing of  Alternate Cur-
            rency Revolving Loans), provided, in each case that Mandatory
            Borrowings  shall be made in  the amounts required by Section
            2.1(d).

                      (b)  The aggregate principal amount of each borrow-
            ing of Swing Line  Loans shall not be  less than $100,000  or
            such  amount plus a multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (or
            an amount in the applicable Alternate  Currency having a Dol-
            lar Equivalent of approximately  $100,000 or such amount plus
            a whole  multiple of approximately $50,000  in excess thereof
            in the case of  a borrowing of Alternate Currency  Swing Line
            Loans).<PAGE>





                      (c)  The aggregate principal amount of each borrow-
            ing  of Individual Currency Loans  shall not be  less than an
            amount in the applicable Non-Core Alternate Currency having a
            Dollar  Equivalent of  approximately $100,000 or  such amount
            plus  a whole  multiple  of approximately  $50,000 in  excess
            thereof.

                      (d)  At  no time  shall  the aggregate  outstanding
            number (whether as a result of borrowings or conversions), of
            all (x)  Eurodollar Advances exceed 5, (y)  all Core Currency
            Euro Advances exceed 10 and (z) all Individual Currency Loans
            exceed 18.

                      (e)  The aggregate number of all Bid Requests shall
            not exceed 12 (or such other number as the Parent and the Ad-
            ministrative Agent shall agree from time to time) in any fis-
            cal quarter.

                 C.   Notice of Borrowing

                      (a)  Whenever  a Borrower  desires to  borrow Loans
            hereunder (excluding Swing Line  Loans, Bid Loans, Negotiated
            Rate Loans,  Individual Currency Loans  and Mandatory Borrow-
            ings), the Parent  and such Borrower shall give  the Adminis-
            trative Agent at its  office set forth in Section 11.2 (i) no
            later than 10:00  A.M. on the date that an  ABR Advance is to
            be made  written notice  (or telephonic notice  promptly con-
            firmed  in writing) of each  ABR Advance, (ii)  no later than
            10:00 A.M. at least  two Business Days' prior written  notice
            (or telephonic notice promptly  confirmed in writing) of each
            Eurodollar  Advance  and (iii)  no later  than 11:00  A.M. at
            least  three Business  Days' prior  written notice  (or tele-
            phonic notice  promptly confirmed in writing)  of each Alter-
            nate Currency  Loan (other than an  Individual Currency Loan)
            to be made hereunder,  provided that any such notice shall be
            deemed to  have been given on a certain day only if given be-
            fore 10:00  A.M. on such day  in the case of  clauses (i) and
            (ii) above and  11:00 A.M. on such day in  the case of clause
            (iii) above.   Each such written notice  or written confirma-
            tion  of telephonic  notice (each  a "Notice  of Borrowing"),
            shall be irrevocable and shall be given by the Parent and the
            applicable  Borrower in the  form of Exhibit C, appropriately
            completed to specify (A)  the name of such Borrower,  (B) the
            date of such borrowing  (which shall be a Business  Day), (C)
            the  Applicable Currency  for such  Loans, (D)  the aggregate
            principal amount of the Loans  to be made (stated in  the Ap-
            plicable Currency),  (E) in the case of Dollar Loans, whether
            the  Loans being made are  to be initially  maintained as ABR
            Advances  or Eurodollar Advances and  (F) in the  case of all
            Loans (other than ABR  Advances), the initial Interest Period
            to  be applicable  thereto.   The Administrative  Agent shall
            promptly give each Lender  notice of such proposed borrowing,
            of such Lender's proportionate share thereof and of the other
            matters required by the  immediately preceding sentence to be<PAGE>





            specified in the Notice of Borrowing.

                      (b)  (i) Whenever a Swing  Line Borrower desires to
            borrow Swing Line Loans hereunder, the  Parent and such Swing
            Line  Borrower shall give the  Swing Line Lender  a Notice of
            Borrowing (or  telephonic notice promptly confirmed by deliv-
            ery of a Notice of Borrowing) at its office set forth in Sec-
            tion 11.2 no later than (x)  1:00 P.M. on the requested  Bor-
            rowing Date in respect of a Dollar Swing Line Loan, (y) 10:00
            A.M. at least one Business Day prior to the requested Borrow-
            ing  Date in respect of an Alternate Currency Swing Line Loan
            in Sterling Pounds and  (z) 10:00 A.M. at least  two Business
            Days  prior to the requested Borrowing Date in respect of any
            other Alternate Currency Swing  Line Loan, provided, that any
            such notice shall  be deemed to have been given  on a certain
            day only if given before 1:00 P.M. on such day in the case of
            clause (x)  above or 10:00  A.M. on such  day in the  case of
            clause (y)  or (z)  above.   Each  such notice  shall be  ir-
            revocable and specify in each case (A) the name of such Swing
            Line Borrower, (B) the  date of such incurrence (which  shall
            be a Business Day) (C) the Applicable Currency for such Swing
            Line Loans, (D) the aggregate principal  amount of such Swing
            Line Loans  (stated in the  Applicable Currency) and  (E) the
            requested amount and the requested Swing Line Interest Period
            and maturity date  with respect to each Swing Line Negotiated
            Rate  Advance and  Swing Line  Loan made  as an  ABR Advance.
            Upon  receipt from the  Parent and the  applicable Swing Line
            Borrower  of a Notice of Borrowing which requests one or more
            Swing Line  Negotiated Rate  Advances, the Swing  Line Lender
            shall,  following discussion  with  the Parent  regarding the
            proposed Swing Line Negotiated Rate for such Swing Line Nego-
            tiated Rate  Advance, confirm in  writing to  the Parent  the
            applicable  Swing Line  Negotiated  Rate (x)  12:00 Noon  one
            Business  Day prior to   the requested Borrowing  Date in the
            case  of a  Swing Line  Negotiated Rate  Advance in  Sterling
            Pounds and (y) 12:00  Noon two Business Days prior to the re-
            quested Borrowing Date in the case of a Swing Line Negotiated
            Rate Advance in a Core Currency (other than Dollars and Ster-
            ling Pounds).

                           (ii) Mandatory  Borrowings shall be  made upon
            the  notice specified in Section 2.1(d), with each Swing Line
            Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by  its borrowing of any Swing
            Line Loan, to the  making of the Mandatory Borrowings  as set
            forth in Section 2.1(d).

                      (c)  Whenever  any  Non-Core Currency  Borrower de-
            sires to borrow Individual Currency Loans hereunder, the Par-
            ent and such  Non-Core Currency Borrower  shall give the  ap-
            plicable Lenders  and the  Administrative Agent at  their re-
            spective  offices set forth in 11.2 a Notice of Borrowing (or
            telephonic notice promptly confirmed  by delivery of a Notice
            of Borrowing) no later  than 11:00 A.M. at least  three Busi-
            ness Days' prior to the  requested Borrowing Date in  respect<PAGE>





            of  such Individual  Currency Loans,  provided that  any such
            notice shall  be deemed to have  been given on  a certain day
            only  if  given before  11:00 A.M.  on  such day.    Upon its
            receipt of  any such Notice of  Borrowing, the Administrative
            Agent  shall promptly confirm in writing  its receipt of such
            Notice  of Borrowing  to  each applicable  Lender; only  upon
            receipt by such  Lender of such written confirmation from the
            Administrative  Agent will  such Notice  of Borrowing  become
            effective.  Each  such notice  of the Borrower  shall be  ir-
            revocable  and shall  specify (A) the  name of  such Non-Core
            Borrower,  (B) the date of  such borrowing (which  shall be a
            Business  Day),  (C)   the  Applicable   Currency  for   such
            Individual Currency Loans, (D) the aggregate principal amount
            of such  Individual Currency Loans (stated  in the Applicable
            Currency),  and  (E) the  Interest  Period  to be  applicable
            thereto.

                      (d)  Without  in any way limiting the obligation of
            any Borrower  to confirm in writing any  telephonic notice of
            any  incurrence of  Loans,  the Administrative  Agent or  the
            Swing Line Lender (in the case of any borrowing of Swing Line
            Loans),  as the case may  be, may act  without liability upon
            the basis of telephonic notice of such borrowing, believed by
            the Administrative  Agent or  the Swing Line  Lender, as  the
            case may be, in good faith to be from such  Borrower prior to
            receipt of written confirmation. 

                 D.   Disbursement of Funds

                      (a)  Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans. No later
            than 12:00 Noon (local time in the city in which the proceeds
            of Loans (other than Bid Loans, Negotiated Rate Loans and In-
            dividual  Currency Loans)  are to  be  made available  in ac-
            cordance with the terms hereof) on the date specified in each
            Notice of Borrowing  (or no  later than 5:00  P.M. (New  York
            City  time) on the date  specified for the  borrowing of each
            Dollar Swing Line Loan and each Dollar Revolving Loan),  each
            Lender  will make available its pro rata portion of the Loans
            requested to  be made on such  date (or in the  case of Swing
            Line Loans, the  Swing Line Lender  shall make available  the
            full  amount thereof), in the Applicable  Currency.  All such
            Loans shall be made  available in immediately available funds
            at the Applicable Payment Office of the Administrative Agent,
            and the Administrative  Agent will make available  to the ap-
            plicable Borrower  at such Applicable Payment  Office, in the
            Applicable  Currency, and in immediately available funds, the
            aggregate  of the  amounts so  made available by  the Lenders
            prior to  2:30 P.M. (local time in the city in which the pro-
            ceeds  of such Loans are  to be made  available in accordance
            with the terms  hereof) on such  day (or 5:00 P.M.  (New York
            City time) on such day for Dollar Swing Line Loans and Dollar
            Revolving Loans), in each  case to the extent of  funds actu-
            ally received by the Administrative Agent.<PAGE>





                      (b)  Bid  Loans. No  later than  12:00 Noon  (local
            time in the city in which  the proceeds of such Bid Loans are
            to  be made available in accordance with the terms hereof) on
            the relevant Borrowing  Date, each Lender  whose Bid was  ac-
            cepted by  the applicable  Borrower shall make  available the
            proceeds of such Lender's Bid Loan(s) (x) in the case of Dol-
            lar Bid Loans,  to the Administrative Agent at its Applicable
            Payment  Office and (y) in the case of Alternate Currency Bid
            Loans, directly to such  Borrower at such Lender's Applicable
            Payment Office,  in each case in  immediately available funds
            in the Applicable  Currency.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
            upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
            Default, if directed  by the  Required Lenders  and with  the
            consent of the Administrative Agent, the proceeds of all such
            Bid Loans  shall be  made available in  immediately available
            funds at the Applicable  Payment Office of the Administrative
            Agent.   All  amounts  made available  to the  Administrative
            Agent on the applicable Borrowing  Date pursuant to the  pre-
            ceding two sentences will then be made available on such date
            to the applicable Borrower by the Administrative Agent at the
            Applicable Payment Office of  the Administrative Agent to the
            extent of funds actually received by the Administrative Agent
            no later than 2:30 P.M. (local  time in the city in which the
            proceeds of such loans are to be made available in accordance
            with the terms hereof).

                      (c)  Negotiated Rate  Loans.  No later  than  12:00
            Noon (local time  in the city  in which the proceeds  of such
            Negotiated Rate  Loans are to be made available in accordance
            with   the terms hereof)  on the relevant  Borrowing Date for
            each Negotiated  Rate Loan, the applicable  Lender shall make
            available the  proceeds of such  Negotiated Rate Loan  (x) in
            the case  of Dollar  Negotiated Rate Loans,  to the  Adminis-
            trative Agent at its Applicable Payment Office and (y) in the
            case of Alternate Currency Negotiated Rate Loans, directly to
            the applicable  Borrower at such Lender's  Applicable Payment
            Office, in each  case in immediately  available funds in  the
            Applicable Currency.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the
            occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
            if directed by the  Required Lenders and with the  consent of
            the  Administrative Agent, the proceeds of  all such  Negoti-
            ated Rate Loans shall be made available in immediately avail-
            able  funds at the Applicable  Payment Office of the Adminis-
            trative Agent.  All amounts made available to the Administra-
            tive Agent on the applicable  Borrowing Date pursuant to  the
            preceding two  sentences will then be made  available on such
            date to  the applicable Borrower by  the Administrative Agent
            at the Applicable Payment  Office of the Administrative Agent
            to the extent of  funds actually received by  the Administra-
            tive Agent   no later than 2:30 P.M. (local  time in the city
            in  which the proceeds of such loans are to be made available
            in accordance with the terms hereof).

                      (d)  Individual Currency Loans. No later than 12:00<PAGE>





            Noon (local time in  the city in  which the proceeds of  such
            Individual  Currency Loans  are to  be made available  in ac-
            cordance  with the  terms hereof)  on the  relevant Borrowing
            Date for each Individual Currency Loan, the applicable Lender
            shall make available the proceeds of such Individual Currency
            Loan directly to the applicable Borrower at such Lender's Ap-
            plicable Payment  Office, in each case  in immediately avail-
            able funds  in the Applicable Currency.   Notwithstanding the
            foregoing, upon the occurrence  and during the continuance of
            an  Event of Default, if directed by the Required Lenders and
            with the consent of the Administrative Agent, the proceeds of
            all such Individual Currency Loans shall be made available in
            immediately available  funds at the Applicable Payment Office
            of  the Administrative Agent.  All  amounts made available to
            the  Administrative Agent  on the  applicable Borrowing  Date
            pursuant to  the preceding  two sentences  will then be  made
            available  on such date to the applicable Borrower by the Ad-
            ministrative Agent  at the  Applicable Payment Office  of the
            Administrative Agent to the extent of funds actually received
            by the  Administrative Agent no  later than 2:30  P.M. (local
            time in the city in  which the proceeds of such loans  are to
            be made available in accordance with the terms hereof).

                      (e)  Failure  to  Fund.  Unless the  Administrative
            Agent  shall  have been  notified by  a  Lender prior  to the
            making  of any Loans that such Lender does not intend to make
            available  to   the  Administrative  Agent  either  (w)  such
            Lender's  portion  of  the   Loans  (other  than  Bid  Loans,
            Individual Currency  Loans and  Negotiated Rate Loans)  to be
            made on  such date, (x) such Lender's Bid Loan which is to be
            made available to the Administrative Agent, (y) such Lender's
            Negotiated Rate Loan  which is  to be made  available to  the
            Administrative Agent or (z) such Lender's Individual Currency
            Loan  which is  to be  made available  to  the Administrative
            Agent, the  Administrative Agent may assume  that such Lender
            has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on
            such Borrowing Date and the Administrative Agent may, in  re-
            liance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable
            Borrower a  corresponding  amount.    If  such  corresponding
            amount is not  in fact made  available to the  Administrative
            Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be enti-
            tled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such
            Lender  together with all costs  and expenses incurred by the
            Administrative Agent in connection therewith.  If such Lender
            does  not pay  such corresponding  amount forthwith  upon the
            Administrative  Agent's  demand therefor,  the Administrative
            Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower.  The Ad-
            ministrative  Agent shall  be entitled  to recover  on demand
            from  such Lender  interest on  such corresponding  amount in
            respect  of each day from the  date such corresponding amount
            was  made  available  by  the Administrative  Agent  to  such
            Borrower  until   the  date  such  corresponding   amount  is
            recovered by  the Administrative Agent,  at a rate  per annum
            equal to  the Federal Funds Rate in effect (or in the case of<PAGE>





            Alternate  Currency Loans,  at a rate  based upon  the all-in
            cost of funds for  the Applicable Currency) on each  such day
            (as  determined by  the Administrative  Agent). If  such cor-
            responding amount is not made available by such Lender to the
            Administrative Agent within one  Business Day after such Bor-
            rowing Date, the Administrative  Agent shall also be entitled
            to receive from the applicable Borrower such amount, together
            with (w) in the case of a Loan (other than a Bid Loan, an In-
            dividual Currency Loan and a Negotiated Rate  Loan), the rate
            of interest applicable to such Loan as determined pursuant to
            Section 2.8, (x) in the case of Bid Loan,  the applicable in-
            terest rate for such  Bid Loan (or  in the case of  Alternate
            Currency Bid Loans, at a  rate based upon the all-in  cost of
            funds for the Applicable Currency) (y) in the case of a Nego-
            tiated Rate Loan, the applicable interest rate for such Nego-
            tiated Rate  Loan  (or  in the  case  of  Alternate  Currency
            Negotiated Rate Loans, at  a rate based upon the  all-in cost
            of  funds for the Applicable Currency), or (z) in the case of
            an Individual  Currency Loan, the applicable  rate based upon
            the  all-in cost of funds for the Applicable Currency.  Noth-
            ing in this  Section shall  be deemed to  relieve any  Lender
            from its obligation to  make Loans hereunder or  to prejudice
            any rights which the applicable Borrower may have against any
            Lender as  a result  of any  failure by such  Lender to  make
            Loans hereunder.

                      (f)  Borrower  Accounts.    Each  Loan  made  to  a
            Borrower  shall be  made  to its  applicable payment  account
            specified  on Exhibit T  or such  other account which  it may
            from  time  to   time  specify  by  written   notice  to  the
            Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

                 E. Payments.

                      (a)  Loans and  Fees. Except as  otherwise specifi-
            cally provided  herein, each payment, including  each prepay-
            ment, of  principal and interest on the  Revolving Loans, the
            Individual Currency Loans, the Negotiated Rate Loans, the Bid
            Loans, the Facility Fee and  the Letter of Credit Commissions
            shall be made by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent at
            its Applicable  Payment Office in funds immediately available
            to the Administrative Agent at such office by 12:00 Noon (lo-
            cal  time in the city in which such Applicable Payment Office
            is  located) on the due date for such payment, provided, how-
            ever, that unless  an Event  of Default has  occurred and  is
            continuing and the Required  Lenders have directed the Admin-
            istrative Agent  and the Borrowers  to the contrary,  and the
            Administrative Agent  shall have consented thereto, each pay-
            ment, including each prepayment, of principal and interest on
            the Alternate Currency Bid  Loans, the Alternate Currency Ne-
            gotiated Rate Loans, and  the Individual Currency Loans shall
            be made directly by the applicable Borrower to the applicable
            Lender at  the Applicable  Payment Office  of such  Lender by
            12:00 Noon (local time in the city in which such Lender's Ap-<PAGE>





            plicable Payment  Office is located).   Promptly upon receipt
            by the Administrative Agent  of payments made to it  pursuant
            to this Section 2.5(a),  the Administrative Agent shall remit
            such payment in like funds as received to the Lenders (x) (i)
            in  the case of the Facility Fee, according to the Commitment
            Percentage of each Lender, and (ii) in the case of the Letter
            of  Credit  Commissions,   the  average  daily   Availability
            Percentage  of each Lender for the period in respect of which
            such payment was  made and (y) pro rata according  to the ag-
            gregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans,
            the  applicable  Individual  Currency Loans,  the  applicable
            Negotiated Rate  Loans or  the applicable  Bid Loans,  as the
            case  may be,  of each Lender,  in the case  of principal and
            interest thereon.  The Parent and each Lender  shall promptly
            notify the  Administrative Agent  of the date  and amount  of
            each  direct payment  made by  a Borrower  to such  Lender in
            respect of  each Alternate Currency Bid  Loan, each Alternate
            Currency  Negotiated Rate  Loan and each  Individual Currency
            Loan pursuant to this Section 2.5(a).

                      (b)  Swing Line Loans. Each payment, including each
            prepayment, of principal and interest on the Swing Line Loans
            shall  be made by the  applicable Swing Loan  Borrower to the
            Administrative  Agent at  its  Applicable  Payment Office  in
            funds   immediately available to the  Administrative Agent at
            such office  by 12:00 Noon (local  time in the city  in which
            such  Applicable Payment Office  is located) on  the due date
            for such payment  and, promptly upon  receipt thereof by  the
            Administrative Agent, shall be remitted by the Administrative
            Agent in like funds as received, to the Swing Line Lender.

                      (c)  Late Payments. The failure  of any of the Bor-
            rowers to make any such payment by the time required above in
            this Section  2.5 shall  not constitute a  default hereunder,
            provided that  such payment is made on such due date, but any
            such payment made after 12:00 Noon (local time in the city in
            which such Applicable Payment Office is located) on such  due
            date shall be deemed to  have been made on the next  Business
            Day for the  purpose of calculating interest  on amounts out-
            standing on the applicable Loans.

                      (d)  Alternate Currencies. The principal of and in-
            terest  on each Alternate Currency Loan shall be paid only in
            the Applicable Currency for such Alternate Currency Loan.

                      (e)  Payments  Due on  Days Which are  Not Business
            Days. If any payment  hereunder shall be due and payable on a
            day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof (except
            as otherwise provided herein)  shall be extended to  the next
            Business Day and with respect to payments in respect of prin-
            cipal  and interest shall  be payable at  the applicable rate
            specified herein during such extension. 

                 F.   Conversions<PAGE>





                      (a)  Each applicable Borrower shall have the option
            to convert on  any Business Day all or a  portion of the out-
            standing principal amount of ABR Advances (other than ABR Ad-
            vances constituting Swing Line Loans), Eurodollar Advances or
            Core  Currency Euro Advances  into (i) in the  case of an ABR
            Advance, one or more Eurodollar Advances, (ii) in the case of
            a Eurodollar Advance, one or more ABR Advances or one or more
            new Eurodollar Advances  and (iii) in the case of a Core Cur-
            rency  Euro Advance, one or  more new Core  Currency Euro Ad-
            vances of the same Core Currency, provided that (A) except as
            otherwise  provided in  Section 2.14(b),  Eurodollar Advances
            may be converted into ABR Advances or new Eurodollar Advances
            only on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the
            Eurodollar Advances being converted, (B) except  as otherwise
            provided in Section 2.14(b),  Core Currency Euro Advances may
            be converted into new Core Currency Euro Advances only on the
            last day of the  Interest Period applicable to the  Core Cur-
            rency  Euro  Advances being  converted,  (C) the  outstanding
            principal amount  of the  new Eurodollar Advances  having the
            same Interest Period or  the new Core Currency Euro  Advances
            having the same Interest  Period shall be in an  amount equal
            to  $500,000 or such amount plus a whole multiple of $100,000
            in  excess thereof (or an amount  in the applicable Alternate
            Currency having a Dollar Equivalent of approximately $500,000
            or  such  amount  plus  a  whole  multiple  of  approximately
            $100,000  in excess thereof in the case of such Core Currency
            Euro Advances),  (D) the outstanding principal  amount of the
            new ABR  Advances shall be in an  amount equal to $500,000 or
            such  amount plus  a  whole multiple  of  $100,000 in  excess
            thereof, (E) ABR  Advances or Eurodollar Advances  may not be
            converted into Eurodollar Advances if any Default or Event of
            Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the
            Administrative Agent or the Required  Lenders have determined
            that  such a conversion is  not appropriate, and  (F) no con-
            version pursuant  to this Section  shall result in  a greater
            number of Eurodollar Advances  or Core Currency Euro Advances
            than is permitted under Section 2.2(d).

                      (b)  Each  such conversion shall be effected by the
            applicable Borrower by  giving the  Administrative Agent,  at
            its office set forth in Section  11.2 prior to 10:00 A.M.  in
            the  case of Dollar Loans,  at least two  Business Days prior
            written notice and,  in the  case of Core  Currency Euro  Ad-
            vances,  at least  three Business  Days prior  written notice
            (each a "Notice of Conversion"), specifying the ABR Advances,
            the Eurodollar Advances or the Core Currency Euro Advances to
            be  so converted, the date of such conversion (which shall be
            a Business Day) and,  if to be converted into  Eurodollar Ad-
            vances or Core Currency Euro Advances, the Interest Period to
            be applicable  thereto.  The Administrative  Agent shall give
            each  Lender prompt  notice of  any such  proposed conversion
            affecting any of its Loans.

                      (c)  If with respect to the expiration of an exist-<PAGE>





            ing Interest Period for  a Eurodollar Advance or a  Core Cur-
            rency Euro  Advance the applicable Borrower has failed to de-
            liver a Notice of Conversion  with respect thereto, such Bor-
            rower shall be deemed to have elected (i) if a Eurodollar Ad-
            vance,  to convert such Eurodollar Advance  to an ABR Advance
            and (ii) if  a Core  Currency Euro Advance,  to convert  such
            Core  Currency Euro Advance to  a new Core  Currency Euro Ad-
            vance with a one month Interest Period, in either case effec-
            tive  as of the expiration date of such existing Interest Pe-
            riod.

                 G.   Pro   Rata   Borrowings;  Special   Procedures  and
            Assumptions

                      (a)  Pro  Rata Borrowings. In  connection with each
            borrowing  of   Revolving  Loans,  each   Lender  shall  make
            available an  amount equal  to the  aggregate amount  of such
            Revolving Loans,  multiplied  by such  Lender's  Availability
            Percentage calculated in accordance  with Section 2.7(b).  It
            is  understood that  no Lender  shall be responsible  for any
            default by  any other Lender of  its obligation to make Loans
            hereunder and that each Lender shall be obligated to make the
            Loans  provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the
            failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder.

                      (b)  Special     Procedures    and     Assumptions.
            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

                      (i)  all  Notices of  Borrowing and  all Letter  of
                 Credit Requests  to be delivered  to the  Administrative
                 Agent on the same day shall be delivered to the Adminis-
                 trative Agent at the same time;

                      (ii) with respect  to any  Loans (other than  a Bid
                 Loan or  a Negotiated  Rate Loan)  or Letters  of Credit
                 requested pursuant  to one or more  Notices of Borrowing
                 or Letter  of Credit Requests delivered to  the Agent on
                 the same day, during  the period commencing on the  date
                 of such delivery to  the Administrative Agent and ending
                 on  the Borrowing Date of the last such Loan or the date
                 of issuance of the last such Letter of Credit to be made
                 or  issued  pursuant to  such  Notices  of Borrowing  or
                 Letter  of  Credit  Requests   (the  "Borrowing/Issuance
                 Period"):

                           (A) no additional Loan  (other than a Bid Loan
                      or a Negotiated Rate Loan) shall be requested to be
                      made and  no additional  Letter of Credit  shall be
                      requested to be issued;

                           (B)  no Loan (other than a Bid Loan or a Nego-
                      tiated Rate Loan) shall be voluntarily prepaid; and

                           (C)  neither  the  Aggregate Commitments,  the<PAGE>





                      Swing Line Commitment, any Individual Currency Com-
                      mitment  of any  Lender, nor  the Letter  of Credit
                      Commitment shall be voluntarily reduced;

                      (iii)  for purposes of calculating the Availability
                 Percentage for any Revolving  Loans requested to be made
                 during any Borrowing/Issuance Period:

                           (A)    any  payment  of  any  Revolving  Loan,
                      Individual   Currency  Loan,  Swing  Line  Loan  or
                      reimbursement  obligation in respect of a Letter of
                      Credit which  is scheduled  to be made  during such
                      Borrowing/Issuance Period shall  be deemed to  have
                      been made immediately prior to the  commencement of
                      such Borrowing/Issuance Period;

                           (B) any Letter of Credit which is scheduled to
                      expire   or   otherwise   terminate   during   such
                      Borrowing/Issuance Period shall  be deemed to  have
                      expired or otherwise  terminated immediately  prior
                      to  the  commencement  of  such  Borrowing/Issuance
                      Period;

                           (C) any Individual Currency Loans which are to
                      be made during such Borrowing/Issuance Period shall
                      be deemed  to have  been made immediately  prior to
                      the  making of  any Revolving  Loans or  Swing Line
                      Loans, or  the issuance  of any Letters  of Credit,
                      during such Borrowing/Issuance Period; and

                           (D)  any Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and
                      Letters of  Credit which are  to be made  or issued
                      during  such  Borrowing/Issuance  Period  shall  be
                      deemed to have been made and issued simultaneously;
                      and

                      (iv) the   Availability   Percentage   during   any
            Borrowing/Issuance   Period  shall   be  determined   by  the
            Administrative Agent in  accordance with this  Section 2.7(b)
            on the first day of such  Borrowing/Issuance Period and shall
            continue   in   effect  through   the   last   day  of   such
            Borrowing/Issuance Period.

                 H.   Interest

                      (a)  Each  Domestic Borrower agrees to pay interest
            in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each ABR Advance
            made to  such Domestic Borrower  from the date  thereof until
            the conversion or maturity (whether by acceleration or other-
            wise) of such ABR Advance, at a rate per annum which shall be
            equal  to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Alternate
            Base Rate in effect from time to time.

                      (b)  Each Domestic Borrower agrees to  pay interest<PAGE>





            in respect of the unpaid principal amount of each  Eurodollar
            Advance made  to such Domestic Borrower from the date thereof
            until the conversion or  maturity (whether by acceleration or
            otherwise) of such  Eurodollar Advance, at  a rate per  annum
            which shall, during each Interest  Period applicable thereto,
            be equal  to the sum of the  Applicable Margin plus the Euro-
            dollar Rate for such Interest Period.

                      (c)  Each Borrower  agrees to pay  interest in  re-
            spect of the  unpaid principal amount  of each Core  Currency
            Euro  Advance made to such Borrower from the date thereof un-
            til the  conversion or  maturity (whether by  acceleration or
            otherwise) of such Core  Currency Euro Advance at a  rate per
            annum which  shall,  during each  Interest Period  applicable
            thereto,  be equal to the  sum of the  Applicable Margin plus
            the Core Currency Euro Rate for such Interest Period.

                      (d)  Each Non-Core Currency Borrower agrees  to pay
            interest in respect  of the unpaid  principal amount of  each
            Individual Currency Loan made  to such Non-Core Currency Bor-
            rower from  the date thereof  until the maturity  (whether by
            acceleration or  otherwise) of such Individual  Currency Loan
            at a rate per  annum which shall, during the  Interest Period
            applicable thereto,  be equal  to the sum  of the  Applicable
            Margin plus  the Individual  Currency Rate for  such Interest
            Period.

                      (e)  Each Swing Line Borrower agrees to  pay inter-
            est in respect of  the unpaid principal amount of  each Swing
            Line Negotiated Rate Advance made to such Swing Line Borrower
            from  the  date thereof  until the  maturity (whether  by ac-
            celeration or  otherwise) of such Swing  Line Negotiated Rate
            Advance  at a rate per annum which shall, during the Interest
            Period applicable thereto, be equal to the Swing Line Negoti-
            ated Rate for such Interest Period.

                      (f)  Each Borrower  agrees to pay  interest in  re-
            spect of the unpaid principal amount of each Bid Loan made to
            such  Borrower  from  the  date thereof  until  the  maturity
            (whether  by acceleration or otherwise) of such Bid Loan at a
            rate per  annum which shall,  during the Interest  Period ap-
            plicable  thereto, be equal to the Bid Rate for such Interest
            Period.

                      (g)  Each Borrower  agrees to  pay interest  in re-
            spect of the unpaid principal amount of each Negotiated  Rate
            Loan  made to such Borrower  from the date  thereof until the
            maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) of such Nego-
            tiated Rate Loan at a rate per annum  which shall, during the
            Interest Period  applicable thereto, be equal  to the Negoti-
            ated Rate for such Interest Period.

                      (h)  Overdue principal and, to the extent permitted
            by  law, overdue interest in  respect of each  Loan shall, in<PAGE>





            each  case, bear interest  at a rate  per annum equal  to the
            rate  which is  2% in excess  of the rate  applicable to such
            Loan (or in the case of a Dollar Bid Loan or a Dollar Negoti-
            ated Rate Loan,  2% in excess of the Alternate  Base Rate, or
            in the case of  an Alternate Currency Bid Loan,  an Alternate
            Currency Swing  Line Loan,  an Alternate Currency  Negotiated
            Rate  Loan, an Individual Currency Loan or a Letter of Credit
            designated  in an  Alternate Currency,  2% in  excess of  the
            all-in rate determined by the applicable Lender, Issuing Bank
            or  Swing Line  Lender, as the  case may  be, as  its cost of
            funds in the Applicable Currency or, in the case of such Let-
            ter of  Credit, the applicable  Currency) until paid  in full
            (whether before of  after the entry  of a judgment  thereon).
            If  all or any portion of any reimbursement obligation in re-
            spect of a Letter  of Credit designated in Dollars  shall not
            be  paid when due (whether at the stated maturity thereof, by
            acceleration or  otherwise), such  overdue amount  shall bear
            interest at  a rate per  annum  equal  to the Alternate  Base
            Rate plus 2%,  from the date of such nonpayment until paid in
            full  (whether before  or  after  the  entry  of  a  judgment
            thereon).  Any other  overdue amount payable hereunder shall,
            to  the extent permitted by law,  bear interest at a rate per
            annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus 2% until paid  in
            full (whether  before  or  after  the  entry  of  a  judgment
            thereon).  All such interest shall be payable on demand.

                      (i)  Accrued  (and   theretofore  unpaid)  interest
            shall be payable (i)  in respect of each ABR  Advance consti-
            tuting a Revolving Loan,  quarterly in arrears on each  Quar-
            terly Payment  Date, (ii) in  respect of each  Eurodollar Ad-
            vance and each Core Currency Euro Advance, on the last day of
            each  Interest Period applicable thereto and,  in the case of
            an  Interest Period in excess  of three months,  on each date
            occurring at  three month  intervals after  the first day  of
            such  Interest Period, (iii) in respect of each Bid Loan, Ne-
            gotiated Rate Loan, Individual  Currency Loan, Swing Line Ne-
            gotiated Rate Advance and  ABR Advance made as a  Swing Loan,
            on the  last day of  the Interest Period  applicable thereto,
            and (iv) in respect of each Loan, on any repayment or prepay-
            ment (on the amount repaid or  prepaid), at maturity (whether
            by acceleration  or otherwise)  and, after such  maturity, on
            demand.

                      (j)  The Administrative Agent  shall determine  the
            respective interest rate for  each Interest Period applicable
            to  a Eurodollar  Advance or Core  Currency Euro  Advance for
            which such determination is being made and shall promptly no-
            tify the applicable Borrower and the Lenders thereof.

                      (k)  Interest on  all Loans shall be  calculated on
            the  basis of a  360 day year  for the actual  number of days
            elapsed except that  interest on ABR  Advances to the  extent
            based on the  BNY Rate,  interest on Core  Currency Euro  Ad-
            vances in Sterling Pounds and interest on Individual Currency<PAGE>





            Loans  designated  in Australian  Dollars,  Canadian Dollars,
            Italian Lira  and New Taiwan  Dollars shall be  calculated on
            the basis of a 365 or 366-day year (as the case may be).  Any
            change in the  interest rate  on the Loans  resulting from  a
            change in the Alternate  Base Rate or the Federal  Funds Rate
            shall become effective as  of the opening of business  on the
            day  on  which such  change  shall  become  effective.    The
            Administrative Agent  shall, as  soon as  practicable, notify
            the  Parent (on behalf of  all Borrowers) and  the Lenders of
            the effective date and  the amount of each change in  the BNY
            Rate, but  any failure so  to notify shall not  in any manner
            affect the obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest on the
            Loans  in  the  amounts and  on  the  dates  required.   Each
            determination of  (i) the  Alternate Base Rate,  a Eurodollar
            Rate   or  a Core  Currency Euro  Rate by  the Administrative
            Agent,  (ii) an  Individual Currency  Rate by  the applicable
            Lender, and (iii)  an all-in cost of funds rate   or any rate
            based thereon  by the  Administrative Agent or  the Reference
            Lender, or such  applicable Lender,  as the case  may be,  in
            each case  pursuant to this Agreement shall be conclusive and
            binding on  all parties  hereto absent  manifest error.   The
            Borrowers acknowledge that to  the extent interest payable on
            ABR Advances is based on the  BNY Rate, such Rate is only one
            of  the bases  for computing  interest on  loans made  by the
            Lenders, and by  basing interest payable  on ABR Advances  on
            the BNY Rate, the  Lenders have not committed to  charge, and
            the  Borrowers have not  in any  way bargained  for, interest
            based on a lower or the lowest rate at which  the Lenders may
            now or in the future make loans to other borrowers.

                      (l)  Decreases in the  Applicable Margin  resulting
            from a change in Pricing Levels I, II, III, IV and/or V shall
            become effective upon the  delivery by the Parent to  the Ad-
            ministrative  Agent  of  a  certificate  of  the  Responsible
            Officer certifying as to a change in the Rating by Moody's or
            S&P  of the  senior unsecured  long term  debt rating  of the
            Parent.  Increases in the Applicable Margin shall become  ef-
            fective on  the effective date of any downgrade or withdrawal
            in the Rating by Moody's or S&P of the senior  unsecured long
            term debt rating of the Parent.

                      (m)  If  the Reference Lender  shall for any reason
            no longer be  a Lender, it  shall thereupon  cease to be  the
            Reference Lender.  The  Administrative Agent shall, by notice
            to the Borrowers and the Lenders, designate another Lender as
            the Reference Lender so that  there shall at all times  be at
            least one Reference Lender.   The Reference Lender shall  use
            its best efforts to furnish quotations of rates to the Admin-
            istrative Agent on a timely basis as contemplated hereby.

                 I.   Termination or Reduction of  Aggregate Commitments,
            Swing  Line Commitment,  Individual Currency  Commitments and
            Letter of Credit Commitment<PAGE>





                      (a)  Voluntary  Reductions.  The Parent  shall have
            the right, upon at  least three Business Days' prior  written
            notice to the Administrative Agent,  at any time to terminate
            the Aggregate Commitments or  the Letter of Credit Commitment
            or from time to time to reduce permanently the Aggregate Com-
            mitments or  the Letter of Credit  Commitment, provided, how-
            ever,  that  any such  reduction shall  be  in the  amount of
            $10,000,000  or   such  amount  plus  a   whole  multiple  of
            $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

                      (b)  Swing Line  Commitment. The Parent  shall have
            the right, upon  at least three Business  Days' prior written
            notice to the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender,
            at any time, to reduce permanently the Swing  Line Commitment
            in  whole at any  time, or in  part from time to  time, to an
            amount  not less than the  aggregate principal balance of the
            Swing Line Loans then outstanding (after giving effect to any
            contemporaneous  prepayment thereof) without  premium or pen-
            alty, provided that each partial reduction of the Swing  Line
            Commitment shall be in an amount equal to $10,000,000 or such
            amount plus a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

                      (c)  Individual  Currency  Commitments. The  Parent
            shall  have the  right, upon  at  least three  Business Days'
            prior written notice  to the Administrative Agent and the ap-
            plicable Lender, at any time, to reduce permanently any Indi-
            vidual  Currency Commitment of  such Lender  in whole  at any
            time, or in  part from time  to time, to  an amount not  less
            than the  aggregate principal balance of  the Individual Cur-
            rency Loans of such Lender  then outstanding under such Indi-
            vidual Currency  Commitment (after giving effect  to any con-
            temporaneous prepayment  thereof) without premium  or penalty
            provided that each partial  reduction of such Individual Cur-
            rency Commitment shall be in an amount in the applicable Non-
            Core Currency  having  a Dollar  Equivalent of  approximately
            $1,000,000  or  such  amount  plus a  whole  multiple  of ap-
            proximately $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

                      (d)  In  General. Each  reduction of  the Aggregate
            Commitments  shall  be  applied  pro rata  according  to  the
            Commitment Percentage  of each Lender, and  each reduction in
            the Letter  of Credit  Commitment shall be  applied pro  rata
            according to  the Availability  Percentage of each  Lender at
            the time of such reduction.   Simultaneously with each reduc-
            tion  of the  Aggregate Commitments  under this  Section, the
            Borrowers shall pay the Facility Fee accrued on the amount by
            which   the   Aggregate   Commitments  have   been   reduced.
            Simultaneously with each reduction  of the Aggregate  Commit-
            ments, the Swing Line  Commitment and the Individual Currency
            Commitments, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans as required
            by  Section 2.10.  The Aggregate Commitments shall not be re-
            duced below an  amount equal to the Aggregate Credit Exposure
            (after  giving effect to any prepayment of the Loans made si-
            multaneously  with  such reduction  of the  Aggregate Commit-<PAGE>





            ments). The Aggregate Commitments shall not be reduced to the
            extent,   immediately  after   giving  effect   thereto,  the
            Commitment of any Lender  would exceed the sum of (I) the ag-
            gregate  principal  amount   of  all  Revolving   Loans  then
            outstanding from such Lender (determined on the basis  of the
            Dollar Equivalent for each outstanding Alternate Currency Re-
            volving Loan),  plus (II)  the aggregate principal  amount of
            all  Individual Currency  Loans  then  outstanding from  such
            Lender (determined on the basis  of the Dollar Equivalent  of
            each  such Individual  Currency Loan),  plus (III)  the SL/LC
            Credit  Exposure  of  such   Lender.  The  Letter  of  Credit
            Commitment  shall not be reduced below an amount equal to the
            Letter of Credit Exposure.

                 J. Prepayments of the Loans

                      (a)  Voluntary Prepayments. Each  Borrower may,  at
            its  option, prepay the  Loans made to  such Borrower without
            premium  or penalty, (x) in  the case of  Revolving Loans and
            Swing Loans,  in full  at any  time or in  part from  time to
            time, and (y) in the case of Negotiated Rate Loans, Bid Loans
            and Individual Currency Loans,  in full at any time,  in each
            case  by notifying  the  Administrative Agent  in writing  at
            least three  Business Days  prior to the  proposed prepayment
            date, identifying the Loans to be prepaid as Revolving Loans,
            Swing Line Loans,  Negotiated Rate Loans, Bid  Loans or Indi-
            vidual Currency Loans and specifying whether the  Loans to be
            prepaid  consist of ABR  Advances, Eurodollar  Advances, Core
            Currency  Euro Advances  or  Swing Line  Negotiated Rate  Ad-
            vances, or  a combination thereof,  the amount to  be prepaid
            and the date of prepayment.  Such notice shall be irrevocable
            and the amount specified in such notice shall be due and pay-
            able on the date specified, together with accrued interest to
            the date of such payment on the amount prepaid.  Upon receipt
            of such  notice, the Administrative Agent  shall promptly no-
            tify  each Lender thereof in the case of Revolving Loans, the
            Swing Line  Lender in  the case  of Swing  Loans and  the ap-
            plicable  Lender or Lenders in the case of Bid Loans, Negoti-
            ated Rate Loans and Individual  Currency Loans.  Each partial
            prepayment of ABR Advances  pursuant to this subsection shall
            be  in an  aggregate  principal amount  of  $100,000 or  such
            amount  plus a whole  multiple of $50,000  in excess thereof,
            or, if  less, the  outstanding principal  balance of the  ABR
            Advances.  After giving effect to any partial prepayment with
            respect to Eurodollar Advances or Core Currency Euro Advances
            which were  made (whether as the  result of a  borrowing or a
            conversion)  on the same date and which had the same Interest
            Period, the outstanding principal  amount of such  Eurodollar
            Advances or Core Currency  Euro Advances shall equal (subject
            to Section 2.6) $500,000 or such amount plus a whole multiple
            of  $100,000 in  excess  thereof (or  the Alternate  Currency
            Equivalent of  approximately $500,000  or such amount  plus a
            whole multiple of approximately $100,000 in excess thereof in
            the case of a prepayment of Core Currency Euro Advances). <PAGE>





                      (b)  Mandatory Prepayments of Loans.

                           (i) Subject to clause  (ii) below with respect
            to  Swing Line Loans and  clause (iii) below  with respect to
            the Individual Currency Loans of  each Lender, simultaneously
            with each  reduction of the Aggregate  Commitments under Sec-
            tion 2.9, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans by the amount,
            if any,  by which the  Aggregate Credit Exposure  exceeds the
            amount of the Aggregate Commitments as so reduced.

                           (ii) Simultaneously with each reduction of the
            Swing Line Commitment under Section  2.9, the Swing Line Bor-
            rowers  shall prepay the Swing  Line Loans by  the amount, if
            any, by which the outstanding principal balance of  the Swing
            Line  Loans (determined on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent
            for each outstanding Alternate  Currency Swing Line Loan) ex-
            ceeds the amount of the Swing Line Commitment as so reduced.

                           (iii)  Simultaneously  with each  reduction of
            the Individual  Currency Commitment of any  Lender under Sec-
            tion 2.9,  the  applicable Non-Core  Currency Borrower  shall
            prepay the Individual Currency  Loans made by such  Lender to
            such Non-Core  Currency Borrower under  such Individual  Cur-
            rency Commitment by  the amount,  if any, by  which the  out-
            standing  principal balance of such Individual Currency Loans
            exceeds the amount of  such Individual Currency Commitment as
            so reduced.

                           (iv) If on any date that the Dollar Equivalent
            is required  to be  calculated pursuant  to Section  11.6 the
            Aggregate Credit Exposure shall  exceed the Aggregate Commit-
            ments,  the Borrowers shall prepay the  Loans in an aggregate
            principal amount such  that immediately  after giving  effect
            thereto, the  Aggregate Credit Exposure shall  not exceed the
            Aggregate Commitments.  

                           (v) If on any  date that the Dollar Equivalent
            is  required to  be calculated  pursuant to Section  11.6 the
            Aggregate Credit  Exposure  attributable  to  all  Loans  and
            Letters  of  Credit designated  in Non-Core  Currencies shall
            exceed $60,000,000, the Borrowers  shall prepay such Loans in
            an aggregate  principal  amount such  that immediately  after
            giving   effect  thereto,   the  Aggregate   Credit  Exposure
            attributable to all Loans and Letters of Credit designated in
            Non-Core Currencies shall not exceed $60,000,000.

                      (c)  In General.  If any prepayment is  made in re-
            spect of any Eurodollar  Advance, Core Currency Euro Advance,
            Swing Line Negotiated Rate Advance, Individual Currency Loan,
            Negotiated Rate Loan or Bid Loan, in whole or in  part, prior
            to  the last day  of the Interest  Period applicable thereto,
            the applicable  Borrower agrees  to indemnify the  Lenders in
            accordance with Section 2.15.<PAGE>





                 K. Bid Loans; Procedure

                      (a)  Each Borrower  may make Bid Requests  by 12:00
            Noon (i) at  least two  Business Days prior  to the  proposed
            Borrowing Date for one or  more Bid Loans.  Each Bid  Request
            shall  be  given to  the  Administrative  Agent (which  shall
            promptly on the same  day give notice thereof to  each Lender
            by facsimile of  an Invitation to Bid  if the Bid  Request is
            not rejected pursuant to this Section), shall be by telephone
            (confirmed in   writing promptly on the  same day by the  de-
            livery of a Bid  Request signed by the applicable  Borrower),
            and  shall specify  (i)  the proposed  Borrowing Date,  which
            shall be a  Business Day,  (ii) the aggregate  amount of  the
            requested Bid  Loans (the "Maximum Request")  which shall not
            (A) exceed an  amount which, on the proposed  Borrowing Date,
            and  after giving effect to the proposed Bid Loans, would re-
            sult in (x)  the Aggregate Credit Exposure  exceeding the Ag-
            gregate Commitments or (y)  the Aggregate Credit Exposure at-
            tributable to  all Loans and Letters of  Credit designated in
            Non-Core Currencies  exceeding $60,000,000,  or (B) with  re-
            spect to each Bid  Loan be less than $500,000 or  such amount
            plus a whole multiple  of $100,000 in excess thereof  (or ap-
            proximately the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case  of Al-
            ternate Currency Bid Loans), (iii) the Bid Interest Period(s)
            (up  to three Bid Interest  Periods may be requested pursuant
            to each Bid  Request) therefor and the last day  of each such
            Interest Period and (iv) the Applicable Currency for each Bid
            Loan.  A Bid  Request that does not conform  substantially to
            the form  of Exhibit F shall be rejected, and the Administra-
            tive Agent  shall promptly notify the  applicable Borrower of
            such rejection.

                      (b)  Each Lender in its sole discretion may (but is
            not  obligated to) submit one or more Bids to the Administra-
            tive Agent  and the Parent not  later than 9:30  A.M. (i) one
            Business Day  prior to the proposed  Borrowing Date specified
            in such Bid Request in the case of a Bid Loan (such 9:30 A.M.
            time  on such Business Days  each being herein  called a "Bid
            Submission Deadline"), by fax or  in writing, and thereby ir-
            revocably  offer to make all  or any part  (any such part re-
            ferred to as  a "Portion") of any  Bid Loan described  in the
            relevant Bid Request, at a rate of interest per annum (each a
            "Bid  Rate") specified  therein,  in  an aggregate  principal
            amount of not less than $500,000 or such amount  plus a whole
            multiple of $100,000 in  excess thereof (or approximately the
            Dollar Equivalent  thereof in the case  of Alternate Currency
            Bid  Loans), provided  that  Bids submitted  by the  Adminis-
            trative  Agent may  only be  submitted if  the Administrative
            Agent notifies the Parent and the  applicable Borrower of the
            terms of its Bid not later than fifteen minutes prior  to the
            Bid Submission Deadline.   Multiple Bids may be  delivered to
            and  by the Administrative Agent.   The aggregate Portions of
            Bid Loans for  any or  all Interest Periods  offered by  each
            Lender in its Bid may exceed the Maximum Request contained in<PAGE>





            the relevant Bid  Request, provided that  each Bid shall  set
            forth the maximum aggregate  amount of the Bid Loans  offered
            thereby  which  the  applicable   Borrower  may  accept  (the
            "Maximum Offer"),  which Maximum  Offer shall not  exceed the
            Maximum Request. 

                      (c)  The Administrative Agent  shall promptly  give
            notice by  telephone (promptly  confirmed in writing)  to the
            Parent  and the applicable  Borrower of all  Bids received by
            the  Administrative  Agent which comply  in all material  re-
            spects with  this Section prior  to the Bid  Submission Dead-
            line.  The applicable Borrower  shall, in its sole discretion
            but subject to Section  2.11(d), irrevocably accept or reject
            any  such Bid (or any  Portion thereof) not  later than 10:30
            A.M. one Business Day prior to the proposed Borrowing Date by
            notice to the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed in
            writing in  the form of  a Bid Accept/Reject  Letter promptly
            the  same day).  Promptly on  the day  of the  Bid Submission
            Deadline, the  Administrative Agent  will give notice  in the
            form of a Bid Loan Confirmation to each Lender that submitted
            a Bid  as to the extent, if any, that such Lender's Bid shall
            have been accepted.  If the Administrative Agent fails to re-
            ceive notice  from the applicable Borrower  of its acceptance
            or rejection of any Bids at or prior to 10:30 A.M. on the ap-
            plicable day, all such  Bids shall be deemed to have been re-
            jected  by  the applicable  Borrower, and  the Administrative
            Agent will give to  each Lender which submitted a  Bid notice
            of such rejection by telephone on such day.

                      (d)  If  the applicable Borrower  accepts a Portion
            of a  proposed Bid Loan for  a single Interest Period  at the
            Bid Rate  provided therefor in  a Lender's Bid,  such Portion
            shall be in  a principal  amount of $500,000  or such  amount
            plus a whole multiple  of $100,000 in excess thereof  (or ap-
            proximately the Dollar Equivalent thereof  in the case of Al-
            ternate Currency  Bid Loans), subject to  such lesser alloca-
            tion as may  be made pursuant to the provisions  of this sub-
            section.   The  aggregate principal  amount of Bid  Loans ac-
            cepted by the  applicable Borrower following  Bids responding
            to a Bid Request  shall not exceed the Maximum  Request.  The
            aggregate  principal amount of Bid Loans  accepted by the ap-
            plicable Borrower pursuant to a Lender's Bid shall not exceed
            the Maximum Offer  therein contained.  If the applicable Bor-
            rower  accepts any Bid Loans  or Portion offered  in any Bid,
            the applicable Borrower must accept  Bids (and Bid Loans  and
            Portions  thereby offered) based exclusively upon the succes-
            sively lowest  Bid Rates within  each Interest Period  and no
            other  criteria.   If two  or more  Lenders submit  Bids with
            identical  Bid Rates for the same Bid Interest Period and the
            applicable Borrower accepts any  thereof, the applicable Bor-
            rower shall,  subject to  the first three  sentences of  this
            subsection, accept  all such  Bids as  nearly as possible  in
            proportion to  the amounts  of such Lender's  respective Bids
            with identical Bid Rates for  such Bid Interest Period,  pro-<PAGE>





            vided, that if the amount of Bid Loans to be  so allocated is
            not  sufficient to enable each  such Lender to  make such Bid
            Loan (or  Portions thereof) in an  aggregate principal amount
            of  $500,000 or such amount plus a whole multiple of $100,000
            in excess  thereof (or the  Dollar Equivalent thereof  in the
            case  of   Alternate  Currency  Bid  Loans),  the  applicable
            Borrower shall round  the Bid Loans (or Portions thereof) al-
            located to such Lender or Lenders as the applicable  Borrower
            shall  select as necessary to  a minimum of  $500,000 or such
            amount plus a  whole multiple of  $100,000 in excess  thereof
            (or the  Dollar Equivalent thereof  in the case  of Alternate
            Currency Bid Loans).

                      (e)  Each Lender  which makes a Bid  Loan shall no-
            tify the Administrative Agent  promptly of the making thereof
            (unless  the proceeds of such  Bid Loan were  advanced to the
            Administrative Agent).

                      (f)  All notices required by this  Section shall be
            given in accordance with Section 11.2.

                      (g)  Each Bid Loan shall be due  and payable on the
            earlier of (x) the last day of the Interest Period applicable
            thereto and (y) the Maturity Date.

                 L. Negotiated Rate Loans; Procedure

                      (a)  If at  any time  any Borrower, any  Lender and
            the  Parent shall have agreed  that such Lender  shall make a
            Negotiated Rate Loan to such  Borrower, such Borrower and the
            Parent shall promptly  execute and deliver  to such Lender  a
            Negotiated Rate Confirmation Request, specifying (i) the pro-
            posed Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day, (ii) the
            aggregate amount of the  requested Negotiated Rate Loan which
            shall not (A) exceed an amount which, on the proposed Borrow-
            ing Date, and after giving effect to  the proposed Negotiated
            Rate Loan, would result in (x) the Aggregate Credit  Exposure
            exceeding  the Aggregate  Commitments  or  (y) the  Aggregate
            Credit  Exposure attributable  to  all Loans  and Letters  of
            Credit   designated   in   Non-Core    Currencies   exceeding
            $60,000,000, or (B) be less than $100,000 or such amount plus
            a whole  multiple  of  $50,000  in  excess  thereof  (or  ap-
            proximately the Dollar  Equivalent thereof in the case of Al-
            ternate Currency Negotiated Rate Loans), (iii) the applicable
            rate of  interest therefor (the "Negotiated  Rate"), (iv) the
            Negotiated Rate Interest Period therefor and the last day  of
            such Negotiated Rate Interest  Period, and (v) the Applicable
            Currency therefor.  If  such Negotiated Rate Confirmation Re-
            quest  is  in all  respects satisfactory  to such  Lender, it
            shall promptly sign a copy thereof and deliver a copy thereof
            to  such Borrower,  the Parent  and the  Administrative Agent
            (the "Negotiated Rate Confirmation"). 

                      (b)  Each Lender which makes a Negotiated Rate Loan<PAGE>





            shall notify the Administrative  Agent promptly of the making
            thereof  (unless the  proceeds of  such Negotiated  Rate Loan
            were advanced to the Administrative Agent).

                      (c)  All notices required by this  Section shall be
            given in accordance with Section 11.2.

                      (d)  Each  Negotiated Rate  Loan shall  be due  and
            payable on  the earlier of (x)  the last day of  the Interest
            Period applicable thereto and (y) the Maturity Date.

                 M. Taxes

                      (a)  Payments to Be Free and Clear. All payments by
            each Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made free and
            clear  of, and without any  deduction or withholding for, any
            Indemnified Tax.  If any Credit Party or any other  Person is
            required  by  any law,  rule,  regulation, order,  directive,
            treaty  or guideline  to  make any  deduction or  withholding
            (which deduction  or withholding would constitute an Indemni-
            fied Tax) from any  amount required to be paid by  any Credit
            Party to or on behalf of any Indemnified Tax Person under any
            Loan Document (each a "Required Payment"):

                           (i)  such Credit Party shall notify the Admin-
            istrative Agent and  such Indemnified Tax Person  of any such
            requirement  or any change in any such requirement as soon as
            such Credit Party becomes aware of it;

                          (ii) such Credit Party shall pay such  Indemni-
            fied Tax before the  date on which penalties  attach thereto,
            such payment to be  made (if the liability to pay  is imposed
            on such  Credit Party) for  its own  account or  (if the  li-
            ability is imposed  on such Indemnified Tax Person) on behalf
            of and in the name of such Indemnified Tax Person;

                         (iii) such Credit Party shall pay to such Indem-
            nified Tax  Person an additional amount such that such Indem-
            nified Tax Person shall receive on the due date therefor   an
            amount equal to the Required Payment had no such deduction or
            withholding been required; and

                          (iv) such  Credit Party  shall, within  30 days
            after paying such Indemnified Tax, deliver to the Administra-
            tive Agent  and the applicable Indemnified  Tax Person satis-
            factory evidence of such payment to the relevant Governmental
            Authority.

                      (b)  Other Indemnified Taxes. If an Indemnified Tax
            Person or any affiliate thereof is required by any law, rule,
            regulation, order, directive, treaty  or guideline to pay any
            Indemnified Tax  (excluding an Indemnified Tax  which is sub-
            ject to Section 2.13(a)) with respect to any sum paid or pay-
            able by any Credit Party to such Indemnified Tax Person under<PAGE>





            the Loan Documents:

                           (i)  such Indemnified Tax  Person shall notify
            such Credit Party of any such payment of Indemnified Tax; and

                          (ii) such Credit Party shall pay to such Indem-
            nified Tax Person the amount of such Indemnified Tax within 5
            days of such notice.

                      (c) Tax  on Indemnified  Taxes. If any  amounts are
            payable  by a  Credit Party  in respect of  Indemnified Taxes
            pursuant to Section 2.13(a) or  (b), such Credit Party agrees
            to pay to  the applicable  Indemnified Tax  Person, within  5
            Business Days of written request therefor, an amount equal to
            all  Taxes  imposed with  respect  to  such  amounts as  such
            Indemnified  Tax Person  shall  determine in  good faith  are
            payable  by  such Indemnified  Tax  Person  or any  affiliate
            thereof  in respect  of such  amounts and  in respect  of any
            amounts paid to or  on behalf of such Indemnified  Tax Person
            pursuant to this clause (c).

                      (d)  Exception  for Existing Taxes. No amount shall
            be  required to be paid  to any Indemnified  Tax Person under
            Section 2.13(a)(iii)  or (b)  with respect to  an Indemnified
            Tax to the extent  that such Indemnified Tax would  have been
            required to have  been paid under any  law, rule, regulation,
            order, directive, treaty or guideline in effect on the Effec-
            tive Date.

                      (e)  U.S. Tax Certificates. Each Lender that is or-
            ganized under the  laws of  any jurisdiction  other than  the
            United States or any  political subdivision thereof shall de-
            liver  to the  Administrative Agent  for transmission  to the
            Parent, on or prior to the first Borrowing Date (in the  case
            of  each Lender listed on  the signature pages  hereof) or on
            the effective date of the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
            or master  assignment and  acceptance agreement   pursuant to
            which  it becomes a Lender in accordance with Section 11.1 or
            11.7, (in  the case of each other  Lender), and at such other
            times as may be necessary in the determination of the Parent,
            any Credit  Party or the  Administrative Agent  (each in  the
            reasonable  exercise of  its discretion),  such certificates,
            documents or other evidence,  properly completed and duly ex-
            ecuted by such Lender (including, without limitation,  Inter-
            nal Revenue Service Form 1001 or Form 4224) to establish that
            such  Lender is  not subject to  deduction or  withholding of
            United States federal income  tax under Section 1441 or  1442
            of the Code or otherwise  (or under any comparable provisions
            of any successor  statute) with  respect to  any payments  to
            such  Lender of  principal, interest,  fees or  other amounts
            payable under the Loan  Documents.  No Credit Party  shall be
            required  to pay any additional amount to any such Lender un-
            der Section 2.13(a)(iii) if such  Lender shall have failed to
            satisfy the requirements  of the  immediately preceding  sen-<PAGE>





            tence; provided that if such Lender shall have satisfied such
            requirements on the first Borrowing Date (in the case of each
            Lender listed on the signature pages hereof) or on the effec-
            tive date of the  Assignment and Acceptance Agreement or mas-
            ter assignment and acceptance  agreement pursuant to which it
            became a Lender (in  the case of each other  Lender), nothing
            in  this subsection shall relieve any Credit Party of its ob-
            ligation to  pay any  additional amounts pursuant  to Section
            2.13(a)(iii) in the event that, as  a result of any change in
            applicable law (including, without  limitation, any change in
            the interpretation  thereof), such Lender is  no longer prop-
            erly  entitled  to deliver  certificates, documents  or other
            evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such
            Lender  is not subject to withholding as described in the im-
            mediately preceding sentence.

                      (f)  Other Tax Certificates.  Each Indemnified  Tax
            Person  agrees to use  reasonable efforts  to deliver  to any
            Credit Party, promptly upon any request therefor from time to
            time by such Credit Party, such forms, documents and informa-
            tion  as may  be required  by applicable  law, regulation  or
            treaty from time to time and to file all appropriate forms to
            obtain a certificate or  other appropriate documents from the
            appropriate  Governmental Authorities to  establish that pay-
            ments  made in respect of any Alternate Currency Loan or Let-
            ter of  Credit designated  in an  Alternate Currency  by such
            Credit  Party can be  made without (or at  a reduced rate of)
            withholding of Taxes, provided,  however, that if such Indem-
            nified Tax Person is  or becomes unable by virtue  of any ap-
            plicable law, regulation or  treaty, to establish such exemp-
            tion or reduction, such Credit Party shall nonetheless remain
            obligated   under  Subsection  2.13(a)  to  pay  the  amounts
            described therein, and provided further,  that no Indemnified
            Tax Person  shall be  required to  take any action  hereunder
            which, in the sole discretion of such Indemnified Tax Person,
            would  cause such  Indemnified  Tax Person  or any  affiliate
            thereof to  suffer a  material economic, legal  or regulatory
            disadvantage.

                      (g)  Adverse Tax Position.

                           (i)  An "Excess  Tax" shall  be the  excess of
            (x) the Tax imposed, levied,  collected, withheld or assessed
            by any Governmental Authority  without the United States from
            which  a payment is  made by or  on behalf of  a Credit Party
            subject  to an Adverse Tax  Position or in  which such Credit
            Party or an affiliate has an  office or is deemed to be doing
            business, over  (y) the Tax  which would be  imposed, levied,
            collected, withheld or assessed by such  Governmental Author-
            ity, but for the existence of such Adverse Tax Position.

                           (ii) An "Adverse Tax Position" with respect to
            a  Credit Party shall mean a position resulting from the lack
            of adequate capitalization  or other  similar condition  with<PAGE>





            respect to  such Credit Party which, under  applicable law or
            applicable treaty, results in  higher Taxes on payments under
            the Loan Documents than would otherwise be imposed. 

                           (iii) All payments by each  Borrower under the
            Loan Documents shall be  made free and clear of,  and without
            any deduction or  withholding for,  any Excess Tax.   If  any
            Credit  Party or  any other  Person is  required by  any law,
            rule, regulation,  order, directive, treaty  or guideline  to
            make  any deduction or withholding on account of any Tax from
            any Required Payment with respect to any Indemnified Tax Per-
            son  and if all  or a portion  of such Tax  represents Excess
            Tax:

                                (A)  such Credit  Party shall  notify the
            Administrative Agent  and such Indemnified Tax  Person of any
            such requirement  or any  change in  any such  requirement as
            soon as such Credit Party becomes aware of it;

                                (B) such  Credit Party shall pay such Ex-
            cess Tax before  the date on which  penalties attach thereto,
            such  payment to be made (if  the liability to pay is imposed
            on  such Credit  Party)  for  its  own  account  or  (if  the
            liability  is  imposed on  such  Indemnified  Tax Person)  on
            behalf of and in the name of such Indemnified Tax Person;

                                (C) such Credit Party  shall pay to  such
            Indemnified Tax  Person an  additional amount such  that such
            Indemnified Tax Person shall receive on the due date therefor
            an amount equal to the Required Payment had no such deduction
            or withholding been required with respect to such Excess Tax;
            and

                                (D)  such Credit  Party shall,  within 30
            days after paying such Excess Tax, deliver to the Administra-
            tive  Agent   and  the  applicable  Indemnified   Tax  Person
            satisfactory  evidence  of  such  payment  to  the   relevant
            Governmental Authority.

                           (iv) If an Indemnified  Tax Person or any  af-
            filiate thereof is required by any law, rule, regulation, or-
            der, directive,  treaty or  guideline to pay  any Excess  Tax
            (excluding   Excess  Tax   which   is   subject  to   Section
            2.13(g)(iii))  with respect to any sum paid or payable by any
            Credit  Party to such  Indemnified Tax Person  under the Loan
            Documents:

                                (A) such Indemnified Tax Person shall no-
            tify such Credit Party of any such payment of Excess Tax; and

                                (B) such  Credit Party shall  pay to such
            Indemnified Tax Person the amount of such Excess Tax within 5
            Business Days of such notice.<PAGE>





                           (v)  If any  amounts are  payable by  a Credit
            Party  in   respect  of   Excess  Tax  pursuant   to  Section
            2.13(g)(iii) or (iv) such  Credit Party agrees to pay  to the
            applicable Indemnified  Tax Person, within 5  days of written
            request  therefor, an amount equal to  all Taxes imposed with
            respect  to such amounts as such Indemnified Tax Person shall
            determine  are payable by such  Indemnified Tax Person or any
            affiliate thereof in  respect of such amounts  and in respect
            of any amounts  paid to or on behalf of  such Indemnified Tax
            Person pursuant to this clause (v).

                 N. Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.

                      (a)  In the  event that any Lender  with respect to
            clauses (ii) and (iii) below or the Administrative Agent, the
            Reference  Lender, or the applicable  Lender, as the case may
            be, with respect to clauses (i) and (iv) below shall have de-
            termined  (which determination shall,  absent manifest error,
            be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

                           (i)  on  the  second Business  Day immediately
                 preceding  the making  of any  requested Eurodollar  Ad-
                 vance, Core Currency Euro Advance or Individual Currency
                 Loan  that, by reason  of any changes  arising after the
                 Effective Date affecting  the applicable interbank  mar-
                 ket, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertain-
                 ing the  applicable interest rate on  the basis provided
                 for in  the definition of the Eurodollar  Rate, the Core
                 Currency Euro  Rate or the Individual  Currency Rate, as
                 the case may be; or

                           (ii) at any time that such Lender has incurred
                 increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or
                 receivable  hereunder  with  respect to  any  Fixed Rate
                 Loan, in  each case by an amount such Lender deems to be
                 material, because of any change since the Effective Date
                 (or  in  the case  of any  Bid  Loan, subsequent  to ac-
                 ceptance by a Borrower of such Bid Loan, and in the case
                 of any Negotiated  Rate Loan, subsequent to  the date of
                 such Lender's execution of the Negotiated Rate Confirma-
                 tion for  such Negotiated Rate  Loan) in any  law, rule,
                 regulation, order or guideline applicable to such Lender
                 or  the  compliance  by  such Lender  with  any  request
                 (whether  or  not having  the  force  of law)  from  any
                 Governmental Authority made subsequent to  the Effective
                 Date  (or in  the case  of any  Bid Loan,  subsequent to
                 acceptance by a Borrower  of such Bid Loan, and,  in the
                 case of any Negotiated Rate Loan, subsequent to the date
                 of  such  Lender's  execution  of  the  Negotiated  Rate
                 Confirmation for  such Negotiated  Rate Loan) or  in the
                 interpretation or administration  thereof and  including
                 the  introduction  of  any new  law,  rule,  regulation,
                 order, guideline  or request, such as,  for example, but
                 not limited to: (A) a change in the basis of taxation of<PAGE>





                 payment to any Lender  of the  principal of  or interest
                 on  such Fixed  Rate Loan  or any other  amounts payable
                 hereunder  (except for changes in the rate of tax on, or
                 determined by reference  to, the  Tax on  the Income  of
                 such  Lender),  or  (B)  a change  in  official  reserve
                 (including any marginal,  emergency, supplemental,  spe-
                 cial  or other reserve)  or similar requirements (except
                 to the extent included in the computation of the respec-
                 tive Eurodollar Rate, the Core Currency Euro Rate, Swing
                 Line Negotiated Rate,  Negotiated Rate, Individual  Cur-
                 rency Rate or Bid Rate, as the case may be), or any spe-
                 cial deposit, assessment or similar  requirement against
                 assets  of,  deposits with  or  for the  account  of, or
                 credit extended by, any  Lender (or its Applicable Lend-
                 ing Office); or

                           (iii) at any time  that the making or continu-
                 ance of any Fixed  Rate Loan has been made  (x) unlawful
                 by any law, rule, regulation or order or (y)  impossible
                 by  compliance by any Lender in good faith with any gov-
                 ernmental  directive or request  (whether or  not having
                 the force of law); or

                           (iv) at any time that any Core Currency (other
                 than Dollars) or  any Non-Core Currency, as the case may
                 be, is  not available  in sufficient amounts,  as deter-
                 mined  in good faith by the Reference Lender in the case
                 of such  Core Currency, and by the  applicable Lender in
                 the  case of  such Non-Core  Currency, to fund  any bor-
                 rowing of Alternate Currency Loans in such Core Currency
                 or such Non-Core Currency, as the case may be;

            then, and  in any such  event, such  Lender, in  the case  of
            clause (ii) or  (iii) above, or the Administrative Agent, the
            Reference Lender  or the applicable  Lender, as the  case may
            be,  in the case of clause (i)  or (iv) above, shall promptly
            give notice (by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Parent
            (on behalf  of all Borrowers) and, except for the Administra-
            tive Agent, to the Administrative Agent of such determination
            (which notice the Administrative Agent  shall promptly trans-
            mit to  each of  the other Lenders).   Thereafter (w)  in the
            case  of clause (i) above,  (A) in the  event that Eurodollar
            Advances, Core Currency Euro  Advances or Individual Currency
            Loans  are so  affected,  Eurodollar Advances,  Core Currency
            Euro  Advances or  Individual  Currency Loans  from such  ap-
            plicable  Lender,  as the  case may  be,  shall no  longer be
            available until  such time  as the Administrative  Agent, the
            Reference Lender or  such applicable Lender, as  the case may
            be,  notifies  the Parent  and the  Lenders that  the circum-
            stances  giving rise  to  such notice  by the  Administrative
            Agent, the Reference Lender or such applicable Lender, as the
            case may be,  no longer exist, and any Notice of Borrowing or
            Notice of  Conversion given by  any Borrower with  respect to
            Eurodollar Advances,  Core Currency  Euro  Advances  or Indi-<PAGE>





            vidual Currency  Loans to be made by  such applicable Lender,
            as the case may be, which have not yet been incurred (includ-
            ing  by way of conversion)  shall be deemed  rescinded by the
            applicable Borrower and (B)  in the event that any  Core Cur-
            rency  Euro Advance  or  Individual Currency  Loan is  so af-
            fected, the interest rate for such Core Currency Euro Advance
            or such Individual Currency  Loan, as the case may  be, shall
            be determined on  the basis  provided in the  proviso to  the
            definition of Core Currency  Euro Rate or Individual Currency
            Rate,  as the  case may be,  (x) in  the case  of clause (ii)
            above,  the applicable  Borrower  shall pay  to such  Lender,
            within  3 days  of written  demand therefor,  such additional
            amounts (in  the form of an increased rate of, or a different
            method of  calculating, interest or otherwise  as such Lender
            in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be re-
            quired to compensate  such Lender for such increased costs or
            reductions  in amounts  received or  receivable hereunder  (a
            written notice  as  to the  additional amounts  owed to  such
            Lender, showing  the basis for the  calculation thereof, sub-
            mitted  to such  applicable Borrower  by such Lender  in good
            faith shall,  absent manifest error, be  final and conclusive
            and binding  on all the  parties hereto), (y) in  the case of
            clause (iii) above, the applicable Borrower shall take one of
            the  actions specified in Section 2.14(b) and (z) in the case
            of  clause (iv) above, Core Currency Euro Advances in the af-
            fected Core  Currency or  Individual Currency Loans  from the
            applicable Lender  in the affected Non-Core  Currency, as the
            case may be, shall no longer be available until such  time as
            the Reference Lender or  such applicable Lender, as the  case
            may be, notifies the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers), the
            Administrative Agent  and the Lenders that  the circumstances
            giving  rise to the notice referred to above by the Reference
            Lender or such applicable Lender, as the case may  be, to the
            Parent (on  behalf of  all Borrowers) and  the Administrative
            Agent  no longer exists, and any Notice of Borrowing given by
            the affected Borrower with respect to such Core Currency Euro
            Advances or  such Individual Currency Loans, as  the case may
            be,  which have  not yet  been incurred  shall be  deemed re-
            scinded by such  affected Borrower.  Each  of the Administra-
            tive Agent, the Reference  Lender and the Lenders  agree that
            if it gives  notice to any Borrower of any  of the events de-
            scribed in clause (i), (iii) or (iv) above, it shall promptly
            notify  the Parent (on behalf  of all Borrowers)  and, in the
            case  of any such Lender and the Reference Lender, the Admin-
            istrative Agent, if such event ceases to exist.  If any  such
            event described  in clause (iii) above with  respect to Euro-
            dollar Advances, Core  Currency Euro  Advances or  Individual
            Currency  Loans ceases to exist  as to a  Lender, the obliga-
            tions of such Lender, as the case may  be, to make Eurodollar
            Advances, Core Currency Euro  Advances or Individual Currency
            Loans and  to convert  Eurodollar Advances to  new Eurodollar
            Advances  or convert Core Currency Euro Advances  to new Core
            Currency Euro Advances on  the terms and conditions contained
            herein shall be reinstated.<PAGE>





                      (b)  At any time  that any Fixed  Rate Loan is  af-
            fected by the circumstances described in Section  2.14(a)(ii)
            or (iii), the applicable  Borrower may (and in the case of an
            affected Fixed  Rate Loan  by the circumstances  described in
            Section 2.14(a)(iii) shall) either  (x) if the affected Fixed
            Rate Loan is then being made initially or pursuant to  a con-
            version, cancel  the  respective borrowing  or conversion  by
            giving the Administrative  Agent telephonic notice (confirmed
            in writing) on the same date  that the Parent was notified by
            the affected  Lender or the Administrative  Agent pursuant to
            Section  2.14(a)(ii) or  (iii) or  (y) if the  affected Fixed
            Rate Loan is  then outstanding, upon at  least three Business
            Days' written notice to the Administrative  Agent and the af-
            fected Lender, (A) in  the case of a Eurodollar  Advance, re-
            quire the affected Lender  to convert such Eurodollar Advance
            into an ABR Advance as of the end of the Interest Period then
            applicable to such Eurodollar Advance or, if earlier, as soon
            as practicable within the time required by law and (B) in the
            case of  a Core Currency Euro Advance,  Swing Line Negotiated
            Rate Advance,  Negotiated Rate Loan, Individual Currency Loan
            or Bid Loan, take such action as the affected Lender may rea-
            sonably request with a view to  minimizing the obligations of
            such Borrower under Section 2.15.

                      (c)  If any Lender determines that after the Effec-
            tive Date the introduction of or any change in any applicable
            law, rule, regulation, order, guideline, directive or compli-
            ance  by  such Lender  or  any  corporation controlling  such
            Lender with any request  (whether or not having the  force of
            law)  from  any  Governmental  Authority  concerning  capital
            adequacy, or  any change in interpretation  or administration
            thereof  by any  Governmental  Authority, in  each case  made
            subsequent  to  the date  hereof,  will  have  the effect  of
            reducing the rate  of return  on the capital  required to  be
            maintained by such Lender or any corporation controlling such
            Lender based on the existence of such  Lender's Commitment or
            Individual  Currency Commitments hereunder or its obligations
            under the Loan  Documents to  a level below  that which  such
            Lender or such  corporation could have achieved  but for such
            application or compliance (taking into  account such Lender's
            or such  corporation's policies  with respect to  capital ad-
            equacy)  by an amount deemed  by such Lender  to be material,
            then each of the Borrowers to the extent of its Proportionate
            Share and the  Parent severally  agrees to pay  such to  such
            Lender,  within  3  Business   Days  of  its  written  demand
            therefor,  such additional  amounts as  shall be  required to
            compensate such  Lender or such other corporation for the in-
            creased  cost to such Lender or such other corporation or the
            reduction in the rate of return to such  Lender or such other
            corporation as a result  of such reduction.  In   determining
            such additional amounts, each  Lender will act reasonably and
            in good faith  and will use averaging and attribution methods
            which  are reasonable, provided that such Lender's reasonable
            good  faith  determination of  compensation owing  under this<PAGE>





            Section 2.14(c)  shall, absent  manifest error, be  final and
            conclusive  and binding  on  all the  parties  hereto.   Each
            Lender, upon determining that  any additional amounts will be
            payable pursuant  to this  Section 2.14(c), will  give prompt
            written notice thereof to  the Parent (on behalf of  all Bor-
            rowers), which notice shall show the basis for calculation of
            such additional amounts.

                      (d)  Each Lender shall notify the Parent (on behalf
            of all Borrowers) of any event occurring after the  Effective
            Date entitling such Lender to compensation under this Section
            2.14  as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 120
            days after the officer having primary responsibility for this
            Agreement obtains actual knowledge thereof, provided  that no
            such notice shall  be required if such Lender  has determined
            not  to seek compensation under this Section 2.14 as a result
            of such  event.  Each Lender will  furnish to each Borrower a
            certificate  setting forth the  basis and amount  of each re-
            quest  by such  Lender  for compensation  under this  Section
            2.14.   Determinations and allocations by any Lender for pur-
            poses of  this Section 2.14 on its costs or rate of return of
            maintaining  Loans  or its  obligation to  make Loans,  or on
            amounts  receivable  by  it in respect  of Loans, and  of the
            amounts required to compensate such Lender under this Section
            2.14 shall be prima facie evidence of such determinations and
            allocations.

                      (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender shall
            be entitled to any compensation described in Section 2.14 un-
            less,  at the time it  requests such compensation,  it is the
            policy or general practice of such  Lender to request compen-
            sation  for comparable  costs in similar  circumstances under
            comparable provisions of  other credit agreements for  compa-
            rable customers  unless specific  facts or circumstances  ap-
            plicable to any Borrower  or the transactions contemplated by
            the Loan Documents would alter  such policy or general  prac-
            tice,  provided that  nothing in  this Section  2.14(e) shall
            preclude  a Lender  from  waiving the  collection of  similar
            costs from one or more of its other customers.

                      (f)  If  any Lender  fails to  give the  notice de-
            scribed  in Section 2.14(d)  within 90 days  after it obtains
            such  actual knowledge of the  event required to be described
            in such notice, such  Lender shall, with respect to  any com-
            pensation that would otherwise be owing to  such Lender under
            this Section 2.14, only be entitled to payment for  increased
            costs  incurred from and after the date that such Lender does
            give such notice.

                 O. Compensation

                      Each  Borrower shall compensate each Lender, within
            3 days of its written demand therefor (which demand shall set
            forth the  basis for  requesting such compensation),  for all<PAGE>





            reasonable  losses, expenses  and liabilities,  including any
            loss, expense  or liability (including those  related to cur-
            rency exchange) incurred by reason  of the liquidation or re-
            employment of deposits or other funds required by such Lender
            to  fund its Fixed  Rate Loans but excluding  any loss of an-
            ticipated  profit which such  Lender may sustain:  (i) if for
            any  reason, a  borrowing of,  or conversion  from or  into a
            Fixed Rate Loan does  not occur on a date  specified therefor
            in a Notice of  Borrowing, a Notice of Conversion,  a Negoti-
            ated  Rate Confirmation or a Bid accepted by a Borrower; (ii)
            if any  repayment (including  any repayment made  pursuant to
            Section 2.10 or  as a result of an  acceleration of the Loans
            pursuant  to  Section  9)  or  conversion   of  any  of  such
            Borrower's Fixed Rate Loans occurs on a date which is not the
            last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto; (iii) if
            any  prepayment of any of such Borrower's Fixed Rate Loans is
            not  made on  any date  specified in  a notice  of prepayment
            given by such Borrower;  or (iv) as a consequence  of (x) any
            other  default by such Borrower  to repay its  Loans when re-
            quired by the  terms of  this Agreement or  (y) any  election
            made pursuant to Section 2.14(b) or 11.1(b).

                 P. Change  of Applicable Lending  Office and  Applicable
            Payment Office

                      (a)  With respect to any Loan  of any Lender or any
            Letter of Credit, such Lender  agrees that on the  occurrence
            of  any event giving rise  to the operation  of Section 2.13,
            Section  2.14(a)(ii)  or   (iii),  Section  2.14(c),  Section
            2.14(d) or Section  2.22 with  respect to such  Loan or  such
            Letter of Credit,  it will,  if requested  by the  applicable
            Borrower, use reasonable  efforts (subject to  overall policy
            considerations  of  such  Lender)  to designate  another  Ap-
            plicable Lending Office or  Applicable Payment Office, as the
            case may  be, for such Loan or such Letter of Credit affected
            by such event, provided that such designation is made on such
            terms that  such Lender and its Applicable  Lending Office or
            Applicable Payment Office, as the case may be, suffer no eco-
            nomic, legal  or regulatory disadvantage, with  the object of
            avoiding  the consequence of the event giving rise to the op-
            eration of such Section.   Nothing in this Section  shall af-
            fect  or postpone any of  the obligations of  any Borrower or
            the right of any Lender provided in Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15
            and 2.22.

                      (b)  Each Lender  shall have the right  at any time
            and from time to time to transfer any of its Loans to a  dif-
            ferent office,  provided that such Lender  shall promptly no-
            tify  the Administrative  Agent and the Parent (on  behalf of
            all Borrowers) of  any such  change of office.   Such  office
            shall thereupon  become such Lender's  Applicable Lending Of-
            fice for  such Loan  provided, however,  that no such  Lender
            shall be entitled to receive any greater amount under Section
            2.13, Section  2.14(a)(ii) or (iii), Section  2.14(c) or Sec-<PAGE>





            tion 2.22 as a  result of a transfer  of any such Loans to  a
            different  office of such Lender than it would be entitled to
            immediately prior thereto unless such claim would have arisen
            even if such transfer had not occurred.

                 Q. Survival of Certain Obligations

                      The  obligations of  the  Borrowers under  Sections
            2.13, 2.14, 2.15, 2.22, 11.5 and 11.10 shall survive the ter-
            mination of the Aggregate Commitments, the Swing Line Commit-
            ment,  the  Individual Currency  Commitments,  the Letter  of
            Credit Commitment the payment of the Loans, the reimbursement
            obligations in respect of the Letters of Credit and all other
            amounts payable under the Loan Documents.

                 R. Use of Proceeds

                      The  proceeds of the  Loans shall be  used to refi-
            nance the Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 5.8 and for gen-
            eral corporate  purposes of the Parent  and its Subsidiaries.
            The uses to  which the proceeds  of the  Loans are put  shall
            conform with the provisions of Section 4.11.

                 S. Letter of Credit Sub-Facility

                      (a)  Subject to the  terms and  conditions of  this
            Agreement, the Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance on the agree-
            ment of the other Lenders set forth in Section 2.20, to issue
            standby letters of credit in Core Currencies (the "Letters of
            Credit"; each a "Letter of Credit") during the Commitment Pe-
            riod  for the account of one or  more of the Letter of Credit
            Applicants, provided,  however, that,  at the request  of any
            Letter of Credit Applicant, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole
            discretion, issue one or  more Letters of Credit for  the ac-
            count of  such Letter of Credit Applicant in one or more Non-
            Core  Currencies.  The Letter  of Credit Exposure  at any one
            time  outstanding  shall not  exceed  the lesser  of  (i) the
            amount  of  the  Letter of  Credit  Commitment  and  (ii) the
            excess,  if any, of the sum of the Aggregate Commitments over
            the sum of the aggregate outstanding  principal amount of all
            Loans  (determined on the basis of  the Dollar Equivalent for
            each  outstanding Alternate  Currency Loan).   The  Letter of
            Credit Exposure  at any one time  outstanding attributable to
            all Letters of Credit issued in Non-Core Currencies shall not
            exceed the  excess, if any, of $60,000,000 over the Aggregate
            Credit  Exposure  at  such  time attributable  to  all  Loans
            designated in  Non-Core Currencies.  The sum of the aggregate
            principal  amount of  the  Individual Currency  Loans of  all
            Lenders at any one time outstanding  in any Non-Core Currency
            and  the Letter of Credit Exposure  at such time attributable
            to all  Letters of  Credit issued in  such Non-Core  Currency
            (determined on  the basis  of the  Dollar Equivalent of  each
            such Individual Currency Loan and each such Letter of Credit)
            shall  not exceed $5,000,000.   Each  Letter of  Credit shall<PAGE>





            have an expiration date which shall not exceed the earlier of
            (x) twelve months from  the date of issuance thereof  and (y)
            30 days immediately  preceding the Maturity Date.   No Letter
            of Credit shall be issued, and  no amendment to any Letter of
            Credit shall be issued which would increase the stated amount
            or extend the expiration  date of such Letter of  Credit, (i)
            if  the Administrative Agent or  any Lender by  notice to the
            Administrative Agent and the  applicable Letter of Credit Ap-
            plicant and the Parent  no later than 1:00 P.M.  one Business
            Day prior to the requested date of issuance of such Letter of
            Credit or  amendment, shall have  determined that any  of the
            applicable  conditions set forth in Sections 5 and 6 have not
            been satisfied  and such conditions remain  unsatisfied as of
            the requested  time  of  issuing  such Letter  of  Credit  or
            amendment or (ii) to the extent that immediately after giving
            effect thereto the Aggregate Credit Exposure would exceed the
            Aggregate Commitments (each a "Non-Issuance Event").

                      (b)  Each Letter of Credit  shall be issued for the
            account of the applicable Letter of Credit Applicant for gen-
            eral corporate  purposes of  such Letter of  Credit Applicant
            and its Subsidiaries.   Such Letter  of Credit Applicant  and
            the Parent  shall give the  Administrative Agent a  Letter of
            Credit Request for the  issuance of such Letter of  Credit by
            11:00 A.M. three Business Days prior to the requested date of
            issuance.  Such Letter of Credit Request shall be executed by
            such  Letter of Credit  Applicant and  the Parent,  and shall
            specify  (i) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit and the
            obligations  of such Letter of Credit Applicant or any of its
            Subsidiaries,  as the case may  be, in respect  of which such
            Letter of Credit is to be  issued, (ii) such Letter of Credit
            Applicant's proposal as to the conditions under which a draw-
            ing may be made under such Letter of Credit  and the documen-
            tation  to be required in  respect thereof, (iii) the maximum
            amount  to be available under such Letter of Credit, (iv) the
            requested date  of issuance and (v)  the applicable Currency.
            Upon  receipt of such Letter of Credit Request from such Let-
            ter of  Credit Applicant  and the Parent,  the Administrative
            Agent shall promptly  notify the Issuing Bank  and each other
            Lender thereof.  Each  Letter of Credit shall be  in form and
            substance reasonably  satisfactory to  the Issuing Bank,  and
            adequate and fair means in the sole discretion of the Issuing
            Bank  shall  exist for the issuance thereof, with such provi-
            sions with  respect to the  conditions under which  a drawing
            may be made thereunder and the documentation  required in re-
            spect of such  drawing as the  Issuing Bank shall  reasonably
            require and as  may be  acceptable to such  Letter of  Credit
            Applicant and the  Parent.   Such Letter of  Credit shall  be
            used solely  for the  purposes described therein  and herein.
            The  Issuing Bank shall, on the proposed date of issuance and
            subject  to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement,
            issue such Letter of Credit.

                      (c)  Each payment  by the  Issuing Bank of  a draft<PAGE>





            drawn  under a Letter of Credit designated in a Core Currency
            shall  give rise  to an  obligation on  the  part of  the ap-
            plicable Letter of Credit  Applicant to reimburse the Issuing
            Bank  immediately for  the amount  thereof at  its Applicable
            Payment Office in such Core Currency.

                      (d)  Each payment  by the  Issuing Bank of  a draft
            drawn  under a Letter of Credit designated in a Non-Core Cur-
            rency shall give rise to an obligation on the part of the ap-
            plicable Letter of Credit  Applicant to reimburse the Issuing
            Bank immediately for the  amount thereof in Dollars, at  such
            office as the Issuing Bank shall designate to the Administra-
            tive Agent, the Parent  and such Letter of  Credit Applicant,
            in  an amount based upon the all-in  cost of funds in Dollars
            of the Issuing Bank to fund  such draft (each a "Dollar Reim-
            bursement Amount").   In connection with each obligation of a
            Letter  of Credit  Applicant  to pay  a Dollar  Reimbursement
            Amount  under this  Section 2.19(d),  the Issuing  Bank shall
            deliver to such  Letter of Credit  Applicant, the Parent  and
            the Administrative  Agent a  written statement setting  forth
            such  Dollar  Reimbursement  Amount.    The   Issuing  Bank's
            determination of  such Dollar  Reimbursement Amount  shall be
            conclusive absent manifest error.

                 T.  Letter of  Credit Participation and  Funding Commit-
            ments

                      (a)  Each  Lender  hereby  unconditionally and  ir-
            revocably, severally  for itself only and  without any notice
            to or  the taking  of any action  by such Lender,  takes from
            time  to  time an  undivided  participating  interest in  the
            obligations of the Issuing Bank under and in  connection with
            each Letter of  Credit in  an amount equal  to such  Lender's
            Availability Percentage at  such time of  the amount of  such
            Letter  of Credit.   Each Lender  from time to  time shall be
            liable to  the Issuing  Bank for its  Availability Percentage
            at  such time of the  unreimbursed amount of  any draft drawn
            and  honored under each Letter  of Credit.   Each Lender from
            time to  time shall also be liable for an amount equal to the
            product of its Availability  Percentage at such time  and any
            amounts paid  by the applicable   Letter of  Credit Applicant
            pursuant to  Section 2.21 that are  subsequently rescinded or
            avoided, or must otherwise be restored or returned.  Such li-
            abilities shall  be unconditional  and without regard  to the
            occurrence  of any Default or Event of Default or the compli-
            ance  by the  Parent  and the  Borrowers  with any  of  their
            respective obligations under the  Loan Documents or any other
            circumstances.

                      (b)  The Administrative Agent will  promptly notify
            each  Lender (which  notice  shall be  promptly confirmed  in
            writing)  of the date and  the amount of  any draft presented
            under any Letter of  Credit with respect to which  full reim-
            bursement  of payment is not made by the applicable Letter of<PAGE>





            Credit Applicant as provided  in Sections 2.19(c) or 2.19(d),
            as the  case may be, and  forthwith upon receipt  of such no-
            tice,  and provided  that  no Non-Issuance  Event shall  have
            occurred and be  continuing with  respect to  such Letter  of
            Credit,  such Lender  (other  than the  Issuing  Bank in  its
            capacity   as  a   Lender)  shall   make  available   to  the
            Administrative Agent for  the account of the Issuing Bank its
            Availability Percentage  at such time  of the amount  of such
            unreimbursed draft or, if such Letter of Credit is designated
            in a  Non-Core Currency, the applicable  Dollar Reimbursement
            Amount, at  the Applicable Payment Office  of the Administra-
            tive Agent in the applicable Core Currency or, if such Letter
            of  Credit  is  designated in  a  Non-Core  Currency, at  the
            applicable  office  designated  by the  Administrative  Agent
            pursuant to Section 2.19(d) in Dollars, and, in each case, in
            immediately available funds.  The Administrative Agent  shall
            distribute the payments  made by each Lender  (other than the
            Issuing Bank in  its capacity  as a Lender)  pursuant to  the
            immediately preceding sentence  to the Issuing Bank  promptly
            upon  receipt thereof in like funds as received.  Each Lender
            shall  indemnify and hold  harmless the  Administrative Agent
            and the Issuing Bank from and against any and all losses, li-
            abilities  (including  liabilities  for penalties),  actions,
            suits, judgments, demands, costs and expenses (including rea-
            sonable  attorneys'  fees and  expenses)  resulting from  any
            failure on  the part of such  Lender to provide, or  from any
            delay  in  providing,  the  Administrative  Agent  with  such
            Lender's Availability Percentage of the amount of any payment
            made  by the  Issuing Bank  under a Letter  of Credit  in ac-
            cordance with  this clause  (b) above  (except in  respect of
            losses, liabilities or other  obligations suffered by the Is-
            suing  Bank resulting  from the  gross negligence  or willful
            misconduct of  the Issuing Bank or  the Administrative Agent,
            as the case may be).  If a Lender does not make available  to
            the Administrative Agent when due such  Lender's Availability
            Percentage at such time of  any unreimbursed payment made  by
            the  Issuing Bank under a  Letter of Credit  (other than pay-
            ments made by the Issuing Bank by reason  of its gross negli-
            gence or  willful misconduct),  such Lender shall be required
            to pay interest to  the Administrative Agent for  the account
            of the Issuing Bank  on such Lender's Availability Percentage
            at such  time of such payment at a rate of interest per annum
            equal  to  the Federal  Funds Rate  (or, in  the case  of any
            Letter of  Credit designated in  a Core Currency  (other than
            Dollars), at a  rate based upon the all-in  cost of funds for
            the applicable Non-Core Currency) from the date such Lender's
            payment is due until the date such payment is received by the
            Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall distrib-
            ute such interest payments  to the Issuing Bank  upon receipt
            thereof in like funds as received.

                      (c)  Whenever the Administrative Agent or the Issu-
            ing Bank is reimbursed by any Letter of Credit Applicant, for
            the account of the Issuing Bank, for any payment under a Let-<PAGE>





            ter  of Credit and such  payment relates to  an amount previ-
            ously  paid by a Lender  in respect of  its Availability Per-
            centage  of the amount of  such payment under  such Letter of
            Credit, the Administrative Agent or the  Issuing Bank, as the
            case  may be,  will promptly  pay over  such payment  to such
            Lender.

                 U. Absolute Obligation with  respect to Letter of Credit
            Payments

                      The obligation of  each Letter of  Credit Applicant
            to reimburse the Administrative Agent  for the account of the
            Issuing Bank in respect  of each Letter of Credit  issued for
            the  account of such Letter of Credit Applicant for each pay-
            ment under  or in respect of  such Letter of Credit  shall be
            absolute and  unconditional under any  and all  circumstances
            and irrespective  of any set-off, counterclaim  or defense to
            payment which such Letter  of Credit Applicant or any  of its
            Subsidiaries may have or have had against the beneficiary  of
            such Letter of Credit,  the Administrative Agent, the Issuing
            Bank, as issuer  of such  Letter of Credit,  any Lender,  the
            Swing Line Lender or any other  Person, including any defense
            based on the  failure of any drawing to  conform to the terms
            of  such Letter of Credit, any drawing document proving to be
            forged, fraudulent  or invalid,  or  the legality,  validity,
            regularity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit.

                 V. Increased Costs Based on Letters of Credit

                      Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.14, if
            any law, rule, regulation, order, guideline or request or any
            change in  the interpretation  or application thereof  by any
            Governmental  Authority  charged   with  the   administration
            thereof or GAAP shall  either (a) impose, modify or  make ap-
            plicable any reserve, special deposit, assessment  or similar
            requirement against  any Letter of Credit  issued or partici-
            pated in by any  Lender, or (b) impose on  the Administrative
            Agent, the Issuing  Bank or  such Lender, as the case may be,
            any other  condition regarding such Letter  of Credit (except
            for imposition of, or changes in the rate of, the  Tax on the
            Income of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank  or such
            Lender, as the case may  be) and the result of any  event re-
            ferred to in clause (a) or (b) above shall be to increase the
            cost  to the Issuing Bank (or any successor thereto as issuer
            of such Letter of Credit) of issuing or maintaining such Let-
            ter of  Credit or the cost  to any Lender  of its obligations
            pursuant to Section 2.20,  or the cost to the  Administrative
            Agent of  performing its functions hereunder  with respect to
            such  Letter of Credit,  in any case  by an  amount which the
            Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the
            case  may be, deems material, then, upon demand by the Admin-
            istrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case
            may be, the  applicable Letter of Credit  Applicant shall im-
            mediately pay  to the Administrative Agent,  the Issuing Bank<PAGE>





            or  such Lender,  as the case  may be,  from time  to time as
            specified by  the Administrative  Agent, the Issuing  Bank or
            such Lender,  as the  case may  be, additional  amounts which
            shall be sufficient  to compensate the  Administrative Agent,
            the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, for such
            increased  cost.  A statement in reasonable detail as to such
            increased cost incurred by  the Administrative Agent, the Is-
            suing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, as a result of
            any event mentioned in clauses (a) or (b) above, submitted by
            the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or such Lender, as
            the case may be, to such Letter of Credit  Applicant shall be
            conclusive, absent manifest error, as to the amount thereof.

                 W. Borrower Addenda

                      Provided that  no Default  or Event of  Default has
            occurred and is continuing, the Parent may direct that any of
            its wholly-owned  Subsidiaries which  is not then  a Borrower
            become a Borrower  by submitting a  Borrower Addendum to  the
            Administrative Agent with respect to such Subsidiary duly ex-
            ecuted by  each of  the Parent  and such  Subsidiary together
            with a certificate, dated the date  of such Borrower Addendum
            of the  Secretary or  Assistant Secretary of  such Subsidiary
            (i)  attaching a true and complete copy of the resolutions of
            its Board of  Directors and of all documents evidencing other
            necessary corporate action  (in form and substance  satisfac-
            tory  to the Administrative  Agent) taken by  it to authorize
            such Borrower  Addendum, the Loan Documents  and the transac-
            tions contemplated  thereby, (ii)  attaching a true  and com-
            plete copy  of its  certificate of incorporation,  by-laws or
            other organizational  documents, (iii) setting forth  the in-
            cumbency  of  its   officer  or  officers  who  may sign  the
            Borrower Addendum, including therein a  signature specimen of
            such officer or  officers, (iv) an  opinion of foreign  local
            counsel  to  such  Subsidiary  in  all   respects  reasonably
            satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent and (v) attaching a
            certificate of  good standing  (or equivalent) issued  by the
            jurisdiction of  its incorporation.  If any such  document is
            not  in English,  such  document shall  be  accompanied by  a
            certified  English translation  thereof.   Upon receipt  of a
            Borrower Addendum  and the supporting  documentation referred
            to above,  the Administrative  Agent shall confirm  such Bor-
            rower  Addendum by signing a copy thereof and shall deliver a
            copy  thereof to the Parent  and each Lender.   Thereupon the
            Subsidiary which executed such Borrower Addendum shall become
            a "Borrower" hereunder.   In the  event that such  additional
            Borrower is not a  corporation organized under the laws  of a
            jurisdiction in  which any  other Borrower is  organized (and
            whose principal office  is not located  in a jurisdiction  in
            which any other Borrower's principal office is located), this
            Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be deemed amended
            by  adding  definitions  comparable to  the  definitions  ap-
            plicable  to each other Subsidiary Borrower, such definitions
            to be as set forth in the applicable Borrower Addendum.<PAGE>





                 X. Records

                      (a)  Lender's Records. Each Lender will note on its
            internal records with respect to each Loan made by it (i) the
            date and amount of such Loan, (ii) whether such Loan is a Re-
            volving Loan, Swing Line  Loan, Individual Currency Loan, Ne-
            gotiated Rate Loan  or Bid  Loan, (iii) the  identity of  the
            Borrower to whom such  Loan was made, (iv) the  interest rate
            (other than in the  case of an ABR Advance),  Individual Cur-
            rency Rate, Negotiated Rate or Bid Rate and Interest  Period,
            if applicable, applicable to  such Loan and (v) each  payment
            and prepayment of the principal thereof. 

                      (b)  Administrative  Agent's Records.  The Adminis-
            trative  Agent shall  keep records  regarding the  Loans, the
            Letters  of Credit and this  Agreement in accordance with its
            customary procedures for agented credits.

                      (c)  Prima Facie Evidence. The entries  made in the
            records maintained pursuant to  subsections (a) and (b) above
            shall, to  the extent  not prohibited  by applicable  law, be
            prima facie evidence of the existence and amount of the obli-
            gations  of the  Parent and  each Borrower  recorded therein;
            provided,  however, that  the failure  of the  Administrative
            Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, to make any notation
            on its records shall  not affect the Parent's or  the respec-
            tive Borrower's obligations in respect of the Loans, the Let-
            ters of Credit or the Loan Documents.

                 Y. Replacement of Lender

                      If  (i) any  Borrower  is obligated  to pay  to any
            Lender  any amount under Section 2.13(a), (b) or (c) and such
            payment is attributable solely to any change since the Effec-
            tive Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature
            pages hereof) or since the  effective date of the  Assignment
            and Acceptance Agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender
            (in the case  of each  other Lender) in  any applicable  law,
            rule,  regulation,  order,  directive,  treaty  or  guideline
            (whether   or  not  having  the  force  of  law)  or  in  the
            interpretation  or  administration  thereof   (including  the
            introduction  of  any  new  law,  rule,   regulation,  order,
            directive, treaty  or guideline), (ii) any  Lender shall have
            failed to make  available a Loan on the date  on which and in
            the amount in which it  was obligated to do so and  shall not
            have cured  such failure within three Business  Days or (iii)
            any Lender shall have demanded any payment under Section 2.14
            or excused  itself from  funding a  Loan pursuant  to Section
            2.14, the Company  shall have the  right, in accordance  with
            the  requirements of Section 11.7(b), if  no Default or Event
            of  Default shall  exist to  replace up  to two  such Lenders
            (each  a "Replaced Lender") with  one or more other assignees
            (each,  a "Replacement Lender"), reasonably acceptable to the
            Swing  Line Lender and the Issuing Bank, provided that (I) at<PAGE>





            the  time of  any replacement pursuant  to this  Section, the
            Replacement Lender  shall enter  into one or  more Assignment
            and Acceptance  Agreements pursuant to Section  11.7(b) (with
            the Assignment  Fee payable pursuant to  said Section 11.7(b)
            to be paid by  the Replacement Lender) pursuant to  which the
            Replacement Lender  shall acquire all of  the Commitments and
            outstanding  Loans of,  and  in each  case participations  in
            Letters of Credit by, the  Replaced Lender and, in connection
            therewith,  shall pay to  (w) the Replaced  Lender in respect
            thereof an amount equal to the sum of (A) an  amount equal to
            the  principal   of,  and   all  accrued  interest   on,  all
            outstanding Loans of the Replaced Lender, (B) an amount equal
            to  all  drawings on  all Letters  of  Credit that  have been
            funded  by (and not reimbursed to)  such Replaced Lender, to-
            gether  with all then unpaid interest with respect thereto at
            such  time  and  (C) an  amount  equal  to  all accrued,  but
            theretofore  unpaid,  fees  owing   to  the  Replaced  Lender
            pursuant to Sections  3.1 and  3.2, (x) the  Issuing Bank  an
            amount equal to such Replaced  Lender's Commitment Percentage
            of  all drawings  (which  at  such  time  remains  an  unpaid
            drawing) to the extent such amount was not theretofore funded
            by  such Replaced Lender, (y) the Swing Line Lender an amount
            equal to such Replaced  Lender's Commitment Percentage of any
            Mandatory  Borrowing  to  the  extent  such  amount  was  not
            theretofore  funded  by  such  Replaced Lender  and  (z)  the
            Administrative Agent an  amount equal to all  amounts owed by
            such Replaced  Lender to the Administrative  Agent under this
            Agreement, including, without limitation, an amount  equal to
            the  principal     of,  and  all  accrued  interest  on,  all
            outstanding  Loans of  the  Replaced Lender,  a corresponding
            amount  of which  was  made available  by the  Administrative
            Agent to  the  applicable  Borrower(s)  pursuant  to  Section
            2.4(e)  and which has  not been repaid  to the Administrative
            Agent by  such Replaced Lender or  the applicable Borrower(s)
            and  (II)  all obligations  of  the  Borrowers owing  to  the
            Replaced Lender  (other than those specifically  described in
            clause (I) above in respect of which the assignment  purchase
            price has been, or is concurrently being, paid) shall be paid
            in full  to such Replaced  Lender concurrently with  such re-
            placement.   Upon the execution of  the respective Assignment
            and Acceptance Agreements and the payment of amounts referred
            to in  clauses (i)  and (ii)  of this  Section 2.25,  the Re-
            placement Lender shall  become a Lender hereunder and the Re-
            placed Lender  shall cease to constitute  a Lender hereunder,
            except with respect to  indemnification provisions under this
            Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  Sections  2.13,
            2.14,  2.15, 2.22, 11.5 and 11.10), which shall survive as to
            such Replaced Lender.


            III. FEES

                 A.   Facility Fee<PAGE>





                      The  Parent agrees  to  pay  to the  Administrative
            Agent, for the account of the Lenders in accordance with each
            Lender's Commitment  Percentage, a fee (the  "Facility Fee"),
            for each day from and after  the Effective Date, equal to the
            product  of (x) the Aggregate Commitments in effect as at the
            end  of  such  day or,  if  no  Commitments  then exist,  the
            Aggregate Commitments  on the  last day on  which Commitments
            did exist, and (y) the  applicable percentage set forth below
            based upon  the Pricing Level in effect as at the end of such
            day:

            <TABLE>
            <CAPTION>

                      Pricing Level       Facility Fee Percentage
                      ----------------    -----------------------
                      <S>                      <C>
                      Pricing Level I            0.1000%         
                      Pricing Level II           0.1500          
                      Pricing Level III          0.1750          
                      Pricing Level IV           0.2000          
                      Pricing Level V            0.3000.         

            </TABLE>

                 The Facility Fee shall be (i) calculated on the basis of
            a  360-day year for the  actual number of  days elapsed, (ii)
            payable quarterly in arrears  on each Quarterly Payment Date,
            commencing  on the  first  such day  following the  Effective
            Date, and  on the date  that the Aggregate  Commitments shall
            expire  or   otherwise terminate  (or in  the event  that the
            Aggregate Commitments  have expired or  otherwise terminated,
            on the  date  that the  Aggregate  Credit Exposure  has  been
            reduced to $0).

                 B. Letter of Credit Commissions

                      The  Parent agrees  to  pay  to the  Administrative
            Agent,  for  the account  of  the  Lenders, commissions  (the
            "Letter of  Credit Commissions")  with respect to  the issued
            and  outstanding Letters  of  Credit, for  each day  from and
            after  the Effective  Date, equal  to,  with respect  to each
            Lender, the product of  (x) the Letter of Credit  Exposure as
            at the end of such day and (y) the Availability Percentage of
            such Lender as at the  end of such day multiplied by  (z) the
            applicable percentage set forth  below based upon the Pricing
            Level in effect as at the end of such day:

            <TABLE>
            <CAPTION>
                                          Letter of Credit          
                      Pricing Level       Commission Percentage
                      ------------------  -----------------------
                      <S>                   <C>                <PAGE>





                      Pricing Level I       0.2000%            
                      Pricing Level II      0.2700%            
                      Pricing Level III     0.2750%            
                      Pricing Level IV      0.4000%            
                      Pricing Level V       0.4000%
            </TABLE>

                 The Letter of Credit Commissions shall be (i) calculated
            on the  basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days
            elapsed, (ii) payable quarterly  in arrears on each Quarterly
            Payment  Date and  on  the date  that  the Letter  of  Credit
            Commitments shall expire and the Letter of Credit Exposure is
            $0, and (iii) nonrefundable.

                 C.   Administrative Agent's and Issuing Bank's Fees

                      (a)  The Parent agrees to pay to the Administrative
            Agent,  for its  own account,  such other  fees as  have been
            agreed to in writing from time to time by the  Parent and the
            Administrative Agent.

                      (b)  The Parent agrees to  pay to the Issuing Bank,
            for its own  account, such other fees as  have been agreed to
            in writing  from time to time  by the Parent  and the Issuing
            Bank.


            IV.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                 In  order to  induce  the Administrative  Agent and  the
            Lenders to enter into  this Agreement and to make  the Loans,
            the Swing Line  Lender to make the  Swing Line Loans and  the
            Lenders   to  participate therein,  and  the Issuing  Bank to
            issue the Letters  of Credit and  the Lenders to  participate
            therein,  the Parent  and  the Borrowers  make the  following
            representations  and warranties to  the Administrative Agent,
            the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders:

                 A.    Subsidiaries; Capital Stock

                       As  of the date of this  Agreement, the Parent has
            only  the  Subsidiaries set  forth  on,  and the  authorized,
            issued  and outstanding capital stock  of the Parent and each
            such Subsidiary  (or partnership  or other interests,  as the
            case may  be) is as set  forth on, Schedule 4.1.   The shares
            of, or partnership or other interests in, each Subsidiary  of
            the Parent are owned beneficially and of record by the Parent
            or  another Subsidiary of the  Parent, are free  and clear of
            all Liens except as  otherwise permitted by Section  8.3, and
            are  duly   authorized,  validly   issued,  fully   paid  and
            nonassessable except, in the case of any Subsidiary organized
            under the laws  of the State of  New York, for  any liability
            that may arise  under the  provisions of Section  630 of  the
            Business Corporation Law of the State of New York.  As of the<PAGE>





            date  of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 4.1,
            (a) neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has issued
            any securities convertible into,  or options or warrants for,
            any common or preferred  equity securities thereof, (b) there
            are no agreements,  voting trusts  or understandings  binding
            upon  the Parent or any  of its Subsidiaries  with respect to
            the  voting  securities   of  the  Parent   or  any  of   its
            Subsidiaries or affecting in any manner the sale, pledge, as-
            signment or other disposition thereof, including any right of
            first refusal,  option, redemption, call or  other right with
            respect thereto,  whether similar or dissimilar to any of the
            foregoing, and  (c) the Parent owns,  directly or indirectly,
            all  of  the  outstanding  capital  stock   of  each  of  its
            Subsidiaries.

                 B.    Existence and Power

                       Each of the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries is
            duly organized,  validly existing and in  good standing under
            the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, has all requi-
            site power and authority to own its  Property and to carry on
            its  business as now conducted,  and is in  good standing and
            authorized  to do business in each  jurisdiction in which the
            failure  so to qualify could reasonably be expected to have a
            Material Adverse effect. 

                 C.    Authority

                       Each of  the Parent  and each of  its Subsidiaries
            has full power and authority  to enter into, execute, deliver
            and perform the terms of the Loan Documents to which  it is a
            party, all of which  have been duly authorized by  all proper
            and necessary  corporate or  partnership action, as  the case
            may  be, and are in  full compliance with  its certificate of
            incorporation  and by-laws or  partnership agreement,  as the
            case may  be.  No consent or approval of, or other action by,
            shareholders of  the Parent, any  Borrower, any  Governmental
            Authority  or any  other Person,  which has not  already been
            obtained, is required  to authorize in respect  of the Parent
            or any of its Subsidiaries, or is required in connection with
            the  execution, delivery  and performance  by the  Parent and
            each of its Subsidiaries  of, the Loan Documents to  which it
            is a party,  or is required  as a  condition to the  enforce-
            ability against  the Parent  or such  Subsidiary of  the Loan
            Documents to which it is a party.

                 D.    Binding Agreement

                       The   Loan  Documents  constitute  the  valid  and
            legally binding  obligations of the  Parent and  each of  its
            Subsidiaries  to the extent the Parent or such Subsidiary, as
            the  case  may be,  is a  party  thereto, enforceable  in ac-
            cordance with their respective terms, except as such enforce-
            ability may be limited by  applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,<PAGE>





            reorganization, moratorium or similar  laws affecting the en-
            forcement  of creditors'  rights  generally and  by equitable
            principles  relating to  the  availability  of specific  per-
            formance  as  a  remedy   and  except  to  the   extent  that
            indemnification  obligations  may be  limited  by  federal or
            state securities laws or public policy relating thereto.

                 E.    Litigation

                       Except as set forth on Schedule 4.5, there are  no
            actions,  suits, arbitration  proceedings or  claims (whether
            purportedly on behalf of the  Parent, any of its Subsidiaries
            or  otherwise) pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent and
            the Borrowers,  threatened against the  Parent or any  of its
            Subsidiaries,  or maintained by the Parent or any of its Sub-
            sidiaries,  or which may affect the Property of the Parent or
            any of its Subsidiaries, at law or in equity, before any Gov-
            ernmental Authority  which could  reasonably  be expected  to
            have  a Material  Adverse effect.   There are  no proceedings
            pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent and the Borrowers,
            threatened against the Parent or  any of its Subsidiaries (a)
            which call  into question the validity  or enforceability of,
            or otherwise  seek to invalidate  any Loan  Document, or  (b)
            which might, individually or in the aggregate, materially and
            adversely affect any of  the transactions contemplated by any
            Loan Document.

                 F.    No Conflicting Agreements

                       (a) Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries
            is  in default under any agreement to  which it is a party or
            by which  it or any  of its Property  is bound the  effect of
            which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
            effect.    No notice  to,  or filing  with,  any Governmental
            Authority  is required  for the  due execution,  delivery and
            performance by the Parent  or any of its Subsidiaries  of the
            Loan Documents to which  it is a party (except  those notices
            or filings which have already been made).

                       (b) No provision of any statute, rule, regulation,
            judgment, decree or order, or any existing material mortgage,
            indenture, contract or agreement, in each case binding on the
            Parent  or any of its  Subsidiaries or affecting the Property
            of the Parent or  any of its Subsidiaries conflicts  with, or
            requires  any consent  which  has not  already been  obtained
            under, or  would in any way prohibit  the execution, delivery
            or  performance by the Parent  or any of  its Subsidiaries of
            the  terms of, any Loan Document.  The execution, delivery or
            performance by the Parent and each of its Subsidiaries of the
            terms of each  Loan Document to which it is  a party will not
            constitute  a default  under, or  result  in the  creation or
            imposition of,  or obligation  to create,  any Lien upon  the
            Property of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to
            the  terms  of  any  such mortgage,  indenture,  contract  or<PAGE>





            agreement  which defaults  or Liens,  individually or  in the
            aggregate, would have or result in a Material Adverse effect.

                 G.    Taxes

                       The Parent and each  of its Subsidiaries has filed
            or  caused to be filed all tax  returns, and has paid, or has
            made adequate provision  for the payment of,  all taxes shown
            to be due  and payable on said returns or  in any assessments
            made against them, the failure of which  to file or pay could
            reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse effect, and
            no tax Liens have been filed against the Parent or any of its
            Subsidiaries and no claims are being asserted with respect to
            such taxes which are  required by GAAP (as  in effect on  the
            Effective Date)  to be reflected in  the Financial Statements
            and  are not so reflected therein.  The charges, accruals and
            reserves  on  the  books  of  the  Parent  and  each  of  its
            Subsidiaries with  respect  to  all  Federal,  state,  local,
            foreign and  other taxes are considered by  the management of
            the  Parent and the Borrowers to be adequate, and neither the
            Parent nor any Borrower knows  of any unpaid assessment which
            is  or might  be due  and payable  against it  or any  of its
            Subsidiaries  or any  Property of  the Parent  or any  of its
            Subsidiaries,  except such  thereof as are being contested in
            good   faith  and   by  appropriate   proceedings  diligently
            conducted,  and for  which  adequate reserves  have been  set
            aside in accordance with GAAP.

                 H.    Compliance with Applicable Laws; Filings

                       Neither the Parent nor  any of its Subsidiaries is
            in default with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunc-
            tion, decree or decision  of any Governmental Authority which
            default  could reasonably be expected  to have a Material Ad-
            verse effect.   The Parent  and each of  its Subsidiaries  is
            complying with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations
            of all  Governmental Authorities, a violation  of which could
            reasonably  be expected  to have  a Material  Adverse effect.
            The Parent and each  of its Subsidiaries has filed  or caused
            to be  filed with  all Governmental Authorities  all reports,
            applications, documents, instruments and information required
            to be filed  pursuant to all applicable laws,  rules, regula-
            tions  and requests which, if  not so filed, could reasonably
            be  expected  to  have  a  Material  Adverse  effect.    Each
            Borrower, prior  to  each borrowing  by it  hereunder in  any
            jurisdiction,   has  obtained  all  necessary  approvals  and
            consents of, and has filed or caused to be filed all reports,
            applications, documents, instruments and information required
            to  be   filed  pursuant  to  all   applicable  laws,  rules,
            regulations and requests of,  all Governmental Authorities in
            connection with such borrowing in such jurisdiction.

                 I.    Governmental Regulations<PAGE>





                       Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries nor
            any corporation  controlling the Parent or any of its Subsid-
            iaries or under common  control with the Parent or any of its
            Subsidiaries is subject to  regulation under the Public Util-
            ity Holding Company Act  of 1935, the Federal Power  Act, the
            Investment Company Act of  1940, in each case as  amended, or
            is  subject to any statute  or regulation which regulates the
            incurrence of Indebtedness, including statutes or regulations
            relative to common  or contract  carriers or to  the sale  of
            electricity, gas, steam, water, telephone, telegraph or other
            public utility services.

                 J.    Property

                       Each of  the Parent  and each of  its Subsidiaries
            has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold inter-
            est in, all of its real Property, and is the owner of, or has
            a valid lease of,  all personal property, in each  case which
            is material to  the Parent  and its Subsidiaries  taken as  a
            whole, subject  to no Liens,  except such Liens  permitted by
            Section 8.3.   All leases of Property  to each of the  Parent
            and  each of its Subsidiaries  are in full  force and effect,
            the  Parent or  such Subsidiary  enjoys quiet and undisturbed
            possession  under all leases of real property and neither the
            Parent nor any of  its Subsidiaries is in default  beyond any
            applicable grace period of  any provision thereof, the effect
            of which  could  reasonably be  expected to  have a  Material
            Adverse effect. 

                 K.    Federal Reserve Regulations; Use of Loan Proceeds

                       Neither the Parent nor  any of its Subsidiaries is
            engaged principally,  or as one of  its important activities,
            in the  business  of  extending credit  for  the  purpose  of
            purchasing  or carrying  any Margin  Stock.   No part  of the
            proceeds  of the Loans or any Letter  of Credit will be used,
            directly  or indirectly,  for  a purpose  which violates  the
            provisions of  Regulations  G, T,  U  or X  of the  Board  of
            Governors of  the Federal Reserve  System, as amended.   Any-
            thing in  this Agreement to the  contrary notwithstanding, no
            Lender shall be obligated  to extend credit to the  Parent or
            any of  its Subsidiaries  in violation of  any limitation  or
            prohibition  provided by  any applicable  law, regulation  or
            statute, including Regulation U of  the Board of Governors of
            the Federal Reserve System.

                 L.    No Misrepresentation

                       No  representation  or warranty  contained  in any
            Loan Document and no  certificate, Financial Statement, other
            financial  statement or  written  notice furnished  or to  be
            furnished by the Parents  or any of its Subsidiaries  in con-
            nection with  the transactions contemplated  hereby, contains
            or will contain, as  of its date, a misstatement  of material<PAGE>





            fact,  or omits  or will  omit to  state, as  of its  date, a
            material  fact required  to be  stated in  order to  make the
            statements therein  contained not misleading in  the light of
            the circumstances under which made.

                 M.    Plans

                       (a) Each Employee Benefit Plan of the Parent, each
            of its Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate is in compliance
            withERISA and the Code, where applicable, in all material re-
            spects.  The amount  of (a) all Unfunded Pension  Liabilities
            under the Pension Plans, excluding  any Pension Plan which is
            a Multiemployer Plan, does not exceed $2,000,000, and (b) the
            aggregate  Unrecognized Retiree  Welfare Liability  under all
            applicable Employee Benefit Plans does not exceed $2,000,000.
            The Parent, each of its Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate
            have complied with  the requirements of Section  515 of ERISA
            with  respect to each  Pension Plan which  is a Multiemployer
            Plan.  The  aggregate potential  annual withdrawal  liability
            payments, as determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA,
            for which the Parent, each of its Subsidiaries and each ERISA
            Affiliate would become obligated  in the event of  a complete
            or   partial  withdrawal  from all  Pension  Plans which  are
            Multiemployer Plans does not  exceed $2,000,000.  The Parent,
            each of its  Subsidiaries and each  ERISA Affiliate has  made
            all contributions or  payments to or under  each such Pension
            Plan required by law or the terms of such Pension Plan or any
            contract  or  agreement  where   the  failure  to  make  such
            contributions  or payments  could reasonably  be expected  to
            have a Material Adverse effect.  No liability to the PBGC has
            been, or is expected  by the Parent, any of  its Subsidiaries
            or any ERISA Affiliate to be, incurred  by the Parent, any of
            its Subsidiaries or any  ERISA Affiliate where such liability
            could  reasonably  be expected  to  have  a Material  Adverse
            effect.   Liability,  as referred  to in  this Section  4.13,
            includes any joint and several liability.  Each Employee Ben-
            efit Plan which is a group  health plan within the meaning of
            Section 5000(b)(1) of the Code is in material compliance with
            the continuation of health care coverage requirements of Sec-
            tion 4980B of the Code.

                       (b) All contributions required to be made with re-
            spect to  each Foreign  Pension Plan  have been timely  made.
            Each Foreign  Pension Plan has been  maintained in compliance
            with its terms  and with the requirements of  any and all ap-
            plicable  laws, statutes,  rules, regulations and  orders and
            has been  maintained, where  required, in good  standing with
            applicable Governmental  Authorities.  Neither the Parent nor
            any  of  its  Subsidiaries  has incurred  any  obligation  in
            connection  with the  termination of  or withdrawal  from any
            Foreign Pension  Plan.   The  present  value of  the  accrued
            benefit  liabilities  (whether  or  not  vested)  under  each
            Foreign Pension Plan required to  be funded, determined as of
            the end of the  most recently ended fiscal year on  the basis<PAGE>





            of actuarial  assumptions, each  of which is  reasonable, did
            not  exceed the current value  of the assets  of such Foreign
            Pension Plan  allocable to  such benefit liabilities  by more
            than the foreign exchange equivalent (based on the applicable
            spot exchange rate) of $2,000,000.

                 N.    Environmental Matters

                       Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries (a)
            has  received  written notice  or  otherwise  learned of  any
            claim,   demand,   action,   event,  condition,   report   or
            investigation  indicating  or  concerning  any  potential  or
            actual liability which individually or in the aggregate could
            reasonably  be expected  to have  a Material  Adverse effect,
            arising  in connection  with (i)  any non-compliance  with or
            violation  of the  requirements  of any  applicable  federal,
            state,  local  or  foreign  environmental  health  or  safety
            statute  or regulation,  or  (ii) the  release or  threatened
            release  of any  toxic  or  hazardous  waste,   substance  or
            constituent, or other substance  into the environment, (b) to
            the best knowledge of  the Parent and the Borrowers,  has any
            threatened or actual liability in connection with the release
            or  threatened release of any toxic  or hazardous waste, sub-
            stance or  constituent, or other substance  into the environ-
            ment which individually or  in the aggregate could reasonably
            be  expected  to have  a  Material  Adverse effect,  (c)  has
            received  notice  of any  federal,  state,  local or  foreign
            investigation  evaluating  whether  any  remedial  action  is
            needed to respond to  a release or threatened release  of any
            toxic or  hazardous waste, substance or  constituent or other
            substance into the environment for which the Parent or any of
            its Subsidiaries is or would be liable, which liability would
            reasonably  be expected to have a Material Adverse effect, or
            (d)  has  received  notice that  the  Parent  or  any of  its
            Subsidiaries  is or  may be  liable to  any Person  under the
            Comprehensive  Environmental  Response, Compensation  and Li-
            ability Act, as amended,  42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et  seq., or
            any analogous  state, local  or foreign law,  which liability
            would  reasonably  be expected  to  have  a Material  Adverse
            effect.   The  Parent  and each  of  its Subsidiaries  is  in
            compliance with the  financial responsibility requirements of
            federal, state,  local and foreign environmental  laws to the
            extent applicable,  including those  contained in  40 C.F.R.,
            parts  264 and  265, subpart  H, and  any analogous  federal,
            state, local or foreign  law, except in those cases  in which
            the  failure so to comply would not reasonably be expected to
            have a Material Adverse effect.

                 O.    Financial Statements

                       The Parent has heretofore delivered to the  Admin-
            istrative Agent and the  Lenders copies of its Form  10-K for
            the fiscal  year ended January  31, 1995, containing  the au-
            dited Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Parent  and its Sub-<PAGE>





            sidiaries as of such date and the related Consolidated State-
            ments of  Income, Stockholders' Equity and Cash Flows for the
            fiscal  year then  ended (collectively,  with the  applicable
            related  notes  and schedules,  the  "Financial Statements").
            The Financial Statements fairly present  the Consolidated fi-
            nancial condition and results of the operations of the Parent
            and  its Subsidiaries  as of  the dates  and for  the periods
            indicated therein  and have been prepared  in conformity with
            GAAP  as then  in  effect subject,  in  the case  of  interim
            Financial Statements, to normal year-end adjustments. Neither
            the  Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation or
            liability of any  kind (whether  fixed, accrued,  contingent,
            unmatured  or otherwise)  which, in  accordance with  GAAP as
            then  in effect, should have been  disclosed in the Financial
            Statements  and was not.   Since January 31,  1995, there has
            been no Material Adverse change.

                 P.    Franchises, Intellectual Property, Etc.

                       Each of  the Parent  and each of  its Subsidiaries
            possesses   or  has   the  right   to  use   all  franchises,
            Intellectual Property, licenses and other rights as are mate-
            rial  and necessary for the conduct of its business, and with
            respect  to which it is in compliance, with no known conflict
            with the valid rights of others which could reasonably be ex-
            pected to have  a Material Adverse effect.  No  event has oc-
            curred  which permits or, to the best knowledge of the Parent
            and the Borrowers, after notice or the lapse of time or both,
            or  any  other condition,  could  reasonably  be expected  to
            permit, the revocation or  termination of any such franchise,
            Intellectual   Property,   license  or   other   right  which
            revocation or  termination could  reasonably  be expected  to
            have a Material Adverse effect.

                 Q.    Labor Relations

                       Except as set forth  on Schedule 4.17, neither the
            Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is a  party to any collec-
            tive bargaining agreement  and, to the best  knowledge of the
            Parent  and the Borrowers, no petition has been filed or pro-
            ceedings  instituted by  any employee  or group  of employees
            with  any  labor relations  board  seeking  recognition of  a
            bargaining representative with respect  to the Parent or such
            Subsidiary.   There  are  no material  controversies  pending
            between  the Parent  or any  of its  Subsidiaries and  any of
            their  respective  employees,   which  could  reasonably   be
            expected to have a Material Adverse effect.


            V.   CONDITIONS  OF LENDING  - LOANS  ON THE  FIRST BORROWING
                 DATE

                 In addition to the requirements  set forth in Section 6,
            the obligation of each Lender to make  one or more Loans, the<PAGE>





            obligation of the Swing Line Lender to make one or more Swing
            Line  Loans and the obligation  of the Issuing  Bank to issue
            one  or more Letters of  Credit, on the  first Borrowing Date
            (which shall not occur  prior to the Effective Date)  is sub-
            ject to the fulfillment of the following conditions  prior to
            or  simultaneously with the making of such Loans or the issu-
            ance of such Letters of Credit:

                 A.    Evidence of Corporate Action

                       The  Administrative Agent  shall  have received  a
            certificate, dated the first Borrowing Date, of the Secretary
            or Assistant Secretary of  each Credit Party (i)  attaching a
            true and complete copy of the resolutions of its Board of Di-
            rectors and of all  documents evidencing all necessary corpo-
            rate action (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
            the   Administrative Agent) taken by it to authorize the Loan
            Documents  to  which  it  is  a  party and  the  transactions
            contemplated thereby, (ii) attaching a true and complete copy
            of  its  organizational  documents, (iii)  setting  forth the
            incumbency of  its officer(s)  who may  sign such  Loan Docu-
            ments,  including  therein  a   signature  specimen  of  such
            officer(s), and (iv) attaching a certificate of good standing
            of the Secretary of  State of the State of  its incorporation
            and each of the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 5.1, in each
            case  to the  extent  such certificate  of  good standing  is
            available.

                 B.    Guaranty

                       Each of the Parent, Tiffany, Tiffany International
            and Tiffany Japan shall  have delivered to the Administrative
            Agent  a guaranty, dated as  of the date  hereof, executed by
            such Credit Party  and in the form of  Exhibit N (as the same
            may be amended, supplemented  or otherwise modified from time
            to time, the  "Guaranty").

                 C.    Approvals

                       The  Administrative Agent shall have received evi-
            dence reasonably  satisfactory to  it that all  approvals and
            consents  of all Governmental  Authorities, and all approvals
            and all consents of all other Persons, in each case which are
            required to  be obtained in connection  with the consummation
            of the  transactions contemplated by the  Loan Documents have
            been obtained and that all required notices have been  given,
            and   the   Administrative  Agent   shall  have   received  a
            certificate, in all respects  reasonably satisfactory to  the
            Administrative  Agent,  of  the  Responsible  Officer to  the
            foregoing effect to the best knowledge of such officer.

                 D.    Litigation

                       There  shall be  no injunction,  writ, preliminary<PAGE>





            restraining  order or other order of any nature issued by any
            Governmental  Authority in  any  respect affecting  any  Loan
            Document  or   any  transaction  contemplated  by   the  Loan
            Documents,  and  no action  or  proceeding by  or  before any
            Governmental  Authority  shall  have  been commenced  and  be
            pending seeking to prevent  or delay any of the  foregoing or
            challenging  any term  or  provision thereof  or seeking  any
            damages in connection therewith, and the Administrative Agent
            shall have received a certificate, in all respects reasonably
            satisfactory to  the Administrative  Agent, of  the executive
            officers  or  analogous counterparts  of  the  Parent to  the
            foregoing effect to the best knowledge of such officer.

                 E.    Approval of Special Counsel

                       All legal  matters incident  to the making  of the
            Loans on the first Borrowing  Date shall be reasonably satis-
            factory  to  Special Counsel,  and  the Administrative  Agent
            shall have  received from  Special Counsel an  opinion, dated
            the  first  Borrowing  Date,  substantially in  the  form  of
            Exhibit P.

                 F.    Opinion of Counsel to the Borrowers and the Parent

                       (a) The Administrative  Agent shall have  received
            an opinion of Scott A. Klion, Esq., Associate General Counsel
            to  the Parent and  counsel to the  Domestic Borrowers, dated
            the  first  Borrowing  Date,  substantially in  the  form  of
            Exhibit O-1.

                       (b) The Administrative Agent shall  have received,
            in respect of each Borrower which is not a Domestic Borrower,
            an opinion of local foreign  counsel, reasonably satisfactory
            to  the Administrative  Agent,  to such  Borrower, dated  the
            first Borrowing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit O-
            2.

                 G.    Existing Indebtedness

                       All Indebtedness set  forth on Schedule 5.7  shall
            have been paid  in full, all Liens, if any, securing the same
            shall have  been  terminated, and  the  Administrative  Agent
            shall have received satisfactory evidence of the foregoing.

                 H.    Payment of Fees

                       The Parent  and the  Borrowers shall have  paid to
            the Issuing  Bank, the Swing Line  Lender, the Administrative
            Agent, the Arranging Agent  and the Lenders all fees  and all
            expenses which they shall  have agreed to pay, to  the extent
            such  fees and expenses shall have become payable on or prior
            to  the first Borrowing Date, and shall have paid the reason-
            able fees and disbursements  of Special Counsel in connection
            with such agreement to the extent billed therefor.<PAGE>





                 I.    Other Documents

                       The Administrative Agent shall have  received such
            other documents (including  financial statements and  projec-
            tions), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
            the Administrative Agent, as  the Administrative Agent  shall
            reasonably require in connection with the making of the first
            Loans and the issuance of the first Letters of Credit.


             VI. CONDITIONS OF LENDING - ALL LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

                 The obligation of each Lender to make each Loan, the ob-
            ligation of the  Swing Line  Lender to make  each Swing  Line
            Loan and the  obligation of  the Issuing Bank  to issue  each
            Letter  of  Credit is  subject  to  the  fulfillment  of  the
            following conditions precedent:

                 A.    Compliance

                       On each Borrowing Date, and after giving effect to
            the Loans to be made, and the Letters of Credit to be issued,
            on such Borrowing Date,  (a) there shall exist no  Default or
            Event of  Default and (b) the  representations and warranties
            contained in this  Agreement shall be  true and correct  with
            the same effect as though such representations and warranties
            had been made  on such  Borrowing Date except  to the  extent
            that  any  representation  or  warranty  under   Section  4.1
            expressly relates to an earlier date. 

                 B.    Loan Closings

                       All documents required  by the provisions of  this
            Agreement  to have been executed  or delivered by each Credit
            Party  to the  Administrative  Agent, the  Issuing Bank,  the
            Swing Line Lender or  any Lender on or before  the applicable
            Borrowing Date shall have been so executed or delivered on or
            before such Borrowing Date.

                 C.    Borrowing or Letter of Credit Request

                       The  receipt  by  the  Administrative  Agent of  a
            Notice of Borrowing, in the case of such Loan, or a Letter of
            Credit Request, in the  case of a Letter of  Credit, executed
            by  the  Parent  and  the  applicable  Borrower  making  such
            request.

                 D.    Other Documents

                       The Administrative Agent  shall have received such
            other  documents (including financial  statements and projec-
            tions), each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
            the Administrative Agent,  as the Administrative  Agent shall
            reasonably require in connection with the making of the Loans<PAGE>





            and the issuance of  the Letters of Credit on  such Borrowing
            Date.


            VII. AFFIRMATIVE AND FINANCIAL COVENANTS

                 The  Parent agrees that, so long as any Loan Document is
            in  effect,  any  Loan,  Letter of  Credit  or  reimbursement
            obligation (contingent or otherwise) in respect of any Letter
            of    Credit remains  outstanding  and unpaid,  or  any other
            amount is owing under any Loan Document to any  Lender or the
            Administrative Agent, the Parent will:

                 A.    Legal Existence

                       Except as  may otherwise be  permitted by Sections
            8.4,  8.5   and  8.6,  maintain,   and  cause  each   of  its
            Subsidiaries  to maintain,  (a) its corporate  or partnership
            existence, as the case may be, and (b) such existence in good
            standing  in the  jurisdiction of  its incorporation  or for-
            mation and in each other jurisdiction in which the failure so
            to do could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
            effect; provided however, that  subject to Section 8, nothing
            in  this  Section  7.1   shall  prevent  the  abandonment  or
            termination of  the corporate  existence or good  standing of
            any  Subsidiary of  the Parent  (other than  Tiffany, Tiffany
            International and Tiffany Japan)  in any jurisdiction if (i),
            in the reasonable judgment of the Parent and such Subsidiary,
            such abandonment  or termination is  in the best  interest of
            the  Parent and its Subsidiaries  taken as a  whole and would
            not have a Material Adverse effect  and (ii) such Subsidiary,
            at the  time  of  such  abandonment or  termination,  has  no
            obligations,   contingent  or   otherwise,  under   any  Loan
            Documents  to any Lender, the  Swing Line Lender, the Issuing
            Bank or the Administrative Agent.

                 B.    Taxes

                       Pay and discharge when due,  and cause each of its
            Subsidiaries so to  do, all taxes, assessments,  governmental
            charges,  license fees and levies upon or with respect to the
            Parent  and such Subsidiary, and upon the income, profits and
            Property thereof  unless, and  only to  the extent, that  (a)
            such taxes,  assessments, governmental charges,  license fees
            and  levies shall  be  contested in  good  faith and  by  ap-
            propriate proceedings diligently  conducted by the  Parent or
            such Subsidiary,  and (b)  such reserve or  other appropriate
            provision as shall be  required by GAAP shall have  been made
            therefor.

                 C.    Insurance

                       Maintain,  and cause  each of its  Subsidiaries to
            maintain, insurance with financially sound insurance carriers<PAGE>





            against at least such risks, and in at least such amounts, as
            are usually insured against by similar businesses,  including
            business  interruption, public  liability (bodily  injury and
            property  damage),  fidelity,  workers'  compensation  (where
            required)  and  property insurance,  upon request  a detailed
            list of such insurance  then in effect, stating the  names of
            the  carriers  thereof,  the  policy  numbers,  the  insureds
            thereunder,  the amounts  of insurance,  dates of  expiration
            thereof, and  the Property and risks  covered thereby; except
            that  the Parent  or   any  of  its Subsidiaries  may  effect
            workers'  compensation  or similar  insurance  in respect  of
            operations in any  jurisdiction either  through an  insurance
            fund  operated  by  such jurisdiction  or  by  causing to  be
            maintained a system or systems of self-insurance which  is in
            accord with applicable laws and good business practice.

                 D.    Performance of Obligations

                       Pay  and  discharge promptly  when due,  and cause
            each of its Subsidiaries  so to do, all lawful  Indebtedness,
            obligations and  claims for labor, materials  and supplies or
            otherwise which,  if unpaid, could reasonably  be expected to
            (a) have a  Material Adverse effect, or (b)  become a Lien on
            the Property of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, except
            those Liens  permitted under Section 8.3,  provided that nei-
            ther  the Parent nor such Subsidiary shall be required to pay
            or discharge or cause to  be paid or discharged any such  In-
            debtedness, obligation  or claim so long as  (i) the validity
            thereof shall be contested  in good faith and by  appropriate
            proceedings diligently  conducted by the Parent  or such Sub-
            sidiary, and (ii) such reserve or other appropriate provision
            as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor.

                 E.    Condition of Property

                       Except for  ordinary wear and tear,  at all times,
            maintain, protect and keep in good repair, working order  and
            condition, all Property used in the operation of its business
            (other   than  Property   which  is  replaced   with  similar
            Property), except (i) to the extent that the failure so to do
            would not, individually or in the aggregate, have  a Material
            Adverse effect, and cause  each of its Subsidiaries so  to do
            and (ii) as permitted under Sections 8.3 and 8.4.

                 F.    Observance of Legal Requirements

                       Observe and comply  in all material respects,  and
            cause each of its Subsidiaries so to do, with all laws, ordi-
            nances,  orders,  judgments,  rules, regulations,  certifica-
            tions, franchises, permits, licenses, directions and require-
            ments  of all Governmental  Authorities, which now  or at any
            time hereafter may be applicable to it or to such Subsidiary,
            a violation of which  could reasonably be expected to  have a
            Material Adverse effect.<PAGE>





                 G.    Financial Statements and Other Information

                       Maintain, and  cause each  of its  Subsidiaries to
            maintain, a standard system  of accounting in accordance with
            GAAP, and furnish to each Lender:

                       (a) As soon as available and, in any event, within
            105 days after  the close of each fiscal year,  a copy of (i)
            the Balance Sheet as of  the end of such fiscal year,  of the
            Parent on  a Consolidated basis, and (ii)  the related State-
            ments  of Income,  Cash  Flows and  Shareholder's Equity  for
            such fiscal year, of the Parent on a Consolidated basis, set-
            ting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding
            figures in  respect  of  the  previous fiscal  year,  all  in
            reasonable detail, and accompanied  by, in the  case  of such
            Consolidated financial  statements, a report  of the Account-
            ants, which report  shall state that (A)  the Accountants au-
            dited  such Consolidated financial statements, (B) such audit
            was  made  in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
            standards  in effect  at the  time and provides  a reasonable
            basis for  such opinion, and (C)  said Consolidated financial
            statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP;

                       (b) Simultaneously with the delivery of the certi-
            fied statements  required by  clause (a)  above, copies of  a
            certificate of  such Accountants stating that,  in making the
            examination  necessary for  their audit  of  the Consolidated
            financial  statements of  the  Parent for  such fiscal  year,
            nothing came  to their attention of a financial or accounting
            nature  that caused them to believe that there shall have oc-
            curred  any  condition  or  event which  would  constitute  a
            Default or an Event of Default, or, if so, specifying in such
            certificate all such  Defaults and Events of Default  and the
            nature and status thereof;

                       (c) As soon as available,  and in any event within
            50 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quar-
            ters, and 105 days after the end of  the last fiscal quarter,
            of each fiscal year, a  copy of (i) the Balance Sheet,  as of
            the  end of  such quarter,  of the  Parent on  a Consolidated
            basis  and (ii) the related Statements  of Income, Cash Flows
            and  Shareholder's Equity,  of the  Parent on  a Consolidated
            basis for (x) such  quarter, and (y) the period from  the be-
            ginning of  the then current  fiscal year to the  end of such
            quarter, in  each  case in  comparative form  with the  prior
            fiscal  year,  all  in  reasonable  detail  and  prepared  in
            accordance  with  GAAP  (without  footnotes  and  subject  to
            year-end  adjustments), together  with a  certificate  of the
            Responsible  Officer, which certificate  shall state that all
            such  financial  statements   fairly  present  the  financial
            condition and  results of  operations of the  Parent and  its
            Subsidiaries and have  been  prepared in accordance with GAAP
            (but without footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments);<PAGE>





                       (d) Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary con-
            tained herein,  the Parent may satisfy its obligation to fur-
            nish (i) the Consolidated financial statements referred to in
            clause  (a) above by furnishing, as soon as available, and in
            any event within  105 days  after the end  of the  applicable
            fiscal  year,  a  copy  of the  annual  audited  Consolidated
            financial  statements  of  the  Parent  and its  Subsidiaries
            prepared  in conformity with GAAP  and as filed  with the SEC
            for  such fiscal  year, and  (ii) the  Consolidated financial
            statements referred to in clause (c) above by furnishing,  as
            soon as available, and in any event within 50  days after the
            end  of   the  applicable  fiscal  quarter,   copies  of  the
            Consolidated  financial statements  of  the  Parent  and  its
            Subsidiaries as filed with the SEC for the  applicable fiscal
            quarter;

                       (e) Simultaneously with the delivery of the finan-
            cial statements required by clauses (a), (c) and (d) above, a
            certificate of the Responsible Officer certifying that to the
            best of  his knowledge  no condition  or  event has  occurred
            which would constitute a  Default or an Event of  Default, or
            if so,  specifying in  such certificate all  such violations,
            conditions and events and the nature and status thereof;

                       (f) Within 45 days  after the end  of each of  the
            first three fiscal quarters, and within 90 days after the end
            of the last fiscal quarter, of each fiscal year, a Compliance
            Certificate, as of the end of such fiscal quarter,  certified
            by the Responsible Officer;

                       (g) As soon as available,  and in any event within
            two Business Days after any downgrade or withdrawal by either
            S&P  or Moody's of the senior unsecured long term debt Rating
            assigned to the Parent,  written notice to the Administrative
            Agent  and  each  Lender  thereof,  and  the  effective  date
            thereof, in each case certified by the Responsible Officer;

                       (h) Prompt written  notice upon the Parent  or any
            of  its Subsidiaries  obtaining knowledge  that: (i)  any In-
            debtedness of the  Parent or  any of its  Subsidiaries in  an
            aggregate  amount in  excess  of $5,000,000  shall have  been
            declared  or  become due  and  payable  prior  to its  stated
            maturity, or called and not paid when  due, or required to be
            purchased or otherwise acquired  by the Parent or any  of its
            Subsidiaries prior  to its stated maturity,  and whether such
            acceleration shall  have been rescinded or  annulled, or (ii)
            the holders  of any notes, or other evidence of Indebtedness,
            certificates or securities evidencing any  such Indebtedness,
            or any obligees with respect to any other Indebtedness of the
            Parent  or any of its Subsidiaries, have the right to declare
            Indebtedness  in an  aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000
            due  and payable  prior to  its stated  maturity or  have the
            right to require  the Parent  or any of  its Subsidiaries  to
            purchase or otherwise acquire  any such Indebtedness prior to<PAGE>





            its stated maturity  and whether such  right shall have  been
            waived;

                       (i) Prompt  written notice  of: (i)  any citation,
            summons, subpoena, order to show cause or other  order naming
            the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries a party to any proceed-
            ing before any Governmental Authority which  could reasonably
            be expected  to have a  Material Adverse effect,  and include
            with such notice a copy of such  citation, summons, subpoena,
            order to show cause  or other order, (ii) any lapse  or other
            termination of any license, permit, franchise or other autho-
            rization issued to the  Parent or any of its  Subsidiaries by
            any Governmental Authority, (iii)  any refusal by any Govern-
            mental  Authority to  renew  or extend  any license,  permit,
            franchise  or  other  authorization,  and  (iv)  any  dispute
            between  the Parent or any  of its Subsidiaries  and any Gov-
            ernmental  Authority, which  lapse,  termination, refusal  or
            dispute,  referred to in  clause (ii),  (iii) or  (iv) above,
            could reasonably  be expected to have a  Material Adverse ef-
            fect;

                       (j) Promptly  upon  becoming available,  copies of
            all regular,  periodic or special  reports, schedules,  proxy
            statements,  registration statements,  10-Ks, 10-Qs  and 8-Ks
            which the Parent or  any of its Subsidiaries may now or here-
            after be required to  file with or deliver to  any securities
            exchange or the SEC, and copies of all material news releases
            sent to financial analysts;

                       (k) Prompt written  notice in the  event that  the
            Parent or any  of its  Subsidiaries knows, or  has reason  to
            know, that  (i)  any  Termination  Event with  respect  to  a
            Pension Plan has  occurred or will occur, (ii)  any condition
            exists  with  respect   to  a  Pension  Plan  (other  than  a
            Multiemployer  Plan)  which  presents  a  material   risk  of
            termination of such Pension Plan  by the PBGC, imposition  of
            an excise tax  on the Parent, any of its  Subsidiaries or any
            ERISA Affiliate  or the requirement  that the Parent,  any of
            its Subsidiaries  or any ERISA Affiliate  provide security to
            any Pension Plan, (iii)  the Parent, any of  its Subsidiaries
            or  any ERISA  Affiliate  has applied  for  a waiver  of  the
            minimum funding standard  under Section 412 of the  Code with
            respect to a Pension  Plan, (iv) the aggregate amount  of the
            Unfunded Pension  Liabilities under all  Pension Plans (other
            than  Multiemployer  Plans) has  increased  to  an amount  in
            excess  of  $2,000,000,  (v)  the  aggregate  amount  of  Un-
            recognized Retiree Welfare Liability under all applicable Em-
            ployee  Benefit Plans has increased to an amount in excess of
            $2,000,000, (vi) the Parent,  any of its Subsidiaries  or any
            ERISA Affiliate has engaged  in a Prohibited Transaction with
            respect to an Employee Benefit  Plan, (vii) the imposition of
            a tax upon the Parent or  any of its Subsidiaries under  Sec-
            tion  4980B(a) of  the Code,  or (viii)  the assessment  of a
            civil  penalty  under Section  502(c)  of  ERISA against  the<PAGE>





            Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ix) any condition with
            respect to  a Multiemployer Plan exists which presents a risk
            of  material   liability  to  the   Parent  or  any   of  its
            Subsidiaries  or  would  reasonably  be expected  to  have  a
            Material  Adverse  effect,  in  each  case  together  with  a
            certificate  of  the  Responsible Officer  setting  forth the
            details of such event  and the action which the  Parent, such
            Subsidiary  or such  ERISA  Affiliate proposes  to take  with
            respect thereto, together with a copy of all notices and fil-
            ings with respect thereto;

                       (l) Prompt written notice  in the  event that  the
            Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or  any ERISA Affiliate shall
            receive  a demand letter from the  PBGC notifying the Parent,
            such Subsidiary or such ERISA Affiliate of any final decision
            finding  liability of the Parent,  any of its Subsidiaries or
            any ERISA Affiliate and the date by which such liability must
            be   paid,  together  with  a  copy  of  such  letter  and  a
            certificate  of  the Responsible  Officer  setting  forth the
            action  which  the  Parent,  such Subsidiary  or  such  ERISA
            Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

                       (m) Promptly upon the same becoming available, and
            in any event by the date such amendment is adopted, a copy of
            any Pension  Plan  amendment  that the  Parent,  any  of  its
            Subsidiaries or  any ERISA Affiliate proposes  to adopt which
            would  require   the  posting   of  security  under   Section
            401(a)(29) of the  Code, together with  a certificate of  the
            Responsible  Officer  setting  forth   the  reasons  for  the
            adoption of such  amendment and the action  which the Parent,
            such Subsidiary or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with
            respect thereto;

                       (n) As soon as  possible and in  any event by  the
            10th  day after  any  required installment  or other  payment
            under Section 412 of the  Code owed to a Pension Plan  by the
            Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate  shall
            have  become due and  owing and remain  unpaid a  copy of the
            notice of failure to  make required contributions provided to
            the  PBGC by the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA
            Affiliate  under Section 412(n) of the  Code, together with a
            certificate of  the  Responsible Officer  setting  forth  the
            action  which  the  Parent,  such Subsidiary  or  such  ERISA
            Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

                       (o) If the termination  of any Pension  Plan would
            result in the imposition of any tax under Section 4980 of the
            Code, then  as soon as possible, but in no event less than 60
            days  before the due  date of the  tax, a  certificate of the
            Responsible Officer setting forth the estimated amount of the
            tax, any  reversion, and  the proposed use  of the  reversion
            (this   Section  7.7(o)   shall   apply   to  a   transaction
            notwithstanding  a reduction  or complete elimination  of the
            tax  because of the  operation of either  Sections 4980(d) or<PAGE>





            420(a)(3)(A) of the Code);

                       (p) Upon  a  Responsible  Officer  becoming  aware
            thereof, prompt written  notice that a  material contribution
            required to be made to any Foreign Pension  Plan has not been
            timely  made,  the  failure  of  which  would  reasonably  be
            expected to have a Material Adverse effect;

                       (q) Upon  a  Responsible  Officer  becoming  aware
            thereof, prompt written notice of the occurrence of (i)  each
            Default, (ii)  each Event of Default, and (iii) each Material
            Adverse change;

                       (r) Promptly upon  receipt thereof, copies  of all
            audit  reports  relating   to  the  Parent  or  any   of  its
            Subsidiaries submitted by the Accountants in connection  with
            each annual, interim  or special  audit of the  books of  the
            Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and

                       (s) Promptly upon request therefor, such other in-
            formation and reports regarding the business,  condition (fi-
            nancial or  otherwise), property  or prospects of  the Parent
            and  its Subsidiaries,  as  the Administrative  Agent or  any
            Lender at  any time or from  time to time  may reasonably re-
            quest.

                 H.    Inspection

                       At all reasonable times, upon reasonable prior no-
            tice, permit  representatives of the  Administrative Agent or
            any Lender to visit the offices of the Parent or  each of its
            Subsidiaries, to examine the books and records thereofand Ac-
            countants' reports  relating thereto,  and to make  copies or
            extracts  therefrom, to discuss the  affairs of the Parent or
            each  of  its  Subsidiaries  with  the   respective  officers
            thereof, and  to  examine and  inspect  the Property  of  the
            Parent  or each of its  Subsidiaries and to  meet and discuss
            the affairs of the  Parent and each of its  Subsidiaries with
            the Accountants.

                 I.    Authorizations

                       Maintain  and cause  each of  its Subsidiaries  to
            maintain, in full force  and effect, all copyrights, patents,
            trademarks,  trade names, franchises,  licenses, permits, ap-
            plications,  reports, and other authorizations and rights, as
            are necessary for theconduct from time to time of their busi-
            nesses,  except to the extent the failure so to maintain such
            items, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably
            be expected to have a Material Adverse effect.

                 J.    Subsidiaries

                       (a) At   all   times    maintain   (directly    or<PAGE>





            indirectly), beneficially and of record, (i) at least 51%  of
            the  voting control  of, and at  least 51% of  the equity in,
            Tiffany  & Co. K.K., and (ii) 100%  of the voting control of,
            and 100% of the equity in, each other Subsidiary Borrower.

                       (b) Except  as set forth on Schedule 4.1 or as may
            otherwise be permitted by  Sections 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6,  at all
            times maintain (directly or  indirectly), beneficially and of
            record, 100% of the voting control of, and 100% of the equity
            in, each of its other Subsidiaries.

                 K.    Leverage Ratio

                       At  all times  have a  Leverage Ratio  not greater
            than 0.55:1.00.

                 L.    Interest Coverage Ratio

                       At  all  times  have  an Interest  Coverage  Ratio
            greater than 2.50:1.00.


            VIII.      NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                 The  Parent agrees that, so long as any Loan Document is
            in  effect,  any  Loan,  Letter of  Credit  or  reimbursement
            obligation (contingent or otherwise) in respect of any Letter
            of Credit remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other amount
            is owing under  any Loan  Document to any  Lender, the  Swing
            Line  Lender or  the Administrative  Agent, the  Parent shall
            not, directly or indirectly:

                 A.    Indebtedness

                       Create, incur,  assume or suffer to  exist any In-
            debtedness, or  permit  any of  its  Subsidiaries so  to  do,
            except   any  one   or  more  of   the  following   types  of
            Indebtedness: (a) Indebtedness under  the Loan Documents, (b)
            Indebtedness  of  the  Subsidiaries   of  the  Parent  in  an
            aggregate principal  amount not  in excess of  $25,000,000 at
            any one  time outstanding (i)  in respect of  capital leases,
            (ii)  secured  by Liens  on  Property  acquired  by any  such
            Subsidiary after the date hereof provided that such Liens are
            in existence on  the date  of such acquisition  and were  not
            placed on such Property in contemplation of such acquisition,
            and  (iii)   other  purchase   money   Indebtedness  of   the
            Subsidiaries of the Parent, provided that, in each case under
            this clause (b), the Lien  securing such Indebtedness is per-
            mitted by Section 8.3, (c) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule
            8.1 and  any refinancings, extensions and   renewals thereof,
            (d)  Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 5.7, provided that it
            will  be repaid in full simultaneously with the making of the
            Loans on the first Borrowing Date, (e) Intercompany Debt, (f)
            other  Indebtedness of the  Subsidiaries of the  Parent in an<PAGE>





            aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to
            exceed  $10,000,000,  provided  that immediately  before  and
            after giving effect to the creation, incurrence or assumption
            of  such Indebtedness no Default or Event of Default shall or
            would exist,  (g) Indebtedness  of the Parent,  provided that
            immediately before  and after giving effect  to the creation,
            incurrence or  assumption of such Indebtedness  no Default or
            Event of Default  shall or would exist,  and (h) Indebtedness
            in  the form of a  deferred payable of  Tiffany to Mitsukoshi
            Limited in the principal amount of 2.5 billion Japanese yen.

                 B.    Interest  Rate  Protection Arrangements  and Other
            Hedging Arrangements

                       Create, incur,  assume or suffer to  exist any in-
            debtedness  under   or  in  respect  of   any  Interest  Rate
            Protection Arrangement  or any Other Hedging  Arrangement, or
            permit any of its  Subsidiaries so to do, except  (i) foreign
            currency purchased put options and forward exchange contracts
            intended to  reduce the risk on  foreign currency denominated
            transactions and (ii) interest rate swap agreements to modify
            the  interest  rate  characteristics of  up  to  $100,000,000
            notional principal amount of Indebtedness.

                 C.    Liens

                       Create, incur, assume or  suffer to exist any Lien
            against or on any Property now owned or hereafter acquired by
            the Parent or any  of its Subsidiaries, or permit  any of its
            Subsidiaries  so to  do,  except  any  one  or  more  of  the
            following types of Liens: (a) Liens  in connection with work-
            ers'  compensation, unemployment  insurance  or other  social
            security obligations (which phrase  shall not be construed to
            refer  to  ERISA or  the  minimum  funding obligations  under
            Section 412 of the Code), (b) Liens to secure the performance
            of bids,  tenders, letters  of credit, contracts  (other than
            contracts for the payment of Indebtedness), leases, statutory
            obligations, surety, customs, appeal, performance and payment
            bonds and other obligations of like nature, in each such case
            arising in  the ordinary course of  business, (c) mechanics',
            workmen's,    carriers',    warehousemen's,    materialmen's,
            landlords',  or  other like  Liens  arising  in the  ordinary
            course of business  with respect to obligations which are not
            due or  which are being  contested in good  faith and  by ap-
            propriate proceedings  diligently  conducted, (d)  Liens  for
            taxes,  assessments, fees or governmental charges the payment
            of  which is  not  required by  Section  7.2, (e)  easements,
            rights of way,  restrictions,  leases of  Property to others,
            easements for installations of public utilities, title imper-
            fections  and  restrictions,   zoning  ordinances  and  other
            similar   encumbrances  affecting   Property  which   in  the
            aggregate do not  materially impair its use for the operation
            of the business of  the Parent or such Subsidiary,  (f) Liens
            set  forth on Schedule 8.3 and any renewal thereof, (g) Liens<PAGE>





            under capital leases and Liens on Property (including, in the
            event  such Property  constitutes  capital stock  of a  newly
            acquired Subsidiary of  the Parent, Liens on  the Property of
            such  Subsidiary) hereafter  acquired and either  existing on
            such  Property when  acquired,  or created  contemporaneously
            with  such acquisition, to secure the payment or financing of
            the purchase  price thereof, provided that  such Liens attach
            only to  the Property so  purchased or acquired  and provided
            further  that  the  Indebtedness  secured by  such  Liens  is
            permitted by Section 8.1(b), (h) Liens created under the Loan
            Documents, (i) statutory Liens in favor of lessors arising in
            connection with Property leased  to the Parent or any  of its
            Subsidiaries, (j) Liens of  attachments, judgments or  awards
            against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to
            which  an appeal or proceeding for review shall be pending or
            a  stay of execution shall  have been obtained,  or which are
            otherwise being  contested in  good faith and  by appropriate
            proceedings diligently  conducted, and  in  respect of  which
            adequate reserves shall  have been established in  accordance
            with GAAP on the books of  the Parent or such Subsidiary, and
            (k) Intercompany Liens.

                 D.    Dispositions

                       Make any Disposition or  permit any of its Subsid-
            iaries so  to do, except  any one  or more of  the following:
            (a) Dispositions  of any Investments permitted under Sections
            8.7(a), (b), (c), (d)  or (e), (b) Intercompany Dispositions,
            (c)  Dispositions   in  the   ordinary  course   of  business
            (including  the   disposition  of  closed   stores  and   the
            disposition of  certain New  Jersey facilities  in connection
            with the consolidation of  such facilities' operations into a
            new  facility to be constructed and leased in Parsippany, New
            Jersey), and (d) other Dispositions of Property having a fair
            market  value which,  when  aggregated with  the fair  market
            value  of  all other  Dispositions  of  Property (other  than
            Dispositions described in the  preceding clauses (a), (b) and
            (c)  made on and after  the Effective Date,  would not exceed
            $75,000,000  on a Consolidated basis, provided, however, that
            immediately  before  and  after  giving  effect  thereto,  no
            Default or Event of Default shall or would exist.

                 E.    Merger or Consolidation, Etc.

                       (a) Consolidate with,  be  acquired by,  or  merge
            into  or with any Person, or convey or otherwise transfer all
            or   substantially all of its Property,  or permit any of its
            Subsidiaries so to do, except that:

                           (i)  any  of  its   wholly-owned  Subsidiaries
            (other  than a Borrower)  may consolidate with  or merge with
            any of  its other  Subsidiaries (other  than a Borrower),  or
            convey or transfer  all or substantially all  of its Property
            to any of its other  wholly-owned Subsidiaries (other than  a<PAGE>





            Borrower),  provided that  (x) immediately  before and  after
            giving effect thereto no Default or Event of Default shall or
            would  exist  and (y)  the  Administrative  Agent shall  have
            received 15 Business Days' prior written notice thereof, and

                           (ii) any of its wholly-owned  Subsidiaries may
            consolidate  with or merge with  any Subsidiary Borrower,  or
            convey or transfer  all or substantially all  of its Property
            to  any Subsidiary  Borrower,  provided that  (w) immediately
            before and after giving effect thereto no Default or Event of
            Default shall  or would  exist, (x) such  Subsidiary Borrower
            shall be  the  survivor of such consolidation or  merger, (y)
            the  Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  15 Business
            Days' prior  written  notice of  such consolidation,  merger,
            conveyance  or transfer,  and  (z)  the Administrative  Agent
            shall have received such documents, opinions and certificates
            as the  Administrative Agent shall have  reasonably requested
            in connection therewith.

                 F.    Acquisitions

                       Make any  Acquisition, or  permit any of  its Sub-
            sidiaries so to do, except any one or more of the  following:
            (a) Acquisitions of Investments permitted by Section 8.7, (b)
            Intercompany Acquisitions permitted  by Section 8.5,  and (c)
            Acquisitions  by  the  Parent  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries,
            provided that (i) immediately  before and after giving effect
            to each such Acquisition no Default or Event of Default shall
            or would  exist, (ii) immediately after giving effect to each
            such Acquisition,  all of the  representations and warranties
            contained in Section  4 shall be true and correct  as if then
            made except to the extent that any representation or warranty
            under Section 4.1  expressly relates to an earlier  date, and
            (iii)  the   aggregate  consideration   paid  for  all   such
            Acquisitions shall not exceed $50,000,000.

                 G.    Investments

                       Any  time hold,  purchase, invest in  or otherwise
            acquire any derivative product or any interest therein or any
            debt security or Stock  of, or any other equity  interest in,
            any Person, or make any loan or advance to, or enter into any
            arrangement for the  purpose of providing funds or credit to,
            or  make any other investment, whether by way of capital con-
            tribution or otherwise, in any Person (all of which are some-
            times referred to herein as "Investments"), or permit any  of
            its Subsidiaries so to do, except any one or more of the fol-
            lowing Investments:  (a) Investments in short-term direct ob-
            ligations  of the United States of America (and not the agen-
            cies  or  instrumentalities   thereof),  (b)  Investments  in
            short-term debt  securities of any issuer,  provided that the
            principal  thereof  and interest  thereon  is unconditionally
            guaranteed by the United States of America (and not the agen-
            cies or instrumentalities thereof), (c) Investments in short-<PAGE>





            term certificates of  deposit, in Dollars,  of any Lender  or
            any other depository institution  chartered under the laws of
            the  United  States  of  America or  any  State  thereof  the
            deposits  of  which  are   insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit
            Insurance  Corporation  and which  has capital  and undivided
            surplus  of not  less than  $500,000,000, (d)  Investments in
            commercial  paper having  a  commercial paper  rating of  not
            lower  than (i)  A-1 by  S&P,  or (ii)  P-1  by Moody's,  (e)
            Investments existing  on  the date  hereof and  set forth  on
            Schedule  8.7,  (f)  Investments in  Intercompany  Debt,  (g)
            Investments in the Parent or any Subsidiary or any Person who
            immediately thereafter becomes a Subsidiary,  (h) Investments
            from  the  net cash  proceeds received  from the  issuance of
            additional   shares  of  the   Parent's  capital  stock,  (i)
            Acquisitions  permitted by  Section 8.6,  (j) Investments  in
            short-term certificates of deposit or similar instruments, in
            any  Currency  other than  Dollars,  of  any bank  which  has
            capital and undivided surplus of not less than the equivalent
            of  $1,000,000,000,  and  (k)  additional Investments  in  an
            aggregate amount not exceeding  $5,000,000 or the  equivalent
            thereof.

                 H.    Restricted Payments

                       Make any  Restricted Payment or permit  any of its
            Subsidiaries  so to  do,  except  any  one  or  more  of  the
            following  Restricted Payments:  (a) any  direct  or indirect
            wholly-owned Subsidiary  of the Parent may  make dividends or
            other distributions to the  Parent or to any other  direct or
            indirect wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the Parent,  and (b) the
            Parent may make regular periodic dividends at a rate which is
            substantially  consistent with  past practice,  provided that
            immediately  before  and  after  giving  effect  thereto,  no
            Default or Event of Default shall or would exist.

                 I.    Limitation on Upstream Dividends by Subsidiaries

                       Permit, cause  or suffer to exist, any of its Sub-
            sidiaries to enter into  or agree, or otherwise be  or become
            subject,  to  any agreement,  contract  or  other arrangement
            (other  than this Agreement) with any  Person pursuant to the
            terms  of which (a) such Subsidiary is or would be prohibited
            from declaring or paying  any cash dividends on any  class of
            its stock owned directly  or indirectly by the Parent  or any
            of its  other  Subsidiaries or  from  making any  other  dis-
            tribution on account of  any class of any such  stock (herein
            referred to as "Upstream  Dividends"), or (b) the declaration
            or  payment of  Upstream  Dividends by  a  Subsidiary of  the
            Parent  to the Parent or another Subsidiary of the Parent, on
            an  annual or  cumulative  basis, is  or  would be  otherwise
            limited or restricted.

                 J.    Transactions with Affiliates<PAGE>





                       Become, or  permit any of its  Subsidiaries to be-
            come, a  party to any material transaction with any Affiliate
            of  the Parent on a basis less  favorable in any material re-
            spect  than if such transaction were not with an Affiliate of
            the Parent.

            IX.  DEFAULT

                 A.    Events of Default

                       The following shall  each constitute an  "Event of
            Default" hereunder:

                       (a) The  failure  of  any  Borrower  to  make  any
            principal payment on any Loan or any reimbursement payment in
            respect of any Letter of Credit when due and payable; or

                       (b) The failure of any Borrower to make payment of
            any installment of interest on any  Loan or any fee or  other
            amount  payable under or in  respect of any  Loan Document on
            the date when due and payable and such default shall continue
            unremedied for a period of three Business Days after the same
            shall have become due; or

                       (c) The failure  of the Parent or  any Borrower to
            observe  or perform  any covenant  or agreement  contained in
            Section 2.18, 7.1(a), 7.11 or 7.12, or in Section 8; or

                       (d) The failure  of the Parent or  any Borrower to
            observe or perform any  other covenant or agreement contained
            in  this Agreement,  and  such failure  shall have  continued
            unremedied  for a  period  of 30  days after  any Responsible
            Officer shall have become aware of such failure; or

                       (e) Any representation  or warranty of  any Credit
            Party (or of any of  its officers on its behalf) made  in any
            Loan Document  or in any certificate,  report, opinion (other
            than an opinion of counsel) or other document delivered on or
            after the date hereof pursuant to any Loan Document, shall in
            any  such  case prove  to have  been incorrect  or misleading
            (whether because of misstatement or omission) in any material
            respect when made; or

                       (f) (i) Liabilities and/or other obligations in an
            aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 of the Parent or any
            of its  Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis  (other than the
            obligations  hereunder  and  Intercompany Debt),  whether  as
            principal, guarantor,  surety or other obligor,  for the pay-
            ment or purchase  of any  Indebtedness, (A)  shall become  or
            shall  be declared  to  be  due  and  payable  prior  to  the
            expressed  maturity thereof  (unless such  acceleration shall
            have  thereafter been  unconditionally rescinded  or annulled
            prior  to the  time that  the Aggregate  Commitment has  been
            terminated  or the Loans have become or been declared due and<PAGE>





            payable),  or (B) shall  not be paid  when due or  within any
            grace period for the payment or purchase thereof, or (ii) any
            holder  of  any such  obligations  shall  have the  right  to
            declare the Indebtedness evidenced thereby due and payable or
            to require the purchase of the Indebtedness evidenced thereby
            prior  to  its  stated  maturity  (unless  such  right  shall
            thereafter have been unconditionally waived prior to the time
            such  holder shall  have declared  such Indebtedness  due and
            payable or required the purchase of such Indebtedness); or

                       (g) The  Parent or  any of its  Subsidiaries shall
            (i) suspend or  discontinue its business (except  as may oth-
            erwise be expressly  permitted herein), or  (ii) make an  as-
            signment for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) generally not
            be paying its  debts as such debts become due,  or (iv) admit
            in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due,
            or  (v) file  a  voluntary petition  in  bankruptcy, or  (vi)
            become insolvent  (however  such  insolvency  shall  be  evi-
            denced), or (vii) file any petition or answer seeking for it-
            self any reorganization, arrangement,  composition, readjust-
            ment of  debt, liquidation  or dissolution or  similar relief
            under any present or future statute, law or regulation of any
            jurisdiction, or (viii) petition or apply to any tribunal for
            any receiver,  custodian or  any trustee for  any substantial
            part of its Property, or (ix) be the subject of any such pro-
            ceeding filed against it which  remains undismissed for a pe-
            riod of 45 days, or (x) file any answer admitting or not con-
            testing the  material allegations of any  such petition filed
            against  it, or  of any  order, judgment or  decree approving
            such petition in any such  proceeding, or (xi) seek, approve,
            consent  to, or acquiesce in  any such proceeding,  or in the
            appointment of any  trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator,
            or  fiscal agent  for  it, or  any  substantial part  of  its
            Property, or an order is entered appointing any such trustee,
            receiver, custodian,  liquidator  or fiscal  agent  and  such
            order remains unstayed and in effect for 45 days; or

                       (h) An order for relief is entered under the bank-
            ruptcy or  insolvency laws of any  jurisdiction and continues
            unstayed  and in effect for a period of 60 days (i) adjudging
            the Parent or any  of its Subsidiaries as bankrupt  or insol-
            vent,  or (ii) approving as properly filed a petition seeking
            reorganization,   liquidation,  arrangement,   adjustment  or
            composition of,  or in respect  of the Parent  or any  of its
            Subsidiaries under  the bankruptcy or insolvency  laws of any
            jurisdiction, or (iii) appointing a receiver, liquidator, as-
            signee,  trustee, custodian,  sequestrator (or  other similar
            official) of the Parent or any  of its Subsidiaries or of any
            substantial  part of the Property of any thereof, or (iv) or-
            dering  the winding up or  liquidation of the  affairs of the
            Parent  or any  of its  Subsidiaries and  any such  decree or
            order continues unstayed  and in  effect for a  period of  60
            days; or<PAGE>





                       (i) Judgments or decrees in an aggregate amount in
            excess of $5,000,000 on a Consolidated basis against the Par-
            ent  or any of its Subsidiaries (except to the extent covered
            by insurance, provided that each applicable insurance company
            has  expressly  assumed responsibility  with  respect  to the
            applicable underlying claim) shall remain unpaid, unstayed on
            appeal, undischarged, unbonded or undismissed for a period of
            30 days; or

                       (j) A Change of Control shall occur; or

                       (k) Any  license,  franchise,  permit, right,  ap-
            proval  or agreement of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
            to own or operate  any Operating Entity owned or  operated by
            the Parent or such Subsidiary is not renewed, or is suspended
            or revoked, and the  non-renewal, suspension or revocation is
            irrevocable and not subject to  appeal or challenge and would
            have a Material Adverse effect; or

                       (l) (i) any Termination Event shall occur with re-
            spect to any Pension Plan  (other than a Multiemployer Plan);
            (ii)  any   Accumulated  Funding  Deficiency  in   excess  of
            $2,000,000, whether  or not waived, shall  exist with respect
            to  any Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan); (iii)
            any Person shall engage in any Prohibited Transaction involv-
            ing any  Employee Benefit  Plan which  would have  a Material
            Adverse effect; (iv) the Parent,  any of its Subsidiaries  or
            any  ERISA Affiliate  shall fail  to pay  when due  an amount
            which  is payable  by it  to the  PBGC or  to a  Pension Plan
            (including a Multiemployer Plan) under  Title IV of ERISA and
            such non-payment  would have  a Material Adverse  effect; (v)
            the imposition  of any tax  under Section  4980(B)(a) of  the
            Code;  (vi) the assessment of a civil penalty with respect to
            any  Employee Benefit  Plan  under Section  502(c) of  ERISA;
            (vii)  any other event or condition shall occur or exist with
            respect  to an Employee Benefit Plan which would have a Mate-
            rial  Adverse effect;  (viii) a  contribution required  to be
            made to a Foreign Pension Plan has not been timely made which
            would have a  Material Adverse effect; or (ix) the  Parent or
            any  of its Subsidiaries has  incurred or is  likely to incur
            liabilities  pursuant to  one or  more Foreign  Pension Plans
            which would have a Material Adverse effect; or

                       (m)  (i) Any  Loan Document  shall cease to  be in
            full  force and effect, or  an "Event of  Default" shall have
            occurred  under, and as such term is defined therein, or (ii)
            the failure of any Credit Party to observe or perform any ob-
            ligation  on its part to  be observed or  performed under any
            Loan   Document,  and  such   failure  shall  have  continued
            unremedied  for a  period  of 30  days after  any Responsible
            Officer shall  have  become aware  of  such failure,  or  any
            Credit Party shall  disavow in writing any of its obligations
            thereunder.<PAGE>





                       Upon the  occurrence of an Event of  Default or at
            any time  thereafter during  the continuance thereof,  (a) if
            such event is an  Event of Default specified in clause (g) or
            (h) above, the Aggregate  Commitments, the Swing Line Commit-
            ment, the  Individual Currency Commitments and  the Letter of
            Credit Commitment shall immediately and  automatically termi-
            nate and the  Loans, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon,
            any reimbursement obligations owing  or contingently owing in
            respect  of all outstanding  Letters of Credit  and all other
            amounts owing under the  Loan Documents shall immediately be-
            come  due and  payable,  and the  Parent  and the  applicable
            Letter of Credit Applicants shall forthwith deposit an amount
            equal to the Letter  of Credit Exposure in a  cash collateral
            account with and under the exclusive control of  the Adminis-
            trative Agent,  and the  Administrative Agent may,  and, upon
            the direction of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any and
            all remedies and other rights provided in the Loan Documents,
            and (b) if such event  is any other Event of Default,  any or
            all of the  following actions may be taken: (i) with the con-
            sent of  the Required Lenders, the  Administrative Agent may,
            and  upon the direction of the Required Lenders shall, by no-
            tice  to the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers), declare the
            Aggregate Commitments,  the Swing Line  Commitment, the Indi-
            vidual Currency Commitments and  the Letter of Credit Commit-
            ment to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Aggregate Com-
            mitments, the Swing Line Commitment,  the Individual Currency
            Commitments  and the  Letter of  Credit Commitment  shall im-
            mediately  terminate,  and  (ii)  with  the  consent  of  the
            Required Lenders, the Administrative  Agent may, and upon the
            direction of the Required Lenders shall, by notice of default
            to  the  Parent (on  behalf  of all  Borrowers),  declare the
            Loans,   all  accrued   and  unpaid  interest   thereon,  any
            reimbursement  obligations  owing  or  contingently  owing in
            respect of all  outstanding Letters of  Credit and all  other
            amounts owing under the Loan Documents to  be due and payable
            forthwith, whereupon  the same  shall immediately  become due
            and payable,  and the  Parent  and the  applicable Letter  of
            Credit Applicants shall forthwith  deposit an amount equal to
            the Letter  of Credit Exposure  in a cash  collateral account
            with and  under the  exclusive control of  the Administrative
            Agent,  and  the  Administrative  Agent  may,  and  upon  the
            direction of the Required Lenders shall, exercise any and all
            remedies  and  other rights  provided  pursuant  to the  Loan
            Documents.   Except  as otherwise  provided in  this Section,
            presentment,  demand, protest  and all  other notices  of any
            kind are hereby expressly waived.

                       In the event that  the Aggregate Commitments,  the
            Swing  Line Commitment,  the Individual  Currency Commitments
            and the  Letter of Credit  Commitment shall have  been termi-
            nated or the Loans  shall have been declared due  and payable
            pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  Section,  any  funds
            received by the Administrative Agent  and the Lenders from or
            on   behalf  of  any   Borrower  shall  be   applied  by  the<PAGE>





            Administrative Agent  and the  Lenders in liquidation  of the
            Loans  and the  obligations of  the Credit Parties  under the
            Loan Documents in the following  manner and order: (i) first,
            to the payment of interest on, and then the principal portion
            of, any  Loans which the  Administrative Agent  may have  ad-
            vanced on behalf  of any Lender for which  the Administrative
            Agent  has not  then been  reimbursed by  such Lender  or the
            Credit Parties; (ii)  second, to the payment  of any expenses
            due the  Administrative Agent from the  Credit Parties, (iii)
            third, to reimburse the  Administrative Agent and the Lenders
            for any expenses (to  the extent not paid pursuant  to clause
            (ii)  above due from the Parent and the Borrowers pursuant to
            the provisions of Section  11.5; (iv) fourth, to  the payment
            of accrued  Facility Fees,  Letter of Credit  Commissions and
            all  other fees, expenses and amounts due under or in respect
            of  the Loan Documents (other  than principal and interest on
            the Loans and reimbursement  obligations and interest thereon
            with respect to  the Letters  of Credit); (v)  fifth, to  the
            payment of interest due on the Loans and due on reimbursement
            obligations  with  respect to  the  Letters  of Credit;  (vi)
            sixth, to the  payment of principal outstanding  on the Loans
            and reimbursement obligations with  respect to the Letters of
            Credit; and  (vii)  seventh,  to  the payment  of  any  other
            amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders un-
            der the Loan Documents.


            X.   THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

                 A. Appointment

                       Each Lender hereby  irrevocably designates and ap-
            points BNY as  the Administrative Agent of such  Lender under
            the Loan  Documents and  each such Lender  hereby irrevocably
            authorizes BNY, as the  Administrative Agent for such Lender,
            to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the
            Loan Documents  and to exercise such powers  and perform such
            duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent
            by  the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such other
            powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding
            any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this  Agreement or
            any Loan  Document, the  Administrative Agent shall  not have
            any duties or responsibilities other than those expressly set
            forth herein  or therein, or any  fiduciary relationship with
            the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender or any Lender, and no
            implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obli-
            gations or  liabilities shall be read into the Loan Documents
            or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

                 B. Delegation of Duties

                       The Administrative  Agent may  execute any  of its
            duties  under the  Loan  Documents by  or  through agents  or
            attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to rely  upon the ad-<PAGE>





            vice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such du-
            ties.

                 C. Exculpatory Provisions

                       Neither the  Administrative Agent  nor any of  its
            officers, directors, employees, agents,  attorneys-in-fact or
            affiliates shall be (i) liable  for any action lawfully taken
            or omitted to be taken  by it or such Person under or in con-
            nection with  the Loan  Documents (except  the Administrative
            Agent for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or
            (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for  any
            recitals, statements, representations  or warranties made  by
            the Credit Parties or any officers of the Credit Parties con-
            tained in the  Loan Documents or in any  certificate, report,
            statement  or other document referred  to or provided for in,
            or  received by  the Administrative  Agent under  or in  con-
            nection with, the Loan Documents or for  the value, validity,
            effectiveness,  genuineness,  perfection,  enforceability  or
            sufficiency of any of  the Loan Documents or for  any failure
            of the Credit  Parties  or  any other  Person to perform  its
            obligations  hereunder or  thereunder.    The  Administrative
            Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to  as-
            certain  or to inquire as to the observance or performance of
            any of  the agreements  contained in,  or conditions of,  the
            Loan  Documents,  or  to  inspect the  properties,  books  or
            records  of the  Credit  Parties.   The Administrative  Agent
            shall  not be  under  any liability  or responsibility  what-
            soever, as Administrative Agent, to the Credit Parties or any
            other Person as a consequence of any failure or delay in per-
            formance, or any breach, by any  Lender of any of its obliga-
            tions under the Loan Documents.

                 D. Reliance by Administrative Agent

                       The  Administrative  Agent  shall  be  entitled to
            rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writ-
            ing,  resolution,  notice,  consent, certificate,  affidavit,
            opinion,  letter, cablegram, telegram, fax, telex or teletype
            message, statement, order  or other document or  conversation
            believed by  it to  be genuine and  correct and to  have been
            signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon
            advice and statements of  legal counsel (including counsel to
            any of the Credit Parties), independent accountants and other
            experts  selected  by  the  Administrative Agent.    The  Ad-
            ministrative  Agent  may treat  each  Lender,  or the  Person
            designated in the last  notice filed with it under  this Sec-
            tion, as the holder of all of the interests of such Lender in
            its Loans until  written notice of  transfer, signed by  such
            Lender (or  the Person designated  in the  last notice  filed
            with the  Administrative Agent) and by  the Person designated
            in such  written notice  of transfer,  in form and  substance
            satisfactory to  the Administrative  Agent,  shall have  been
            filed  with  the Administrative  Agent.    The Administrative<PAGE>





            Agent shall not be under any duty to examine or pass upon the
            validity,   effectiveness,   enforceability,  perfection   or
            genuineness of any  of the Loan Documents  or any instrument,
            document   or  communication  furnished  pursuant  hereto  or
            thereto  or  in connection  herewith  or  therewith, and  the
            Administrative  Agent shall  be entitled  to assume  that the
            same are valid,  effective and genuine,  have been signed  or
            sent by the proper parties and  are what they purport to  be.
            The Administrative Agent shall  be fully justified in failing
            or  refusing  to take  any  action under  the  Loan Documents
            unless it shall first  receive such advice or concurrence  of
            the Required Lenders  as it deems appropriate.   The Adminis-
            trative  Agent  shall  in all  cases  be  fully protected  in
            acting,  or  in  refraining   from  acting,  under  the  Loan
            Documents  in accordance with  a request or  direction of the
            Required  Lenders,  and such  request  or  direction and  any
            action  taken or  failure to  act pursuant  thereto shall  be
            binding  upon the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and all
            of  the Lenders and all future holders of the Indebtedness of
            the Credit Parties under the Loan Documents.

                 E. Notice of Default

                       The Administrative  Agent shall  not be  deemed to
            have  knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or
            Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received
            written notice thereof from the Issuing Bank,  the Swing Line
            Lender, any Lender, or any Credit Parties.  In the event that
            the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Adminis-
            trative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Issu-
            ing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and the Lenders. The Adminis-
            trative Agent shall take such action with respect to such De-
            fault  or  Event  of Default  as  shall  be  directed by  the
            Required Lenders,  provided, however,  that unless and  until
            the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions,
            the Administrative Agent may (but shall not  be obligated to)
            take such action,  or refrain from  taking such action,  with
            respect to such Default or Event of Default  as it shall deem
            to be in  the best interests  of the Issuing Bank,  the Swing
            Line Lender and the Lenders.

                 F. Non-Reliance

                       The Issuing  Bank, the Swing Line  Lender and each
            Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative
            Agent nor any of  its respective officers, directors, employ-
            ees,  agents,  attorneys-in-fact or  affiliates has  made any
            representations  or warranties to it  and that no  act by the
            Administrative Agent hereinafter, including any review of the
            affairs of the Credit Parties, shall be deemed  to constitute
            any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent to
            the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line  Lender or any Lender.   The
            Issuing Bank,  the Swing Line  Lender and each  Lender repre-
            sents to the Administrative  Agent that it has, independently<PAGE>





            and  without reliance  upon the  Administrative Agent  or any
            other Lender,  and based on such documents and information as
            it has  deemed appropriate,  made its  own evaluation  of and
            investigation  into  the   business,  operations,   Property,
            financial  and  other condition  and creditworthiness  of the
            Credit Parties and made  its own decision to enter  into this
            Agreement.   The Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each
            Lender  also  represents  that  it  will,  independently  and
            without reliance  upon the Administrative  Agent, the Issuing
            Bank, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender, and based on
            such documents  and information as it  shall deem appropriate
            at  the  time, continue  to  make  its own  credit  analysis,
            evaluations  and decisions  in  taking or  not taking  action
            under  the Loan Documents, and to  make such investigation as
            it deems  necessary  to inform  itself  as to  the  business,
            operations,  Property,  financial  and  other  condition  and
            creditworthiness of the Credit  Parties.  Except for notices,
            reports  and  other   documents  expressly  required   to  be
            furnished  to the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and the
            Lenders by the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents,
            the  Administrative   Agent  shall  not  have   any  duty  or
            responsibility to  provide the  Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line
            Lender or  any Lender with  any credit  or other  information
            concerning the business, operations, Property,  financial and
            other condition  or creditworthiness  of  the Credit  Parties
            which  may come  into  the possession  of the  Administrative
            Agent  or any of its officers,  directors, employees, agents,
            attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

                 G. Indemnification

                       Each  Lender agrees to indemnify and reimburse the
            Administrative Agent in  its capacity as such (to  the extent
            not  promptly reimbursed  by the  Credit Parties  and without
            limiting  the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), pro
            rata  according  to  (i)  at  any  time  when  no  Loans  are
            outstanding, its Commitment Percentage, or if no  Commitments
            then exist,  its Commitment  Percentage on  the  last day  on
            which  Commitments did exist, and (ii) at any time when Loans
            are  outstanding  (x)  if  the Commitments  then  exist,  its
            Commitment  Percentage or  (y) if  the Commitments  have been
            terminated or otherwise no longer exist, the percentage equal
            to  the fraction  (A) the  numerator of  which is  the Credit
            Exposure of such Lender  and (B) the denominator of  which is
            the Aggregate Credit Exposure, from  and against any and  all
            liabilities,  obligations,  losses,  damages, penalties,  ac-
            tions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses  or disbursements of
            any kind whatsoever including any amounts paid to the Lenders
            (through the Administrative Agent) by the Credit Parties pur-
            suant to the  terms of  the Loan Documents,  that are  subse-
            quently rescinded  or avoided, or must  otherwise be restored
            or returned) which  may at  any time (including  at any  time
            following  the  payment of  the  Loans  or the  reimbursement
            obligations hereunder with respect  to the Letters of Credit)<PAGE>





            be  imposed   on,  incurred   by  or  asserted   against  the
            Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of
            the Loan Documents or any  other documents contemplated by or
            referred to herein or the transactions contemplated hereby or
            thereby or any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Ad-
            ministrative Agent under or in connection with the foregoing;
            provided, however,  that no  Lender shall  be liable for  the
            payment  of any  portion  of  such liabilities,  obligations,
            losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
            expenses or  disbursements to  the extent resulting  from the
            finally adjudicated gross negligence or willful misconduct of
            the Administrative  Agent.   Without limitation of  the fore-
            going,  each Lender  agrees to  reimburse  the Administrative
            Agent promptly upon demand for its pro rata share (calculated
            as set  forth in the first  sentence of this Section)  of any
            unpaid  costs and  expenses  (including reasonable  fees  and
            expenses  of counsel)  payable  by the  Credit Parties  under
            Section 11.5, to the extent that the Administrative Agent has
            not been reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Credit
            Parties.    The  failure  of  any  Lender  to  reimburse  the
            Administrative Agent  promptly upon  demand for its  pro rata
            share (as so calculated) of any amount required to be paid by
            the  Lenders to the Administrative Agent  as provided in this
            Section  shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation
            hereunder to  reimburse the Administrative Agent  for its pro
            rata share (as so calculated) of  such  amount, but no Lender
            shall be responsible for  the failure of any other  Lender to
            reimburse  the Administrative Agent  for such  other Lender's
            pro rata share (as so calculated) of such amount.  The agree-
            ments  in  this Section  shall  survive  the payment  of  all
            amounts payable under the Loan Documents.

                 H. Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity

                       BNY and  its affiliates may make  loans to, accept
            deposits  from, issue letters  of credit for  the account of,
            and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Credit
            Parties  or any of  the Subsidiaries of the Parent as  though
            BNY were  not the Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line Lender or the
            Administrative Agent hereunder.   With respect to the Commit-
            ment,  the  Swing  Line Commitment,  the  Individual Currency
            Commitment and the Letter of Credit Commitment of BNY and the
            Loans made by BNY,  and the Letters of Credit issued  by BNY,
            BNY  shall have  the same  rights and  powers under  the Loan
            Documents as any Lender  and may exercise the same  as though
            it were  not the Issuing Bank,  the Swing Line  Lender or the
            Administrative Agent, and  the terms  "Lender" and  "Lenders"
            shall in each case include BNY.

                 I. Successor Administrative Agent

                       If at  any time the Administrative  Agent deems it
            advisable, in its sole  discretion, it may submit to  each of
            the Issuing Bank,  the Swing  Line Lender and  each Lender  a<PAGE>





            written notice of its resignation as Administrative Agent un-
            der the Loan Documents, such resignation to be effective upon
            the written  acceptance of  the duties of  the Administrative
            Agent under the Loan  Documents by a successor Administrative
            Agent appointed by the  Required Lenders,  provided, however,
            that if no such appointment is made and given within  30 days
            after  the  delivery  of  such  notice  of  resignation,  the
            Administrative  Agent  shall  have  the right  to  appoint  a
            successor  Administrative  Agent. A  successor Administrative
            Agent  shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of
            the  United States of America or any State thereof and having
            a  combined capital,  surplus,  and undivided  profits of  at
            least $500,000,000 and, provided that no  Default or Event of
            Default shall exist, shall  be reasonably satisfactory to the
            Parent.    Upon the  acceptance  of  any  appointment as  Ad-
            ministrative  Agent hereunder  by a  successor Administrative
            Agent,  such successor  Administrative Agent  shall thereupon
            succeed  to and become  vested with  all the  rights, powers,
            privileges and duties  of the retiring Administrative  Agent,
            and  the  retiring  Administrative  Agent's  rights,  powers,
            privileges and duties as  Administrative Agent under the Loan
            Documents  shall  be terminated.    The  Credit Parties,  the
            Issuing Bank,  the Swing Line  Lender and  the Lenders  shall
            execute such documents  as shall be necessary to  effect such
            appointment.    After any  retiring   Administrative  Agent's
            resignation as Administrative  Agent, the  provisions of  the
            Loan Documents shall inure  to its benefit as to  any actions
            taken  or  omitted   to  be   taken  by  it   while  it   was
            Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents. 


            XI.  OTHER PROVISIONS

                 A. Amendments and Waivers

                       (a) With the written consent of the Required Lend-
            ers, the  Administrative Agent, the Parent and  the other ap-
            propriate Credit Parties may,  from time to time, enter  into
            written  amendments, supplements  or modifications of  any of
            the  Loan  Documents and,  with the  consent of  the Required
            Lenders, the  Administrative Agent  on behalf of  the Issuing
            Bank, the Swing Line  Lender and the Lenders may  execute and
            deliver  to any such parties  a written instrument waiving or
            granting a consent  to a  departure from, on  such terms  and
            conditions as  the Administrative  Agent may specify  in such
            instrument,  any of  the  requirements  of  any of  the  Loan
            Documents or any  Default or  Event of Default  and its  con-
            sequences; provided, however, that:

                       (i)  no  such amendment, supplement, modification,
            waiver or  consent shall increase or  decrease the Commitment
            of any Lender without the consent of such Lender, or increase
            or decrease any Individual  Currency Commitment of any Lender
            without the consent of such Lender;<PAGE>





                       (ii)   without the consent of all  of the Lenders,
            (A) extend the Maturity Date, (B) decrease the rate or extend
            the time of  payment of  interest of, or  extend the time  of
            payment or forgive the principal amount of, or change the pro
            rata allocation of payments  under, any Loan or reimbursement
            obligation with respect to any Letter of Credit, (C) decrease
            or extend the time  of payment of the Facility  Fee or Letter
            of Credit Commissions, (D)  change the provisions of Sections
            2.14, 11.1 or 11.7(a), (E) change the  definition of Required
            Lenders, (F)  change the definition of Core  Currencies so as
            to  add any additional currency  as a Core  Currency, (G) re-
            lease the Guaranty,  (H)   change the several  nature of  the
            obligations of the Lenders  under the Loan Documents,  or (I)
            increase the Aggregate Commitments to an amount in  excess of
            $160,000,000;

                       (iii) without  the written consent of  the Issuing
            Bank, no such  amendment, supplement, modification  or waiver
            shall  change the  Letter  of Credit  Commitment, change  the
            amount or the time of payment of the Letter of Credit Commis-
            sions, or change any other term or provision which relates to
            the Letter of Credit Commitment or the Letters of Credit;

                       (iv)   without  the written  consent of  the Swing
            Line Lender, no  such amendment, supplement,  modification or
            waiver  shall change  the Swing  Line Commitment,  change the
            amount  or the time  of payment  of the  Swing Line  Loans or
            interest thereon or change any other term or provision  which
            relates to the Swing Line Commitment or the Swing Line Loans;
            and

                       (v)     without  the   written   consent  of   the
            Administrative   Agent,   no   such  amendment,   supplement,
            modification  or  waiver shall  amend,  modify  or waive  any
            provision of Section 10 or otherwise change any of the rights
            or  obligations of  the Administrative  Agent under  the Loan
            Documents.

                       (b) Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary con-
            tained herein,  the Parent may  at any time  or from time  to
            time,  at the  Parent's  sole cost  and expense,  request any
            Lender  to  increase  its  Commitment,  or  any  other  bank,
            insurance  company,  pension  fund,   mutual  fund  or  other
            financial institution  (each a "Proposed  Lender"; each  such
            Proposed Lender  to be  reasonably satisfactory to  the Swing
            Line  Lender   and  the  Issuing  Bank)  to   provide  a  new
            Commitment, by  submitting a supplement to  this Agreement to
            the Administrative  Agent, the  Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line
            Lender and the Credit Parties.  If such  supplement is in all
            respects satisfactory  to it,  the Administrative  Agent, the
            Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line Lender, the Parent,  each other
            Credit  Party and such Lender or Proposed Lender, as the case
            may be, shall each execute a  copy thereof and deliver a copy
            thereof  to the  Administrative  Agent, the  Parent and  such<PAGE>





            Lender  or such Proposed  Lender, as the  case may be.   Upon
            execution and delivery of such supplement, (i) in the case of
            such Lender, the amount of  such Lender's Commitment shall be
            increased to the amount set forth in such supplement, (ii) in
            the case of such Proposed Lender, such Proposed  Lender shall
            become  a party  hereto and  shall for  all purposes  of this
            Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents be deemed a "Lender"
            with a Commitment and one or more Individual Currency Commit-
            ments in the respective amounts set forth  in such supplement
            and (iii) in  each case, the  Commitments and the  Commitment
            Percentages set forth in  Exhibit A-1 and the Individual Com-
            mitments set  forth in Exhibit A-2 shall  be adjusted accord-
            ingly by the Administrative Agent and a new Exhibit A-1 and a
            new  Exhibit A-2 shall be  distributed by  the Administrative
            Agent to the  Parent (on  behalf of all  Borrowers) and  each
            Lender; provided, however, that:

                       (x) immediately after giving  effect thereto,  the
            Aggregate Commitments shall not exceed $160,000,000; and

                       (y) notwithstanding anything to the  contrary con-
            tained in Section 11.7, if immediately after giving effect to
            the events  described in Sections  11.1(b)(i) or 11.1(b)(ii),
            as   the case  may  be, Revolving  Loans  shall or  would  be
            outstanding, then such Lender or such Proposed Lender, as the
            case  may  be,  shall  enter into  a  master  assignment  and
            acceptance agreement  with the other Lenders  in all respects
            reasonably satisfactory  to  the other  Lenders, pursuant  to
            which  each other  Lender  shall sell,  assign, transfer  and
            negotiate to it a portion of its Revolving Loans necessary to
            reflect  the  Commitments  as  adjusted  in  accordance  with
            Section 11.1(b)(iii).

                       (c) Any such  amendment, supplement,  modification
            or waiver pursuant to this Section 11.1 shall be binding upon
            the parties to the applicable agreement, all  present and fu-
            ture  Lenders and the Administrative  Agent.  In  the case of
            any waiver,  the parties to  the Loan Documents,  the Issuing
            Bank,   the  Swing   Line   Lender,  the   Lenders  and   the
            Administrative  Agent  shall  be  restored  to  their  former
            position and rights thereunder to the extent provided  for in
            such waiver, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall
            not extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of De-
            fault,  or impair  any right  consequent thereon.   The  Loan
            Documents  may  not be  amended orally  or  by any  course of
            conduct.

                       (d) If any assignment made pursuant  to subsection
            (b)(y)  above shall be made  to any Proposed  Lender and such
            Proposed Lender  is not a  U.S. Person, such  Proposed Lender
            shall furnish such certificates, documents or other  evidence
            to the Parent, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administra-
            tive  Agent  as  shall  be required  by  Section  2.13(e)  or
            2.13(f).<PAGE>





                 B. Notices

                       All notices  and  other communications  under  the
            Loan  Documents shall be given  to the parties  hereto at the
            following addresses:

                       (i) if to the Parent or a Borrower, at its Address
            for Notices set forth on Exhibit S or as set forth on the ap-
            plicable Borrower Addendum;

                       (ii)     if to any Lender,  at its Address for No-
            tices set forth on Exhibit R;

                       (iii) if  to the Administrative Agent,  at its Ad-
            dress for Notices set forth on Exhibit Q;

                       (iv) if to  the Swing Line Lender,  at its Address
            for Notices set forth on Exhibit R;

                       (v) if to the Issuing Bank, at its Address for No-
            tices set forth on Exhibit R;

             or  in  any of  the foregoing  cases  at such  other address
            and/or to such other  Person as a party hereto  may hereafter
            specify for that purpose by written notice to the Parent, the
            Borrowers  and the  Administrative Agent.   Such  notices and
            other communications will be effective only if and when given
            in writing, and shall be deemed to have been given  three (3)
            days after deposit in the mail, designated as certified mail,
            return receipt requested, postage-prepaid, at  the applicable
            address specified above, or  when delivered at the applicable
            address specified  above, or when sent  by telecopy addressed
            to the party to which such notice is directed  at its address
            determined as provided above and receipt is confirmed, except
            that any  notice, request or demand by the Parent or any Bor-
            rower  to or upon  the Administrative  Agent, the  Swing Line
            Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders pursuant to  Sections
            2.3, 2.6, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11,  2.12 or 2.19 shall not be  effec-
            tive until  received.  Any party to  a Loan Document may rely
            on signatures of the parties thereto which are transmitted by
            fax  or other  electronic  means as  fully  as if  originally
            signed.

                 C. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

                       No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising,
            on  the part  of  the Administrative  Agent,  the Swing  Line
            Lender, the  Issuing Bank or  any Lender, any  right, remedy,
            power or privilege under the Loan  Documents shall operate as
            a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
            any  right,  remedy,  power   or  privilege  under  the  Loan
            Documents preclude  any other or further  exercise thereof or
            the exercise of any other  right, remedy, power or privilege.
            The rights,  remedies, powers  and privileges under  the Loan<PAGE>





            Documents  are cumulative  and not  exclusive of  any rights,
            remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

                 D. Survival of Representations and Warranties

                       All representations and warranties made  under the
            Loan Documents and in  any document, certificate or statement
            delivered pursuant  thereto or in connection  therewith shall
            survive the execution and delivery thereof.

                 E. Payment of Expenses and Taxes

                       The  Parent and  each Borrower  (to the  extent of
            such other  Borrower's Proportionate  Share of the  amount at
            issue)  severally agrees,  promptly  upon  presentation of  a
            statement or invoice  therefor, and whether any Loan is made,
            or any Letter of Credit is issued (i) to pay or reimburse the
            Administrative  Agent for  all of the  Administrative Agent's
            out-of-pocket costs and expenses reasonably  incurred in con-
            nection with the preparation  of the Loan Documents and   any
            amendment,   supplement  or  modification   (whether  or  not
            executed) to the Loan   Documents, any documents  prepared in
            connection therewith and the consummation of the transactions
            contemplated  thereby,  including  the  reasonable  fees  and
            disbursements of  Special Counsel,  (ii) to pay  or reimburse
            the Administrative  Agent, the  Issuing Bank, the  Swing Line
            Lender  and the Lenders for all of their respective costs and
            expenses,  including reasonable  fees  and  disbursements  of
            counsel, incurred in connection with (A) any Default or Event
            of  Default and  any  enforcement or  collection  proceedings
            resulting therefrom or in  connection with the negotiation of
            any  restructuring or "work-out" (whether consummated or not)
            of  the obligations of the Parent and the Borrowers under the
            Loan Documents and (B) the enforcement of this Section, (iii)
            to  pay, indemnify,  and  hold each  Lender,  the Swing  Line
            Lender, the  Issuing Bank and the  Administrative Agent harm-
            less  from and against, any and all recording and filing fees
            and  any and  all liabilities  with respect to,  or resulting
            from any  delay in  paying, stamp,  excise and  other similar
            taxes,  if any, which may be payable or determined to be pay-
            able in  connection with the  execution and  delivery of,  or
            consummation of  any of the transactions  contemplated by, or
            any amendment,  supplement or modification of,  or any waiver
            or consent under or in respect of, the Loan Documents and any
            such  other documents, and  (iv) to  pay, indemnify  and hold
            each  Lender, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank and the
            Administrative Agent and  each of their respective  officers,
            directors and employees harmless from and against any and all
            other liabilities, obligations, claims, losses, damages, pen-
            alties, actions,  judgments, suits,  costs, expenses  or dis-
            bursements  of  any  kind  or  nature  whatsoever  (including
            reasonable counsel  fees and  disbursements) with  respect to
            the enforcement and performance of the Loan Documents and the
            use of the  proceeds of the Loans  and the Letters of  Credit<PAGE>





            (all   the  foregoing,  collectively,  the  "indemnified  li-
            abilities"); provided,  however, that neither  the Parent nor
            the Borrowers shall have any  obligation hereunder to pay in-
            demnified  liabilities to the Administrative Agent, the Swing
            Line  Lender, the Issuing Bank or any Lender arising from the
            finally adjudicated gross negligence or willful misconduct of
            the Administrative Agent, the  Swing Line Lender, the Issuing
            Bank or such  Lender or claims between  one indemnified party
            and  another  indemnified  party.   The  agreements  in  this
            Section shall  survive the termination of  the Aggregate Com-
            mitments,  the Swing  Line Commitment,  the Letter  of Credit
            Commitment and the  Individual Currency  Commitments and  the
            payment of all amounts payable under the Loan Documents.

                 F. Determination of Dollar Equivalent

                       For  purposes of  the Loan  Documents, the  Dollar
            Equivalent of each Alternate Currency Loan and each Letter of
            Credit  designated  in   an  Alternate   Currency  shall   be
            recalculated (i) on the  first day of each Borrowing/Issuance
            Period, (ii) on the date that the Agent shall have received a
            Bid Accept/Reject Letter accepting a Bid or a Negotiated Rate
            Confirmation,  (iii)   on  each  date   that  the   Aggregate
            Commitments  are, or the  Swing Line Commitment  or any Indi-
            vidual  Currency Commitment is, reduced  and (iv) on the last
            Business Day of  each month unless the  Dollar Equivalent was
            recalculated  pursuant to  clause (i),  (ii) or  (iii) during
            such month.   The Dollar Equivalent  for each Alternate  Cur-
            rency  Loan and  each  Letter  of  Credit  designated  in  an
            Alternate Currency shall  remain in effect until  the same is
            recalculated by  the Administrative  Agent as  provided above
            and  notice of such recalculation is  received by the Parent,
            it being understood  that until such notice is  received, the
            Dollar  Equivalent  shall be  that  Dollar  Equivalent.   The
            Administrative  Agent shall promptly  notify the  Parent, the
            Issuing Bank, the Swing  Line Lender and the Lenders  of each
            such  determination of  the  Dollar Equivalent  for each  Al-
            ternate Currency Loan and each Letter of Credit designated in
            an Alternate Currency.

                 G. Assignments and Participations

                       (a) This  Agreement and  the other  Loan Documents
            shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parent,
            the  Borrowers,  the  Lenders,  the Swing  Line  Lender,  the
            Issuing  Bank, the Administrative Agent, and their respective
            successors and  assigns, except  that neither the  Parent nor
            the Borrowers may  assign, delegate or transfer  any of their
            rights or  obligations under  the Loan Documents  without the
            prior  written  consent  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  the
            Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and each Lender.

                       (b) Except  as provided  in Section  11.1(b), each
            Lender  shall have the right at any time, upon written notice<PAGE>





            to the Administrative Agent of its intent to do so, to  sell,
            assign,  transfer or  negotiate  all  or  any  part  of  such
            Lender's rights  and obligations under the  Loan Documents to
            one or  more of its affiliates,  to one or more  of the other
            Lenders (or to affiliates of such other Lenders) or, with the
            prior  written consent of  the Parent, the  Swing Line Lender
            and   the  Issuing   Bank  (which   consents  shall   not  be
            unreasonably   withheld),  to   sell,  assign,   transfer  or
            negotiate  all  or  any  part  of  such Lender's  rights  and
            obligations  under  the Loan  Documents  to  any other  bank,
            insurance company, pension fund,  mutual fund or other finan-
            cial institution,  provided that (i) each  such sale, assign-
            ment, transfer or negotiation (other than sales, assignments,
            transfers or negotiations (x) to affiliates of such Lender or
            (y)  of a  Lender's entire  interest) shall  be in  a minimum
            amount of $5,000,000, and (ii) there shall be paid to the Ad-
            ministrative Agent by the assigning  or assignee Lender a fee
            (the "Assignment Fee") of $3,000.   For each assignment,  the
            parties to  such assignment shall execute and  deliver to the
            Administrative Agent for its acceptance and  recording an As-
            signment and Acceptance Agreement.   Upon such execution, de-
            livery, acceptance and recording by the Administrative Agent,
            from  and after  the  effective date  specified  in such  As-
            signment  and Acceptance  Agreement, the  assignee thereunder
            shall  be a party hereto and, to  the extent provided in such
            Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement, the  assignor  Lender
            thereunder shall  be released from its  obligations under the
            Loan Documents.   Upon  any  such sale,  assignment or  other
            transfer, the Commitments and  the Commitment Percentages set
            forth in Exhibit A-1, and the Individual Currency Commitments
            set forth  in Exhibit A-2,  shall be adjusted  accordingly by
            the  Administrative Agent  and  a new  Exhibit A-1 and  a new
            Exhibit A-2 shall be distributed by  the Administrative Agent
            to the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers) and each Lender.

                       (c) Each Lender may grant participations in all or
            any  part  of  its  rights  and  obligations  under  the Loan
            Documents to one or more of its affiliates, to one or more of
            the other Lenders (or to affiliates of such other Lenders) or
            to  one or  more  other banks,  insurance companies,  pension
            funds, mutual funds or other financial institutions, provided
            that (i)  such Lender's obligations under  the Loan Documents
            shall remain unchanged, (ii)  such Lender shall remain solely
            responsible to  the other parties  to the Loan  Documents for
            the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Borrowers, the
            Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank
            and  the other  Lenders  shall continue  to  deal solely  and
            directly with  such Lender  in connection with  such Lender's
            rights and obligations under the Loan Documents, (iv) no sub-
            participations shall  be permitted and (v)  the voting rights
            of  any holder of any participation shall be limited to deci-
            sions  that  in  accordance  with Section  11.1  require  the
            consent of all of the Lenders.   The Parent and the Borrowers
            acknowledge  and agree  that any  such participant  shall for<PAGE>





            purposes of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15, 2.22, 11.5 and  11.10,
            be deemed  to be a  "Lender"; provided, however,  neither the
            Parent  nor the Borrowers shall, at any time, be obligated to
            pay any participant in  any interest of any  Lender hereunder
            any sum  in  excess of  the  sum  which the  Parent  and  the
            Borrowers  would have been obligated to pay to such Lender in
            respect of such interest  had such Lender not sold  such par-
            ticipation.

                       (d) If any (i) assignment is made pursuant to sub-
            section (b) above or (ii) any participation is granted pursu-
            ant to subsection (c) above, shall be made to any Person that
            is not a U.S. Person, such Person shall furnish such certifi-
            cates, documents or other evidence to the Parent, the Borrow-
            ers and the Administrative  Agent, in the case of  clause (i)
            and  to the Parent, the  Borrowers and the  Lender which sold
            such  participation in the case  of clause (ii),  as shall be
            required by Section 2.13(e) or 2.13(f).

                       (e) No Lender shall, as between and among the Par-
            ent, the Borrowers, the  Administrative Agent, the Swing Line
            Lender,  the Issuing Bank and such Lender, be relieved of any
            of  its obligations under the  Loan Documents as  a result of
            any sale, assignment, transfer or negotiation of, or granting
            of  participations  in, all  or any  part  of its  rights and
            obligations under  the Loan  Documents, except that  a Lender
            shall be relieved of its obligations under the Loan Documents
            to the  extent of  any  such sale,  assignment, transfer,  or
            negotiation of all or  any part of its obligations  under the
            Loan Documents pursuant to subsection (b) above.

                       (f) Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary con-
            tained in  this Section, any  Lender may at any  time or from
            time to time assign  all or any  portion of its rights  under
            the Loan Documents  to a Federal Reserve  Bank, provided that
            any such assignment shall not release such  assignor from its
            obligations thereunder. 

                 H. Counterparts

                       Each of the Loan Documents may be executed  by one
            or  more of  the parties  thereto on  any number  of separate
            counterparts  and all  of  said  counterparts taken  together
            shall be deemed to constitute one and the same  document.  It
            shall not be necessary  in making proof of any  Loan Document
            to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by
            the party to be charged.  An executed counterpart of any Loan
            Document  and of  any  amendment,  modification,  consent  or
            waiver thereto or thereof transmitted by  fax shall be deemed
            to be an originally executed counterpart.  A copy of any Loan
            Document signed by all the parties thereto shall be deposited
            with the Parent (on behalf of all Borrowers) and the Adminis-
            trative Agent.  Any party to  any Loan Document may rely upon
            the  signatures   of  any  other  party   thereto  which  are<PAGE>





            transmitted  by fax or other electronic means to the same ex-
            tent as if originally signed.

                 I. Adjustments; Set-off

                       (a) If any  Lender (a "Benefited Lender") shall at
            any time receive any payment of all or any part of its Loans,
            or  interest thereon,  or receive  any collateral  in respect
            thereof  (whether voluntarily  or involuntarily,  by set-off,
            pursuant to  events or proceedings of the  nature referred to
            in  Section  9.1  (g) or  (h),  or  otherwise)  in a  greater
            proportion than  any such payment to  and collateral received
            by  any other Lender in respect of such other Lender's Loans,
            or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for
            cash from each of the other Lenders such portion of each such
            other Lender's Loans,  and shall provide  each of such  other
            Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the pro-
            ceeds  thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited
            Lender  to share  the  excess  payment  or benefits  of  such
            collateral  or proceeds  ratably  with each  of the  Lenders,
            provided,  however, that if all or any portion of such excess
            payment  or  benefits  is   thereafter  recovered  from  such
            Benefited Lender,  such purchase shall be  rescinded, and the
            purchase price and  benefits returned, to the extent  of such
            recovery,  but without  interest.   The Borrowers  agree that
            each Lender so purchasing a portion of another Lender's Loans
            may exercise all rights of payment (including  rights of set-
            off, to the  extent not  prohibited by law)  with respect  to
            such  portion  as fully  as if  such  Lender were  the direct
            holder of such portion.

                       (b) In addition to any  rights and remedies of the
            Lenders provided by law,  upon the occurrence of an  Event of
            Default and the acceleration of the obligations owing in con-
            nection with  the Loan Documents, or at any time upon the oc-
            currence and during the continuance  of an Event of  Default,
            under Section 9.1(a), (b), (g) or (h), each Lender shall have
            the  right, without prior notice to the Parent or the Borrow-
            ers, any such notice being expressly waived by the Parent and
            the Borrowers to the extent not prohibited by applicable law,
            to  set-off  and  apply  against  any  indebtedness,  whether
            matured  or unmatured, of the Parent or the Borrowers to such
            Lender,  any amount owing from  such Lender to  the Parent or
            the Borrowers, at, or at any time after, the happening of any
            of the above-mentioned events.  To the  extent not prohibited
            by applicable  law, the  aforesaid  right of  set-off may  be
            exercised by such Lender against the Parent and the Borrowers
            or against  any trustee  in bankruptcy, custodian,  debtor in
            possession, assignee for the benefit of  creditors, receiver,
            or execution,  judgment or attachment creditor  of the Parent
            or  the Borrowers, or against anyone else claiming through or
            against the  Parent  or  the Borrowers  or  such  trustee  in
            bankruptcy, custodian, debtor in possession, assignee for the
            benefit of creditors, receiver, or execution, judgment or at-<PAGE>





            tachment creditor,  notwithstanding the fact that  such right
            of set-off shall not have been exercised by such Lender prior
            to  the making,  filing  or issuance,  or  service upon  such
            Lender of, or of notice of, any such petition, assignment for
            the benefit of creditors,  appointment or application for the
            appointment  of  a  receiver,   or  issuance  of   execution,
            subpoena,  order or warrant.   Each Lender agrees promptly to
            notify the Parent, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent
            after any such set-off and  application made by such  Lender,
            provided  that  the failure  to  give such  notice  shall not
            affect the  validity of such  set-off and application.   With
            respect to each  Borrower, the right of  set-off provided for
            in this Section 11.9(b)  shall be limited to  the obligations
            of such Borrower with respect to  Loans made to it and to its
            Proportionate  Share  of  other  costs,  expenses  and  other
            amounts.

                 J. Indemnity

                       Each of the Borrowers to the extent of its Propor-
            tionate Share and the Parent severally agree to indemnify and
            hold  harmless  the  Administrative  Agent,  the  Swing  Line
            Lender, the Issuing Bank and each Lender and their respective
            affiliates,  directors,  officers,  employees, attorneys  and
            agents (each  an "Indemnified  Person") with respect  to each
            Indemnified Person's status under the Loan Documents from and
            against  any  loss,  cost,   liability,  damage  or   expense
            (including  the reasonable fees  and disbursements of counsel
            of such Indemnified Person, including all local counsel hired
            by any such  counsel) incurred by such  Indemnified Person in
            investigating, preparing for, defending against, or providing
            evidence, producing  documents or taking any  other action in
            respect  of,   any   commenced  or   threatened   litigation,
            administrative  proceeding or investigation under any federal
            securities law or  any other statute of  any jurisdiction, or
            any regulation, or at  common law or otherwise, which  is al-
            leged to arise out of or is based upon (i)  any untrue state-
            ment  or alleged untrue statement of any material fact by the
            Parent or the Borrowers in  any document or schedule executed
            or filed with any  Governmental Authority by or on  behalf of
            the Parent  or the Borrowers;  (ii) any  omission or  alleged
            omission  to state any material fact required to be stated in
            such  document   or  schedule,  or  necessary   to  make  the
            statements made therein, in  light of the circumstances under
            which  made, not  misleading;  (iii) any  acts, practices  or
            omissions  or alleged  acts,  practices or  omissions of  the
            Parent or  the Borrowers or their  respective agents relating
            to the use of the  proceeds of any or all borrowings  made by
            the Borrowers which are alleged to be in violation of Section
            2.18, or in violation of any federal securities law or of any
            otherstatute, regulation or other law of any jurisdiction ap-
            plicable  thereto;  or  (iv)   any  acquisition  or  proposed
            acquisition by the  Parent or the Borrowers of all  or a por-
            tion of the Stock, or all or a portion  of the assets, of any<PAGE>





            Person whether  such Indemnified  Person is a  party thereto.
            The  indemnity set forth herein  shall be in  addition to any
            other  obligations  or  liabilities  of the  Parent  and  the
            Borrowers to each Indemnified Person under the Loan Documents
            or at common law or otherwise, and shall survive any termina-
            tion of  the Loan  Documents, the expiration  of the  Commit-
            ments,  the  Letter  of  Credit Commitment,  the  Swing  Line
            Commitment, the Individual Currency Commitments, and the pay-
            ment of  all  indebtedness of  the Parent  and the  Borrowers
            under the Loan  Documents, provided that  the Parent and  the
            Borrowers shall have no  obligation under this Section to  an
            Indemnified Person  with respect to  any of the  foregoing to
            the  extent found  in  a final  judgment  of a  court  having
            jurisdiction to have resulted out of the gross  negligence or
            wilful misconduct of such  Indemnified Person or arising from
            claims between  one such Indemnified Person  and another such
            Indemnified Person.

                 K. GOVERNING LAW

                       THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE RIGHTS  AND OBLIGATIONS
            OF THE PARTIES  THERETO SHALL BE  GOVERNED BY, AND  CONSTRUED
            AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS  OF THE
            STATE OF NEW YORK.

                 L. Severability

                       Every  provision of this  Agreement and  the other
            Loan Documents is intended  to be severable, and if  any term
            or provision hereof  or thereof shall be  invalid, illegal or
            unenforceable  for any  reason,  the  validity, legality  and
            enforceability  of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof
            shall  not  be affected  or  impaired  thereby,  and any  in-
            validity,  illegality or unenforceability in any jurisdiction
            shall not affect the  validity, legality or enforceability of
            any such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

                 M. Integration

                       All exhibits to this  Agreement and any other Loan
            Document shall be deemed to be  a part hereof or thereof,  as
            the  case may be.  Except for agreements between the Adminis-
            trative Agent, the  Swing Line Lender,  the Issuing Bank  and
            the Parent with  respect to certain fees,  the Loan Documents
            embody  the  entire  agreement and  understanding  among  the
            Parent,  the Borrowers,  the Administrative Agent,  the Swing
            Line Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to
            the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior agreements
            and  understandings  among  the  Parent,  the Borrowers,  the
            Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank
            and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter thereof.

                 N. Judgment Currency<PAGE>





                       (a) Each Credit Party's obligations under the Loan
            Documents to  make payments  in the Applicable  Currency (the
            "Obligation Currency")  shall not be discharged  or satisfied
            by any tender or recovery pursuant  to any judgment expressed
            in  or converted into any currency  other than the Obligation
            Currency,  except to the extent that, on the Business Day im-
            mediately following the  date of such tender or recovery, the
            Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank
            or the  applicable Lender, as  the case  may be, may,  in ac-
            cordance with normal banking procedures, purchase the Obliga-
            tion Currency with such other currency. If for the purpose of
            obtaining or  enforcing judgment against any  Credit Party in
            any court or  in any  jurisdiction, it  becomes necessary  to
            convert into any currency  other than the Obligation Currency
            (such  other currency  being hereinafter  referred to  as the
            "Judgment  Currency")   an  amount  due   in  the  Obligation
            Currency,   the  conversion  shall be  made  at the  rate  of
            exchange at  which, in accordance with  normal banking proce-
            dures in the  relevant jurisdiction, the Obligation  Currency
            could be purchased with  the Judgment Currency as of  the day
            immediately preceding the day on  which the judgment is given
            (such  Business  Day being  hereinafter  referred  to as  the
            "Judgment Currency Conversion Date").

                       (b) If the amount of Obligation Currency purchased
            pursuant to the last sentence of subsection (a) above is less
            than the sum originally due  in the Obligation Currency,  the
            applicable Credit Party covenants and agrees to indemnify the
            applicable recipient against such loss, and if the Obligation
            Currency so purchased exceeds the  sum originally due to such
            recipient, such  recipient agrees to remit  to the applicable
            Credit Party such excess.

                 O. Confidentiality

                       Any information  disclosed by any Credit  Party to
            the  Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders shall be used
            solely  for purposes  of the  Loan Documents  and not  in any
            other manner detrimental to the  Parent and, if such informa-
            tion is not otherwise in the public domain, shall not be dis-
            closed  by the  Administrative  Agent or  such Lender  to any
            other Person except (i) to its independent accountants, legal
            counsel and affiliates (it  being understood that the Persons
            to  whom  such disclosure  is made  will  be informed  of the
            confidential  nature of  such information  and instructed  to
            keep  such  information   confidential),  (ii)  pursuant   to
            statutory and regulatory requirements  or the request of bank
            examiners,  (iii) pursuant  to  any  mandatory  court  order,
            subpoena or  other legal process, (iv)  to the Administrative
            Agent, the Issuing Bank,  the Swing Line Lender or  any other
            Lender, (v) pursuant to any agreement heretofore or hereafter
            made between such  Lender and the  Parent which permits  such
            disclosure,  (vi)  in connection  with  the  exercise of  any
            remedy  under  the  Loan  Documents or  (vii)  subject  to an<PAGE>





            agreement  containing  provisions substantially  the  same as
            those  of this Section, to any participant in or assignee of,
            or  prospective  participant in  or  assignee  of, any  Loan,
            Letter of Credit  Commitment, Individual Currency  Commitment
            or Commitment  (it being understood  that prior  to any  such
            disclosures contemplated by clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the
            Agent  or such Lender shall,  if practicable, give the Parent
            prior written notice of such disclosure).

                 P. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

                       EACH  CREDIT PARTY  HEREBY IRREVOCABLY  SUBMITS TO
            THE  NONEXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION  OF  ANY NEW  YORK  STATE  OR
            FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN  THE CITY OF NEW YORK OVER ANY SUIT,
            ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING  OUT OF OR RELATING TO  THE LOAN
            DOCUMENTS.    EACH CREDIT PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO
            THE FULLEST  EXTENT PERMITTED OR  NOT PROHIBITED BY  LAW, ANY
            OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF
            THE VENUE OF ANY  SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING  BROUGHT IN
            SUCH A  COURT AND  ANY CLAIM  THAT ANY  SUCH SUIT,  ACTION OR
            PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN  SUCH A  COURT HAS BEEN  BROUGHT IN  AN
            INCONVENIENT FORUM. 

                 Q. Service of Process

                       Each Credit  Party hereby irrevocably  consents to
            the service of process  in any suit, action or  proceeding by
            sending the same by  certified mail, return receipt requested
            or  by overnight  courier  service, to  the  address of  such
            Credit Party set forth in Section 11.2. 

                 R. No Limitation on Service or Suit

                       Nothing in the Loan Documents or any modification,
            waiver, consent  or amendment thereto shall  affect the right
            of  the  Administrative Agent,  the  Swing  Line Lender,  the
            Issuing Bank or  any Lender  to serve process  in any  manner
            permitted  by law  or limit  the right of  the Administrative
            Agent,  the Swing Line Lender, the Issuing Bank or any Lender
            to bring proceedings against  any Credit Party in  the courts
            of  any jurisdiction  or jurisdictions  in which  such Credit
            Party may be served.

                 S. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

                       EACH OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT,  THE SWING LINE
            LENDER, THE ISSUING BANK,  THE LENDERS AND EACH CREDIT  PARTY
            HEREBY  KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY  AND INTENTIONALLY  WAIVES ANY
            RIGHT IT  MAY HAVE  TO  A TRIAL  BY JURY  IN  RESPECT OF  ANY
            LITIGATION ARISING  OUT OF, UNDER  OR IN CONNECTION  WITH THE
            LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.  

                 T. International Banking Facilities<PAGE>





                       The Parent and the Borrowers acknowledge that some
            or all  of the Lenders may, in connection with the Loan Docu-
            ments, utilize an International  banking facility (as defined
            in Regulation D).

                       Each Borrower which is  an entity located  outside
            the United States, understands  that it is the policy  of the
            Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  that
            deposits received by International banking facilities may  be
            used only  to support the non-U.S. operations  of a depositor
            (or its foreign affiliates) located outside the United States
            and  that  extensions  of  credit  by  International  banking
            facilities  may   be  used  only  to   finance  the  non-U.S.
            operations of a customer  (or its foreign affiliates) located
            outside the United States.

                       Each Borrower  which is an entity  located outside
            the United States acknowledges that the proceeds  of its bor-
            rowings hereunder from an International banking facility will
            be used solely to  finance its operations outside the  United
            States, or that of its foreign affiliates.<PAGE>






                       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
            this Agreement  to be  duly executed  and delivered  by their
            proper  and duly authorized officers  as of the  day and year
            first above written.

                                          TIFFANY & CO.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY AND COMPANY,
                                          a New York corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY & CO. INTERNATIONAL,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          SOCIETE    FRANCAISE    POUR    LE
                                          DEVELOPPMENT   DE  LA   PORCELAINE
                                          D'ART    (S.A.R.L.),   a    French
                                          corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY & CO. OF NEW YORK LIMITED,
                                          a Hong Kong corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY-FARAONE S.P.A.,<PAGE>





                                          an Italian corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY & CO. JAPAN INC.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY & CO. PTE. LTD.,
                                          a Singapore corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY & CO.,
                                          a United Kingdom corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________


                                          TIFFANY & CO. WATCH FACTORY S.A.,
                                          a Swiss corporation


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________<PAGE>





                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  parties hereto have caused
            this  Agreement to  be duly  executed and delivered  by their
            proper  and duly authorized officers  as of the  day and year
            first above written.


                                          THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                          as  the  Swing Line  Lender, as
                                          the Issuing Bank, as  a Lender,
                                          as   Arranging  Agent   and  as
                                          Administrative Agent



                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________<PAGE>





                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  parties hereto have caused
            this  Agreement to  be duly  executed and delivered  by their
            proper  and duly authorized officers  as of the  day and year
            first above written.


                                          CHEMICAL BANK


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________<PAGE>





                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  parties hereto have caused
            this  Agreement to  be duly  executed and delivered  by their
            proper  and duly authorized officers  as of the  day and year
            first above written.


                                          CREDIT SUISSE


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________<PAGE>





                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  parties hereto have caused
            this  Agreement to  be duly  executed and delivered  by their
            proper  and duly authorized officers  as of the  day and year
            first above written.


                                          THE   DAI-ICHI   KANGYO   BANK,
                                          LIMITED (NEW YORK BRANCH)


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________<PAGE>





                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the  parties hereto have caused
            this  Agreement to  be duly  executed and delivered  by their
            proper  and duly authorized officers  as of the  day and year
            first above written.


                                          THE FUJI BANK, LTD.


                                          By:    ________________________
                                          Name:  ________________________
                                          Title: ________________________<PAGE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission